









C 



^-t 

v^ . 



\" 



.0°, 



"oo^ 






.^••.^^;-:^ 






^^^^^ 



<^%' 






* V. 9 <■ , r/> 



\^ 



N^^: . 















' C^*^ c « ^ ^ 



^^ ^^^. 












«5 -V, 



4 t. >- ^ 



'^^L-i^-" 




'^■ 



' - ''^'f:. 



N C 



^ ^ ^ 



.# 













■ .0^ 



K 



/. 











'^ cr 


:^ 


. €^ 








0- < 



:«;■ 

^ ^ 






Anthon's Latin Grammar — Part II. 



^^ f^^e^/^^ ^. t^<^ ^'^<&^ 



AN INTRODUCTION 



LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, 



A COMPLETE COURSE OF EXERCISES, 



ILLUSTRATIVE OF ALL THE IMPORTANT 



PRINCIPLES OF LATIN SYNTAX. 



CHARLES ANTHON, LL.D., 

PROFESSOR OF THR GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE, 
AND RECTOR OF THE QRAMMAR-SCHOOLj^-- — " - -- , 

^^ I €72 '"::^)> 



N E W-YO RK: 

HARPER & BROTHERS, CLIFF-STREET. 

18 42. 






^v^^ 



\ 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1842, by 

Charles Anthon, 
in the Clerk's Office of the Southern District of New- York. 



'S^ *P9»- 



^■f- 



TO 



THE RIGHT REV. JAMES H. OTEY, D.D., 

BISHOP OF THE PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH IN THE DIOCESE 
OF TENNESSEE, 

THIS WORK IS INSCRIBED, 

AS A 

TESTIMONIAL OF SINCERE RESPECT FOR ONE IN WHOM TALENTS OP 

A HIGH ORDER ARE BLENDED WITH ALL THE MILDER 

CHARITIES OF PRIVATE LIFE, 

AND 

WHO HAS EVER SHOWN HIMSELF THE FRIEND OF SOUND EDU- 
CATION, IN CONJUNCTION WITH WHAT ALONE CAN 
RENDER IT TRULY VALUABLE,- A SOUND 
RELIGIOUS BELIEF. 



PREFACE. 



The present work forms the second part of the Latin Les- 
sons, and is intended to elucidate practically all the important 
principles and rules of the Latin Syntax. The plan pursued 
is the same with that which was followed in preparing the 
first part, and the utility of which has been so fully proved 
by the favourable reception extended to that volume. A rule 
is laid down and principles are stated, and then exercises are 
given illustrative of the same ; so that the two parts, taken 
together, will form a complete Grammar of the Latin lan- 
guage, accompanied by what no other grammar of that tongue 
at present has, a full course of continuous exercises. 

The principles and rules of Latin Syntax, as laid down in 
the present volume, have been derived from the grammars 
of Zumpt, Weissenborn, Reissig, Billroth, and from the Gym- 
nasium of Dr. Crombie. The exercises are taken principally 
from Kenrick, and a few from Ellis and Hottenrott. The 
miscellaneous exercises at the end of the volume are from 
Crombie exclusively. No vocabulary has been appended for 
these last, since the student will obtain the requisite aid from 
any English-Latin Dictionary. 
Columbia College, Dec. 10, 1841. 



INTRODUCTION 



LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. 



PART I. 

EXERCISES ON LATIN SYNTAX. 



Concord. 



I. NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 
Rule I. A verb agrees with its nominative in num- 
ber and person, and in gender also, if it be susceptible 
of gender j as. 

Ego lego, " I read." [ Nos docemus, "we teach." 

Tu scribis, " thou writest." Vos auditis, " ye hear." 

Puer currit, " the boy runs." I Hastes fugiunt, " the enemy flee." 

Corinthus capta est, " Cormth was taken." 
Arma fracta sunt, "the arms were broken." 
Captivi emti sunt, "the captives were bought." 



Obs. 1. As the terminations of the verbs serve to distinguish the 
persons, the personal pronouns are not expressed, as nomina- 
tives, unless some emphasis is required. 

Obs. 2. In impersonal verbs, the nominative is left undefined ; as, 
tonat, " it thunders ;" oportet, " it behooves." 



Rule II. A collective noun, that is, a noun in the 
singular denoting number or multitude, sometimes has 
a plural verb ; as, pars ptcgnant, pars fugiunt^ " some 
fight, some flee.'* 



10 



NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 



1. I am building. — Thou art con- 
sidering. — Time flies. — We con- 
quer. — Ye swim. — Tlie men live. 
— The house was burning. — The 
swallows were departing.^ — Death 
has taken away. — The citizens 
had received. — The law will per- 
mit. — The tyrants xoill have pun- 
ished. 

2. Men may understand. — The 
cause might suffice. — We may 
have thought. — Pompey might 
have doubted. — Crassus might 
at length have conquered. — The 
preceptor may teach, the pupils 
will not learn. — Tullius might 
have said so while we loere ab- 
sent. 

3. The Romans are being conquer- 
ed. — The house vms being built. 
— Carthage was taken. — The 
books were preserved. — The boys 
may have been sent. ~— The wom- 
en might have been found. — The 
girl has been slain. 

4. While Marcus is drawing near, 
it thunders. — It hails daily, and 
we are greatly alarmed. — It 
lightens and rains, and the con- 
suls immediately retire. 

5. A part loere loounded or slain. 
— The crowd made a loud outcry. 
' — The multitude feared, and were 
easily scattered. — The army were 
corrupted, and discipline was 
neglected. — The youth began. — 
The commons decreed. 



Ego aediiico. — Tu cogito. — ^Tem- 
pus ftigio. — Ego vinco. — Tu 
nato. — Homo vivo. — Domus 
ardeo. — Hirundo abeo. — Mors 
eripio. — Civis recipio. — Lex 
permitto. — Tyrannus punio. 



Homo intelligo. — Causa sufficio. 
— Ego existimo. — Pompeius 
dubito. — Crassus tandem vin- 
co. — Praeceptor doceo, discipu- 
lus non disco. — Tullius ita dico 
dum ego absum. 



Romanus vinco. — Domus aedifico. 
— Carthago capio. — Liber con- 
servo. — Puer mitto. — Femina 
invenio. — Puella interiicio. 



Dum Marcus advento tono. — 
Grandino quotidie, egoque mag- 
nopere conturbo. — Fulguro et 
pluo, consulque statim decedo. 

Pars vulnero aut occido. — Turba 
fremo. — IMultitudo timeo, et fa- 
cile dissipo. — Exercitus cor- 
rumpo, disciplinaque negligo. — 
Juventus ccepi. — Plebs scisco. 



Remark 1. For some observations on the construction of a plural 
verb with a collective noun in the singular, consult Drakenborch ad 
Liv., 35, 2Q.—Corte ad Sail, Jug., 2S.— Id. ad Luc, 4, 367.— Kritz 
ad Sail., Jug., 15, 2. 

Remark 2 The construction of a plural verb with a collective noun 



NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 



11 



in the singular is perhaps never used by Cicero (for the instance cited 
from Ver., 1, 31, is corrupt), and veiy rarely by Livy. It is common, 
however, when a noun of this class continues the subject of success- 
ive propositions, to join a singular verb with it in one, and a plural 
in another, especially if a relative is interposed ; as, " Hoc idem gen- 
eri humano evenit, quod in terra collocati sunt." (Cic, N. D., 2, 6.) — 
" Jam ne node quidem turba ex eo loco dilabebatur, refracturosque car- 
cerem minabantur." {Liv., 6, 17.) 

Remark 3. This same construction of a singular collective noun 
with a plural verb is also comparatively rare in Virgil, and takes 
place generally in the foUowing cases, namely, when the collective 
noun is followed by a genitive of another noun, which latter forms 
the true subject ; or in the case of pars. But even then, when pars 
occurs with a plural verb, either the plural of the noun to which pars 
refers, or the plural of a pronoun, or else alii precedes. ( Wagner, 
QucBst. Virg., viii., 4.) 

Remark 4. Not unfrequently a plural verb is used after uterque and 
quisque; as, " Uterque eorum ex castris exercitum educunt." {Cces., 
B. C, 3, 30.) — " CcBtera multitudo, decimus quisque ad suppliciumlQQXiy 
{Liv., 2, 59.) 



Rule III. Two or more singular nominatives, united 
by a connective conjunction, and sometimes even with- 
out such union, have the verb in the plural if they de- 
note living beings, and especially persons ; as, Antoni- 
us et Octavius vicerunt Brutum et Cassium, " Antonius 
and Octavius conquered Brutus and Cassius." 



Rule IV. But if the nominatives denote things with- 
out life, and especially abstract ideas, the singular or 
plural may be used, unless one of the nominatives 
should be in the plural, or what is asserted should only 
be true of them jointly j as, 

Cum tempus necessitasque postulate decertandum manu est. " When 

the occasion and necessity demand, we must contend with the 

hand." 
Beneficium et gratia homines inter se conjungunt. " ICindness and 

favour unite men among themselves." 
Vita, mors, divitice, paupertas, omnes homines commovcnt. " Life, 

death, riches, poverty, exercise a strong influence over all men." 



1, Seleucus and Antiochus 

war on account of Asia. — Car- 
thage and Numantia were de- 



Seleueus et Antiochus bellum 
propter Asia (accus.) gero. — 
Carthago et Numantia ab idem 



12 



NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 



stroyed by the same Scipic. — Ni- 
nus and S emir amis' acquired 
great glory. — Hannibal and 
Philopcemen were taken off by 
poison. — Pompey, Lentulus, 
Scipio, Afranius, perished in the 
civil wars by a miserable death. 
— At the lake Regillus, in the 
war with the Latins, Castor and 
Pollux were seen to fight on 
horseback in the Roman line. 
2. Fineness, closeness, whiteness, 
smoothness, are regarded in pa- 
per. — His long hair set off Scipio, 
and his personal appearance, not 
elaborately neat, but truly manly 
and military. — Reason and 
speech unite men together. — 
Hunger and thirst are burdjcn- 
some. — The researcK and inves- 
tigation of truth is especially ap- 
propriate. — Hunger and thirst 
are removed by meat and drink. 
— The forehead, the eyes, the 
countenance, often deceive; the 
speech most frequently of all. 



Scipio {ablat.) deleo. — Ninus et 
Semiramis magnus gloria adi- 
piscor. — Hannibal et Philopce- 
men venenum (ablat.) absumo. 
— Pompeius, Lentulus, Scipio, 
Afranius, in bellum (ablat.) civ- 
ilis foede pereo. — Apud Regillus 
{accus.), bellum (ablat.) Latinus, 
in acies (ablat.) Romanus, Cas- 
tor et Pollux ex equus (ablat. 
plur.) T^ugno video. 
Tenuitas, densitas, candor, laevor, 
in charta (ablat. plur.) specto 
(plur.). — Promissus caesaries 
habitusque corpus, non cultus 
munditia (ablat. plur.), sed virilis 
vere ac militaris Scipio adomo 
(sing.) — Ratio et oratio concilio 
(sing.) inter sui (oxcus.)\iOiao. — 
Fames et sitis sum molest us. — 
Imprimis proprius sum (sing.) 
verum inquisitio atque investi- 
gatio. — Cibus (ablat.) et potio 
(ablat.) fames sitisque depeUo 
(sing.). — Frons, oculus, vultus, 
persaepe mentior (plur.) : oratio 
vero saepe. 



Obs. When et is repeated, the verb is in the singular, agreeing 
with the last subject, and being understood with the others ; as, 
Hoc et ratio doctis, et necessitas barbaris, et mos gentibus, et feris 
natura ipsa prcescripsit. The same remark apphes to quum — 
tum. 



About the same time, both Marcel- 
lus came to Rome to deprecate 
disgrace, and the consul Q. Ful- 
vius to hold the comitia. — There 
was in Miltiadcs both the great- 
est kindness and wonderful affa- 
bility, great authority with all the 
states, an illustrious najg^, and 



Sub idem tempus (accus.), et Mar- 
cellus ad deprecandus ignavia, 
et Q. Ful vius, consul, comitia 
(gen. plur.) causa (ablat.) Roma 
(accus.) venio. — In Miltiades 
sum quum summus humanitas 
tum miiTis comitas ; magnus 
auctoritas apud omnis civitas 



NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 



18 



the highest Tenovm in the mili- 
tary art. 



{accus.)\ nobilis nomen; laus 
res rnilitaris {genii.) magnus. 



Rule V. When pronouns of different persons come 
together, the verb agrees with the pronoun of the first 
person in preference to that of the second, and with 
the pronoun of the second person in preference to that 
of the third j as, Si tu et Tullia valetisy ego et Cicero va- 
lemus, " If thou and Tullia are well, I and Cicero are 
well." 



Obs. The Latin, unlike the EngUsh, places the pronoun of the 
first person before that of the second. 



If neither thou nor I have done 
these things, poverty has not per- 
mitted us to do them. — Through 
a single act of mine, both thou 
and all my friends have fallen 
into one common ruin. — Thou 
and I speak to-day to one anoth- 
er with the greatest frankness. — 
Rullus, thou and some of thy col- 
leagues have erred greatly, who 
hoped that ye might be able to be- 
come popular. 



Hie si neque ego neque tu facio, 
non sino egestas ego facio. — 
Unus factum mens {ablat.) et tu 
et omnis meus amicus corruo. 
— Ego ac tu simpliciter (sicperl.) 
inter ego (accus.) hodie loquor. 
— Erro RuUus, vehementer et 
tu et nonnullus coUega tuus, qui 
spero tu possum {accus. with 
infin.) popularis sum. 



Remark. The true construction is this : Vos, tu et Tullia, valetis ; 
nos, ego et Cicero, valemus. — Besides the phraseology referred to by 
the rule, we can use the preposition cum with the latter of the two 
subjects. Thus, Tu ipse cum Sexto scire velim quid cogites. (Cic, 
Ep. ad Att., 7, 14.) — Sape ego admirari soleo cum Lcelio perfectam, 
Catonis sapientiam. {Cic, dc Sen., 4.) 



Rule VI. The infinitive mood or part of a sentence 
often supplies the place of a nominative ; as, Mentiri 
est turpe^ "to lie is disgraceful." — JEquum est ut hoc 
facias., " it is right that thou do this." 



1. To do wrong is never useful, be- 1 Nunquam sum utihs pecco, quia 
coMse it is always disgraceful. \ semper sum turpis. 

B 



14 



APPOSITION. 



— To betray our country is a sin. 
— To separate the mind from the 
body is nothing else than to learn 
to die. — To be entirely unac- 
quainted with our own poets is a 
mark of the most indolent sloth 
or the most delicate fastidious- 
ness. 

2. Not to love one's parents is im- 
piety ; not to acknowledge them, 
madness. — To love one^s parents 
is the first law of nature. — It is 
a difficult art to regulate the re- 
public rightly. — It is disgraceful 
to say one thing, to think another. 
— To command one's self is the 
greatest exercise of authoi'ity. 

3. Among the Persians it was the 
highest honour to hunt in an in- 
trepid manner. — Not to return 
favours with acts of kindness is 
both base, and is (so) esteemed 
among all. — To speak beautifully 
and oratorically is nothing else 
than to use the best sentiments 
and choicest words. — To salute 
kindly, to address each one cour- 
teously, is never unpleasing. 



— Peccatum sum patria prodo. 
— Secemo a corpus {ablat.) ani- 
mus, nee quisquam alius sum 
quam emorior disco. — Rudis 
(accus.) sum omnino in noster 
poeta (ablat.), aut inertissimus 
segnitia (genit.) sum, aut fastidi- 
um delicatissimus (genit.). 
Parens suus non amo, impietas 
sum : non agnosco insania. — 
Diligo parens primus natura lex 
sum. — Ars sum difficilis, recte 
respublica rego. — Turpis sum 
alius loquor, alius sentio. — Im- 
pero sui (dative), magnus sum 
imperium. 

Apud Persa (accus.) summus laus 
sum fortiter venor. — ^Non refero 
beneficium (ablat.) gratia et sum 
turpis, et apud omnis habeo. — 
Nihil sum alius pulchre et ora- 
torie dico, nisi bonus sententia 
(ablat.) verbumque lectus (ab- 
lat ) dibo. — Saluto benigne, et 
comiter unusquisque appello, 
sum baud unquam injucundus. 



Remark. The infinitive, when taken as a substantive, may have a 
pronoim or adjective agreeing with it ; as, " Totum hoc philosophari 
displicet.''^ (Cic, de Fin., 1, 1.) — " Ipsum Latine loqui in magna lau- 
de ponendum est.'' (Id., Brut., 140.) This mode of expression, how- 
ever, is only resorted to when no verbal substantive exists, and must 
not be extended beyond the actual practice of the classics. Scire 
tuum is found in Persius, and intelligere meum in Petronius ; but, ex« 
cept with ipsum, this construction is very rare. 



II. APPOSITION. 
Rule I. One substantive agrees with another, or 
with a pronoun, in case, when both refer to the same 
person or thing ; as, Urhs Roma., " the city Rome j" 
J^os consulesy " we consuls.*' 



APPOSITION. 



15 



Ob 8. 1. The substantive coming after must, wherever this is pos- 
sible, agree with the one that goes before in gender and number 
also. If the leading substantive be feminine, it must have in 
apposition with it either a feminine noun, if such a one exist, or 
a feminine adjective used as a noun. 

Obs. 2. When two nouns in apposition are of different numbers, 
the verb agrees with the leading one of the two ; as, Rhinocero- 
tes, rarum alibi animal, in montibus Indice erant. " In the mount- 
ains of India were rhinoceroses, an animal rarely met with else- 
where." 

Obs. 3. Before the second of the two words but in apposition, ut 
and quamvis are often employed. 



1. Otho, a brave man, and my inti- 
mate friend, restored dignity to 
the equestrian order. — Themis- 
tocles, the commander in the Per- 
sian war, freed Greece, the home 
of freedom, from servitude. — We 
have sent a consul, a very brave 
man, with an army. — Riches are 
dug up, the incitements of evils. 
— We have the consuls friendly 
to us, and Furnius, the tribune 
of the commons, on our side. — 
All the maritime empire was giv- 
en to Neptune, the other brother 
of Jove. 

2. The Romans waged war with 
Tigranes, king of the Armeni- 
ans. — The Italian nations called 
it the Adriatic Sea, from Adria, 
a colony of the Tusci. — In He- 
rodotus, the father of history, 
there are innumerable fables. — 
Brutus and Cassius, the slayers 
of Cczsar, excited a great war. — 
What shall I answer to my chil- 
dren, who deem thee another pa- 
rent 1 — How often hast thou en- 
deavoured to slay me when (^con- 
sul) elect 1 How often when con- 
sul? 



Otho, vir fortis, et necessarius 
meus, equester ordo restituo 
dignitas. — Themistocles, impe- 
rator bellum Persicus, Graecia, 
domus hbertas, servitus {ablat.) 
libero. — Consul mitto, vir for- 
tis, cum exercitus {ablat.). — Ef- 
fodio opes, irritamentum ma- 
lum. — Amicus consul habeo, et 
noster tribunus plebs Furnius. 
— Do Neptunus {dat.), alter Ju- 
piter frater, maritimus omnis 
regnum. 



Romanus cum Tigranes, Armeni- 
us rex, bellum gero. — Adriati- 
cus mare, ab Adria, Tuscus co- 
lonia, voco Italicus gens. — 
Apud Herodotus (accus.), pater 
historia, sum innumerabilis fab- 
ula. — Brutus et Cassius, inter- 
fector Caesar, ingens bellum mo- 
veo. — Quis respondeo liberi 
meus {dative), qui tu parens al- 
ter putol — Quoties tu ego de- 
signatus ; quoties consul inter- 
ficio Conor 1 



16 



APPOSITION. 



8. Thehes, the capital of Bosotia, 
was situated at the foot of Mount 
Citharon. — Experience, an ex- 
cellent instructer, has taught 
this. — Philosophy was the inven- 
tress of laws, the mistress of 
morals and of {mental) culture. — 
Wisdom is the effecter of a hap- 
py life. — Pytho.goras recommend' 
ed frugality to all, as the parent 
of virtues. — Fortune, that mis- 
tress of human affairs. — I pass 
by Greece, and Athens that in- 
ventress of all learning. -"^Pleas- 
ure is the counterfeiter of good, 
and the mother of all evils. 

4. Titus, the darling of mankind, 
was called a most excellent prince. 
—Grecian soldiers, his chief and 
almost only hope, came unto Da- 
rius. — Tullia, our darling, has 
died. — Cneus and Puhlius Scip- 
io, the two thunderbolts of the 
Roman power, were suddenly cut 
off in Spain. — Dicaarchus, my 
favourite (author), discoursed 
with very great acuteness. — To 
CcBsar, as qucestor. Farther 
Spain fell hy lot. — / await death 
as an end of misei ies. — Lycur- 
gus abolished the use of gold and 
silver, as the material of all 
crimes. — Manlius TorquM,tus put 
his own son to death, although 
victorious, because he had fought 
contrary to orders. 



ThebaB, Bceotia caput, sub Mons 
Cithaeron sino. — Hie doceo 
usus, magister egregius. — Phil- 
osophia inventrix lex, magistra 
mos et disciplina sum. — Beatus 
vita efFectrix sapientia sum. — 
Pythagoras, genetrix virtus, fni- 
galitas omnis (dative) commen- 
do. — Fortuna, ille res humanus 
domina. — Omitto Graecia, atque 
ille omnis doctrina inventrix 
Athenae. — Bonum imitatrix vo- 
luptas sum, omnisque malum 
mater. 



Titus, humanus genus deliciae, 
bonus princeps voco. — Graecus 
miles, praecipuus spes et prope- 
modum unicus, ad Darius per- 
venio. — Tullia, noster deliciae, 
morior. — Cneus et Publius Scip- 
io iplur.), duo fuhnen Romanus 
imperium, subito in Hispania 
exstinguo. — Dicaearchus, mens 
deliciae, acriter (superl.) dissero. 
— Caesar (dative), quaestor, ul» 
terior Hispania obvenio. — ^Mors, 
ut finis miseria, exspecto. — Au- 
rum argentumque usus, velut 
omnis see' us materia, tollo Ly- 
curgus. — Manlius Torquatus 
filius suus, quia contra imperi- 
um pugno, quamvis victor (ac- 
cus.), occido. 



Rule II. In the answer to a question, the noun, pro- 
noun, or adjective must be in the same case with that 
word in the question to which it is an answer ; as, 
Quis mundum creavit? Deus, "Who created the 



APPOSITION. 



17 



world 1 God." — Cujus opera mundus creatus est ? Dei. 
" By whose labour was the world created ] God's." 



Obs. The possessive pronouns correspond with the genitive of the 
personal, both in the question and answer ; as, Cujus est liber 1 
Mens. " Whose book is it 1 Mine." — Cujum est pecus ? Mel- 
ib(zi. " Whose flock is it 1 Meliboeus's." 



1. Who will deny this? Thy 
brother Marcus. — What friend- 
ship can there be among the un- 
grateful ? None. — By whose 
aid didst thou effect this 1 Pi- 
so''s. — In what place shall I ex- 
pect thee? In the Forum. — In 
what words did he say this ? In 
choice and appropriate ones. — To 
whom didst thou deliver the boy ? 
To his father and mother. — What 
is it, pray ? A trifling matter. 
— Whom, then, am I to ask? 
Davus. — Who is speaking here ? 
My master. What am I to do ? 
— What men hast thou slain? 
Betrayers of their country. 

2. Whose boy hast thou placed 
here ? Ours. — On whose account 
do I now prosecute the siege ? 
Yours. — Whose voice, pray, 
sounds near me ? Thine. — 
Whose daughter was she ? Cce- 
sar's. 



Hie quis negol Marcus, frater 
tuus. — Quis amicitia possum 
sum inter ingratus 1 Nullus. — 
Quis auxilium hie facio 1 Piso. 
— Quis in locus tuexspecto'? Fo- 
rum. — Quis verbum hie dicol 
Lectus et proprius. — Quis puer 
trade 1 Pater ac mater. — Quis- 
nam sumi Puerihs sum. — 
Quis igitur rogol {pres. subj.) 
Davus. — Quis hie loquor 1 He- 
rus. Quis ago'? {pres. subj.) — 
Quis homo eneco 1 Patria prod- 
itor. 



Quis puer hie appono ? Noster. 
— Quis causa (ablat.) nunc fa- 
cio obsidium'? Vester. — Quis- 
nam vox prope ego (accus.) so- 
nol Tuus. — Quis filia sum? 
Caesar. 



Rule III. Any verb may have the same case after it 
as before it, when both words refer to the same person 
or thing ; as, Ego sum Romanus, " I am a Roman." — 
Tu vocaris proditor, " Thou art called a traitor." — Ilia 
incedit regina, " She walks as a queen." 



1. Homer alone deserved to be call- 1 Homerus solus appello poeta mer- 
ed a poet. — Socrates may justly \ eo. — Socrates parens philoso- 
B2 



13 



APPOSITION. 



be styled the parent of philoso- 
phy. — He openly desires to be 
made a tribune of the commons. 
— The friends of Alexander the 
Cheat were made kings from 
commanders. — Ancient Greece 
is deservedly called the parent of 
all arts. — The month August 
was originally called SextUis. 

2. After Romulus, Numa loas cre- 
ated king. — The fixed stars are 
rightly considered suns. — No 
one who is a Roman citizen can 
lose his freedom without his own 
choice. — Thou wilt come beloved 
and respected hy all. — Oracles 
disappeared after men began to 
he less credulous.— Will ignoble 
birth or mean rank prevent a wise 
man from being happy 1 — I love 
thy daughter, and know for cer- 
tain that she is lovely. 

3. A good man with great difficulty 
suspects that others are wicked. 
— This I ask: Why dost thou 
say that I am a stranger 1 — I 
hope that I will be a popular con- 
sul. — They say that the squadron 
of three hundred horse, which 
Scipio formed, turned out excel- 
lent. — They say that there is a 
wild animal in Pceonia, which 
is called the Bonasus, with the 
mane of a horse, in other respects 
like a bulL 



phia jus {ahlat.) dico possum. — 
Plane cupio facio tribunus plebs. 
— Alexander Magnus rex ex 
praefectus facio amicus. — ^Vetus 
Graecia merito omnis ars parens 
nomino. — Augustus mensis 
olim Sextnis voco. 



Post Romulus, Numa rex creo. — 
Stella fixus recte sol puto. — 
Nemo civis Romanus possum 
amitto libertas invitus. — ^Venio 
carus exspectatusque omnis. — 
Oraculum evanesco postquam 
homo minus credulus esse coe- 
pi. — Num humilitas aut ignobil- 
itas sapiens beatus sum (injin.) 
prohibeol — ^Amo lilia tuus, et 
certo scio ille (accus. withinfin.) 
sum amabHis. 

Vir bonus difficile alius (accus. 
with infin.) sum improbus sus- 
picor. — lUe quaero : peregrinus 
cur ego sum dico ? — Spero pop- 
ularis ego siun consul. — Ala tre- 
centi eques, qui Scipio compare, 
egregius evado fero. — Trado in 
Paeonia fera smn, quae Bonasus 
voco (subjunct.), equinus juba 
(ablat.), ceteri (accus. plur. neut.) 
taurus (dative) similis. 



Rule IV. When objects are compared together by 
quam^ in themselves, or in their relation to another, 
they will be in the same case ; as, 

Nullum est certius amicitice vinculum quam consensus voluntatis. 



ADJECTIVES. 



19 



" There is no surer bond of friendship than uniformity of incli- 
nation." 

Ita sentio, Latinam linguam locupletiorem esse quant Grcecam. 
"This is my opinion, that the Latin language is richer than 
the Greek." 

Nulli fiehilior occidit quam tihi. " He hath fallen, to be lamented 
by no one more than by thee." 



Certainly the ignorance of future 
evils is better than the knowledge. 
— It is fit that our country should 
be dearer to us than ourselves. — 
Livius said that no one can more 
faithfully give counsel than he 
who recommended to another what 
he himself would do if he were in 
the same situation. — Mathemati- 
cians affirm thai the sun is many 
times larger than the earth. — The 
inventions of necessity are older 
than (those) of pleasure. — Fail- 
ure of strength is more frequent- 
ly produced by the vices of youth 
than (by those) of age. — We per- 
ceive those things which happen 
prosperously or unprosperously 
to ourselves, more than those 
which (happen so) to others. 



Certe ignoratio futurus malum 
utUis sum quam scientia. — De- 
cet earns sum patria {accus.) 
ego{dative) quam egomet ipse. — 
Livius nemo (accus. vnth infin.) 
fidehter do possum consilium 
dico, quam is qui is (accus. 
neut.) alter suadeo, qui ipse, 
si in idem locus sum (imperf 
subj.) facturus fuerim. — Sol 
mathematicus multus pars (ab- 
lat. plur.) confirmo magnus sum 
quam terra. — ^Necessitas inven- 
tum antiquus sum quam volup- 
tas. — Defectio vis {gen. plur.) 
adolescentia vitium efficio saepe 
quam senectus. — ^Magis is per- 
cipio, qui ego ipse aut prosperus 
aut adversus evenio, quam iUe 
qui caeteri. 



Remark. The reason of this rule is, not because quam " couples like 
cases," as some express it, but because the same thing being predi- 
cated of each object, the substantives depend on one and the same 
word. 



in. ADJECTIVES. 
Rule I. Adjectives, adjective pronouns, and parti- 
ciples agree with their substantives in gender, number, 
and case j as. 



Bonus puer, *' a good boy." 
Bona puella, " a good girl." 
Triste bellum, " a sad war." 
Mea soror, " my sister." 
Hoc negotium, " this affair." 



Bonos viros, " good men." 
BoncB, leges, '* good laws." 
Cadentia astra, " setting stars." 
Fugientes hostes, " fleeing foes." 
Tua dona, " thy gifts." 



20 



ADJECTIVES. 



1. A great man had answered. — A 
free people desired. — One dis- 
grace remains. — A destructive 
war is at hand. — That law com- 
mands. — The other ranks have 
been freed. — The most noble men 
have come. — A great error pre- 
vails. — Your liberty has been ta- 
ken away. — No deceit is pro- 
duced. — No private letters are 
shown. — Human counsels have 
failed. — Our whole army has 
perished. 

2. I received many letters from 
thee, all written with great care. 
— The best laws*will be annulled 
by this law, without any excep- 
tion. — I will now say a few 
things (in reply) to the rest of 
thy discourse. — Death is shame- 
ful in flight, glorious in victory. 
— In a state the rights of war are 
most carefully to be observed. — 
No forgetfulness will ever blot 
out my remembrance of thy fa- 
vours to me. — I understand thy 
conversation and Pompey''s from 
thy letter. — Prudence is not to be 
expected from a man who is nev- 
er sober. 

3. The drones are without a sting, 
as it were imperfect bees, and 
the slaves of the true bees. — The 
auxiliaries of the king, embar- 
rassed and confused, because 
they had prosecuted their march 
in no order, betake themselves to 
flight. — Cattle, when dispersed, 
follow the herds of their own spe- 
cies. — Dionysius used to ha- 
rangue from a lofty tower. — A 
hundred brazen bars close the 



Magnus vir respondeo. — Liber 
populus cupio. — Vmis dedecus 
resto. — Exitiosus bellum im- 
pendeo. — Is lex jubeo. — Caeteri 
ordo libero. — Nobilis homo ve- 
nio. — ^Magnus error versor. — 
Vester libertas adimo. — Nullus 
fraus profero. — Nullus privatus 
epistola ostendo. — Humanus 
consilium cado. — Noster totua 
acies intereo. 



Multus a tu accipio epistola, om- 
nis diligenter scriptus. — Bonus 
lex hie lex sine ullus exceptio 
tollo. — Pauci nunc dico ad reli- 
quus oratio tuus. — In fuga fce- 
dus mors sum, in victoria glori- 
osus. — In respublica maxime 
conservandus sum jus bellum. 
— Mens tuus erga ego (accus.) 
meritum memoria nullus un- 
quam deleo oblivio. — Sermo tu- 
us et Pompeius cognosco (per- 
fect) ex tuus literae. — Non sum 
ab homo nunquam sobrius pos- 
tulandus prudentia. 



Sum fucus sine aculeus (ablat.) 
velut imperfectus apis, et quasi 
servus verus apis. — Auxiliimi 
rex, impeditus ac perturbatus, 
quod nullus ordo (ablat.) iterfa- 
cio, in fuga (accus.) sui conji- 
cio. — Pecus dispulsus, suus ge- 
nus sequor grex. — Dionysius 
concionor ex altus turris soleo. 
— Centum sereus vectis bellum 



ADJECTIVES. 



21 



portaJs of war. — Ceesar erected 
on the extremity of the bridge a 
tower of four stories, and set Ti- 
tus Vulturcius over that place. 



porta claudo. — Caesar in extre- 

mus pons (ahlat.) turris tabula- 
turn quatuor constituo, isque 
locus (dative) Titus Vulturcius 
praeficio. 



Rule II. Part of a sentence may supply the place of 
a substantive, and the adjective is then put in the neu- 
ter gender ; as, Vinci in benejiciis est turpissimum, " To 
be overcome in kindnesses is most disgraceful." 



To talk of one's self is the property 
of old age. — How long the life 
of any one of us will he is uncer- 
tain. — To excel in knowledge we 
deem honourable; but to err, to 
he ignorant, to be deceived, we 
consider both injurious and dis- 
graceful. — It is a great thing to 
have the same monuments of an- 
cestors. — It is not consistent for 
him to be subdued by desire who 
is not subdued by fear. — It is 
right even in those disputes that 
take place vnth the bitterest foes, 
to retain gravity of department, 
to put away anger. — It is not 
only liberal to recede, on some oc- 
casions, a little from one''s right, 
but sometimes even advanta- 
geous. 

Obs 



De sui ipse dico sum senilis. 
— Incertus sum quam longus 
ego quisque vita futurus sum. 
— In scientia excello pulcher 
puto ; erro autem, nescio, de- 
cipio, et malus et turpis duco. 
— Magnus sum idem habeo 
monumentum majores. — Non 
est consentaneus, qui metus 
non frango (subjunct.), is fran- 
go (accUs. with infin.) cupiditas. 
— Rectus sum etiam in die con- 
tentio qui cum inimicus fio, 
gravitas retineo, iracundia pel- 
lo. — Sum non modo liberalis, 
paullum nonnunquam de suus 
jus decedo, sed interdum etiam 
fructuosus. 



When an adjective, participle, or adjective pronoim, in a 
subsequent proposition, refers to a noun in a preceding proposi- 
tion, it takes the same number and gender, its case being deter- 
mined by the word on which it depends in its own proposition ; 
as, Puer adeo est modcstus, ut omnes eum laudent, " The boy is 
so modest that all praise him." 



The Etruscan nation, above all 
others devoted to religious ob- 
servances, refused assistance to 



Gens Etruscus, ante omnis alius 
deditus religio, auxilium Veien- 



22 



ADJECTIVES. 



the Veientcs as long as they 
should be under a king. — Our 
property is not to be so shut up 
that benevolence cannot open it, 
nor to be so unlocked that it may 
be open unto all. — Any one is 
more willing that anothef s faults 
should be blamed than his own. 



tes nego, donee sub rex {ablat.) 
sum. — Nee ita elaudendus sum 
res familiaris, ut is benignitas 
aperio non possum (subjunct.), 
nee ita reserandus, ut omnis 
pateo. — Alienus vitium quisque 
reprehendo malo quam suus. 



Rule III. An adjective, participle, or adjective pro- 
noun may be used alone, a substantive being under- 
stood from which it takes its gender ; as, Mortalis 
(scil. homo)., " A mortal man." — Superi (scil. dii), " The 
gods above." — Dextra (scil. manus\ " The right hand." 



Obs. 1. The adjective, however, should not be used alone in those 
cases in which the gender cannot be distinguished. Thus, it is 
better to say magnis viris, magnis rebus, than magnis merely. 

Obs. 2. The neuter adjective, in particular, is frequently used in 
the way mentioned in the rule, either a neuter noun being un- 
derstood, or this gender being used eis most suitable to a general 
description of things, without reference to sex ; as, Respice 
prateritum, "Look back upon the past." — Non omnia possumus 
omnes, " We cannot all of us do all things." 



1. Neither Ponipey could bear an 
equal, nor Casar a superior. — 
The slaves who were in the ves- 
tibule, when they saw armed men, 
thinking that it was all over with 
their mistresses, cry out that men 
had been sent to kill the female 
captives. — It is easier to exclude 
than to govern pernicious things ; 
for, when they have placed them- 
selves in possession, they are 
more powerful than their gov- 
ernor. 

2. We praise things heard with 
jnore pleasure than things seen ; 
and regard present things with 



Nee Pompeius fero (imperf indie.) 
par, nee Caesar superior. — Ser- 
vus, qui in vestibulum sum, ut 
armatus conspicio (indie.) ratus 
actus sum de domina, vocifero, 
missus sum qui oecido (imperf 
subjunct.) captus. — Facile sum 
excludo pemiciosus quam rego ; 
nam quum sui in possessio po- 
no, potens rector sum. 



Auditus quam visus laudo liben- 
ter, et prajsens invidia, praeter- 



ADJECTIVES. 



23 



e«»y, past things .with venera- 
tion. — The shout of the combat- 
ants had reached the king, when 
he took his coat of mail and came 
to the front of the line. — Mardo- 
nius, {those things) being burned 
which the Athenians had begun 
to build, transfers his troops to 
Boeotia. — Hannibal leads his 
troops across the Iberus, men 
having been sent forward to ex- 
plore the passes of the Alps. 



itus veneratio prosequor. — Ad 
rex praelians clamor pervenio, 
quum lorica sumo et ad primus 
signum venio. — Mardonius, in- 
census {ablat. absol.), qui coepi 
aediiico Atheniensis, copia in 
BcBotia transfero. — Hannibal 
Iberus copia trajicio, praemissus 
(ablat. absol.), qui Alpes transit- 
us speeulor (imperf. subjunct.). 



Rule IV. The gender of the adjective or pronoun is 
sometimes determined by the sense, and not by the 
grammatical rule or the termination of the noun ; as, 
Is scelus, " That wretch" (for is scelestus homo). — Mon- 
struMj qu(e, "The monster, who" (foifemina monstrosa, 
qum)} 



Terence does not deny that he has 
transferred these characters into 
his (play called the) Eunuch. — 
My Glycerium, said he to the 
woman, what art thou doing 1 
Why art thou going to destroy 
thyself 1 — Where is that wretch 
who has ruined me this day 1 — 
May all the gods and goddesses 
destroy that old dotard, who has 
this day kept me back. — Two 
thousand were affixed to crosses. 
— The heads of the conspiracy 
were scourged and beheaded. — 
He is borne onward in the large 
(ghip) Centaur. 



Terentius non nego, sui {accus. 
with infin.) persona transfero in 
Eunuchus (fabula) suus. — ^Me- 
us Glycerium, mulier dico, quid 
facio 1 cur tu eo perdo 1 (supine.) 
— Ubi ille sum scelus, qui me 
hodie perdo. — Ille omnis deus 
deaque senium perdo (subj.), 
qui ego hodie remoror, — Duo 
mille cnix-affigo. — Caput con- 
juratio virga caedo ac securis 
percutio. — Magnus (navis) Cen- 
taurus inveho. 



Rule V. An adjective, adjective pronoun, or parti- 
ciple, belonging to two or more substantives, is put in 

1. Grammarians term this construction " Synesis.'' 



24 



ADJECTIVES. 



the plural ; as, Vir et puer territi lupo. 
boy terrified by a wolf." 



"A man and 



Rule VI. When the substantives to which the ad- 
jective, pronoun, or participle thus refers are of differ- 
ent genders, but indicate persons^ the adjective, &c., on 
being put in the plural, will be of the masculine rather 
than the feminine gender ; as. Pater et mater ejus mor- 
tui sunt. " His father and mother are dead." 



Rule VII. But if the substantives indicate things with- 
out life^ and are at the same time of different genders, 
the adjective becomes neuter. And if some of the sub- 
stantives refer to things with life^ and others to inani- 
mate objects, the adjective is either neuter, or takes the 
gender of the thing or things with life j as, 



Labor voluptasque sunt dissimilia natura. 

unlike in their nature." 
Naves et captivi, qua ad Chium capta sunt. 

tives that were taken off Chios." 
Numidce atque signa militaria ohscurati sunt. " The Numidians 

and their military standards were partially concealed." 



Toil and pleasure are 
" The vessels and cap- 



1, Many sons, daughters, grand- 
sons, granddaughters, placed 
Metelhis on the funeral pile. — 
He made his intentions and en- 
deavours clear to edl persons. — 
Men, beasts, fishes, and birds 
were created by God. — Empire, 
liberty, and life were taken 
away. — Liber and Libera were 
born of Ceres. — Tanaquil and 
Lucumo, bearing with them great 
hopes, entered the city. — The 
king and the royal fleet set out 
together. — Peace and concord 
are useful to the conquered ; only 
honourable to the conquerors. -'- 



Metellus multus filius, filia, nepos, 
neptis in rogus impono. — Per- 
spicuus suus consilium conatus- 
que omnis facio. — Homo, bes- 
tia, piscis, et avis a Deus creo. 
— Regnum, libertas, et vita ad- 
imo. — Ceres (ablat.) nascor Li- 
ber et Libera. — Tanaquil et Lu- 
cumo magnus spes suicum por- 
to, urbs ingredior. — Rex regius- 
que classis una proficiscor. — 
Pax et Concordia, victus utiHs, 
victor tantura pulcher sum. — 



ADJECTIVES. 



25 



We say that folly, and rashness, 
and injustice, and intemperance 
are to be avoided. 
. In a free state, the tongue and 
the mind ought to he free. — Ju- 
ventas and Terminus, the former 
the goddess of youth, the latter 
the god of boundaries, did not al- 
low themselves to be moved from 
their places in the Capitol. — Ten 
free-born youths, ten virgins, all 
having fathers and mothers, liv- 
ing, were chosen for the sacrifice. 
— Virgil invokes Ceres and Li- 
ber, because their productions are 
most necessary for the support 
of men. — Benefit and injury are 
contrary to each other. — Meat, 
drink, wakefulness, sleep, are not 
salutary for us, without a certain 
limitation. — The wall and gate 
were struck by lightning. 



Stultitia, et temeritas, et injus- 
titia, et intemperantia dico sum 
fugiendus {accus. with infin.). 
In civitas liber, lingua mensque 
liber sum debeo. — Juventas 
Terminusque, ille juventus dea, 
hie terminus deus, a sedes suus 
in Capitolium moveo sui non pa- 
tior. — Decem ingenuus, decern 
virgo, patrimus omnis matri- 
musque, ad sacrificium deligo. 
— Ceres et Liber invoco Virgil- 
ius, quod hie fructus maxime 
necessarius sum ad homo utili- 
tas. — Inter sui contrarius sum 
beneficium et injuria. — ^Non ci- 
bus ego, non humor, non vigiha, 
non somnus, sine mensura qui- 
dam salubris sum. — Murus et 
porta de ccelimi tactus sum. 



Remark 1. If the things have no real gender, the neuter is often 
used, though the grammatical gender of both or aU is the same ; as, 
Croeso et vita et patrimonii partes, et urbs Barce concessa sunt. 

Remark 2. It is still more common to join the adjective, &c., to 
one of the noims, and leave it to be supplied with the others ; as, 
Thrasybulus contemptus est a tyrannis atque ejus solitudo. — Hominis 
utilitati agri omnes et maria parent. 

Remark 3. Sometimes the adjective takes the gender of the word 
which is nearest to it ; as, Tibi omnium solus, liberi, fortunes sunt 
carissimae. 

Remark 4. Persons are sometimes represented as things, and then 
the adjective, &c., become neuter. Such expressions generally in- 
volve something sarcastic ; as, Trepida civitas incusare Tiberium, 
quod, dum patres et plcbem, invalida et inermia, ludificetur, &c. {Ta- 
cit., Ann., 1, 46.) 

Remark 5. Sometimes, again, abstract ideas or things are person- 
ified, and then the ordinary rule prevails ; as, Ut judicium censorum 
ac pudor sponte cedentium permixti ignominiam mollirent. {Tacit., 
Ann., 11, 25.) 



Rule VIII. An adjective or participle, with or with- 
out a substantive, is often joined with the possessive 

C 



26 



ADJECTIVES. 



pronouns in the genitive case, taking its gender from 
that of the person to whom the possessive refers. 
Ipse is used in the same way. Thus, Tuum hominis 
eruditissimi judicium gratum est, — Mea defunctce molliter 
ossa cuhent. 



Obs. The genitive expressed is supposed to agree, by a species of 
apposition, with the genitive imphed in the possessive pronoun. 



1. I do not wonder at Vatinius, that 
he despises my law, an enemy (of 
his). — I begin to seek not only 
gratification, but also glory from 
this pursuit, since it has been ap- 
proved of by thy judgment, a 
most grave and learned man. — 
The Samnitcs said that they had 
tried all methods, if they could 
support by their own strength so 
great u weight of war. — The 
senate declared that the consul 
should celebrate the games, which 

- he had vowed, by his oion single 
judgment, out of the spoils. 

2. Though wild animals commonly 
refuse with contempt food placed 
to deceive them, we are inveigled 
by the appearance of a trifling 
favour, and allow our own liber- 
ty to be undermined. — By his own 
power, without the assista?icc of 
any of the soldiers, Mithradates 
said that he had reduced Cappa- 
docia. — Dost thou not think that 
my prayers, when present, would 
have availed him, to whom my 
name, when absent, had been an 
honour ? 



Non admiror Vatinius, quod mens 
lex contemno (subj.), homo in- 
imicus. — Incipio ex hie studi- 
um non solum oblectatio venim 
etiam gloria peto, postquam tu- 
us judicium probo, vir gravis 
atque eruditus. — Samnites om- 
nis sui experior dico, si suus 
met ipse vires tolero tantus 
moles bellum possum. — Censeo 
senatus, qui Indus consul, ex 
suus unus sententia voveo 
(subj.), is de manubiae facio. 



Quum ferus bestia cibus, ad fraus 
suus positus, plerumque adsper- 
nor (subj.), ego species parvus 
beneficium inesco, et noster ip- 
se libertas subruo patior. — 
Mithradates sine quisquam mi- 
les auxilium suusmet unus ope- 
ra Cappadocia sui capio dico. — 
Nonne is (dative) meus praesens 
preces profuturus sum, puto, 
qui (dative) nomen meus absens 
honor (dative) sum 1 



Rule IX. An adjective, qualifying the substantive, 
is sometimes used instead of an adverb, modifying the 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



27 



verb ; as, Lceti pacem agitabamus. " We gladly enjoyed 
peace." 



The Greeks drew near early in the 
morning, and gladly engaged in 
the fight. — Philotimus came not 
at all. — Do not imagine that I, 
when I shall have departed from 
you, will be nowhere or not at all. 
— Believe {me), therefore, to he 
the same as before, even though 
ye ivill not at all behold me. — 
We deliver ourselves up to thee, 
entirely and altogether. — An au- 
gury came to Remus first {of the 
two). — The Romans assembled 
in great numbers. — If a guest 
shall have come suddenly upon 
thee in the evening. — The over- 
throw recently received at {the 
lake) Regillus. — I do not doubt 
but that he will come in the morn- 
ing. — Avarice and luxury mi- 
grated to Rome at a late period. 



Graecus matutinus appropinquo, 
laetusque praelium ineo. — Philo- 
timus nullus advenio. — Nolo 
puto, ego, cum a tu discedo, 
nusquam aut nullus fore. — 
Idem igitur sum credo, etiamsi 
ego nullus video. — Tu penitus 
totusque ego trado. — Prior Re- 
mus augurium venio. — Ro- 
manus frequens convenio. — Si 
vespertinus subito tu opprimo 
hospes. — Recens ad Regillus 
acceptus clades.-^Nullus dubi« 
to quin matutinus advenio {sub- 
junct. ).-^Roma (accus.) serus 
avaritia atque luxuria immigro, 



Remark. Sometimes this construction is adopted from the want 
of an adverb, as in the case of pronus, or of an adverb of similar 
meaning and use, as in the case of frequens, the adverb frequenter 
being used in the sense of " frequently," or in that of " numerously" 
only with passive impersonals. 



IV. RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 
General Observations. 
I. The relative qui, quce, quod, &c., according to the 
most correct view of the subject, is to be regarded as 
a species of pronominal adjective, placed between two 
cases of the same noun, either expressed or understood, 
and agreeing with the former, which is called the an* 
tecedent, in gender and number, while with the latter it 
agrees in gender, number, and case. Thus, Vir quife' 



28 RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 

citj " The man who did it," is equivalent, in fact, to Vir, 
qui mr fecit, " The man, which man did it ;" and Vir 
quern misi, " The man whom I sent," is equivalent to 
Vir, quern virum misi, " The man, which man I sent." 

II. The construction of the relative and antecedent 
resolves itself, therefore, into three classes. The first, 
and most usual, is that where the antecedent only is 
expressed, as in the examples just given. The second 
class is that where the latter noun only is expressed j 
as, Quas misisti literas accepi, " The letter which thou 
didst send I received" (the same as Literas, quas literas 
misisti, accepi, " I received the letter, which letter thou 
didst send"). The thi7^d class is that where both nouns 
are expressed ; as, Erant omnino itinera duo, quibus 
itineribus domo exire possent, " There were in all two 
routes, by which routes they could go forth from 
home." 

III. We will consider each of these three classes 
separately. 



Class I. 
Jintecedent only expressed. 
Rule I. The relative qui, qucB, quod, &c., agrees with 
its antecedent in gender, number, and person ; as, 
Vir qui, " the man who." Viri qui, " the men who." 



Femina quce, " the woman who." 
Negotium quod, " the thing which. ' 



FemincB qua, "the women who." 
Negotia qua, " the things which." 



Rule II. If no nominative come between the relative 
and the verb, the relative is the nominative to the verb j 
but when a nominative intervenes, the relative is gov- 
erned by the verb, or by some other word in the sen- 
tence ; as, 

Ego qui scribo, " I who WTite." 

Ego quern tu vocas, " I whom thou callest." 

Ego de quo tu dicis, " I of whom thou speakest." 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



29 



Rule III. If the relative has more than one antece- 
dent, of different genders, the same rule applies as in 
the case of adjectives, &c. j as, JS^inus et S emir amis ^ qui 
condiderunt Babylonem, " Ninus and Semiramis, who 
founded Babylon." 



1. The sun which both illumines 
and xcarms the earth. — Europe, 
which we inhabit, is a small part 
of the earth indeed, but very 
thickly settled. — America was 
discovered by the aid of the mag- 
netic needle, the use of which the 
ancients knew not. — The woods 
nurture many wild animals vyith 
the hides and skins of which men 
are clothed. — Closed vessels, in 
which water congeals, burst. — 
Friendship which has ceased was 
never true friendship. — Happy 
{is he) whom others^ dangers 
make cautious. — We celebrate a 
day, on which we begin a new 
year. — Virtue and learning are 
riches which no thief can take 
away. — Posterity will discover 
many arts which we have not yet 
discovered. 

2. There is no nation which we 
fear. — The consuls came to that 
army which I had in Apulia. — 
All the reasons which you men- 
tioned are most just. — We are 
not those unto whom nothing ap- 
pears to be true. — The murex 
produces a red juice, with which 
formerly purple vestments were 
dyed. — The nautilus lives in a 
very beautiful shell, which con- 
sists of many compartments. — 
No anim/il which has blood can 



Sol qui terra et illustro et calefa- 
cio. — Europa, qui ego incolo, 
parvus quidem pars terra sum, 
sed frequens. — Opis (ablat.) 
acus magneticus, qui usus vetus 
ignoro, America detego. — Syl- 
va multus fera alo, qui corium 
et pellis tego homo. — Vas clau- 
sus, in qui aqua congelasco, 
dissilio. — Amicitia qui desino 
nunquam verus amicitia sum. 
—Felix qui facio alienus peri- 
culum cautus. — Celebro dies, 
qui (ablat.) novus annus ordior. 
— ^Virtus et doctrina sum divi- 
tiae, qui nullus fur aufero pos- 
sum. — Posterns multus ars in- 
venio qui ego nondum invenio. 



Nullus sum natio qui timec— 
Consul ad is exercitus, qui in 
Apulia habeo, venio. — Omnis 
causa, qui commemoro, Justus 
sum. — Non sum is, qui nil vi- 
deor sum verus. — Murex ruber 
succus edo, qui olim purpureus 
vestis inficio. — Nautilus in tes- 
ta pulcher vivo, qui e multus 
loculus consto. — Nullus animal, 
qui sanguis habeo, sine cor sum 



C2 



30 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



be without a heart. — The hus- 
bandman plants trees, the fruit 
of which he will himself never 
see. — The foundation of perma- 
nent fame is justice, without 
which there can be 7iothing praise- 
worthy. 

3. Men do not require the reasons 
of those things which they see 
continually. — There were these 
difficulties of carrying on war, 
which we have mentioned above. 
— I will pass by Greece, which 
has always wished to be first in 
eloquence. — Death is a migration 
to those regions which they who 
have departed from life are in- 
habiting. — Thou often readest 
aloud my letter, which I sent to 
Cneus Pompey. — Those impious 
persons whom you slew will suf- 
fer the punishment of their par- 
ricide. 

4. Thou seest those productions 
and fruits which the earth yields. 
— The villages and buildings 
which they were able to reach 
were burned. — Aged mothers and 
little children, the age of each of 
whom required my assiduous 
care, did the same thing. — Intel- 
lect, Piety, Virtue, Faith, are 
deified, temples of all whom have 
been publicly dedicated at Rome. 
— The ambassador of King At- 
talu^ demanded the ships and 
captives which had been taken 
off Chios. 



possum. — Arbor sero agricola, 
qui fructus ipse nunquam aspi- 
cio. — Fundamentum perpetuus 
fama sum justitia, sine qui ni- 
hil possum sum laudabilis. 



Non requiro homo ratio is res qui 
semper video. — Sum hie diffi- 
cultas helium gerendus (geni- 
tive of the gerundive and noun) 
qui supra ostendo. — Omitto 
Graecia, qui ^semper eloquentia 
(genitive) princeps sum volo. — 
Mors sum migratio in is ora, 
qui ille qui e vita excedo inco- 
lo. — Tu epistola mens saepe re- 
cite, qui ego ad Cneus Pompe- 
ius mitto. — Ille impius, qui cae- 
do, poena parricidium luo. 



Video is fruges atque fructus, qui 
terra gigno. — Vicus sedificium- 
que, qui adeo possum, incendo. 
— Grandis natu mater et par- 
vus liberi qui uterque aetas in- 
dustria meus requiro, idem fa- 
cio. — ^Mens, Pietas, Virtus, Fi- 
des, consecro, qui omnis Roma 
(genitive) templum pubhce ded- 
ico. — Attains rex legatus navis 
captivusque, qui ad Chius ca- 
pio postulo. 



Rule IV. If a verb or virhole clause is referred to, it 
is considered as of the neuter gender, and id quod is 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



31 



frequently used instead of quod ; as, JVec minus vellent 
te^ Cato, aliqua ratione tollere^ id quod, crede mihiy et agunt 
et moliuntur. " Nor would they less wish in some 
way to remove thee, Cato, what, believe me, they are 
both doing, and doing earnestly." 



The LacedcBmonians killed their 
king Agis, which never before 
happened among them. — Timole- 
on, what is thought a more diffi.- 
cult thing, bore prosperous more 
wisely than adverse fortune. — 
What had not happened before in 
any war, two consuls, slain with- 
out any memorable battle, had 
left the republic as it were desti- 
tute. — Socrates appears to me, 
which is agreed among all, to 
have been the first who called off 
philosophy from hidden things. 
— To know one's self is the first 
step to wisdom, which, as it is 
the most difficult, so it is the most 
useful of all things. — Respect 
thy ancestors, and so govern the 
state that thy fellow-citizens may 
rejoice that thou wast born ; with- 
out which no one can be happy 
or illustrious. 



Agis rex Lacedaemonius, qui nun- 
quam antea apud is accido, ne- 
co. — Timoleon, is qui difficilis 
puto, sapienter fero secundus 
quam adversus fortuna. — Is qui 
nullus ante bellum accido, duo 
consul, sine memorandus prae- 
lium interfectus, velut orbus 
respublica relinquo. — Socrates 
ego videor, is qui consto inter 
omnis, primus a res occultus 
avoco philosophia. — Primus 
gradus ad sapientia sum tu ipse 
nosco (perf. infin.), qui ut sum 
difficilis, ita utilis omnis. — Ma- 
jores tuus respicio, atque ita 
• guberno respublica ut nascor tu 
{accus. with infin.) civis tuus 
gaudeo, sine qui nee beatus, 
nee clarus, sum quisquam pos- 
sum. 



Rule V. The relative often stands alone, a pronoun 
being understood as the antecedent, from which it 
takes its gender and number ; as. Qui hoc fecit mortuus 
est.'^ " (He) who did this has died." 



(He) who easily believes is easily 
deceived. — Praise what deserves 
praise. — (The things) which are 
right are deservedly commended. 
— (Hie) is noble whom his own 



Qui facile credo, facile decipio. — 
Laudo qui laus mereor. — Qui 
rectus sum merito laudo. — No- 
bilis sum, qui suus virtus no- 



32 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



merit ennobles. — (He) who has 
learned any useful art will find 
sustenance anywhere. — Death 
will place (those) on an equality, 
whoTn wealth has separated. — - 
(They) are justly contemned who 
are of advantage neither to them- 
selves nor to others. — ( They) 
who seem to he doing nothing are 
often doing greater things than 
others. — The earth never diso- 
beys command, nor ever restores 
without usury what she has re^ 
ceived. — ( To those) to whom Da- 
rius had before given nothing be- 
sides javelins, shields and swords 
were added. 



bilito. — Qui ars aliquia disco, 
ubique victus invenio. — Mors 
aequo qui pecunia separo. — Con- 
temno jus {ablative), qui nee sui 
(dative) nee alius prosum. — Qui 
nihil ago videor saepe magnus 
ago quam alius. — Terra nun- 
quam reeuso imperium, nee un- 
quam sine usura reddo qui ac- 
cipio. — Qui antea Darius prae- 
tor jaeulum nihil do, scutum 
gladiusque adjicio. 



Class II. 



The latter noun only expressed. 

Rule I. Sometimes the antecedent is understood, 
and the latter noun is alone expressed, with which, of 
course, the relative agrees in gender, number, and 
case ; as. Quern servum emisti aufugit^ " The slave 
whom thou didst purchase has absconded," equivalent, 
in fact, to Servus, quem servum emisti^ aufugit^ " The 
slave, which slave thou didst purchase, has absconded." 



Rule II. In such constructions as this, the relative 
clause is usually followed by is or hie, which become, 
necessary if the verbs govern different cases ; as, Quas 
leges das sociis Populi Romani, hcejustce esse debent, " The 
laws which thou givest to the allies of the Roman peo- 
ple ought to be just ones." 



Ob8. Tliis construction is adopted when the relative clause re- 
quires prominent or emphatic mention. 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



33 



1. The horses which drew Darius, 
pierced with spears and madden- 
ed with pain, had begun to shake 
off the yoke and dash the king 

from the chariot. — Amhigatus, 
desiring to relieve his kingdom 
from a burdensome population, 
declared that he would send his 
sons to the settlements which the 
gods should have pointed out by 
auguries. — The place on which 
they first landed is called Troja. 
— I have undertaken the first de- 
fence of an innocent person that 
has been offered me. 

2. We are to labour especially in 
those things for which tve shall 
be most fii. — Beasts move not 
themselves from the spot in which 
they were born. — Most persons 
require those things from friends 
which they do not themselves give. 
— The memory of Horteiisius 
was so great, that, without any- 
thing written, he repeated (those 
things) which he had meditated 
in the same words in which he 
had thought them. — Africanus, 
on the destruction of Carthage, 
adorned the cities of the Sicilians 
with the most beautiful statues, 
that he might place the most nu- 
merous monuments of victory 
among those whom he supposed 
to rejoice most in the victory of 
the Roman people. — Those whose 
fathers or ancestors have been 
distinguished by any celebrity, 
generally study to excel in the 
same kind of glory. — Let every 
one exercise himself in the art 
which he understands. 



Qui Darius veho equus, confossus 
hasta, et dolor efFeratus, jugum 
quatio et rex currus excutio 
coepi. — Ambigatus, exonero 
praegravans turba (ablat.) reg- 
num cupio, filius missurus sui 
sum (accus. with infin.) in qui 
deus do {pluperf. subj.) auguri- 
um sedes ostendo. — In qui lo- 
cus primum egredior, Troja 
voco. — Qui primus innocens 
ego (dative) defensio ofFero, sus- 
cipio. 



Ad qui res aptus sum, in is potis- 
simum elaboro (fut.). — Bestia 
in qui lonus nascor, ex is sui 
non commoveo. — Plerique qui 
ipse non tribuo amicus (dative) 
hie ab is desidero. — Memoria 
Hortensius tantus sum, ut qui 
suicum commentor (pluperf 
subj.), is sine scriptum verbum 
idem reddo (imperf. subj.) qui 
cogito (pluperf. subj.). — ^Africa- 
nus, Carthago deletus (ablat. 
absol), Siculus urbs signum 
pulcher exorno, ut qui victoria 
Populus Romanus maxime Ise- 
tor arbitror, apud is monumen- 
tum victoria plurimus colloco. 
— Qui pater aut majores ahquis 
gloria praesto (perf. indie, act.), 
is studeo plerumque idem in 
genus laus excello. — Qui quis- 
que nosco (perf. indie, act.), in 
is ars sui exerceo (subj.). 



84 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



Class III. 
Both nouns expressed. 



There is no day on which I will not 
speak in behalf of one accused. — 
They appoint a day on which 
they are all to assemble on the 
hanks of the Rhone. — The sol- 
diers have reasons, on account of 
which they ought to be dischar- 
ged. — Until the number should 
have been completed, to which 
number it might behoove {them) 
to be sent into the provinces. — 
The feelings of a hearer can be 

- aroused or soothed in no way 
which ha^ not been tried by me. 



Nullus dies sum, qui dies (ahlat.) 
non dico pro reus. — Dies dico, 
qui dies (fern.) ad ripa Rhoda- 
nus omnis convenio {subj.) — 
Causa habeo miles, qui de cau- 
sa missus fio debeo. — Quoad is 
numerus efRcio, qui ad nmnerus 
in provincia mitto oportet. — 
Nullus modus animus (sing.) 
audiens (genitive of participle) 
incito aut lenio possum, qui 
modus a ego non tento (perf. 
subj. ). 



Remark 1. The construction which has just been explained, name- 
ly, the having both nouns expressed, appears to have been the style 
of legal and public documents, and ought not to be imitated, unless 
perspicuity require its use, as in the last example given under the 
exercises that immediately precede, and which occurs in Cicero 
(Orat., 32). 

Remark 2. Some poetic constructions, depending, however, on the 
general principle that regulates the use of the relative, deserve to be 
mentioned here. Thus, Atque alii quorum est comoedia prisca virorum, 
equivalent to Atque alii (viri,) quorum virorum est prisca comocdia. — 
Again : Qiiis non malarum, quas amor curas habet, hccc inter oblivisci- 
tur ? the same as Quis non obliviscitur, inter hcec, malarum (curarum,) 
quas curas amor habet. — So also Urbem, quam statuo vestra est, equiv- 
alent to Urbs, quam urbem statuo, vestra est. — Two other instances, 
furnished by Terence, are likewise worth noting : thus, Q^ias credis 
esse has non sunt vera nuptice, which is the same as saying Nuptia, 
quas nuptias credis has esse, non sunt vera nuptice ; and Eunuchum 
quem dedisti nobis, quas turbas dedit ! equivalent to Quas turbos Eu- 
nuchus dedit, quem Eunuchum dedisti nobis ! 

Remark 3. Sometimes the relative is attracted, as in Greek, into 
the case of its antecedent ; as. Cum scribas, et aliquid agas eorum 
quorum consuesti. (Cic.) — Raptim quibus quisque poterat elatis exi- 
bant. (Lvf.\ But this is an irregularity not to be imitated. 



General Rules respecting the Relative. 
Rule I. In the case of numerals, comparatives, and 
superlatives, the adjective, though properly belonging 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



35 



to the antecedent, is placed after the relative, and made 
to agree with the latter ; as, JVocte, quam nobiscum ul- 
timam egit. " During the last night that he spent with 



us. 



Rule II. But if the adjective, in such phrases, be 
placed first, the relative is omitted altogether ; as, 
Primus fecit, " He was the first that did it j" not primus 
erat qui fecit. 



1. Themistoclcs sent to Xerxes the 
most faithful one of his slaves 
that he had. — Agamemnon, hav- 
ing devoted to Diana the most 
beautiful thing which had been 
born in his kingdom in that year, 
sacrificed Iphigenia. — Julius 
CcBsar yielded up the only lodg- 
ing-place which there was to 
Cains Oppius. — Publius Volum- 
nius placed in the list of pro- 
scribed persons L. Julius Cali- 
dus, the most elegant poet whom 
our age has produced since the 
death of Lucretius and Catullus. 
— The Volscians, being beaten 
in a pitched battle, lost Volscce, 
the best city which they had. — 
Hannibal was doubtful whether 
he should pursue his march to 
Italy, or engage with the first 
Roman army that should offer it- 
self 

2. Carthage was the first colony 
that teas founded out of Italy by 
the Romans. — That part of the 
Helvetian state which had inflict- 
ed a remarkable calamity on the 
Roman people was the first that 
suffered retribution. — The age in 



Themistocles de servus suus, qui 
habeo fidelis ad Xerxes mitto. 
— Agamemnon, quum devoveo 
{pluperf. subj.) Diana qui in 
suus regnum pulcher nascor 
(imperf subj.) ille annus, immo- 
lo Iphigenia. — Julius Caesar di- 
versorium (ablat.), qui unus 
sum, Caius Oppius (dative) ce- 
do. — Publius Volumnius L. Ju- 
lius Calidus, qui post Lucretius 
Catullusque mors multo elegans 
poeta noster setas fero, in pro- 
scriptus numerus (accus.) refe- 
ro. — ^Volsci, acies victus, Vol- 
scae, urbs qui habeo bonus, 
perdo. — Incertus sum Hanni- 
bal, utrum eoeptus in Italia in- 
tend© iter, an cum is qui primus 
sui ofiero {pluperf subj.) Roma- 
nus exercitus manus consero. 



Primus extra ItaUa colonia Car- 
thago a Romanus condo. — Qui 
pars civitas Helvetius insignis 
calamitas populus Romanus 
(dative) infero, is princeps poe- 
na (phtr.) persolvo. — iEtas, qui 



36 



REtATlYE AND ANTECEDENT. 



which Pericles lived was the first 
that produced at Athens an al- 
most perfect orator. 



Pericles vivo primus Athenae 
{allot.) orator prope perfectus 
fero. 



Remark. As the relative, therefore, sometimes takes an adjective 
after it which properly belongs to the antecedent, we may explain 
on this principle the following phrases : Qua tua est virtus expugna- 
his. omnia, " Such is thy valour, thou wilt carry everything by storm ;" 
the same as Ea virtute, qucz tua est, expugnabis omnia. — So Qui tuus 
est in me amor, " Such is thy love for me ;" Quce tua est prudentia; 
qua est humanitate, &c. So in Tacitus {Hist., 4t, 37), Cujus est leni- 
tatis Galba, jam forte promisit. " Galba, probably, with his usual len- 
ity, has already promised." 



Rule III. When a word in a preceding clause is ex- 
plained by a substantive with esse, or a verb of naming, 
&c., the connecting pronouns, whether demonstrative 
or relative, most commonly take the gender and num- 
ber of the following noun j as. Animal hoc providum, sa- 
gax^ acutum, quern vocamus hominem. — Theh<B, quod Bceo- 
iice caput est. 



Obs. This is the usual practice of Cicero ; other authors, howev- 
er, give the relative the gender of the preceding noun. Cicero 
adopts the same practice, when the word explained is a foreign 
one ; as, Cohibere motus animi, quos Graci nddrj vocant. Still, 
however, the same writer has the following : " Consensus quam 
cvfinddecav GrcBci vocant.''^ 



Thrasybulus, when he had fled to 
Phyle, which is a very strongly 
fortified fortress of Attica, had 
not more than thirty of his men 
with him. — Pausanias was un- 
willing to return to Sparta, and 
betook himself to Coloncc, which 
is a place in the Troad. — Mago 
enticed the Suffetes, which is the 
chief magistracy among the Car- 
thaginians, to a conference, ayid, 
having lacerated them loith scour- 
ges, ordered them to be crucified. 



Thrasybulus, quum Phyle (acctw.) 
confugio (subj.), qui sum castel- 
lum in Attica munitus, non plus 
habeo suicum quam triginta de 
suus. — Pausanias Sparta (ac- 
cus.) redeo nolo, et Colonae, qui 
locus in ager Troas sum, sui 
confero. — Mago ad colloquium 
Suffetes, qui summus Pceuus 
(dative) magistratus sum, elicio, 
laceratusque (accus. plur.) ver- 
ber crux {dative) affigo jubeo. 



RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 



37 



— The winds carried me from 
Sicily to Lcucopetra, which is a 
promontory of the Rhegian terri- 
tory. — Mankind ham fenced with 
walls their united dwelling-pla- 
ces, which we call cities. — There 
is a prison, made by that most 
cruel tyrant Dionysius, at Syra- 
cuse, which is called the Stone- 
quarries. — The Carthaginians, 
hearing that Attains and the Ro- 
mans had gone from Orcum, 
feared lest they should be defeat- 
ed within Rhium, that is, the 
strait of the Corinthian Gulf. 



— Ex Sicilia ego ad Leucopetra, 
qui sum promontorium ager 
Rheginus, ventus defero. — 
Homo domicilium suus conjunc- 
tus quiurbs dico moenia sepio. — 
Career sum, a crudelis tyrannus 
Dionysius factus, Syracusae {ab- 
lat.), qui Lautumiee voco. — Pce- 
nus, quum ab Oreum proficis- 
cor Attalus Romanusque {ac- 
cus. with infin.) audio {yhiperf. 
subj.), vereor ne intra Rhium 
(fauces is sum Corinthius sinus) 
opprimo. 



Rule IY. Tot^ tantus, talis ; quot^ quantus\ qualis., an- 
swer to each other as the demonstrative and relative ; 
as, JYon speraverat Hannibal fore ut tot in Italia populi 
ad se dejicerent., quot defecerunt post Cannensem cladem. 
" Hannibal had not hoped that so many communities 
in Italy would revolt to him, as many as did (actually) 
revolt after the overthrow at Cannae." 



Obs. 1. Frequently the relative is placed first, in which case the 
substantive is usually placed with it ; as. Quanta vi expetunt, 
tanta defendunt. 

Obs. 2. If they refer to different nouns, and depend on different 
verbs, they will take the gender, number, and case which those 
respectively require ; as, Tantae multitudinis quantam capit urbs 
nostra, concursus est ad me factus. — Dixi de te qucz potui, tanta 
contentione, quantum est fonim. 

Obs. 3. Talis is frequently omitted before qualis, tantus before 
quantus, &c. ; as, Crocodilus parit ova, quanta anseres. — In hoc 
bello, quale bcllum nulla barbaria gesserit. 



Dost thou think that those zoho are 
said to divine can ansioer wheth- 
er the sun is larger than the 
earth, or as large as it seems to 



Num censeo is qui divino dico, 
possum respondeo sol majorne 
sum {stibj.) quam terra, an tan- 
tus quantus videor 1 (subjunct.) 



D 



38 



PRONOUNS. 



be 1 — This Iioill very hricfly say, 
that no one was ever so shameless 
as to dare to wish from the im- 
mortal gods so many and so 
great things as they have bestow- 
ed upon Cneus Pompey. — What 
can be more miserable than this, 
that a man who has been consul 
elect all his life, cannot be chosen 
consul 1 — It is a saying of the 
Stoics, that no ball is in every 
respect such as another ball is. — 
Just as many kinds of orators 
are found as we have said that 
there are of oratory. 



— Hie brevitcr dico, nemo un- 
quam tam impudens sum {ac- 
cus. with infin.) qui a deus im- 
mortalis tot et tantus res audeo 
{imperf. suhj.) opto, quot et 
quantus deus immortalis ad 
Cneus Pompeius defero. — Quis 
hie miser, quam is {accus. with 
inftn.) qui tot annus (accus.) 
quot habeo (3 sing. pres. indie), 
designatus consul sum iperf. 
subj.) faeio eonsul non possum \ 
— Stoicus dictum sum, nullus 
sum pila omnis res {abl. plur.) 
talis qualis sum (subj.) pila 
alius- — Quot oratio genus (ac- 
cus. with infin.) sum dico, toti- 
dem orator reperio. 



V. PRONOUNS. 

Rule I. As the terminations of the verb discriminate 
the persons, the personal pronouns are not expressed 
except for emphasis. 



In these regions which loe inhabit, 
tJie dog-star rises after the sol- 
stice; among the Troglodytes, 
as authors write, before the sol- 
stice. — If those things which thou 
dost are shameful, what matters 
it that no one else knows it, since 
thou knowest it 1 — / expelled the 
kings ; ye are introducing ty- 
rants ; I obtained liberty v^hich 
did not exist ; ye are not willing 
to preserve it when obtained; 1 
freed my country at the risk of 
my life ; ye care not fai' being 
free without risk. — The most ex- 
cellent kings of the Persian.^, a.<i 
we think, were Cyrus and Dari- 



In hie locus qui ego incolo post 
solstitium Canicula exorior, 
apud Troglodytae, ut scribo (3 
sing. pres. ind. pass, as an im- 
personal), ante solstitium. — Si 
turpis sum qui facio, quis {neut. ) 
refert nemo scio quum tu scio 1 
(subj.) — Ego rex ejicio, tu ty- 
rannus introduce ; ego libertas 
qui non sum, pario, tu partus 
ser\^o non volo ; ego caput me- 
ns periculum (ablat.) patria libe- 
ro, tu liber sine periculum sum 
non euro. — Excellcns sum, ut 
ego judioo, Persa rex, Cyrus et 



PRONOUNS. 



39 



tis the son of Hystaspes. — J, if I 
saio the republic possessed, by 
dishonest and abandoned citizens, 
would not join myself to their 
party ; not even if their merits 
towards me were known to he the 
highest. — Didst thou exact mon- 
ey from the cities under the pre- 
tence of a fleet 1 Didst thou, for 
a sum of money, disband the 
rowers 1 — If wild animals love 
thtir offspring, how indulgent 
ought we to be towards our chil- 
dren ! 



Darius Hystaspes filius. — Ego, 
si ab improbus et perditus civis 
respublica teneo (infin.) video 
{imperf. subj.), non ad is causa 
ego adjungo ; ne si summus 
quidem is in ego meritum con- 
sto (imperf. subj.). — Tu a civit- 
as pecunia (plur.) classis nomen 
(ablat. ) cogo 1 tu pretium (ablat.) 
reniex dimitto 1 — Si fera partus 
suus diligo, qui (ablat.) ego in 
liberi noster indulgentia (ablat.) 
sum debeo ! 



Rule II. Ego forms with 
equidem, " I, indeed," which 
is very rarely used with any 
singfular. 



quidem the compound term 
by writers of the best age 
other than the first person 



I do not indeed see why I may not 
■ venture to tell unto you what I 
myself think of death. — / never, 
indeed, sent a letter home without 
there being another one for thee. 
— / grieve, indeed, that I am not 
informed of these things by thy 
letters. — I shall indeed feel grief 
that he is angry with me, but 
much greater that he should not 
be such a man as I had thought 
him to be. 



Equidem non video cur quis ipse 
sentio (subj.) de mors, non au- 
deo (subj.) tu dico. — Equidem 
nunquam domus (accus.) mitto 
unus epistola, quin sum (imperf. 
subj.) ad tu alter. — Equidem do- 
leo, non ego de hie res tuus lit- 
erae certior fio. — Accipio equi- 
dem dolor ego (dative) ille iras- 
cor, sed multo major, non sum 
(pres. infin.) is talis qualis puto 
(subj.). 



Usage of JVostrum and JVostri^ Vestrum and Vestri^ the 

DOUBLE forms OF THE GENITIVE PLURAL OF EgO AND Tu, 

Rule III. JVostri and vestj'i are used when the geni- 
tive denotes the object ; as, amor nostri, " the love of 
us ;" cura vestri, " care for you," &c. ; but nostrum and 
vestrum when it denotes the subject ; as, uterque nostrum^ 
" each of us j" majores vestrum^ " your ancestors," &c. 



40 



PRONOUNS. 



Obs. Hence nostrum and vcstrum are used with partitives, numer- 
als, comparatives, and superlatives, whereas in aU other con- 
nexions the forms nostri and vcstri are proper. 



1. Since the life which we enjoy is 
short, we ought to make the re- 
membrance of ourselves as last- 
ing as possible.^ What the mind 
is, that ruler and lord of us, no 
one will explain to thee any more 
than ichere it is. — Why did God, 
when he was making all things 
for our sake, scatter so many 
deadly things by sea and land ? 
' — Go (thou) ivith favourable 
omen, and eyigrave on my sepul- 
chre a complaint commemorative 
of me. — No one of tis is the same 
in old age as he was (ichen) a 
youth. 

2. Thy native country, which is the 
common parent of us all, hates and 
fears thee, and judges that thou 
art meditating her destmction. — 
They relate that a voice was sent 
hack from the depth of the cave, 
•■"i/ie shall have the supreme pow- 
er at Rome who first- of you, oh 
youths, shall have given a kiss to 
his mother.''^ — The soreness of 
my eyes is more troublesome to me 
than it was before ; yet I chose 
rather to dictate this epistle than 
to give Gallus Fabius, who has 
a great affection for both of us, no 
letter to you. 



Quoniam vita ipse, qui (ablat.) 
fruor, brevis sum, memoria ego 
quam maxime longus efficio de- 
beo. — Quis sum (subj.) animus, 
ille rector dominusque ego, non 
magis tu quisquam expedio, 
quam ubi sum (subj.). — Cur 
Deus, omnis ego causa quum 
facio (subj.), tantus vis res mor- 
tifer terra mareque dispergol 
— ^Eo, secundus omen, et ego 
memor sepulcrum scalpo quer- 
ela. — Nemo ego idem sum in 
senectus qui sum juvenis. 



Patria qui communis sum omnis 
ego parens, odi tu ac metuo, et 
judico tu de parricidium suus 
( ablat.) coglto. — Ex infimus spe- 
cus vox redditus sum dico, " Im- 
perium summus Roma (gen.) 
habeo, qui tu primus osculiun 
mater do" (perf subj.). — Ego 
molestus sum lippitudo etiam 
quam antea sum (plupcrf), die- 
to tamen hie epistola malo, 
quam Gallus Fabius, amantissi- 
mus uterque (genitive) ego, ni- 
hil ad tu literae (genitive) do. 



Reflexive Pronouns. 
I. Sui^ sibi, is a reflexive pronoun, that is, it denotes 
an agent, who is the subject of the proposition, and 



PRONOUNS. 



41 



whose act reverts upon himself. This pronoun, there- 
fore, exists only in the oblique cases. 

II. Suus is the adjective pronoun of sui^ and is used 
of things which belong to the agent, when spoken of 
as the object of some act or feeling on his part. 

III. The agent may be in the nominative case, as in 
direct propositions, or in the accusative before the in- 
finitive. 



1 . Atticus did not recommend him- 
self to men in their prosperity, 
hut always aided them in their 
calamity. — Agesilaus turned 
himself against Phrygia, and 
ravaged it before Tissaphernes 
moved himself in any direction. — 
Eumenes imposed upon the pre- 
fects of Antigonus, and extrica- 
ted himself and all his men. — 
Hannibal perceived that he vms 
aimed at, and that life ought not 
any longer to be retained by him. 
— / hesitate not to say that every 
nature is prone to the preserva- 
tion of itself. 

3. My brother Quintus justifies 
himself by letter, and affirms that 
nothing unfavourable was ever 
said by him concerning you. — 
The Allobroges, who had villa- 
ges and possessions beyond the 
Rhone, take refuge with CcBsar, 
and point out {to him) that no- 
thing was left to them except the 
soil of their territory. — Romulus 
said to Julius Proculus that he 
was a god, and was called Qui- 
rinus. 

3. Justice is to be respected on her 
own account. — Dionysius feared 

D 



Atticus non sui florens (dative of 
the participle) vendito, sed afflic- 
tus (dative) semper succurro. — 
Agesilaus in Phrygia sui con- 
verto, isque prius depopulor, 
quam Tissaphernes usquam se 
moveo (imperf subjunct.). — Eu- 
menes prsefectus (dative) Anti- 
gonus impono, suique ac suus 
omnis extraho incolumis. — 
Hannibal sentio sui peto, neque 
sui (dative) diutius vita sum re- 
tinendus. — Non dubito dico, 
omnis aetas sum conservatrix 
sui (genitive). 

Quintus frater purge sui mul- 
tum per literae, et affirmo nihil 
a sui de tu secus sum dictus. — 
Allobroges, qui trans Rhodanus 
vicus possessioque habeo, fuga 
(ablat.) sui ad Caesar recipio, et 
demonstro sui, prseter ager so- 
lum, nihn sum reliquus (geni- 
tive). — Romulus • Julius Procu- 
lus dico, sui deus sum, et Quj- 
rinus voco. 



Justitia propter suisui colendus 
sum. — Dionysius vereor^ ne, 
2 



43 



PRONOUNS. 



lest, if he should keep Dion with 
him, he might afford him some 
opportunity for destroying; him. 
-^Each one loves himself, nx)t in 
order that he may exact from 
himself a recompense for his af- 
fection, but because each one of 
himself is dear unto himself. — 
The youth, holding the right hand 
of Scipio, invoked all the gods to 
make a return of gratitude to him 
for him, since he coidd not do it 
suitably to his own feeling, and 
his merit towards him. 
. Darius said that he was an en- 
emy to the Athenians, because the 
lonians by their aid had taken 
Sardis. — A deserter came into 
the camp of Fabricius, and prom- 
ised that he ivould return secret- 
ly, as he had come, into the camp 
of Pyrrhus, and would poison 
him.-r-The Germans do not fa- 
vour agriculture, and the great- 
er part of their food consists in 
milk, and cheese, and flesh. 



si Dion suicum habeo, aliquis 
occasio do sui opprimendus 
(genitive of gerundive). — Sui 
quisque diligo, non ut aliquis a 
sui ipse merces exigo caritas 
suus (genit.), sed quod per sui 
sui quisque cams sum. — ^Ado- 
lescens, dextra Scipio teneo, 
deus omuis invoco ad gratia ille 
pro sui referendus {accus. of ge- 
rundive), quoniam sui {dative) 
non satis facultas {gcnit.) pro 
suus animus atque ille erga sui 
meritum sum {imperf. subj.). 
Darius dico, sui hostis sum 
Atheniensis {gcnit.), quod is 
auxilium lones Sardes expug- 
no.— Perfuga venio in castra 
Fabricius, isque {dative) sum 
pollicitus, sui, ut clam venio 
(subj.) ita clam in Pyrrhus cas- 
tra redeo (fut. i7ifin.), et is 
yenenum neco. — Germani ag- 
ricultuici (dative) non studeo, 
majorque pars victus is lac et 
caseus et caro (ablatives) con- 
sisto. 



IV. If a second agent be introduced, the reflexive 
pronoun properly belongs to that agent ; but if the sec- 
ond proposition expresses the words, wishes, &c., of 
the subject of the first, sui and suus are very commonly 
used of the first subject, provided the sense make it 
evident that they cannot refer to the second. 



1. Hannibal ordered the lad to go 
round to all the doors of the 
building, and bring him word 
quickly whether he were blocka- 
ded in the same way on all sides. 
— Pythius, who, as a ha.nkcr. 



Impero Hannibal puer (dative), ut 
omnis sedificium fores (accus.) 
circueo (imperf. subj.), ac pro- 
pere sui (dative) renuncio num 
idem modus undique obsideo. — 
Pythius qui, ut argentarius, 



PRONOUNS. 



43 



was in favour with all ranks, 
called the fishermen to him, and 
requested of them that they loould 
fish, on the following day, before 
his gardens. — Pompey said that 
the Roman republic might most 
justly return thanks to the town 
of Arpinum, because from it its 
two saviours had arisen. 
2. Most of the soldiers of Cczsar, 
when taken prisoners, refused life 
offered to them under condition of 
serving against him. — Themis- 
tocles discloses to the master of 
tJie ship who he is, making him 
great promises if he would save 
him. — Nothing is less acceptable 
to God himself, than that the way 
to propitiate and worship him 
should not be open to all. 



\ 



apud omnis ordo gratiosus sum, 
piscator ad sui convoco, et ab 
hie peto, ut ante suus hortulus 
postridie piscor. — Pompeius di- 
co, respublica Romanus Justus 
Arpinum municipium gratiae de- 
beo {pres. infin.), quod ex is duo 
conservator is exsisto {subj.). 

Plerique miles Caesar captus con- 
cessus sui sub conditio vita, si 
milito adversus is volo {imperf 
siibj.), recuso. — Themistocles 
dominus navis qui sum {suhj.) 
aperio, multus pollicitus si sui 
servo (pluperf subjunct). — Ipse 
Deus nihil minus gratus sum 
quam non omnis pateo ad sui 
placo et colo {gerundives) via. 



V. The pronoun ipse is not reflexive, but serves em- 
phatically to distinguish that to v^^hich it is applied from 
all others. Hence, in cases where ambiguity is likely 
to arise, especially from the similarity of both num- 
bers of sui^ it may be avoided by using ipse of the 
leading or subordinate person. It is more commonly, 
however, used of the leading person. Thus, Jugurtha 
legatos misit qui ipsi liherisque vitam peterent. " Jugur- 
tha sent ambassadors to seek peace for himself and his 
children." 

VI. Ipse is joined with the pronouns of the three 
persons, and may either be put in the same case with 
them, as mei^ tui^ sui ipsius^ mihi ipsi, me ipsum, &c., or 
may remain as the subject in the nominative. — Both 
constructions are used by the best writers j the latter, 
however, is more common ; as, Virtus est per se ipsa 
laudabilis. — Se ipsos omnes natura diligunt. 



44 



PRONOUNS. 



VII. When nouns are opposed to each other, their 
contrast is most forcibly shown by putting ipse in the 
same case as the word to which it is opposed j as, Ra- 
tionem dicendi per te ipsum, usum autem per nos percipere 
voluisti. 

VIII. Ipse^ joined to numbers, denotes that they are 
to be taken strictly and without diminution j as, Decern 
ipsi dieSj " Ten whole days." 



1. When fame reported Numa 
Pompilius to he distinguished 
for virtue and wisdom, passing 
over their own citizens, the peo- 
ple adopted for themselves an 
alien as king. — Wilt thou, thotigh 
God has given thee a mind than 
which nothing is more excellent 
or divine, so debase thyself as to 
think that there is no difference 
tween thee and some quadruped 1 

2. Thucydides, a very satisfac- 
tory authority, has written, that 
no one ever pleaded a capital 
cause better than Antipho of 
Rhamnus, when he defended him- 
self in his hearing. — The labour 
of those was the greatest who 
were carrying burdens on their 
shoulders ; for, as they could not 
guide themselves, they were car- 
ried away with their incommo- 
dious burden into the rapid cur- 
rent. 

3. We have this primary desire 
from nature, the preservation of 
ourselves. — The swiftness and 
strength of quadrupeds confer 
strength and swiftness on our- 
selves ; we employ for our bene- 
fit the very acute perceptions of 



Quum praestans sum Numa Pom- 
pilius fama ferro {imperf. suhj.) 
praetermissus suus civis {ablat. 
absol.) rex alienigena sui ipse 
populus adscisco. — Tu, quum 
tu Deus do {subj.) animus, qui 
{ablat.) nihil sum praestans ne- 
que divinus, sic tu ipse projicio, 
ut nihil inter tu et quadrupes 
aliquis puto {pres. subj.) inter- 
sum 1 

Antiphon {ablat.) Rhamnusius ne- 
mo unquam bene oro caput 
{genit.) causa, quum sui ipse 
defendo {imperf. subj.), sui au- 
diens {ablat. absol. ), locuples 
auctor scribo Thucydides. — 
Praecipuus sum labor is, qui hu- 
merus onus porto ; quippe quum 
suimetipse rego non possum 
{imperf subj.), in rapidus gur- 
ges incommodus onus aufero. 



Primus ex natura hie habeo appe- 
titio, ut conservo {pres. subj.) 
egomet ipse. — Celeritas atque 
vis quadrupes ego ipse afFero 
vis et celeritas ; ego elephan- 
tus acutus sensus ; ego saga- 



PRONOUNS. 



45 



elephants and the sagacity of 
dogs. — Thou didst refuse to go 
into a province : I cannot hlame 
that in thee which I approved in 
myself, both (when) prcctor and 
consul. — Exactly on the Nones 
of August, the day of my arrival 
was the same, the birthday the 
same of my most beloved daugh- 
ter. — He died exactly eighty-three 
years before Iwas consul. — Thir- 
ty whole days have gone. 



citas (ahlat.) canis ad utilitas 
noster utor. — Tu in provin- 
cia eo nolo : non possum is in 
tu reprehendo, qui in ego ipse 
et praetor et consul probo. — Ip- 
se Nonas {ablat.) Sextilis, idem 
dies adventus mens sum, nata- 
lis idem earns filia. — Annus 
(ablat.) octoginta tres ipse ante 
ego consul morior. — Triginta 
dies ipse decedo. 



Usage of HiCj Ille, Iste, and Is. 

I. The pronouns hic^ ille^ and iste^ differ in this way : 
hie refers to that which is near, or belongs to, the per- 
son speaking ; iste to the person addressed ; ilh to 
some remoter person or object. Thus, hie liber, " this 
book near or belonging to me," or " this book which I 
am holding j" iste liber, " that book belonging to you, 
or near you, or which you are holding j" ille liber, " the 
book near or belonging to some third person, either at 
some distance, or else entirely away from the conver- 
sation." 

II. Hence in letters, hie and its derivatives are used 
of the writer ; iste and its derivatives of the person ad- 
dressed. Thus, Eo animo te velim esse, quasi mei nego- 
tii causa in ista loca missus esses. {Cic., Ep. ad Att., 1, 
10.) " I wish thee, therefore, to be of the same way 
of thinking, as if thou hadst been sent, on account of 
my own affairs, to the quarter where thou now art." — 
So, again, Clamores tanti fuerunt, ut eos usque istinc ex- 
auditos putem. " The cries were so loud, that I am in- 
clined to think they were distinctly heard as far as 
where thou art." 

III. When Cicero spoke of his antagonist, he often 



46 PRONOUNS. 

used iste according to the distinction just laid down j 
and as he generally used it contumeliously, it acquired 
a reproachful meaning ; as, Tu^ istis faucious^ istis late- 
ribus, ista gladiatoria totius corporis jirmitatey &c. (^Cic^ 
Phil., 2, 25.) But this is by no means universally the 
case. Thus, Quis enim meum in istius gloriosissimi fac- 
ti conscientia nomen audivitl (^Id. ih., 11.) 

IV. Another usage of hie, ille, and iste deserves men- 
tion here. When these three pronouns are employed, 
hie refers to the nearest person or thing, iste to the mid- 
dle one, and ille to the most remote. Thus, Tullium, 
Jltticum, et Trehatium vehementer diligo, hunc quidem (Tre- 
batium) ob mores festivos ; istum (Atticum) ob ingenii li- 
ber alitatem ; ilium (Tullium) propter incredibile dicendi 
flumen. 

V. When hie and ille arc opposed to each other, ille 
("that") denotes the one which is more remote, or 
" the former 5" hie (" this") the nearer, or " the latter." 
Thus, Ille bello, hie pace, civitatem auxerunt. " They 
enlarged the state, the former by war, the latter by 
peace." This distinction, however, though subservient 
to perspicuity,, and though it deserves to be uniformly 
attended to in Latin composition, is not uniformly ob- 
served by the classic writers. 

VI. Ille denotes that which is of general notoriety, 
and most commonly of reputation ; as, Pittacus ille, 
" The well-known Pittacus ;" Medea ilia, " The far- 
famed Medea ;" Ille Myronis discobolus, " The discus- 
thrower of Myron," &c. 

VII. The pronoun is holds a middle place between 
ille and hie, not meaning emphatically either this or that, 
but referring to something previously mentioned, or 
just about to be specified. Hence it denotes " the 
man," Avhen the character, and not the precise individ- 
ual, is meant ; as, J^on is est Antonius, " Antonius is 
not the man," or <' such a man." 



PRONOUNS. 



47 



1. Why sittest thou in that flace ? 
— Why cannot that happiness 
{which thou meanest) suit yonder 
sun or this our world ? — Yonder 
sea, which now appears purple, 
will appear the same to this our 
sage. — WTiat is this ? What ef- 
frontery is this of thine 7 — I give 
thee as a husband to her (who is 
now thine). — Very many excel- 
lent men have come, on account 
of health, to- this quarter. — If I 
shall have extricated myself, I 
will come to the quarter where 
thou art. — Now, however, I wish 
that thy merit may shine forth 
from those parts of the East 
(where thou art). 

2. They punished the Roman de- 
serters with more severity than 
the Latin. The former he cru- 
cified as runagates from their 
country, the latter he beheaded as 
perfidious allies. — Ccesar and 
Pompey contended long together ; 
the former because he could not 
endure any superior, the latter 
because he could not bear any 
equal. — Cicero wrote very fre- 
quently to Atticus, and the latter 
did not omit to send letters in 
turn. — Cory don and Thyrsis 
were leading flocks : the latter 
sheep, the former she-goats. — Let 
us hear Cicero, that eminent ora- 
tor. — What one of us does not the 
celebrated Epaminondas, when 
dying at Mantinea, strongly 
move 1 — Publius Sylla was late- 
ly such a man in the state that 
no one could prefer himself to 
him in what was honourable. — 



Cur tu in iste locus sedeo ? — Iste 
beatitas cur aut in sol ille {ac- 
cus.) aut in hie noster mundus 
(accus.) cado non possum! — 
Mare ille, qui nunc purpureus 
videor, idem hie noster sapiens 
videor. — Quis sum hid quis 
iste impudentia'! — Tu iste vir 
do. — Permultus bonus vir in hie 
locus (pliir.) venio, valetudo 
causa. — Si ego expedio, in iste 
locus venio. — Nunc autem opto, 
ut ab iste Oriens pars virtus 
tuus eluceo. 



Graviter in Romanus, quam in 
Latinus transfuga (accus.) ani- 
madverto. Ille tanquam patria 
(genit.) fugitivus crux (dat. 
plur.) afBgo, hie uti socius per- 
fidus securis (ablat.) percutio. — 
Caesar et Pompeius diu inter 
sui contendo, ille quia nemo 
superior, hie quia nemo par fe- 
ro possum. — Cicero ad Atticus 
saepe scribo, nee hie vicissim 
litterae mitto intermitto. — Cory- 
don et Thyrsis duco grex ; hie 
ovis, ille capella. — Cicero, ille 
magnus orator, audio. — Quis 
ego ille morior apud Mantinea 
Epaminondas non valde com- 
moveo 1 — Publius Sylla nupcr is 
homo sum in civitas, ut nemo is 
sui honor (ablat.) antefero. — 



48 



PRONOUNS. 



For neither art thou such a one 
as not to know who thou art. 



Neque eniin tu is sum, qui, qui 
sum (suhj.) nescio {suhj.). 



Usage of Quisquam and TJllus. 

I. Quisquam and ullus are used only in propositions 
which involve a universal negative, or an interrogation 
which has a negative force ; a condition (usually with 
si or quasi) \ after comparatives, after the adverb vix., 
and the preposition sine ; as, Quamdiu quisquam erit qui 
te defendere audeat^ vives. " As long as there shall be 
any one who shall dare to defend thee, thou shalt live." 
— Fieri nullo modo potest^ ut quisquam plus alterum dili- 
gat quam se. " It can in no way happen that any one 
shall love another more than himself." — Solis candor 
illustrior est quam ullus ignis. " The light of the sun is 
brighter than any fire." — Omnes sine ulla varietate dix- 
ere. " All without any diversity of opinion said." 

II. Ullus is properly an adjective, but may be used, 
like any other adjective, without a substantive, if one 
be understood from the context. Quisquam is most 
commonly used without a substantive, except it be a 
word denoting a person ; as, cuiquam civi. (Cic, Verr.^ 
5, 54.) — J^emo is often used in the same way for nullus^ 
though properly a substantive ; as, Meminem cognovi po- 
etam qui sibi non optimus videretur. (Cic.) — So ne?no 
pictor^ nemo adolescens^ and even homo nemo in the same 
author. {Ep. ad Fam., 13, 55.) 



The gods being duly propitiated, 
the consuls performed the levy 
more severely and exactly than 
any one remembered it to have 
been performed in former years. 
— The senate willingly produced 
its 7ccalth for the public stock, 
nor did they leave themselves any 
gold, except what was in th". hul- 



Deus rite placatus {ablat. absol.), 
delectus consul habeo, acriter 
intenteque quam prior annus 
quisquam memini (plupcrf.) ha- 
beo (perf. inf. pass.). — Opis su- 
us libens senatus in medius 
{accus. sing. »m6'c.) profero, Eec 
priEter qui in bulla singulusque 
aiinulus sum, quisquam sui au- 



PRONOUNS. 



49 



l(B, and a ring apiece. — See how 
much more odious a tyrant Ver- 
ves was to the Sicilians than any 
one of those who preceded ; since 
they ornamented the temples of 
the gods, he even took away their 
monuments and decorations. — 
Do you think that the decrees of 
the towns about the health of 
Pompey were anything in com- 
parison with these congratula- 
tions on CcEsar^s victories 1 — 
Caius Gracchus deserves to he 
read by youth, if any other {de- 
serves it), for he is capable not 
only of sharpening, but of nour- 
ishing the understanding. 

2. In the golden age no one had 
either a disposition or a motive 
to injury. — Virtue has nothing 
grand in it if it has anything 
venal. — Can any one divine what 
fault there will be in the auspices, 
but he who has determined to ob- 
serve the appearances of the sky 1 
— Alexander halted at Babylon 
longer than anywhere; nor did 
a/ny place more injure military 
discipline. — There is not any one, 
of any nation, who may not ar- 
rive at virtue, having obtained 
nature as his guide. 

3. Do not think, judges, that 
the impudence of swindlers is not 
one and the same in all places ; 
he did the same as our debtors 
are wont (to do) ; he denied that 
he had taJcen up any money on 
interest at Rome. — Would any 
city endure the proposer of a law 
of this kind, that a son or grand- 



nim relinquo. — ^Video quanto 
teter tyrannus Syracusanus 
Verres sum {perf. subj.) quam 
quisquain superior; quum ille 
omo Q>e?/. subj.) templum deus 
immortalis, hie etiam deus 
monumentum atque ornamefi- 
turn tollo. — Quisquam tu ille 
puto sum de valetudo Pompe- 
ius decretum municipium, prae 
hie {abldt.) de victoria Caesar 
gratulatio. — Legendus sum 
Caius Gracchus, si quisquam 
alius, juventus {dative) ; non 
enim solam acuo, sed etiam 
alo ingenium possum. 

Aureus saeculum non sum quis- 
quam {dative) aut animus in in- 
juria aut causa. — ^Virtus nihil 
in sui habeo magnificus si quis- 
quam habeo yenalis. — Quis- 
quamne divino possum quis vi- 
tium (gcnit.) in auspicium futu- 
rus sum (subj.) nisi qui de cce- 
lum servo constituol — Diu ^ 
Babylon {ablat.) quam usquam 
consisto Alexander ; nee ullus 
locus disciplina militaris {da- 
tive) plus noeeo. — Non sum 
quisquam gens ullus qui, dux 
natura nanciscor, ad virtus per- 
venio non possum. 

Nolo existimo. Judex, non unus 
et idem omnis in locus sum 
fraudator impudentia : facio 
idem {plur.) qui noster debitor 
soleo ; nego sui omnino versu- 
ra ullas facio Roma {genit.). — 
Ferone ullus civitas later iste 
modus lex, ut condemno filius 



E 



60 



PRONOUNS. 



son should he condemned if his 
father or grandfather had done 
wrong? — When the morals of 
friends are correct, there should 
then he between them, without 
any exception, a community of all 
things, plans {and) wishes. — / 
deny that anything has heen said 
by the witnesses, that would re- 
quire the eloquence of any orator. 
— There is no citizen, apart from 
that contaminated band of Pub- 
lius Clodius, who has touched 
any article of my property. 



aut nepos si pater aut avus de- 
linquo (subj.). — Quum emenda- 
tus mos amicus sum, turn sum 
(pres. subj.) inter is omnis res, 
consilium, voluntas, sine ullus 
exceptio, communitas. — Nego 
sum quisquam a testis dictus, 
qui quisquam orator eloquentia 
quaero. — Civis sum nemo, extra 
contaminatus ille Publius Clo- 
dius manus, qui res uUus de me- 
us bonum attingo "{subj.). 



Usage of Aliquis and Quispiam. 

I. Aliquis and quispiam^ unlike quisquam and ullus, 
are particular, and answer to the English " some one," 
" some one or other ;" quispiam increasing the uncer- 
tainty implied in aliquis. 

II. They may he used interrogatively, negatively, or 
conditionally, provided it he with reference to some 
particular case, actual or supposed ; as, Patiamurne^ an 



narremus cuipiam 



Shall we bear it, or shall we tell 



it to some one or other V — Qucb jucundissima fuisset^ si 
aliquem cui narraret habuisset. " Which would have 
been most pleasing, if he had had some one to whom 
to mention it." 

III. Aliquis is both a substantive and an adjective 
pronoun. The substantive form of the neuter is ali- 
quid, the adjective form aliquod. Some grammarians, 
however, deny that aliquid is any more of a substantive 
than hoc J illud^ or id. 

IV. In the earliest writers, aliquid and aliquod are 
used indifferently. Thus, in Plautus {Menmchm.^ 5, 2, 
94), we have " Kisi occupo aliquid mihi consilium ;" and 
again (76., 5, 2, 15), " Credo cum viro litigium natum esse 
aliquod.'''* 



PRONOUNS. 



51 



V» In later writers, however (and their example is 
to be preferred), aliquid is joined with a genitive case, 
whereas aliquod agrees with the noun as an adjective. 
Thus, we have aliquid vini, but aliquod vinum. It is 
also more elegant to say aliquid utile than aliquod utile^ 
the latter being rarely joined with an adjective. 



1. It is among the instances of 
Sylla's cruelty, that he excluded 
the children of the proscribed 
from political offices : for no- 
thing can be more unjust, than 
that any one should be made 
the heir of his father^ s odium. — 
These arts, if indeed they avail 
to any purpose, avail to sharpen, 
and, as it were, stimulate the 
understandings of boys, that they 
may more easily be able to learn 
greater things. — Even a mod- 
erate orator fzes the attention, 
provided only there be something 
in him ; nor has anything more 
power over the minds of men than 
arrangement and ornament of 
language. 

2, Whom wilt thou show me that 
sets some value on time ? that es- 
timates the worth of a day ? that 
understands that he is dying ev- 



ery i 



■The gods neglect triv- 



ial things, nor descend to the 
petty fields and vines of individ- 
uals ; nor, if blight or hail has 
done injury in some way or oth- 
er, does this require the notice of 
Jupiter. — If fortune has taken 
(his) money from some one, or if 
some one's injustice has snatched 
it away, yet, while the reputation 
is untouched, virtue easily con- 



Inter Syllanus crudelitas exem- 
plum sum, quod a respublica 
(abl. sing.) liberi proscriptus 
submoveo ; niliil enim iniquus 
sum possum, quam aliquis pa- 
ternus odium, haeres fio. — Hie 
quidem ars, si modo aliquis {ac- 
cus. neut.) valeo ut acuo et tan- 
quam irrito ingenium puer, quo 
facile possum magnus^disco. — 
Teneo auris (plur.) vel medio- 
cris orator, sum modo aliquis in 
is ; nee ullus res plus apud ani- 
mus homo quam ordo et orna- 
tus oratio valeo. 



Quis ego do qui aliquis pretium 
tempus (dative) pono'? (subj.) 
qui dies aestimol qui inteUigo 
sui quotidie moriorl — Parvus 
deus negligo, neque agellus sin- 
guli nee vitieula persequor : nee 
si uredo aut grando quispiam 
(accus. neut.) noceo, is Jupiter 
(dative) animadverto (part, in 
dus) sum. — Peeunia si quispiam 
(dative) fortuna adimo, aut si ali- 
quis eripio injuria, tamen dum 
existimatio sum integer facile 



52 



PRONOUNS. 



soles poverty. — Can anything 
more severe be said against any 
one whatever, than that he had 
been influenced by a bribe to con- 
demn a man whom he had never 
seen or heard? — Scipio thought 
that some severity was necessary 
for establishing military disci- 
pline. 



consolor lionestas egestas. — 
Utrum gravis aliquis in quis- 
piam dico possum, quam ad ho- 
mo condemno (gerundive), qui 
nunquam video (subj.) nee audio 
(subj.) adductuspretiumsuml — 
Aliquis severitas, ad firmo (ge- 
rundive) militaris disciplina, ne- 
cessarius sum Scipio existimo. 



Indefinite Use of Quis. 

I. Quis is sometimes used, like the Greek rig, indefi- 
nitely J as, Omnia semper, quce ah nostrum quo dicentur, 
adversis auribus accipietis ? " Will ye always receive 
with unfriendly ears what shall be uttered by any one 
of us V 

II. Quis is generally so used, instead of aliquis, after 
si, ne, nisi, num, quo, quanto, and sometimes quum. It 
then usually forms its feminine singular and neuter 
plural in a ; as, si qua, ne qua, &c. 

III. Siquis appears to be often used for the relative, 
as in Greek el rig for bang. 



1. This is the dictate of nature, 
that we turn our countenance to 
the auditors, if toe wish to inform 
them of anything. — Spiders spin 
(their) net, that if anything has 
been entangled they may destroy 
it. — Is any one enraged with 
boys whose age does not yet know 
the differences of things 1 — It is 
a dishonourable excuse, and by 
no means to be received, if any 
one confesses that he has acted 
against the republic for the sake 
of a friend. — In proportion as 
any one is more full of expedient 
and subtle, the more is he hated 



Hie sum natura (ablat.) datus, ut 
vultus dirigo ad auditor, si quis 
res doceo is (double accus.) volo 
(subj.). — Aranea rete texo, ut si 
quis inhaereo (subj.) eonfieio. — 
Num quis irascor puer (dative), 
qui aetas nondum nosco res 
discrimen. — Tuipis excusatio 
sum, et minime accipio (part, 
in dus), si quis contra respublica 
sui amicus causa facio fateor 
(subj.). — Quo quis versutus et 
callidus sum, hoc invisus et 



PRONOUNS. 



53 



and, suspected, if men have no I 
opinion of his probity. 
2. Demosthenes used to say that he 
was grieved if at any time he 
was outdone by the early industry 
of artisans. — We must use our 
endeavours that there may be no 
dissensions among friends. — A 
feast followed the funeral, which 
the relatives celebrated crowned ; 
at which the praises of the dead 
were spoken, if there was any 
truth; for it was deemed crimi- 
nal to speak untruly. — Augustus 
performed his journeys in a litter, 
and generally in the night, and 
that slovjly, so that he went to 
Tibur or Prceneste in two days ; 
and if he could get to any place 
by sea, he preferred to sail. — I 
never saw anything so gentle as 
my brother towards thy sister, so 
that if any offence had been taken 
it did not appear. 



suspectus, detractus opinio pro- 
bitas {ablat. absol.). 
Doleo sui aio (imperf) Demosthe- 
nes, si quando opifex anteluca- 
nus vinco {pluperf. subj.) indus- 
tria. — Do (part, in dus) sum ope- 
ra, nequis amicus (genitive) dis- 
sidium fio. — Sequor (imperf.) 
funus epulae, qui (accus.) ineo 
(m^er/. ) propinquus coronatus ; 
apud qui de mortuus laus (ab- 
lat. sing.), quum quis verus 
sum, praedico (perf. indie, pass, 
taken impersonally) ; nam men- 
tior nefas habeo. — Augustus 
iter lectica et nox (plur.) fere, 
isque lentus facio (imperf.) ; ut 
Praeneste vel Tibur biduum pro- 
cedo (imperf. subj.) ; ac si quo 
pervenio mare possum (subj.), 
potius navigo (imperf. indie). — 
Nihil video tam mitis quam me- 
us frater in soror' tuus ; ut et- 
iam si quis sum sumtus ofFensio 
non appareo (subj.). 



Usage of Quidam. 

I. Quidam differs from aliquis by implying that the 
object designated is definitely known, though indefi- 
nitely described. And this indefinite description is 
sometimes resorted to for the purpose of oblique satire ; 
as, Keque, pugnas narrat^ neque cicatrices ostendit^ quod 
quidam facit. (Ter.) "He neither tells of battles nor 
displays scars, as a certain person does." 

II. It is also joined with epithets, whether augment- 
ing or diminishing an object, in the same sense as the 
English certain. 

III. It is likewise used, but more rarely, for some^ as 
opposed to the whole, or to others. Hence it is some- 

E2 



54 



PRONOUNS. 



times employed as a limitation ; as, quiddam mali^ " a 
certain degree of evil ;'* and also to qualify an expres- 
sion not meant to be strictly taken j as, Milvo est quod- 
dam helium naturale cum corvo. " There is a sort of 
warfare between the kite and the raven." 



/ was horn at a certain time ; I 
shall die some time or other. — 
He exhorted a certain one of (his) 
friends to mount his steed and 
save himself by flight. — There is 
a certain person {somebody whom, 
I know) that says he knows where 
she is. — / heard this from one 
Octavius. — I perceive that there 
is a greater kind of fear in the 
city. — Minutius, whom thou didst 
extol to the sky in certain letters, 
says that this is a somewhat 
greater affair than men imagine. 
— A (suitable) term fails me when 
I call this power regal ; it is un- 
doubtedly, however, a higher kind 
(than ordinary). — / confess that 
in that very power there is some- 
thing of evil. 



Quidam tempus (aUat.) nascor; 
aliquis (^ablat.) morior. — Qui- 
dam ex amicus hortor, ut iij 
equus suus ascendo (imperf 
subj.), et fuga sui recipio.-— Sum 
quidam, qui aio sui scio ubi ille 
sum (subj.). — Hie a quidam Oc- 
tavius audio. — Sentio magnus 
quidam timor in urbs sum. — 
Minutius, qui tu quidam litterae 
ad ccelum effero, dico magnus 
hie quidam sum, quam homo 
opinor. — Verbum ego (dative) 
desum, cum ego hie potestas 
regius appello, sed profecto sum 
magnus quidam. — Fateor in 
iste ipse potestas insum quidam 
malum. 



Use of Quid and Quod, etc. 

I. The interrogative pronoun has two forms for the 
masculine and neuter respectively ; namely, quis and 
qui for the former, and quid and quod for the latter. 

II. The comic writers use both quid and. quod with 
or without substantives ; prose writers, however, of the 
best age make the same distinction between quid and 
quod as between aliquid and aliquod. In other words, 
they use quod as an adjective agreeing with a noun, 
and quid as a noun governing another noun in the gen- 
itive. Thus, they s?ij, Quod f acinus commisif? "What 
crime did he commit 1" but quid facinoris ? 



PRONOUNS, 



55 



III. The same distinction is observed between the 
two neuter forms of the compound pronouns ; thus, 
quidvis, quidlibet^ &c., are commonly used with the 
genitive j quodvis, &c., as adjectives. 



We must take care lest it be said 
that there was in us any conspic- 
uous fault. — The senate decreed 
that the consul should see that 
the republic received no injury. — 
In Numa Pompilius, in Servius 
Tullius, in the other kings, of 
9Johom there are many excellent 
{institutions) for regulating the 
state, does any trace of eloquence 
appear 1 — / saluted Rufius, en- 
gaged in some business on the 
exchange of the people of Puteo- 
li, and afterward bade him fare- 
well, when he had asked me if I 
had any commands. 



Caveo (gerund) sum ut ne quis in 
ego insignis vitium sum (perf) 
dico. — Decerno senatus ut con- 
sul video, ne quis respublica 
detrimentum capio. — In Numa 
Pompilius, in Servius TuUius, 
in caeteri rex, qui multus sum 
eximius (ncut.) ad constituo 
(gerundive) respublica, numquis 
eloquentia vestigium appareo 1 
— Ruiius ago (pres.part. ) aliquis, 
in emporium (ablat.) Puteolani, 
saluto ; et postea jubeo valeo 
(pres. infin.), quum ego num- 
quis volo (imperf. subj.) rogo 
(siibj.). 



Usage of Quisque, 

I. Quisque signifies " every one," " each one," and 
is generally used as a substantive j as. Quod cuique 
obtigit id quisque teneat. " Let each one hold to that 
which has fallen unto each." 

II. It is frequently joined to adjectives in the com- 
parative degree with quo ; as. Bonus liber melior est 
quisque., quo major. " Every good book is better, the 
larger it is," 

III. Used wdth the superlative with ut., it precedes ; 
as, Ut quisque est vir optimusj ita diffi,cillime esse alios im- 
frohos suspicaiur. " The more virtuous each one is, 
with so much the more difficulty does he suspect that 
others are vicious." Without ut it follows the adjec- 
tive ; as. Optimum quidque rarissimum est. 

IV. Subjoined to numeral adjectives it denotes^ the 



56 



PRONOUNS. 



interval ; as, Alexandrini tertio quoque vocabulo excitaban- 
tur. " The Alexandrians were aroused at every third 
word." 

V. With primus it denotes the first possible, or the 
very first ; as, Primo quoque tempore. " On the very 
first opportunity." 

VI. It is also subjoined to the pronouns sui and su- 
us ; as, Verum est^ fahrum esse suce quemque fortuncB. 
^' It is a true (saying) that every one is the architect of 
his own fortune." 



1. Wlien Metellus Celer had begun 
to plead, he addressed me at ev- 
ery third word of his speech. — 
The whole of Sicily undergoes 
the census every fifth year. — 
Thirty-three Attic taleyits are 
paid to Pompey every thirty days. 
• — There is scarcely one man in 
ten in the Forum who knows him- 
self. — The deepest streams flow 
with the least sound. — The fresh- 
est eggs are best for hatching. — 
/ think it very foolish not to pro- 
pose the best things for imitation. 



Easiness of trusting is an error 
rather than a fault, and creeps 
most readily into the minds of the 
best men. — It pleases the Stoics 
to call everything by its own 
name. — Augustus had determin- 
ed to reduce the civil law to a fix- 
ed limit, and out of the immense 
and diffuse copiousness of the 
laws to collect all the best into 
very few books. — There are as 
many voices as human beings in 
the world, and each has his own. 



Quum ago ccepi (subj.) Metellus 
Celer, tertius quisque verbum 
oratio suus ego appello (m- 
perf). — Quintus quisque annus 
{ablat.) totus Sicilia censeo (pas- 
sive). — Tricesimus quisque dies 
(ablat.) talentum Atticus xxxiii 
Pompeius solvo. — ^Vix decimus 
quisque sum in forum, qui sui- 
sui nosco (perf subj.). — Altus 
quisque flumen parvus sonus la- 
bor. — Aptus sum ad exclude 
{gerund) recens quisque ovum, 
— Stultus credo ad imitor {ge- 
rund) non bonus quisque pro- 
pono; 

Credulitas error sum magis quam 
culpa, et quidem in bonus quis- 
que mens facile irrepo. — Pla- 
ceo Stoicus {dative) suus quis- 
que res nomen appello. — ^Des- 
tino Augustus jus civilis ad cer- 
tus modus redigo, atque ex im- 
mensus diffususque lex copia, 
bonus quisque et necessarius 
{neut. plurals) in paucus con- 
fer© liber. — Totidem sum vox 
quot in orbis homo, et suus 



PRONOTJNS. 



57 



— All things came to the mind of 
Antonius, and that, too, each in 
its own place, where they could 
he of most avail. — The Siculi, as 
soon as ever they saw diseases 
spreading from the unhealthiness 
of the place, dropped off, each to 
their neighbouring cities. — The 
multitude of Grecian paiMers is 
so great, and the merit of each in 
his own department is so great, 
that, while we admire the best, we 
approve even of the inferior. 



quisque (dative). — Omnis venio 
(imperf.) Antonius {dative) in 
mens (accus.), isque {plur.) su- 
us quisque locus, ubi plurimum 
valeo possum {imperf. subj.). — 
Sieulus, ut primum video ex 
gravitas locus vulgo morbus 
(accus. with infin.), in suus quis- 
que propinquus urbs dilabor. — 
Pictor Graecus tantus sum mul- 
titudo, tantus in suus quisque 
genus laus, ut quum summus 
(neut. plur.) miror (subj.), infe- 
rior (neut. plur.) etiam probe 
(subj.). 



Remark 1. Quivis and quilibet (" any one you please") are univer- 
sal. A negative joined with them denies only the universahty which 
they imply ; as, Noyi cuivis homiyii contingit adire Corinthum. " To 
visit Corinth does not fall to the lot of every man without distinc- 
tion." Cuiquam would have made the negation universal: "does 
not fall to the lot of any man whatsoever." 

Remark 2. Quisquis and quicunque cannot alone form the subject 
of a proposition, but must be united with a verb in order to become 
part of some other proposition ; as, Male vivit quisquis nescit bene 
mori. " He lives ill whoever knows not how to die well." 

Remark 3. In a few expressions quicunque appears without any 
verb, equivalent to omnis or quivis, in which case some part of sum 
or possum is to be supplied ; as, Quacunque ratione eum sanabo. " I 
will heal him by all possible means ;" more literally, "by whatever 
means (I shall be able) :" swp^ly possim. 

Remark 4. The plural cases of quisquis are not common, though 
quiqui and quibusquibus occur in Cicero and Livy, 

Remark 5. Alius is used with one of its own cases, or with an ad- 
verb derived from it, to express what in Enghsh requires two sep- 
arate propositions with one — another ; as, Aliud alii optimum videtur. 
" One thing seems best to one, another to another." — Aliter cum 
aliis loquitur. " He speaks in one way to one, in another to another." 

Remark 6. When only two are referred to, alter is used, but no 
adverb is derived from it ; as. Alter in aiterum causam conferunt. 
*' Each lays the blame on the other." 



58 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



GOVERNMENT. 



Cases. 

I. ACCUSATIVE CASE. 
Rule I. All transitive verbs, whether active or de- 
ponent, take an accusative of the object on which the 
action of the verb is exerted ; as, Pater amat jilium. 
" A father loves a son." — Spes sola hominem in miseria 
consolatur. "Hope alone consoles man in wretched- 
ness." 



1. Nothing escapes the knowledge 
of the Deity. — It is the duty of 
the senate to aid the state with 
{its) advice. — Chahrias set out 
for Egypt to aid Nectanehis. — 

Care follows increasing wealth. 
— The star of Venus is called 
Hesperus when it follows after 
the sun. — Rivalry nourishes tal- 
ents ; and sometimes envy, some- 
times admiration, excites imita- 
tion. — Pompey restored the tribu- 
nitian power, of which Sylla had 
left the image without the reality. 
— The soldiers whom the Per- 
sians called Immortals had gold- 
en collars, garments embroidered 
with gold, and sleeved tunics, 
adorned also with gems. 

2. The Euphrates makes Mesopo- 
tamia fertile. — In returning a 
kindness we ought to imitate the 
fertile fields, which yield much 
inore than they have received. — 



Deus notitia nullus res effugio. — 
Senatus oflBcium sum consilium 
civitas juvo. — Chabrias in 
^gyptus Nectanebis adjuvo 
{supine) proficiscor. — Crescens 
sequor cura pecunia. — Stella 
Venus Hesperus dico, quum 
subsequor sol. — Alo aemulatio 
ingenium, et nunc invidia nunc 
admiratio imitatio accendo. — 
Pompeius tribunitius potestas 
restituo, qui Sylla imago sine 
res relinquo. — Miles qui Persa 
Immortalis voco, aureus tor- 
quis, vestis aurum distinguo 
habeo, manicatusque tunica, 
gemma etiara adorno. 



Mesopotamia fertilis efficio Eu- 
phrates. — In refero (gerundive) 
gratia debeo imitor ager fertilis, 
qui plus multo afFero, quam acci- 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



59 



No artisan can, hy imitating, at- 
tain to the skilfxilness of nature. 
— Some living creatures have a 
rational principle, some only a 
vital principle. — The Egyptians 
consecrated almost every species 
of brute animals ; the Syrians 
venerate a fish. — Phidias, when 
he was making the statue of Ju- 
piter or Minerva, did not contem- 
plate any individual, that from 
him he might take a likeness. — 
When Timaiithes saw that he 
could not imitate with his pencil 
the grief of Agamemnon, he 
covered up his head. 



pio. — Natura sollertia nemo opi- 
fex consequor possum imitor 
{ahlat. of gerund). — Animans 
quidam {neut. ;>/.) animus liabeo, 
quidam tantum anima. — Omnis 
fere genus bestia ^Egyptius con- 
secro ; piscis Syrus veneror. — 
Nee vero Phidias, quum facio 
{imperf. suhj.) Jupiter statua aut 
Minerva, contemplor {imperf.) 
aliquis e qui similitude duco. — 
Timanthes, quum video {imperf. 
suhj.) sui Agamemnon luctus 
penicillum imitor non possum, 
caput is obvolvo. 



Remark 1. The accusative of an active verb becomes the nomina- 
tive to it in the passive, so that there are two modes, in reahty, of 
expressing the same idea. Thus, we may either say Pater amat 
filium, or Filius amatur a patre. 

Remark 2. If, however, a verb does not govern an accusative in 
the active voice, it can have no passive except impersonally. Thus, 
we say, Resisto tibi, " I resist thee ;" but in the passive, tibi resistitur, 
not tu rcsisteris. So, again, Noces mihi, "thou hurtest me ;" but in 
the passive, nocetur mihi, " I am hurt ;" not ego noccor. 

Remark 3. For the same reason, we cannot say Ego possum noceri, 
" I can be hurt," but mihi noceri potest ; that is, id potest noceri mihi. 
For the verb being used impersonally in the passive voice, the per- 
son cannot be admitted as a nominative, either to the verb itself or 
to its governing verb. 

Remark 4. The rule just laid down, that the accusative with the 
active verb becomes the nominative with the passive, is so genercil 
in Latin, that it has been extended to cases in which the accusative 
is not the immediate object, and in which, therefore, according to 
the rule laid down, it ought not to admit the passive construction. 
In such phrases as Dormio totam hiemem, " I sleep the whole winter ;" 
Tertiam (ztatem vivit, " He is living during a third generation," &:c., 
the accusative expresses the duration of time ; yet the poets say 
Tota mihi dormitar hicms, " The whole winter is slept aw^ay by me ;" 
Jam tcrtia vivitur (etas, " A third generation is now lived in by me," 
&c. — So jubeo and veto, w^hich govern a dative case, and only take 
an accusative after them in consequence of the infinitive (as, Jubeo 
te redire), receive a nominative in the passive ; as, Vctamur hoc facer e. 
"We are forbidden to do this." — Consides juhcntur exercitum scribere. 
" The consuls are ordered to enrol an army." 



Rule II. Although an intransitive or neuter verb can 



60 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



properly take no accusative, still there are many in- 
transitives denoting motion, which being compounded 
with prepositions governing an accusative case, obtain 
a transitive meaning, and accordingly take the accusa- 
tive j such as ingredi, invadere, percurref-e^ &c. ; together 
with many compounds of ire ; as, adire, inire, coirey 
obire, prceterire^ transire^ occ. 



Obs. 1. Some verbs, compounded with prepositions that govern 
an ablative case, take, notwithstanding, an accusative ; as. Con- 
venire aliquem, "To have an interview with any one;" Coire 
societatem, " To engage in an aUiance ;" Egredi urbem, "To de- 
part from the city." 

Obs. 2. The preposition is frequently repeated; as, Invadere in 
fortunas cdiorum. — In spem lihertatis ingrcdi, &c. 



1. Alexander determined to go to 
the temple of Jupiter Amman. — 
Pythagoras both traversed Egypt 
and visited the Persian Magi. — 
Timotheus joined to him, as al- 
lies, the Epirots, and all those 
nations which are adjacent to 
that sea. — Thirty tyrants stood 
around Socraics, and could not 
break his spirit. — Marcellus in- 
vested Syracuse for three years. 
— Ccesar, having obtained pos- 
session of the camp, commands 
the soldiers to surround the hill 
ivith a work. — The river Eurotas 
flowed round Sparta, which hard- 
ens childhood to the endurance 
of future military service. — Atti- 
cus determined to die, and quitted 
life on the fifth day after he had 
adopted this design. 

2. The river Marsyas flowed 
through the middle of the city of 
Cel(zn(B, celebrated in the fabu- 



Alexander adeo Jupiter Ammon 
templum statuo. — Pythagoras 
et ^gyptus lustro et Persae 
Magus adeo. — Timotheus soci- 
us adjungo Epirota omnisque is 
gens qui mare ille adjaceo. — 
Triginta tyrannus Socrates cir- 
cumsto, nee possum animus is 
infringe. — Marcellus tres annus 
(accM5.) circumsedeo Syracusae. 
— Caesar, castra {ablat.) potior, 
miles mons opus circumvenio 
jubeo. — Sparta Eurotas amnis 
circumfluo, qui pueritia induro 
ad futunis militia patientia. — 
Atticus morior decemo, et dies 
quintus, postquam is consihum 
ineo, decedo. 



Urbs Celaenae raedius interfluo (m- 
pcrf.) Marsyas amnis, fabulosus 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



61 



lous poems of the Greeks. — Py- 
thagoras toent over many harba- 
roits regions on foot. — Mount 
Taurus passes Cilicia, and joins 
the mountains of Armeyiia. — I 
am earnestly desirous of having 
an interview, not only with those 
whom I myself have known, hut 
those, too, of wham I have heard 
and read. — If I shall have an. in- 
terview with Clodius, I will write 
thee more particulars from his 
conversation. — The loife of Dari- 
us Jtad taken into her bosom her 
son, not yet more than six years 
old, born to the hope of as great 
fortune as his father had recently 
lost. 



Graecus carmen inclytus. — Py- 
thagoras multus regio barbarus 
pes {ablat. plur.) obeo. — Taurus 
Mons Cilicia praetereo, Armeni- 
aque mons jungo. — Equidem 
non is solum convenio aveo, 
qui ipse cognosco, sed ille eti- 
am de qui audio et lego. — Si 
Clodius convenio (complete fu- 
ture) plus {7ieut. plur.) ad tu ex 
ille sermo scribo. — Accipio in 
sinus Darius uxor filius, non- 
dum sextus setas egressus an- 
nus, in spes tantus fortuna 
quantus paulo ante pater is 
amitto genitus. 



Rule III. The verbs which denote to smell or taste 
of anything, such as olere^ redolere, sapere, resipere^ are 
joined with an accusative like transitive verbs j as, 
Olet unguenta. " He smells of perfumes." — Piscis ip- 
sum mare sapit. " The fish savours of the sea itself." 



Obs. 1. These verbs retain their accusative, when used also in a 
metaphorical sense, " to indicate," " to give tokens of," " to un- 
derstand," &c. 

Obs. 2. In the same way we find sitire, "to thirst after ;" ardcre, 
*' to burn for," " to be inflamed with the love of;" and cavere, 
*' to be on one's guard against," construed with an accusative. 



1. TTie sweet Muses generally Vinum (;?Ziir.) fere dulcis oleo ma- 



smelt of wine in the morning. 
— He will praise a perfume much 
more which has the odour of wax 
than of saffron. — Nothing in thy 
friend's way of talking indicates 
the foreigner. — Both his lan- 
guage and accent indicate afos- 



ne Camena. — ^Unguentum mul- 
to magis laudo, qui cera, quam 
qui crocus oleo. — Nihil in ami- 
cus tuus sermo peregrinus oleo. 
— Et verbum et vox hie alum- 



62 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



ter-child of this city, so that his 
manner of speaking appears to be 
clearly Roman, not (merely) gift- 
ed with the right of citizenship. 
— All cannot smell of foreign 
perfumes, as thou dost. — Those 
medicaments are redolent of thy 
tables, Phineus. — The wine- 
vault is to be fumigated with 
pleasant perfumes, lest it retain 
the scent of any disagreeable 
odour. — In Spain, amid the 
broom-grounds, the honey tastes 
of that plant. — A certain person 
saw an ape hanging at a butch- 
er's (stall), and asked how it 
tasted. — Stop, Callipho, I under- 
stand my own business well 
enough. The faults are mine. 
— They who are unacquainted 
with a path for themselves, point 
out a xcay unto another. 
2. I neither thirst after honours, 
nor have I any longing for glo- 
ry. — Let them, with imbittered 
feelings, thirst for each othcfs 
blood. — This spear even yet 
thirsts for the blood that is its 
due. — The shepherd burns for 
the beautiful maiden, the maiden 
hates the shepherd. — As long as 
thou didst not burn more for an- 
other, and Lydia was not (rank- 
ed) after Chlo'e. — The soldiers 
mount the walls ; but, being 
waryied by the Brundisians to 
beware of the false rampart and 
ditches, they desist. — He ordered 
these words to be written on the 
gate : " Take care of the dog.'^ 



nus urbs oleo, ut oratio plane 
Romanus videor, non civitas 
donatus. — Non omnis possum 
oleo imguentum exoticus ut tu 
oleo. — Ille tuus redoleo, Phin- 
eus, medicamen mensa. — Cella 
vinarius bonus odor suffio (ge- 
rundive) sum, ne quis redoleo 
fcetor. — In Hispania, mel (plur.) 
in spartarium (phir.) is herba 
sapio. — Pendeo (pres. infin.) ad 
lanius quidam video simius, et 
quaero, quisnam (accus. neut.) 
sapio (imperf subj.). — Desisto, 
recte ego res mens sapio, Cal- 
lipho. Peccatum meus sum. 
— Qui sui semita non sapio, al- 
ter monstro via. 



Nee sitio honor, nee desidero glo- 
ria. — Suus infensus invicem si- 
tio (subj.) cruor. — Sitio meritus 
etiamnunc hie hasta cruor 
(plur.). — Ardeo formosus pas- 
tor puella, pastor puella odi. — • 
Donee non alius (fern.) magis 
ardeo, nee sum I.ydia post 
Chloe. — Miles murus ascendo ; 
sed a Brundisinus monitus ut 
vallum caecus fossaque caveo, 
subsisto. — In janua hie verbum 
inscribe jubeo : " Caveo canis." 



Remark 1. Other verbs obtain a transitive force, because an ac- 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



63 



tion exerted' upon another object is implied, though not described in 
them ; as, Horrco tcnebras. " I shudder at the darkness." — Doleo 
casum tuum. " I grieve at thy lot." — Maneo hostium adventum. " I 
await the approach of the enemy." — Respondere jura. " To answer 
questions in the law," &c. The poets allow themselves great lati- 
tude in this respect. 

Remark 2. In other instances, the accusative is added to the verb 
in a looser way, like an adverb, especially if the noun be of the same 
root; as, vivere vitam, "to live a life;" currere cursum, "to run a 
race;" somniare somnium, "to dream a dream," &c. 



Rule IV. Five impersonal verbs, expressive of cer- 
tain feelings, namely, pcenitet, piget, pudet, tcsdet, miseret, 
take an accusative of the person aifected, together with 
a genitive of the thing that affects ; as, Pcenitet me pec- 
cati. " I repent of my sin" (literally, " it repents me 
of my sin"). — Tadet me vitce. " I am v^^eary of life." — 
Miseret me tui. " I pity thee." 



1. God never repents of his first 
design. — They who have lived 
otherwise than was becoming are 
most sorry for their sins lohen 
they see death approach. — I am 
not only grieved, but ashamed of 
my folly. — We pity more those 
who do not claim our compassion 
than those who demand it. — I am 
quite weary of life; everything 
is so full of misery. — You wish- 
ed for decemvirs, the senate al- 
lowed them to be created ; you 
were weary of the decemvirs, the 
senate compelled them to quit the 
magistracy. — There are men who 
are neither ashamed nor tired of 
their licentiousness and igno- 
miny, who seem to rush, as it 
were, on purpose into popular 
odium. 

2. When the sons of Brutus stood 
tied to (he stake, men pitied their 



Nunquam primus consilium Dens 
poenitet. — Qui secus quam de- 
cet (perfect) vivo, peccatum su- 
us tum maxime pcenitet, quum 
insto {infin.) mors video (subj.). 
— Ego non solum piget stultitia 
mens, verum etiam pudet. — Is 
ego magis miseret, qui noster 
misericordia non require, quam 
qui ille efilagito. — Prorsus ego 
vita taedet ; ita sum omnis mis- 
eria (gen. plur.} plenus. — De- 
cemvir desidero ; creo patior 
senatus ; decemvir tu pertaedet 
(passive) ; cogo senatus abeo 
magistratus (ablat.). — Sum ho- 
mo, qui hbido infamiaque suus 
neque pudet (subj.) neque teedet 
(subj.), qui quasi de industria 
in odium populus irruo video 
(subj.). 

Quum sto (impel f. subj.), deliga- 
tus ad palus, filius Brutus, mis- 



64 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



punishment not more than the 
crime hy which they had merited 
punishment. — Neither myself 
nor others shall repent of my in- 
dustry. — Indeed, I am not asha- 
med of thee, whose memory I 
have always admired, but of 
Chrysippus. — / am grieved, in- 
deed, for the very xoalls and 
buildings. — You loould now, in 
truth, be friends with me again 
if you knew how much I am 
ashamed of your infamy, of 
which you yourselves are not 
ashamed. 



eret non poena magis homo, 
quam scelus, qui poena mereor 
(subj.). — Neque ego (plur.), ne- 
que alius industria noster poe- 
nitet. — Ego pudet non tu qui- 
dem, qui memoria semper ad- 
iniror, sed Chrysippus. — Ego 
quidem miseret paries ipse at- 
que tectum. — Nae tu jam ego- 
cum in gratia {accus.) redeo, si 
scio quam ego pudet (subj.) ne- 
quitia tuus, qui tu ipse non pu- 
det. 



Remark 1. The object may also be expressed by the infinitive, or 
by a proposition with quod, or with an interrogative particle ; as, 
Non pudet me hoc fecisse. — Pcenitet me quod te qffendi. — Ngn poenitet 
me qu allium profecerim. 

Remark 2. Misereor and miseresco, when used personally, " to take 
pity upon," are also joined with the genitive ; as, Misercmini socio- 
rum. " Take pity on your allies." — Miscrlus tanti viri. " Having 
taken pity on so great a man." — Generis miseresce tui. "Take pity 
on thy race." On the other hand, miserari and commiserari govern 
the accusative. 



Rule V. The following impersonals, decet, dedecet^ 
oportet, juvat, delectat, fallit, fugit, prcBterit^ are also used 
with an accusative of the person, but not with a geni- 
tive of the thing. Some of them, along with the accu- 
sative, take also an infinitive mode. Thus, Hoc me de- 
cet. " This becomes me." — JS''on me decet irasci. " It 
does not become me to be angry," (fee. 



1. What becomes boys is often un- 
becoming to men. — Modesty be- 
comes a young man; loquacity 
is unbecoming. — To utter false- 
hoods becomes no one. — It be- 
comes a wise man to live as he 
speaks. — It becomes a judge to 
have refraining eyes. — It is not 



Qui puer decet, vir saepe dedecet. 
— Modestia juvenis decet, gar- 
rulitas dedecet. — Falsus {neiit.) 
dico nemo decet. — Sapiens de- 
cet ita vivo ut loquor. — Judex 
decet oculus abstinens habeo. 
— Orator simulo non dedecet. 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



65 



unbecoming for an orator to 
feign. — It behooves boys to be 
obedient. — If we wish to be loved, 
it behooves us to be good. — It be- 
hooves us to know what we owe 
to God, what to each fellow-crea- 
ture. — It behooves a physician to 
relieve a sick person, a friend an 
afflicted one. 
. It pleases me very much that 
thou art of a cheerful mind. — I 
write unto thee with the greater 
brevity, because the present con- 
dition of the state does not delight 
me. — It does not escape thy ob- 
servation that there is a clause of 
this kind in no law. — I had for- 
gotten to write to thee concerning 
CcEsar. — It does not, however, 
escape thy notice, how difficult a 
thing it is to please all men. 



— Puer obedio oportet. — Si amo 
volo, bonus ego sum oportet. — 
Scio ego oportet, quis Deus, quis 
quisque homo debeo (subj.). — 
Medicus aegrotus (dative), ami- 
cus afllictus, succurro oportet. 



Valde ego juvat tu sum hilaris 
animus (ablat.). — ^Ad tu breviter 
scribo, quia ego de status (ab- 
lat.) hie respubhca non delectat. 
— In lex nullus sum is modus 
caput, tu non fallit. — De Caesar 
fugit ego ad te scribo. — Sed tu 
non praetereo quam sum (subj.) 
difficilis, omnis (dative) placeo. 



Remark 1. Some instances are found, but not in the best authors, 
of decct with a dative instead of an accusative. 

Remark 2. Latet is used with both a dative and accusative, latet 
me, or latet mihi. The whole construction, however, of this verb 
impersonally is not supported by the best authorities. 

Remark 3. Instead of the infinitive, oportet is often construed with 
ut and the subjunctive, and in these cases the conjunction ut is, by 
an elegant ellipsis, frequently suppressed ; as, Ccecus sit oportet, qui 
benignitatem ct providentiam Dei non videt. — Si beatus esse vis, honeste 
vivas oportet. 



EuLE VI. Verbs of teaching, admonishing, and conceal- 
ing have two accusatives of the object, one of the 
thing, another of the person ; as, Fortuna victos quoque 
belli artem docet. " Fortune teaches the vanquished 
also the art of war." — Hoc te unum moneo. "I warn 
thee of this one thing." — Antigonus iter omnes celabat. 
" Antiofonus concealed his march from all." 



1. Philosophy has taught us both I Philosophia ego quum ceteri res 
all other things, and, what is \ omnis, turn, qui sum difficilis, 
F -2 



66 



A.CCUSAT1VE CASE. 



most difficult, to know ourselves. 
— They are ridiculous who teach 
others what they themselves have 
not tried. — The Agrigentines 
sent ambassadors to Verres to 
instruct him in the laws, and 
poiTii out to him the immemorial 
custom.. — Saturn was the first 
that taught the people of Italy the 
culture of the earth. — I have ac- 
customed (my) son not to conceal 
from me those things which other 
young men do without their fa- 
thers^ knowledge. — Thou couldst 
easily discern my opinion, even 
from the time that thou camest to 
my Cumcean estate to meet me ; 
for I did not conceal from thee 
the conversation of Ampius. 
2. He admonished me of that, ac- 
cording to thy directions. — Cati- 
line in many ways instructed the 
youths, whom he had enticed, in 
evil deeds. — Fortunately, it hap- 
pened that I had written to Cas- 
sius, four days before, the very 
iking of lohich thou remindest 
me. — Thy lieutenant waited up- 
on me at Brundisium, and, by 
thy command, suggested to me 
those things which had already 
come into my mind. — Although 
nature declares by so many indi- 
cations what she wishes, seeks, 
and wants, we somehow or other 
turn a deaf ear, and do not hear 
her admonitions. 



ut egomet ipse nosco (imperf 
sub).). — Ridiculus sum qui qui 
ipse non experior is doceo cete- 
ri. — Agrigentinus ad Verres le- 
gatus mitto, qui is lex doceo 
{subj.), consuetudoque omnis 
annus demonstro {subj.).—lta- 
lus primus ager cultura doceo 
Saturnus. — Consuefacio filius 
is ne ego celo, qui alius adoles- 
cens clam pater (accus.) facio. 
— Sententia mens tu facile 
perspicio possum, jam ab ille 
tempus quum in Cumanum ego 
(dative) obviam venio ; non 
enim tu celo sermo Ampius. 



Is ego tuus mandatum moneo. 
— Catilina juventus, qui iUi- 
cio, multus modus malus faci- 
nus edoceo. — Commode evenio 
quod is ipse qui ego moneo 
quatriduo ante ad Cassius scri- 
bo. — Legatus tuus Brundisium 
(genit.) ego (dative) praesto sum, 
isque ego ex tuus mandatum 
moneo qui ego (dative) jam ve- 
nio in mens. — Quum tot signum 
natura declaro (suhj.) quis volo, 
anquiro, et desidero (subj.), ob- 
surdesco tamen, nescio quomo- 
do, nee is qui ab is moneo au- 
dio. 



Remark 1. Moneo and its compounds are rarely found with any 
other accusative of the thing than the neuter of a pronoun. We 
have an instance the other way in Sallust : Earn rem locus admonuit ; 
and another in Cicero : Qua commonefaceret istius turpem calamitO' 
samque pr(Zturam. (Ver., 4, 64.) 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



67 



Remark 3. Verbs of teaching, «fec., are also used both in the active 
and passive voices with the preposition de, especially doceo, when it 
signifies " to give information ;" as, Equidem soleo dare operam, ut de 
sua qidsque re me ipse doccat. (Cic.) — De itinere hostium senatum 
edocet. (Sail.) — The dative is found in Cornelius Nepos {Vit. Alcib., 
6), but it is very uncommon. 



Rule VII. Verbs of askings demanding^ entreating, in- 
quiring, &c., also take a double accusative, the one of 
the person, the other of the thing ; as, Poscimus te pa- 
cem. " We ask peace of thee." — Me frumentum Jlagita- 
bant, " They importuned me for corn." 



Obs. 1. This construction, however, is sometimes varied, and 
verbs of demanding and entreating take also an ablative of the 
person with ab and de, and those of inquiring an ablative of the 
thing with de ; as, Petimus hoc a te. — Interrogamus te de hac re. 

Obs. 2. Peto, in the sense of entreating, has always an ablative 
of the person with ab. 



. Verres demanded a price from 
parents for the interment of their 
children. — He first asks thee thy 
opinion. — If I shall ask thee any- 
thing, wilt thou not answer ? — 
Ask nothing of God except what 
thou canst ask openly. — Socrates 
asks a certain little boy certain 
geometrical {questions). — The 
ambassadors of Enna received 
this commission from their fel- 
low-citizens, to go to Verres and 
demand back from him the image 
of Ceres and Victory. — I implore 
this of thee, lastly, that, as good 
poets and industrious orators are 
wont, thou wouldst be most care- 
ful in the concluding part of thy 
office. — Lucius Tarquinius doub- 
led the original number of the 
senators, and called the ancient 
senators (those) of the elder fam- 



Verres parens pretium pro sepul- 
tura liberi posco (imperf). — 
Primum tu sententia tuus rogo. 
— Si tu rogo (complete future) 
aliquis, nonne respondeo 1 — Ni- 
hil Deus rogo (subj.) nisi qui 
palam rogo possum (subj.). — 
Pusio quidam interrogo Socra- 
tes geometricus quidam (neut. 
plur.). — Legatus Ennensis hie 
a civis suus mandatum habeo, 
ut ad Verres adeo (imperf. 
subj.), et is simulacrum Ceres 
et Victoria reposco. — lUe tu ad 
extremus (7ieut.) et ore et hor- 
tor, ut, tanquam poeta bonus et 
actor industrius soleo, sic tu in 
conclusio munus tuus diligens 
sum (pres. subj.). — L. Tarquin- 
ius duplico pristinus pater Hu- 
merus, et antiquus pater major 



68 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



Hies, whom he asked first for 
their opinion. 
2. The Athenians entreated aid 
from the Lacedaemonians. — Dost 
thou wish that I interrogate thee 
about the same things in Latin 1 
-r-I wish that thou demand and 
expect all things from me. — Py- 
thius accused him of extortion. — 
He entreats this of the king in 
many words. — / beg this of thee 
in such a manner that I cannot 
(beg) with greater earnestness. — 
Thou wilt see what he demands 
of thee. 



gens appello, qui prior senten- 
tia rogo. 
Atheniensis auxilium a Lacedae- 
monius peto. — Volone, ut tu 
idem de res Latine interrogo. 
— Omnis volo a ego postulo et 
expecto {pres. subj.). — Pythius 
is de repetundae postulo. — Peto 
hie a rex multus verbum. — Ita 
peto hie a tu, ut non possum 
magnus studium. — Quis a tu 
flagito (subj.) tu video. 



Rule VIII. Transitive verbs, compounded of trans, 
take a double accusative ; as, Exercitum Rhodanum 
transduxitj, " He led an army across the Rhone." 



Obs. The second accusative depends, in fact, on the preposition 
trans in composition with the verb ; so that the example just 
quoted is equivalent, in reality, to Duxit exercitum trans Rhoda- 
num. — The preposition, however, is often inserted ; as, Multitu- 
dinem hominum trans Rhenum in Galliam transducers (Cas., 
B. G., 1, 35.) 



CcBsar plunders and burns the 
town, gives the booty to the sol- 
diery, leads his army across the 
Loire, and reaches the territory 
of the Bituriges. — Agesilaus 
transported his troops over the 
Hellespont, and used such de- 
spatch that Jte completed his 
march in thirty days. — Hannibal 
led ninety thousand infantry, 
twelve thousand cavalry, across 
the Ebro. — Alexander, having 
ordered Hephcestion to lead his 
forces across the river, comes to 
the city, and remaijis there twen- 



Caesar oppidum diripio atque in- 
cendo, praeda miles dono, exer- 
citus Ligeris transduce, atque 
in Bituriges finis pervenio. — 
Agesilaus Hellespontus copiae 
trajicio, tantusque utor celeri- 
tas (ablat.), ut triginta dies iter 
suus conficio {perf subj.). — 
Nonaginta mille pedes, duode- 
cim mille eques, Hannibal Ibe- 
rus traduco. — Alexander, quum 
Hephaestion (dative), ut fluvius 
copiae trajicio, mandatmn do 
(pluperf. subj.), ad urbs venio, 
ihique viginti dies permaneo. 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



69 



Remark 1. Trans jicere and transmittere are used intransitively, the 
personal pronouns me, te, se, being understood ; as, Scapha trajicere. 
" To cross over in a small boat." — Grues maria transmittunt. "The 
cranes cross the seas." 

Remark 2. The participles trayisjectus and transmissus may be used 
of that which crosses or that which is crossed ; as, Marius in Afri- 
cam trajcclas. " Marius having crossed into Africa." — Amnis trajec- 
tus est. "■ The river was crossed." 

Remark 3. In the same way, advertu is used with a double accusa- 
tive ; as, Fostquam id animiim advcrtit CcBsar. "After Caesar per- 
ceived it ;" hterally, " After CfKsar turned his mind (or attention) to 
it." — In like manner induco ; as, Aliquid animum inducere. (Cic.) 



Rule IX. Verbs that take two accusatives in the ac- 
tive voice, retain in the passive the accusative of the 
thing ; as, Rogor sententiam. " I am asked my opinion.'* 
— PrcBtervehor insulam. " I am carried by the island." 



Obs. In verbs compounded with a preposition that governs the ac- 
cusative, the accusative accompanying the passive voice de- 
pends, in fact, on this preposition. 



Tlie Latin legions were taught the 
Roman discipline hy a long alli- 
ance. — The young man had been 
instructed under Scipio, during 
so many years, in all the arts of 
war. — The Roman maiden de- 
lights to be taught the Ionian 
dances. — Lucius Cotta was the 
first that was asked his opinion. 
— Nor was the rich earth asked 
for crops alone. — The young men 
of Tarentum were asked the rea- 
smi of their cotiduct. — I was kept 
from the knowledge of that. — If 
thou, hast not knoicn that Metel- 
lus entertains these views con- 
cerning me, thou oughtest to be 
of opinion that thy brother has 
concealed from thee very impor- 
tant matters. 



Latinus legio, longus societas, mi- 
litia Romanus edoceo. — Sub 
Scipio, per tot annus, omnis 
mUitia ars edoceo juvenis. — 
Virgo Romanus motus gaudeo 
doceo lonicus. — Lucius Cotta 
primus sententia rogo. — Nee 
tantum seges dives posco hu- 
mus. — Juvenis Tarentinus ra- 
tio factum reposco. — Is celo. — 
Hie si tu Metellus cogito de ego 
nescio, debeo existimo, tu mag- 
nus de res a frater celo (perf. 
inf. pass, taken impersonally). 



Remark I. Allied to this is the Greek accusative, as it is called, 
which is added to passive verbs, in order to define more exactly the 



70 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



part to which the meaning of the verb relates. Hence it is styled 
by some the accusative of nearer definition ; as, Fractus membra la- 
bore. " Enfeebled as to his limbs with toil.'" — Rcdimitus tempora lau- 
ro. " Encircled as to his temples with laurel." 

Remark 2. Such expressions as those just cited under the previous 
remark, may be compared with edoctus art.es, rogatus sententiam, &c., 
which fall under the general rule. If, in the active voice, an accusa- 
tive of either the person or the specific part can be used, as redimio 
te, or redimio tempora, the accusative of the part can remain in the 
passive voice, when the other has become the nominative. When 
this accusative is found with active verbs, as, Tremit arms, " He 
trembles in his hmbs ;" and with adjectives, as, Os humerosque deo 
similis, " In visage and in shoulders like a god," this may be ex- 
plained from the imitation of the Greek idiom, in which an ellipsis of 
Kara (in Latin, secundum or quod ad) is commonly supposed ; though 
the more correct mode, certainly, would be to regard it merely as an 
accusative of nearer or more particular definition. 



Rule X. Verbs of entitling^ naming^ callings and those 
denoting estimation^ judgment^ &c., which take two nom- 
inatives in the passive voice, have two accusatives in 
the active, one of the object, the other of what is de- 
clared or affirmed of it ; as, Romulus urhem quam condi- 
dit Romam vocavit. " Romulus called the city which 
he founded Rome." 



Obs. This rule has been partly anticipated under the head of ap- 
position. Its natural place, however, is in this part Of the 
syntax. 



Socrates thought himself an inhab- 
itant and citizen of the whole 
world. — The order of the Persian 
march was this : the fire which 
they call eternal and sacred was 
carried before on silver altars ; 
the Magi next (in order) sang 
the customary song. — Augustus 
for more than forty years lodged 
in the same chamber, in summer 
and winter, though he found by 
experience that the city was not 
favourable to his health. — If thou 
thinkest any one thy friend whom 



Socrates totus mundus sui incola 
et civis arbitror. — Ordo agmen 
Persa sum talis : ignis qui ipse 
sacer et acternus voco, argen- 
teus altare praefero ; Magus, 
proximus, patrius carmen cano. 
— Augustus per annus amplius 
quadraginta, idem cubiculum, 
hiems et eestas maneo, quamvis 
parum salubris valetudo suus 
urbs* experior (impcrf. subj.). — 
Si quisquam amicus existimo, 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 



71 



thotb dost not trust as much as 
thyself, thou art greatly in the 
wrong. — Antony called his flight 
victory, because he had escaped 
alive. — Wisdom offers herself to 
us (as) the surest guide to pleas- 
ure. — I admonish thee to show 
thyself placable to the errors of 
those about thee. — Marcus Cato, 
the Wise, called Sicily the gran- 
ary of the republic, the nurse of 
the populace of Rome. 



qui (dative) non tantumdem cre- 
do quam tu, vehementer erro. 
Antonius fuga suus, quia virus 
exeo, victoria voco. — Sapientia 
certus sui ego dux praebeo ad 
voluptas. — Moneo ut tu error 
tuus (genit. plur.) placabilis 
prcssto. — Marcus Cato, Sapi- 
ens, cella penarius respublica, 
nutrix plebs Romanus Sicilia 
voco. 



Rule XL Extent of space is put in the accusative ; 

as, Campus Marathon ah Jlthenis decern millia pasuum 
abest. " The plain Marathon is ten miles (ten thousand 
paces) distant from Athens-" 



The soldiers constructed a mound 
three hundred feet broad, eighty 
feet high. — TVie tovm of Sagun- 
tum was by far the most opulent 
of the Spanish towns, situated 
nearly a mile from the sea. — 
Persia is enclosed by a continued 
chain of hills on one side, which 
extends in length sixteen hundred 
stadia, in breadth one hundred 
and seventy. — Zama is distant 
five days' journey from Carthage. 
— Babylon has a citadel inclu- 
ding twenty stadia in its circuit ; 
the foundations of the towers are 
sunk thirty feet into the earth: 
walls twenty feet wide support 
the hanging gardens. — The Ara- 
bians have slender swords, each 
'four cubits long. — The temple of 
the Ephesian Diana is said to 
have been four hundred feet long, I 



Miles agger latus pes trecenti, al- 
tus pes octoginta exstruo. — 
Urbs Saguntum longe opulen- 
tus urbs Hispania sum, situs 
passus mille ferme a mare. — 
Persis perpetuus mons jugum 
ab alter latus claudo, qui in 
longitudo (accus.) mille sexcenti 
stadium, in latitudo centum 
et septuaginta procurro. — Za- 
ma quinque dies iter ab Car- 
thago absum. — Babylon arx ha- 
beo ambitus viginti stadium 
complexus ; triginta pes in ter- 
ra turris fundamentum demit- 
to ; viginti pes latus paries hor- 
tus pensilis sustineo. — Arabs 
gladius habeo tenuis, longus 
quaterni cubitum. — Ephesius 
Diana templum quadringenti 
pes longus, et ducenti latus 



72 DATIVE CASE. 

and two hundred broad. — Tunis I sum dico. — Tunes ab Carthago 

25 distant nearly fifteen miles quindecim niille ferme passus 

from Carthage. \ absum. 



Remark 1. The ablative is rarely used in speaking of distance, ex- 
cept by later writers. Thus, Gens Menisminorum abesl ab oceano 
dierum itinere viginti {Plin., H. N., 7, 2) ; instead of which other wri- 
ters say abest iter quinque dierum, or biduum, or triduum, or else bi- 
dui, tridui, with spatium understood. Where it is expressed, the ab- 
lative spatio is sometimes used. 

Remark 2. If, however, not the distance is to be expressed, but 
only a place is to be designated by the circumstance of its distance, 
the ablative is used ; as, Eodem die castra promovit, et millibus pas- 
suum sex a Ccesaris castris sub monte consedit. " On the same day 
he moved forward his camp, and sat down six miles from Caesar's 
encampment, at the foot of a mountain." 

Remark 3. From the construction referred to in the previous para- 
graph arises a singular position of ab, as if the ablative depended 
upon it. Thus, A millibus passtium duobus castra posucrunt. (Cces.) 
"They pitched their camp two miles off." (Compare Matthias, Gr. 
Gr.j ^ 573, p. 994, ed. 5.) 



Construction of Time. 
Seepage 140. 

Construction of the Names of Places. 
Seepage 148. 



Construction of Prepositions. 
See Latin Lessons, part first, p. 247, seqq. 



Construction of Interjections. 
Seepage 295. 



II. DATIVE CASi; 

I. The dative serves to denote the remote?' object to 
which the action of the subject refers. 

II. In the case of the accusative, the action of the 
subject is immediate and direct ; the dative, on the 
contrary, indicates some object to which the action is 
directed ; for which, to the beneiit or loss of which, 
something is done. Thus, Frater mihi Ubrum dedit. 



DATIVE CASE. 



73 



" My brother gave a book to me." — Kon vohis melUjica' 
tis apes. "Ye do not, bees, make honey for your- 
selves." 

III. Hence all adjectives and adverbs which have 
such a relation as that just mentioned take the dative. 

IV. All verbs, likewise, whose signification admits a 
reference to a remoter object, for which, or to whose 
benefit or injury anything takes place, may have a dative, 

V. If these verbs are transitive, they take an accusa- 
tive of the immediate, and a dative of the remoter ob- 
ject ] as, Mitto tibi librum. " I send a book to thee." 
If they are intransitive, they take the dative only ; as, 
Faveo tibi. " I favour thee." — Irascor tibi. " I am an- 
gry with thee." 

VI. Hence result the following rules for the govern- 
ment of the dative case. 



Rule I. Adjectives and adverbs which express the 
idea of advantage or disadvantage, likeness or unlikeness, 
equality or inequality ^ suitableness or unsuitableness^ ease 
or difficulty, &c., and also such as indicate affinity, prO' 
pinquity, &c., govern the dative ; as, Hoc est utile rei- 
publiccR. " This is useful for the state." — Lupus cant 
similis est. " A wolf is like a dog." 



1. Men can be very useful to men. Homo possum summaxime utilis 



— I think that a knowledge of 
future events is not useful to us. 
— T/ie very handling of literary 
topics proved salutary unto me. 
— Miltiades was more friendly 
to the freedom of all than to his 
oxen {individual) sway. — The 
Laced<zmonians -considered rath- 
er what was advantageous to 
their own rule than to the lohole 
of Greece. — I do not see why the 
son might -not have been like the 



homo. — Haud utilis arbitror 
sum ego futurus res scientia. — • 
Ipse ego tractatio litterae salu- 
taris sum. — Miltiades amicus 
omnis libertas, quam suus domi- 
natio sum. — Lacedaemonius is 
potius intueor (imperf), quis ip- 
se dominatio, quam quis uni- 
versus Greecia utilis sum (suhj.). 
— Non video cur filius non pater 



74 



DATIVE CASE. 



father. — Thou hast lost that unto 
which there was nothing like on 
earth. . 
2. The degrees of honour are equal 
to the highest and the lowest men ; 
{those) of glory unequal. — Anto- 
ny is equal to Catiline in wick- 
edness. — Nothing is more adapt- 
ed to the nature of man than be- 
neficence and liberality. — The 
system of the Cynics is unfriend- 
ly to modesty, without which 
there can be nothing right, no- 
thing virtuous. — His death was 
correspondent to a life spent in 
the most virtuous and honourable 
manner. — Quintus Catulus said 
that Pompey was indeed an illus- 
trious man, but already too great 
for a free state. — Mariy punish- 
ments are not less disgraceful 
to a prince than many funerals 
to a physician. 
3. The Jugurthine war was carried 
on by Quintus Metellus, inferior 
to no man of his age. — It is easy 
for an innocent man to find 
words ; it is difficult for a mis- 
erable man to observe due bounds 
in his words. — The change of an 
inveterate habit is disagreeable to 
elderly men. — Most persons say 
that their own dangers are near- 
er to them than those of others. — 
Reason is the peculiar good of 
man : all other things are com- 
mon to him with ariimals. — Jus- 
tice is necessary to those who 
sell, buy, contract, or let by C07i- 
tract for carrying on this busi- 
ness. — Whatever is becoming is 
adapted to both time and person. 



similis sum possum (pluperf. 
subj.). — Is amitto, qui similis in 
terra iplur.) nihil sum. 
Honor {plur.) gradus summus ho- 
mo et infimus sum par ; gloria 
dispar. — Antonius scelus par 
sum Catilina. — Beneficentia ac 
liberalitas {ablatives) nihil sum 
natura homo accommodatus. — 
Cynicus ratio sum inimicus ve- 
recundia, sine qui nihil rectus 
sum possum, nihil honestus. — 
Is mors consentaneus vita sum, 
sancte honesteque actus. — 
Quintus Catulus dico, sum qui- 
dem praeclarus vir Cneius Pom- 
peius, sed nimius jam liber res- 
publica. — Non minus princeps 
turpis sum multus supplicium, 
quam medicus multus funus. 



Bellum Jugurthinus gero per 
Quintus Metellus, nullus secun- 
dus sseculum suus. — Verbum 
innocens reperio facihs sum ; 
modus verbum miser teneo dif- 
ficilis. — Gravis senior invetera- 
tus mos sum mutatio. — Pleri- 
que suus sui propior periculum 
quam alius sum dico. — Ratio 
proprius homo bonum sum ; 
caeteri ille cum animal commu- 
nis sum. — Is qui vendo, emo, 
conduce, loco, justitia ad hie 
res gero {gerundive) necessa- 
rius sum. — Qui decet, is aptus 
sumettempus et persona. 



DATIVE CASE. 



75 



I. Similis and dissimilis generally take a dative, 
when they refer to external resemblance, but a genitive 
when the reference is to resemblance in nature, char- 
acter, or internal constitution. Thus, Similis Romulo. 
" Like Romulus" (in appearance) ; but Similis Romuli^ 
"Like Romulus" (in character), &c. 

IL The instances already given of the government 
of these two adjectives have been confined to the dative. 
"We will noAv give some examples where the genitive 
is to be used. 



Wouldst thou wish to he like one of 
those who abound in marble roofs, 
shining with ivory and gold, who 
(abound) in statues, who {abound) 
in paintings, who {abound) in 
embossed gold and silver, or {like) 
Caius Fabricius, who had none 
of them 1 — It is right, first of all, 
to be one's self a good man, then 
to seek another like one^s self. — 
In every disputation we should 
inquire what is most like truth. 
— Nor, indeed, do I understand 
why Epicurus rather chose to 
pronounce the gods like men than 
men like the gods. — WTiy dost 
thou always defend men unlike 
thyself? — Why dost thou, not fa- 
vour those whom thou commend- 
est, whom thou, wishest thy son 
to be like 1 



Utrum tu {accus. with infin.) hie 
aliquis qui marmoreus tectum, 
ebur et aurum fulgens, qui sig- 
num, qui tabula, qui caelatus 
aurum et argentum, abundo, an 
Caius Fabricius, qui nihil is ha- 
beo, simUis sum malol — Par 
sum primum, ipse sum vir bo- 
nus, tum alter simihs sui quae- 
re. — In ornnis disputatio, quis 
sum {impcrf. subj.) similis va- 
rum quaero. — Nee vero intelli- 
go cur malo {perf subj.) Epicu- 
rus deus homo simihs dico, 
quam homo deus. — Cur semper 
tu dissimihs defendo 1 — Cur 
non is {dative) faveo, qui laudo, 
qui similis filius tuus sum volo 1 



Remark. To express one like, i. e., equal, to me, him, &c., the 
genitive is always used ; as, mci, tui, sui, nostri, vestri, similis. 



Rule IL Verbals in bilis and dus govern the dative j 
as. Pax bonis omnibus optabilis est. "Peace is to be 
wished for by all good men." — Amandus est omnibus, 
" He is to be loved by all." 



76 



DATIVE CASE. 



He is more to he wondered at hy 
thee than thou hy him. — Chre- 
mes remains, who is to he en- 
treated ly me. — The poor maji 
bears many things not to he en- 
dured by the rich. — He has fall- 
en, to he lamented hy no one more 
than hy thee. — / think that no- 
thing is to he acquired hy me, ei- 
ther to {my) ho7iour or glory. — 
The baseness of them all is to he 
blamed by thee. — Nothing is 
more pleasing unto me than thy 
kindness. — I think that this 
ought to he principally provided 
and guarded against hy the ora- 
tor. — Although these things were 
not to he wished for hy me in un- 
dergoing them, yet they will be 
pleasing in reading them. 



Hie tu sum potius, quam lu mira- 
bilis ille. — llesto Chremes, qui 
ego exoro {part, in dus) sum. 
— Multus fero pauper, dives non 
patior (^a7t. in dus.) — Mors 
( dative ) ille occumbo, nul- 
lus flebilis quamtu. — Ego nihil 
neque ad honor neque ad gloria 
acquiro {part, in dus) puto. — 
Is omnis accusabilis sum tu tur- 
pitudo. — Ego nihil amabilis offi- 
cium tuus {ahlat.). — Hie ego or- 
ator maxime caveo et provideo 
{part, in dus) puto. — Res is, etsi 
ego {plur.) optabilis in experior 
{ahlat. of gerund) non sum, in 
lego {gerund) tamen sum jueun- 
dus. 



Remark 1. Verbals in hilis and dus govern a dative, beeause with 
passive verbs the dative of words, whieh with an aetive verb denote 
the souree of the aetion, is sometimes used alone, instead of ah, with 
an ablative ; as, Qui non sunt audita Demosthenis vigilice 1 " By 
whom have not the vigils of Demosthenes been heard?' 

Remark 2. Where verbals in hilis have entirely lost their verbal 
force, the dative which follows them is to be explained by Rule I. ; 
as, Hahilis usui. " Convenient for use." 

Remark 3. Verbals in dus are sometimes found united to an abla- 
tive governed by the preposition a or ah instead of the dative ; as, 
Admonendum potius te a me quam rogandum puto. {Cic.) 

Remark 4. The dative is sometimes found, particularly among the 
poets, with the perfect participle passive ; as, Ncm mihi quam fratri, 
f rater, amate minus. {Ovid.) — The more usual construction, how- 
ever, in such cases, is the ablative with the preposition. 



Rule III. The datire is employed where an action 
cannot he performed without a receiving, taking, or lo- 
sing ohject ; and its use, on such occasions, is to indi- 
cate such object. Hence, 

Verbs of giving, adding, intrusting, sending, promising, 
&c., with their opposites, such as verbs of depriving^ 
taJwig away, &c., govern a dative of the person or thing 



DATIVE CASE. 



77 



to whom anything is given, added, intrusted, &c., or 
from whom or which anything is taken away ; and, if 
transitive, they govern also the accusative of the person 
or thing given, added, taken away, (fee. 



1. Thy Nicanor gives me singular 
assistance. — I impart a share of 
my trouble to no one, of my glo- 
ry to all good men. — Pectus has 
bestowed upon me all the books 
which his brother left. — In no- 
thing do men come nearer to the 
gods than in giving safety to 
their fellow-men. — What shall I 
do about my children ? Shall I 
intrust them to a small vessel in 
the rough season of the year ? — 
Thy slave delivered to me letters 
from thee, and the memoir of my 
consulship, written in Greek. — I 
have sent thee a copy of Ccesafs 
letter. — / have sent thee the eulo- 
gy on Porcia in a corrected state. 

2. Mithradates promised the king 
that he would kill Datames, if 
the king would allow him to do 
what he pleased. — The high- 
priest committed to writing the 
events of every year. — Clisthenes 
intrusted the dowries of his 
daughters to the Samian Juno. — 
Dionysius the tyrant took off from 
the Olympian Jupiter (his) cloak 
of gold, and put upon him a wool- 
len robe. — What is Sicily, if thou 
take from it the culture of the 
soil ? — He took away credit and 
influence from the merit, the birth, 
and the achievements of these. 



Nicanor tuus opera ego do egre- 
gius. — Onus mens pars nemo 
impertio, gloria bonus omnis. — 
Omnis liber, qui frater relinquo, 
ego Pastus dono. — Homo ad de- 
us nullus res prope accedo, 
quam salus homo do {^ablative 
of the gerund). — De puer quid 
ago 1 parvus ne navigium durus 
tempus (ablat.) annus commit- 
to 1 — Puer tuus ego litterae abs 
tu, et conunentarius consulatus 
mens Graece scriptus, reddo. — 
Caesar litterae exemplum tu mit- 
to. — Laudatio Porcia tu mitto 
coiTectus. 



Mithradates poUiceor rex sui Da- 
tames interficio (fut. infin.) si 
is {dative) rex permitto ut qui- 
cunque volo {imperf. subj.) licet 
{imperf subj.) facio. — Pontifex 
maximus res omnis singuli an- 
nus mando litterae. — Clisthenes 
Juno Samius fiha dos credo. — 
Dionysius tyrannus aureus Ju- 
piter Olympius detraho amicu- 
lum, isque laneus pallium inji- 
cio. — Quis sum Sicilia, si is 
ager cultio tollo"? {perf. subj.). 
— Hie virtus, genus, res gestus 
fides et auctoritas derogo. 



Rule IV. Verhs which imply an injury or henejit pro. 
G2 



78 



DATIVE CASE. 



duced, including those of obedience and disobedience, com- 
manding^ &c., take a dative of the person or thing ben- 
efited or injured, &c. 



1. He will not resist anger to ivhom 
nothing has ever been denied. — 
The Carthaginians alleged this 
in public, not being by any means 
ignorant themselves how much 
strength had been lost to them by 
the loss of Carthage. — It is es- 
tablished by nature, that a man 
he not allowed to injure another 
for the sake of his own conve- 
nience.- — As long as thou didst 
lay plots against me, (being) con- 
sul elect, I defended myself by 
my oxen care, not by a public 
guard. — It behooves thee to be the 
servant of philosophy. 

2. The defeat of the Athenians hap- 
pened, not by the valour of their 
adversaries, but by their own in- 
subordination ; because, not be- 
ing obedient to their commanders, 
they wandered through the fields. 
-^Like cattle, which nature has 
formed obedient to appetite. — 

The moderate and wise man will 
obey the old precept, and never 
either rejoice or grieve immoder- 
ately, — Casar demanded ten hos- 
tages from the enemy. — Thou 
ploughest for thyself, thou har- 
rowest for thyself, thou sowest 
for thyself, thou loilt also reap 
for thyself. — When the angry 
man returns unto himself, he is 
then angry at himself. — Time is 
wont to prove of healing influence, 
even unto fools. — Venus married 



Non resisto im, qui nihil unquam 
nego. — Hie in vulgus (accus.) 
jacto Carthaginiensis, hand 
quaquam ipse ignarus, quantus 
(ncut.) sui vis {gen. plur.) Car- 
thago amissus {ablat. absol.) de- 
cedo (subj.) — Natiira constituo 
(perf taken impersonally), ut non 
licet {subj.) suus commodum 
causa noceo alter. — Quamdiu 
ego, consul designatus, insidi- 
or, non pubhcus ego prsesidium 
sed privatus diligentia defendo. 
— Philosophia (ut) servio opor- 
tet. 

Clades Atheniensis non hostis 
virtus sed ipse immodestia ac- 
cido, quod non obedio impera- 
tor suus dispalor in ager. — ^Ve- 
luti pecus, qui natura venter 
obediens fingo. — Vir moderatus 
et sapiens pareo praeceptum ille 
vetus, neque laetor unquam ne- 
que moereo nimis. — Caesar de- 
cern obses hostis impero. — Tu 
aro, tu occo, tu sero, tu isdem 
meto. — Iratus quum ad sui re- 
deo, sui turn irascor. — Dies 
stultus quoque medeor soleo. — 



DATIVE CASE. 



79 



(t. e., veiled herself for) Vulcan. 
— The good vian has never rail- 
ed at fortune. — Death spares no 
man. — Ccesarwas aicare that all 
men favoured (i. e., wished well 
to) freedom. 



Venus nubo Vulcanus. — Vir bo- 
nus nunquam fortuna maledico. 
— Mors nullus homo parco. — 
Intelligo Caesar, omnis homo 
libertas faveo. 



Rule V. Verbs which do not necessarily imply in- 
jury or benefit may have a dative, if their operation is 
represented as producing injury or benefit. 



Nature has not been so hostile and 
unfriendly to the human race as 
to have devised so many salutary 
things for the body, none for the 
mind. — / was not born for a sin- 
gle corner ; this world is my 
native country. — We wish to be 
rich, not for ourselves alone, but 
for (our) children, relatives, 
friends, and, most of all, for the 
republic. — Many, when they ac- 
quire wealth, know not for whom 
they acquire, or for whose sake 
they labour. — Let the boy hear 
truth; let him occasionally fear ; 
let him always respect ; let him 
rise up to his elders. — Excessive 
liberty terminates in excessive 
servitude both for nations and in- 
dividuals. — He who wishes his 
virtue to be made public, labours 
not for virtue, but for glory. 



Non tarn sum homo genus infen- 
sus atque inimicus natura, ut 
corpus {plur.) tot res salutaris, 
animus {plur.) nullus invenio 
{pcrf. subj.). — Non unus angu- 
lus nascor ; patria mens totus 
sum hie mundus. — Non solum 
ego dives smn volo, sed liberi, 
propinquus, amicus, maxime- 
que respubhca. — Multus, quum 
opes paro, qui paro {subj.) nes- 
cio, nee qui causa laboro {subj.). 
— Audio puer verus ; timeo in- 
terim ; vereor semper ; majo- 
res assurgo. — Nimius hbertas 
et populus et privatus in nimius 
servitus {accus.) cado. — Qui 
virtus suus pubhco volo, non 
virtus laboro sed gloria. 



Remark. Several verbs have different meanings, according as they 
govern the accusative or the dative. — Thus, 

1. Caveo tibi, " I provide for," or " am concerned for thy safety ;" 
but caveo te, or a te, " I avoid thee," " I am on my guard against 
thee." 

2. Metuo (or timeo) tibi, " I am alarmed on thy account," '< I 
fear for thee ;" but metuo te, "I fear thee." 

3. Cupio (or volo) bene tibi, " I am well disposed towards thee," 
" I wish well for thee ;" but cupio (or volo) te, " I desire thee," 
*' I wish thee." 



80 



DATIVE CASE. 



Consulo tibi, " I consult for thee," " I provide for thy interests ;" 
but consulo te, " I consult thee," " I ask thy advice." 

Tempera (or moderor) rcmpublicam, " I regulate (or arrange) the 
state ;" but tempero (or moderor) reipitbliccB, " I set bounds to the 
state." — The verb temperare is also used, without a dative of the 
person himself, for " to refrain," " to forbear," either with a da- 
tive of the object, or an ablative with ab. Thus, temperare sociis 
is equivalent to parcere. — And again, Hehetios Casar nan tempe- 
raturos ab injuria et maleficio existimabat. 



Rule VI. The impersonal verbs lihet^ licet, liquet^ con- 
venit, expedit, contingit, accidit, and others of similar sig- 
nification, take a dative case after them. 



1. It pleases me not to deplore ex- 
istence, what many, and those, 
{too), learned men, have done. — 
If that shall please thee less, I 
will not urge. — Or, what is most 
agreeable to me, I will betake my- 
self again to our (former) objects 
of pursuit. — It is lawful for no 
m,an to sin. — If any wise man 
had Gyges^ ring, he would not 
think it was allowed him to be 
wicked, any more than if he had 
it not. — May it be allowed me 
with a tranquil spirit to enjoy the 
sight of that city, which I saved. 
— It is lawful for no one to lead 
an army against his country. — 
It is neither lawful for every one 
to do what he can, nor because 
anything is not opposed is it 
therefore also permitted. 

2. That which is not evident to 
Pancetius, seems clearer than the 
light of the sun to the rest of the 
same school. — / am not yet quite 
clear whether I have done this 
correctly or erroneously. — It is 
for the interest of all good citi- 
zens that the republic be safe. — 



Non libet ego deploro vita, qui 
multus, et is doctus, facio. — Si 
tu is minus libet, non urgeo. — 
Vel, qui ego maxime libet, ad 
noster studium ego refero. — 
Licet nemo pecco. — Gyges an- 
nulus si habeo {pres. subjunct.) 
sapiens, nihilum ( ablat. ) plus 
sui licet {pres. infin.) puto {pres. 
subjunct.) pecco, quam si non 
habeo. — Ego licet is urbs, qui 
conserve, conspectus {ablative), 
tranquillus animus et quietus 
fruor. — Licet nemo contra pa- 
tria exercitus duco. — Neque 
enim qui quisque possum, is 
{neut.) is licet ; nee si non obsto 
{passive impersonal), propterea 
etiam permitto. 



Is de qui Panaetius non liquet, re- 
liquus idem diseiplina sol lux 
{ablat.) video clarus. — Hoc rec- 
tene an perperam facio {sub- 
junct.), nondum ego plane li- 
quet. — Omnis bonus civis ex- 
pedit, salvus sum respublica. — 



JDATIVE CASE. 



81 



The same course is expedient for 
both buyer and seller. — It was 
neither agreeable to myself, nor 
my brother, nor any one of our 
friends so to act, that our indis- 
cretion might prove injurious not 
only to ourselves, but also to the 
state. — It happened to me and my 
brother, (being) emperor^s candi- 
dates, to be destined for praetors. 



Idem expedit et emptor et ven- 
ditor. — Nee ego, nee frater me- 
us, nee quisquam amicus placet 
committo, ut temeritas noster 
non solum ego, sed etiam res- 
publica noceo. — Ego fraterque 
meus, Caesar candidatus, con- 
tingit, praetor (dat.) destino. 



Rule VII. Most verbs compounded with prepositions 
take a dative to denote the remote object, either as 
transitives with an accusative, or as intransitives with- 
out it. 



Obs. The principle on which this rule is based has already been 
explained, and the rule itself has in a great measure been anti- 
cipated. As a rule, however, it is so convenient for practice to 
the young student, that it has been here formally introduced. 



A poet does wrong when he at- 
tributes a virtuous speech to a 
worthless man ; or to a fool {the 
speech) of a wise man. — Who 
can prefer unknown persons to 
known, impious to religious ? — 
It does not suit the good man to 
envy any one an honourable name. 
— He is liberal who takes from 
himself what he bestows on an- 
other. — Ccesar wrested his tetrar- 
chy from Deiotarus, and gave it 
to some man of Pergamus, a fol- 
lower of his. — Those precepts 
sink more deeply which are im- 
pressed upon tender years. — It 
is the characteristic of an angry 
man to desire to inflict as much 
pain as possible on him by vjhom 
he thinks himself injured. — The 



Pecco poeta, quum probus oratio 
affingo improbus, stultusve sa- 
piens. — Quis possum ignotus 
notus, impius religiosus antefe- 
ro. — Non convenit vir bonus, 
fama bonus ahquis invideo. — 
Liberalis sum qui qui alter done 
sui detraho. — Caesar Deiotarus 
tetrarchia eripio, et assecla suus 
Pergamenus nescio-quis do. — 
Alte praeceptum descendo qui 
tener imprimo aetas {plur.). — 
Proprius sum iratus (genit.) cu- 
pio, a qui Isesus video {subjunc. 
pass.) is quam magnus dolor 



82 



DATIVE CASE. 



tiose is so placed, that it seems to 
he interposed as a wall between 
the eyes. 

Faults creep upon us under the 
name of virtues. — Alexander, as 
he was riding towards the walls, 
was struck with an arrow ; he 
took the town, however, and, all 
the inhabitants being put to the 
sword, he vented his fury even on 
the houses. — Manlius ranked af- 
fection for his son after the pub- 
lic good. — Agesilaus preferred 
good reputation to the most weal- 
thy kingdom. — Vulcan is said to 
have presided over a manufactory 
at Lemnos. — We often put ducks'' 
eggs under hens, the young birds 
horn from which are at first fed 
by them as by their mothers. — 
Marcellus, returning from Agri- 
gentum, came upon the enemy 
( who were ) fortifying ( them- 



inuro. — Nasus ita loco, ut quasi 
murus oculus interjicio video 
{subj.). 
Vitium ego sub virtus nomen {ab- 
lat.) obrepo. — Alexander, dum 
obequito mcEnia, sagitta ico ; ca- 
pio tamen oppidum, et omnis in- 
cola is trucido {ahlat. absoL), eti- 
am in tectum saevio {perf. pass, 
used impersonally). — Manlius 
posthabeo filius caritas publi- 
cus utilitas. — Agesilaus opulen- 
tus regnum praepono bonus ex- 
istimatio. — Vulcanus Lemnus 
(genit.) fabrica prsesum trado. — 
Anas ovum gallina saepe suppo- 
no, e qui pullus ortus primum 
alo ab is, ut a mater. — Munio 
(pres. part.) super venio hostis 
Marcellus, ab Agrigentum re- 
deo. 



Rule VIII. Several, however, of the intransitive 
verbs, compounded with prepositions, assume a transi- 
tive meaning, and take an accusative exclusively ; such 
as, adorioi', aggredior., alluo^ invado, &c. 



The town's people kill the centuri- 
ons and tribunes, in the midst of 
the feasts, and afterward attack 
the soldiers wandering about un- 
armed. — Conon, having attacked 
the barbarians at Cnidus, routs 
them in a great battle, takes many 
ships, and sinks several. — The 
Romans did not doubt that they 
should make their xoay, at some 
into the city of Syracuse^ 



Oppidanus centurio tribunusque 
militaris inter epulae obtrunco ; 
postea miles palor, inermis, ag- 
gredior. — Conon, barbarus apud 
Cnidus adorior, magnus praeli- 
um fugo, multus navis capio, 
complures deprimo. — Non diffi- 
do Romanus, vastus disjectus- 
que spatium (ablat.) urbs Syra- 



DATIVE CASE. 



83 



which icas vast and straggling. 
— The River Liris, dividing it- 
self equally into two parts, wash- 
es the sides of the island. — The 
pinna enters, as it were, into 
partnership with the squilla, for 
procuring food. — Ajax, such was 
the spirit which he is said to have 
had, would rather have encounter- 
ed death a thousand times, than 
suffer the indignities which Ulys- 
ses endured from slaves and 
maid-servants. — I do not under- 
stand why I am to undergo their 
hatred. 



cusas pars aliquis {ahlat.) sui in- 
vado {fut. infin.). — Liris fluvius, 
divisus aequaliter in duo pars, 
latus insula alluo. — Pinna cum 
squilla quasi societas coeo com- 
parandus cibus (genit.). — Ajax, 
qui animus (ablat.) trado (pass- 
ive), millies oppeto mors quam 
ille perpetior contumelia malo 
(suhj.), qui Ulysses a servus an- 
cillaque perfero. — Cur is odium 
subeo non intelligo. 



Remark 1. Some verbs, compounded with prepositions, have, with- 
out any variation of meaning, sometimes a dative, sometimes an ac- 
cusative ; particularly the verbs antecedere, antecellere, anteire ; prce- 
currere, prceire, prcegredi, prcestare ; allatrare, adjacere, illudere, insul- 
tare, ohtrcctare, &c. 

Remark 2. The verb pracedere occurs with the accusative only in 
prose writers, excellere only with the dative. — Despero is used intran- 
sitively with the dative, or with the preposition de ; as, desperare 
sibi ; de repuhlica desperare ; or transitively with the accusative ; as, 
rempublicam desperare. — Prceire has a dative case when it signifies 
"to rehearse words which are to be repeated by another;" as, 
^^prmre militibus sacramentnm.''^ Literally, "to go before (i. e., to 
take the lead in) their oath for the soldiers." 

Remark 3. These verbs, as far as they are joined with an accusa- 
tive in the active, may be used with a nominative in the passive ; 
as, negotia obeuntur ; pericula adeuntur ; Rhodanus transitur, &c. ; 
and in the ablative absolute ; as, periculis aditis ; consilio inito ; cas- 
tris circumsessis. 

Remark 4. It is necessary to observe, however, whether the com- 
pound verb governs an accusative in consequence of having acquired 
a transitive force, or in virtue of the preposition with which it is 
compounded ; if the latter be the case, the verb cannot be used with 
a nominative in the passive. Thus, prceterflucre urbem and advolare 
rostra are used, but not urbs prcEtcrfluitur, nor rostra advolantur. 



Rule IX. Verbs compounded with ad, con, de, in, fre- 
quently repeat the preposition, or an equivalent one 
(in after ad, jyro after ante, &c.), with its proper case, 
instead of being followed by a dative ; as, Conferte hanc 
jpacem cum illo hello. " Compare this peace with that 



84 DATIVE CASE. 

war." — In hac vita nihil incst nisi miseria. 
nothing in this life but misery." 



There is 



Timotheus added the glory of learn- 
ing to military renown. — The 
Macedonians in a short time add- 
ed Asia to the dominion of Greece. 
— Compare our longest life with 
eternity ; we shall be found to he 
of nearly as short duration as 
the little animals which live hv.t 
one day. — There are many cir- 
cumstances in which good men 
make great sacrifices of their own 
convenience. — Snatch us from 
our miseries ; snatch us from the 
jaios of those whose cruelty can- 
not be sated by our blood. — The 
knowledge of philosophy is inclu- 
ded in a perfect orator ; eloquence 
is not, as a matter of course, in- 
cluded in the k7wwledge of phi- 
losophy. — In India a woman is 
placed along loith her husband on 
the funeral pile. 



Timotheus ad bellicus laus doc- 
trina gloria adjicio. — Macedo 
ad imperium Graecia, brevis 
tempus (ablat.), adjungo Asia. 
— Confero noster longus vita 
cum aeternitas, prope in is bre- 
vitas (ablat.) reperio, qui {ablat.) 
bestiola qui unus tantum dies 
(accus.) vivo. — Multus res sum, 
in qui vir bonus multum de su- 
us coramodum detraho. — Eri- 
pio ego ex miseria ; eripio ego 
ex fauces is qui crudelitas nos- 
ter sanguis non possum expleo. 
— In orator perfectus insum 
philosophia scientia ; in philo- 
sophia cognitio non continue 
insum philosophia. — Mulier in 
India, una cum vir in rogus im- 
pono. 



Rule X. Adjectives and adverbs derived from verbs 
compounded with prepositions govern a dative, like the 
words from which they are derived ; as, Congruentcr 
natures vivere. " To live conformably to nature." — • 
Mens sibi conscia recti. " A mind conscious to itself of 
what is riofht." 



Vespasian teas a surviver unto (Ids) 
wife and daughter. — Thy letters 
were a beginning of suspicion 
unto me, icith which letters others 
of many persons loere in accord- 
ance. — Still, hoioevcr, it was ft 
for a library, and consonant ivith 
our studies. — The minds of all 



Vespasianus uxor et filia super- 
stes sum. — Initium suspicio 
ego sum literae tuus, qui literae 
congniens sum alius multus. — 
Sed tamen aptus (ncut.) sum 
bibliotheca, studiumque noster 
congruens. — Omnis mens im- 



DATIVE CASE. 



85 



wicked men are most hostile to 
me individually. — / have sent 
Tiro to meet Dolabella : he will 
return to me on the Ides. — Thou, 
meanwhile, at Rome, wast ready, 
it is true, for thy friends. — Small 
gowns were provided for the lie- 
tors at the gate. — I do not ask 
whM he says, but what he can 
say agreeably to reason and his 
own opinion. 



probus ego unus maxime sum 
adversus. — Ego mitto Tiro Do- 
labella obviam ; is ad ego Idus 
(ablat.) revertor. — Tu interea 
Roma (genit.) scilicet amicus 
praesto sum. — Togula lictor ad 
porta prassto sum. — Non quae- 
ro quis dico, sed quis conveni- 
enter ratio possum et sententia 
suus dico. 



Rule XI. The verb sum frequently occurs in place 
of habeo, with the signification of " to have," and then 
the nominative case in English becomes a dative in 
Latin, and the objective in English a nominative in 
Latin ; as. Sunt mihi libri^ " I have books ;" equivalent 
to habeo libros. 



Obs. 1. Desum has the same construction, taking a dative either 
of that in which or toivards which a deficiency exists. 

Obs. 3. Est mihi nomen, therefore, is equivalent to " I am called," 
and the name itself may stand either in the nominative ; as, 
Syracusis fons est, cui nomen Arethusa est, " There is a fountain 
at Syracuse which is called Arethusa ;" or in the dative, by at- 
traction to the dative of the person or thing ; as, Leges decern- 
virales, quibus tabulis duodecim est nomen. " The decemviral 
laws, which are called the twelve tables." 



Kings have long hands. — As long Manus longus sum rex. — Dum 



as the sick man has life there 
is hope. — Many animals have 
quicker senses than man. — Man 
has a certain resemblance vnth 
God. — The soul has a struggle 
vnth this heavy flesh. — Croco- 
diles have the upper part of the 
body hard and impenetrable ; the 
under (part) soft and tender. — 
Pleasure can have no union with 
virtue. — Of all connexions, there 



aegrotus anima sum, spes sum. 
— Sensus agilis sum multus an- 
imal quara homo. — Homo cum 
Deus simUitudo sum. — Animus 
cum hie caro gravis certamen 
sum. — ^Crocodilus superior pars 
corpus durus et impenetrabilis 
sum, inferior mollis ac tener. — 
NuUus possum sum voluptas 
cum honestas conjuncta. — Om- 



H 



86 



DATIVE CASE. 



is none more impartant than that 
which each of us has with the re- 
public. — Even if I have not want- 
ed, as thou thinkest, talent for 
this undertaking, I have certainly 
wanted learning and leisure. — 
There was nothing in which Da- 
rius was less deficient than mul- 
titude of men. 



nis societas nullus sum gravis, 
quam is qui cum respublica sura 
unusquisque ego. — Etiamsi ego, 
ut tu puto, ad hie opus ingeni- 
um non desmn, doctrinacerte et 
otium desum. — Non quisquam 
minus Darius quam multitude 
miles desum. 



Rule XII. The dative, as denoting" acquisition, is 
sometimes used where the genitive or a possessive 
pronoun might also have been employed j as, CcBsari se 
ad pedes projecere. " They threw themselves at Caesar^s 
feet." Literally, " They threw themselves at his feet 
for Caesar." 



The cause of the poverty of Ahdo- 
loyiymus icas (his) honesty. — The 
knees of the boldest soldier have 
trembled a little when the signal 
of battle was given, and the heart 
of the greatest commander has 
palpitated. — The whole hope of 
the people of Utica was in the 
Carthaginians ; of the Cartha- 
ginians in Hasdrubal. — The 
credit of these miracles was nev- 
er exposed by Scipio himself; 
nay, rather increased, by a cer- 
tain artifice, of neither denying 
anything of this kind, nor openly 
affirming. 



Causa Abdolonymus paupertas 
smn probitas. — Signum pugna 
datus {ablat. absoL), ferox miles 
paululum genu tremo, et mag- 
nus imperator cor exsilio. — 
Uticensis in Carthaginiensis 
populus, Carthaginiensis in 
Hasdrubal spes omnis sum. — 
Hie miraculum nunquam a 
Scipio ipse eludo fides ; quin 
potius augeo, ars quidam nee 
abnuo {gerund) talis quisquam 
nee adfirmo (gerund). 



Rule XIII. With the verbs esse, proficisci, dare, and 
venire, verto,jio, with others of the same meaning, be- 
sides the dative of the person, another is used to ex- 
press the purpose, effect, and destination j as, Ampla 
domus sccpe domino dedecori est. "A spacious mansion 
is often a disgrace to its master." — Plataenses Atheni- 



DA.TIVE CASE. 



87 



ensibus auxilio venerunt. " The Platseans came as aid 
to the Athenians." 



Obs. Dare belongs to this class, not only in the simple sense of 
giving, like mitto, sumo, relinquo, but also in that of imputing ; 
as, Hoc mihi vitio dedere. " They imputed this as a fault to me." 
— Ducere, habere, trihuere, vertere, have a similar meaning. 



1. Letters are a remedy for forget- 
fulness. — Covetousness is a 
great mischief to men. — His own 
gratification is a care to every 
one. — Cruelty is an object of ha- 
tred to all, and clemency and pi- 
ety of love {to all). — There is no- 
thing that can be a greater ad- 
vantage and a greater glory to 
thee, than to deserve well of as 
many as possible. — Go on, young 
men, as you are now doing, that 
you ma.y be enabled to become an 
honour to yourselves, a benefit to 
your friends, and an advantage 
to the republic. 

3. Alexander, seeing that a long 
siege would be a great hinderance 
to him, sent heralds to the Tyri- 
ans. — It is to me a subject of no 
less anxiety, what the republic 
will be after my death than what 
it is now. — It was attributed as 
cowardice to Quintus Hortensius 
that he had never been personally 
engaged in a civil war. — Cuius 
Ccesar, the proprietor, marched 
to the assistance of the province 
of Gaul with his army, and main- 
tained the safety and dignity of 
the Roman people, at a very dif- 
ficult cTisis of the republic. — Me- 
dea persuaded the matrons of 
Corinth not to impute it to her as 



Litterae subsidium oblivio sum. — 
Magnus malum liomo sum ava- 
ritia. — Cura sum suus quisque 
voluptas. — Omnis sum odium 
crudelitas, et amor dementia et 
pietas. — Nihil sum, qui tu mag- 
nus fructus, et magnus gloria 
sum possum, quam bene mere- 
or de quam plurimus. — Pergo, 
ut facfo, adolescens, ut tu ho- 
nor, et amicus utilitas, et res- 
publica emolumentum sum pos- 
sum. 



Alexander, quum longus obsidio 
magnus sui impedimentum vi- 
deo fore, caduceator ad Tyrius 
mitto. — Ego non minor cura 
sum, quahs respublica post 
mors mens futurus sum (subj.) 
quam quahs hodie sum (subj.). 
— Quintus Hortensius tribuo 
ignavia quod nunquam bellum 
civilis (dative) intersum (subj.). 
— Caius Caesar, propraetor (ab- 
lat.), Gallia provincia cum ex- 
ercitus subsidium proficiscor, et 
difficdis respublica tempus, sa- 
lus dignitasque populus Roma- 
nus sabvenio. — Medea matrona 
Corinthius persuadeo (dative) 
ne sui vitium verto (imperf. 



88 



GENITIVE CASE. 



a fault that she was absent from 
her country. 
. It was impiited as a crime to the 
LacedcBmonians that they had 
seized upon the citadel. — Attalus 
bestowed his kingdom as a gift 
upon the Romans. — He appears 
to regard it as a matter of sport 
unto himself. — Since thou re- 
gardest me as an object of con- 
tempt unto thyself — Now thou 
reprovest those things which thou 
wast formerly wont to regard as 
a source of glory unto me. — This 
is not only to be reckoned, not as 
a commendation, but even as a 
fault, unto u^. 



subj.) quod absum {imperf sub- 
junct.) a patria. 
Lacedgemonius crimen do quod 
arx occupo (subj.). — Attalus 
regnmn suus Romanus donum 
do. — Sui ludibrium habeo video. 
— Quoniam tu ego tu despica- 
tus habeo. — Nunc is reprehen- 
do qui antea gloria ego duco 
(imperf). — Hie non modo non 
laus, verum etiam vitium ego 
do (part, in dus) sum. 



Construction of Interjections. 
Seepage 295. 



III. GENITIVE CASE. 

I. "When two substantives are to be united, so as to 
form the expression of one idea, one of them is put in 
the genitive. 

II. This genitive, in Latin, is of two kinds : the gen- 
itive of the subject, and the genitive of the object. 

III. The genitive is subjective when it denotes that 
which does something, or to which something belongs j 
as, hominum facta., " the deeds of men j" liber jpueri^ 
" the boy's book." 

IV. The genitive is objective when it denotes that 
which is the object of the action or feeling spoken of j as, 
amor virtutis, "love of virtue ;" desiderium otii, "longing 
for repose ;" remedium doloris, " remedy for pain." 

V. From the examples just given, and from others 
that might be cited, it will be seen that in English the 



GENITIVE CASE. 



89 



objective genitive is often rendered by some other 
word than of. 



Obs. 1. The genitive of the personal pronouns is, in prose, object- 
ive ; as, Vestri curam gero. " I entertain a care for you." — 
Rationem sui habere. " To have a regard for one's self." 

Obs. 2. The pronouns possessive properly express the subject-gen- 
itive. Hence, liber mens, "my book;" not liber mez, which 
would mean " a book relating to me." 

Ods. 3. Frequently, however, these pronouns assume an objective 
sense ; as, Invidid tud. " Through iU-will towards you." — Es- 
pecially with injuria ; as. Injuries mece. " Injuries done to me," 
— Injurice tuce. " Injuries done to thee," &c. 



Rule I. The relation indicated by of in English, is 
frequently expressed in Latin by an adjective ; as, 
Laus aliena. " The praise of others ;" i. e., bestowed 
on other men. — Causa regia. " The cause of the 
kinof." — Timor externus. 



" The fear of foreign ene- 



mies. 



Rule II. In the same way, summus, medius, intimus, 
extremus^ and other adjectives of the same kind are 
used, agreeing, namely, with the substantive, in order 
to express the English summit of., middle of., &c. ; as, 
Summa domus. "The top. of the house." — Media cestate. 
" In the middle of summer," &;c. 



Happy is he whom others^ dan- 
gers render cautious. — The care 
of others'' affairs is difficult. — He 
is in debt. (Literally, he holds 
the money of another.) — Mene- 
laus grieves, having been injured 
by (Helens) love for a stranger. 
— In general, the inclination of 
kings, as (they are) vehement, so 
(are they) fluctuating ; often self- 
contradictory. — The lot of a cer- 

H 



Felix sum qui facio alienus peri- 
culum cautus. — Difficilis sum 
cura res alienus. — ^^s alienus 
habeo. — Doleo Melenaus, ex- 
ternus laesus amor. — Plerum- 
que regius voluntas, uti vehe- 
mens, sic mobilis, seepe ipse 
(nom. plur.) sui adversus, — Re- 



90 



GENITIVE CASE. 



tain rower equals hy its strange- 
ness the deaths of {these) kings. 
— In a few days the son will 
move into the mansion of his fa- 
ther. — A slave ready in {his) ser- 
vices at his master'' s nod. — What 
hind of year will that be which 
the mountain of Evander now 
offers with Roman auguries 1 
2. Clodius said that Appius wished 
to be in the foremost part of the 
province, that he might depart as 
soon as possible. — The nightin- 
gales lay in the beginning of the 
spring, for the most part, six 
eggs each. — War was proclaim- 
ed against the Tarentines, who 
are in the farthest part of Italy. 
— The Greeks founded Byzan- 
tium in the extremity of Europe. 
— Conon was commander in the 
latter part of the Peloponncsian 
war. — Tantalus touches the sur- 
face of the water with his chin, 
— Hannibal fills very many am- 
phora with lead; he covers over 
the tops with gold and silver. — 
The summit of the mountain was 
held by Titus Labienus. — Antis- 
tius concealed himself iii the in- 
nermost part of Macedonia. — 
Mathematicians endeavour to per- 
suade us that the earth is situa- 
ted in the centre of the universe. 
— Pompey made preparations for 
so great a war, at the close of 
winter; entered upon it in the 
beginning of spring ; finished it 
in the middle of summer. — The 
bottom of the cameVs foot is clo- 
ven. 



gius interitus, miraculum re- 
mex casus aequo. — Pauci dies 
in domus paternus immigro Al- 
ius. — Verna ministerium ad 
nutus aptus herilis. — Qualis 
sum annus, qui mons Evandri- 
us offero Romanus avis ] 



Clodius dico, Appius in primus 
provincia volo sum, ut quam 
primum decedo. — Luscinia pa- 
rio ver primus cum plurimum 
seni ovum. — Tarentinus, qui in 
ultimus Italia sum, bellum indi- 
co. — Byzantium in extremus 
Europa pono Graecus. — Conon 
extremus Peloponnesiacus prae- 
tor sum. — Mentum summus 
aqua attingo Tantalus. — Han- 
nibal amphora complures com- 
pleo plumbum, summus operio 
aurum et argentum. — Summus 
mons a Titus Labienus teneo. 
— Antistius abdo sui in intimus 
Macedonia {accus.). — Persua- 
deo Conor mathematicus, terra 
in medius mundus sum situs. 
— Tantus bellum {accus.) Pom- 
peius extremus hieras apparo, 
iniens ver suscipio, medius aes- 
tas conficio. — Camelus bisulcus 
sum pes inferus. 



GENITIVE CASE. 91 

Remark 1. Tlie adjectives summus, medius, imus, &c., when thus 
used, do not distinguish the substantive with which they are joined 
from other things of the same kind, but a part of itself from another 
part. Thus, sununus inons is " the mountain where it is highest ;" 
not "the highest of a number of mountains." 

Remark 2. Summus, medius, &c., generally stand before the sub- 
stantive ; not always, however. Thus, we have in Horace, " Sapi- 
entia prima^' {Epist., 1, 1, 41), and in Cicero, ^^ In hac insula extremd 
est fons aqua dulcis^^ (Verr., 4, 118). 



VI. The genitive is also used to express that one 
thing is the property or quality of another. 

VII. This, however, can only be done when the sub- 
stantive in the genitive is joined with an adjective. 
Thus, we cannot say Vir ingenii^ " a man of ability," 
but Vir magni ingenii^ " a man of great ability." 

VIII. It must be farther remarked, that in general 
the genitive denotes a permanent quality, whereas the 
ablative (which is also used in the construction now 
referred to) is more commonly employed where some 
temporary state is meant. 

IX. Hence results the following rule : 



Rule IIL A substantive having an adjective agree- 
ing with it, and describing a former substantive, stands 
in the genitive or ablative ; as, Vir excellentis ingenii. 
"A man of distinguished ability." — Vir summo rerum 
veterum studio. " A man of the greatest zeal in anti- 
quarian pursuits." 



Obs. 1. Many exceptions will, of course, be found to the distinc- 
tion here laid dowTi between the genitive and ablative in such 
constructions. In the main, however, it is correct, and yet in 
Cicero the ablative is more usual with esse. 

Obs. 2. The genitive only can be used of numbers ; as, Murus 
sexaginta pedum. " A wall of sixty feet." — Hence the genitive 
is even used with an adjective of dimension ; as, Fossam sexa- 
ginta pedum latam. {C<zs., B. G., 7, 73.) 



92 



GENITIVE CASE, 



1. Construction with the Genitive. 



1. Seneca was a man of remarka- 
ble ability and learning. — Py- 
thagoras was a man of no mirth. 
— The little ant, (a creature) of 
great industry, draws with its 
mouth, and adds to its heap what- 
ever it can. — It is evident that 
there is some deity of a most sur- 
passing loisdom, by whom all 
things are governed. — The Athe- 
nians chose two leaders of the 
v)ar : Pericles, a man of tried 
merit, and Sophocles, a writer of 
tragedies. — Datames conducted 
to the king, on the following day, 
Thyus, a man of very large stat- 
ure. — The Persians, after a do- 
minion of so many years, pa- 
tiently received the yoke of sla- 
very. — If thy neighbour have a 
garment of greater value than 
thou hast, wilt thou prefer thine 
or his 1 — The Caspian Sea, 
{which is) sweeter than all oth- 
ers, breeds serpents of vast mag- 
nitude, and fishes of very differ- 
ent colour from others. 

2. We sometimes see clouds of a 
fiery colour; we see a certain 
part of the heavens grow red at 
sunrise. — Casar forbade that the 
camp should be fortified with a 
rampart, but ordered a trench of 
fifteen feet to be made in front 
against the enemy. — A good man 
is characterized by the greatest 
piety towards the gods. — Ccesar 
adapted the year to the course of 
the sun, so that it should consist 
of three hundred and sixty-five 



Seneca sum vir excellens ingeni- 
um et doctrina. — Pythagoras 
sum vir nullus hilaritas. — Par- 
vulus magnus formica labor os 
traho quicunque possum, at- 
que addo acervus. — Perspicuus 
sum, sum numen aliquis prae- 
stans mens, qui omnis rego. — 
Atheniensis bellum duo dux 
deligo ; Pericles, spectatus vir- 
tus vir, et Sophocles, scriptor 
tragoedia. — Datames Thyus, 
homo magnus corpus, posterns 
dies, ad rex duco. — Patienter 
Persa, post tot annus imperium, 
jugum servitus accipio. — Si vi- 
cinus tuus vestis pretium mag- 
nus habeo quam tu habeo, tu- 
usne an ille malol {pres. subj.) 
— Mare Caspius, dulcis caeteri 
(ablat.), ingens magnitude ser- 
pens alo, piscisque longe diver- 
sus ab ahus color. 



Video nubes aliquando igneus co- 
lor ; video ortus sol pars qui- 
dam ccElum rubeo. — Caesar cas- 
tra vallum munio veto, sed a 
frons contra hostis pes quinde- 
cim fossa fio jubeo. — ^Vir bonus 
summus sum erga deus pietas. 
— Annus ad cursus sol Caesar 
accommodo, ut trecenti sexa- 



GENITIVE CASE. 



93 



days. — Virtue is not endowed 
with such strength as to he able 
to defend itself, being exposed to 
ma.ny and uncertain accidents. — 
Maraihus, afreedman of Augus- 
tus, writes thai his stature was 
fixe feet and three fourths. — 
There was in the Roman army 
Lucius Marcius, a youth of spirit 
and talent considerably greater 
than was proportioned to the rank 
in which he was born. 



ginta quinque dies sum. — Non 
sum tantus vires virtus, ut sub- 
jectus sub varius incertusque 
casus sui ipse tueor (subj.). — 
Marathus, Augustus libertus, 
statura is quinque pes et do- 
drans sum scribo. — Sum in ex- 
ercitus Romanus Lucius Mar- 
cius, juvenis, animus et inge- 
nium aliquanto quam pro fortu- 
na in qui nascor (pluperf.), mag- 
nus. 



2. Construction 

1. The mob is of an inconstant 
humour. — Themistocles was (a 
man) of so great a memory, that 
he knew the names of all the cit- 
izens ; but Cato of a much bet- 
ter memory. — They that prefer 
themselves before all are of intol- 
erable arrogance. — We may see 
this, that they who were before of 
obliging manners are changed 
hy prosperity. — Of how great in- 
nocence ought commanders to be ; 
of how great moderation ; of how 
great skill ; of how great ability ! 
— Among the Romans, scribes 
were deemed mercenaries ; but 
among the Greeks, no one was 
admitted to this office except of 
respectable birth, and of known 
industry and fidelity. 

3. Cato was in all things of singu- 
lar sagacity and industry. — Au- 
gustus was informed of what 
age, stature, and complexion ev- 
ery one was who visited his 
daughter Julia. — Ccesar sent to 
Ariovistus Valerius, a young 
man of the highest valour, and of 



with the Ablative. 

I Vulgus smn ingenium mobilis. — 
Themistocles sum tantus me- 
moria, ut omnis civis nomen 
percipio(5MZ>j.); Catoveromul- 
to bonus memoria. — Qui sui 
omnis antepono, intolerabilis 
arrogantia sum. — Hie video li- 
cet, is, qui antea commodus 
mos sura, prosperus res immu- 
to. — Quantus innocentia debeo 
sum imperator ; quantus tem- 
perantia ; quantus peritia ; quan- 
tus ingenium ! — Apud Roma- 
nus mercenarius scriba existi- 
mo, at apud Graecus, nemo ad 
is officium admitto, nisi hones- 
tus locus, et industria ac fides 
cognitus. 



In omnis res Cato singularis sum 
prudentia et industria. — Certior 
fio Augustus, qui aetas, qui sta- 
tura, sum {subj.) quicunque filia 
is Julia adeo {subj.). — Caesar ad 
Ariovistus Valerius mitto, sum- 
mus virtus et hmnanitas ado- 



94 



GENITIVE CASE. 



amiable manners. — Casar is 
said to have been of tall stature, 
fair complexion, dark eyes, and 
sound health. — Good health is 
pleasanter to those who have re- 
covered from a severe disease, 
than to those who have never been 
of a sickly body. — Curio was so 
devoid of memory, that often when 
he had laid down three heads in 
his discourse, he added a fourth. 



lescens. — Sum trado Caesar ex- 
celsus statura, color candidus, 
niger oculus, valetudo prospe- 
rus. — Bonus valetudo jucundua 
sum is, qui e gravis morbus re- 
creo (pass.), quam qui nunquam 
aeger corpus sum. — Memoria 
ita sum nullus Curio, ut aliquo- 
ties, quum tres caput propono 
(subj.) in dico (gerund) quartus 
addo (subj.). 



X. The genitive is also used to express the whole, 
of which anything is a part. 

XI. This is done with 

1. Substantives / as, pars. 

2. Compai'atives^ if two persons or classes are spo- 
ken of; as, Doctior duorum juvenum. " The more 
learned of the two young men." — Doctiores juve- 
num. " The more learned of the young men." 

3. Superlatives^ if more than two are spoken of; as, 
Doctissimus Romanorum. " The most learned' of 
the Romans." 

4. All words that express a number, whether numer- 
als, adjectives, or pronouns; as, solus., nullus, ne- 
mo, nihil, multi, pauci, quis 1 quotusquisque, unus- 
quisque, aliquis, quidam, aliquot, nonnulli, uter, al- 
ter, neuter, alter uter, uter vis. 

XII. The genitive, which is used with the superlative 
of adjectives, is used also with those of adverbs ; as, 
optimus omnium, or optime omnium vixit. 



The bravest of all the Gauls were 
the Belgce. — Alexander sent back 
to their native country the elder 
of the soldiers. — The greatest of 
benefits are {those) which we re- 
ceive from (our) parents. — There 
w no one of beasts more saga- 



Gallus omnis fortis sum Belgae. — 
Alexander senex miles in pa- 
tria remitto. — Beneficium mag- 
nus sum, qui a parens accipio. 
— Elephantus (ablative) bellua 



GENITIVE CASE. 



95 



cioiis tliayi the elephant. — The 
tribunes promulgated a law, that 
one of the two consuls should he 
created from the commons. — It is 
uncertain how long the life of 
each one of us is going to he. — 
Certain insects carry two wings 
each, as flies ; certain four each, 
as bees. — In the time of Phocion 
there were two factions at Athens, 
one of which espoused the cause 
of the populace, the other that of 
the higher classes. 

3. Of ail things from which any- 
thing is acquired, no one is bet- 
ter than agriculture. — On the 
right and left, about two hun- 
dred, the noblest of his kinsmen, 
accompanied Darius. — Of all the 
Greek arts, medicine alone is not 
practised by Roman dignity. — 
Of animals, some are defended 
by hides, some covered with shag- 
gy fleeces, some bristled with 
spines ; we see some covered 
with plumage, others with scales. 
— Of all unions, none is more ex- 
cellent, none more firm, than when 
good men of similar character 
are united in intimate friend- 
ship. 

3. There are two approaches from 
Syria into Cilicia, each of which, 
on account of its narrowness, can 
he blocked up by a small body of 
troops. — The Roman power was 
so strong, that it was a match in 
war for any one of the neigh- 
bouring states. — The city of 
Syracuse is the largest and most 
beautiful of all the Grecian cities. 
—The most excellent kings of the 



nullus sum prudens. — Tribunus 
lex promulgo, ut consul alter 
ex plebs creo. — Incertus sum, 
quam longus ego quisque vita 
futurus sum (subj.). — Insectum 
quidam bini gero penna, ut 
musca; quidam quaterni, ut 
apis. — Sura Phocion tempus 
Athenae (ablat.) duo factio, qui 
unus populus causa ago (m- 
perf), alter optimates. 



Omnis res, ex quis aliquis acquire, 
nullus sum agricultura bonus. 
— Dexter, laevusque {ablative of 
manus understood) Darius du- 
centi ferme nobilis propinquus 
comitor. — Solus medicina ars 
Graecus a Romanus gravitas 
non exerceo. — Animans alius 
if em.) corium tego, alius villus 
vestio, alius spina hirsutus ; 
pluma alius, alius squama video 
obductus. — Omnis societas nul- 
lus praestans sum, nullus firmus, 
quam quum vir bonus mos sim- 
ilis sum familiaritas conjunc- 
tus. 



Duo sum aditus in Cilicia ex 
Syria, qui uterque parvus prae- 
sidium (plur.) propter angustiae 
praecludo possum. — Res Roma- 
nus adeo sum validus ut quili- 
bet finitimus civitas bellum par 
sum (subj.). — Urbs Syracusae 
magnus sum pulcherque omnis 
Graecus urbs. — Excellens Per- 



96 GENITIVE CASE. 



Persiajis^ were Cyrus, and Da- 
rius, son of Hystaspcs ; the for- 
mer of these fell in battle among 
the Massageta. 



sae rex sum Cyrus et Darius 
Hystaspes filius ; prior hie apud 
Massagetae in praelium cado. 



Remark 1. Poets extend the construction with the genitive to 
other adjectives in the positive degree ; prose writers rarely. In 
Livy we find the expressions dclscti eguitiim, expediti militum, fre- 
quently. In Sallust {Cat., 53) we have effoetcB parentum; and in 
Velleius Paterculus (2, 80), veteres Romanorum ducum. 

Remark 2. The prepositions e, ex, and inter, or sometimes de, with 
their respective cases (but never ah), serve as a circumlocution of 
the genitive ; as, alter e consulibus ; primus inter omnes ; nemo de iis 
qui peritissimi sunt anteponitur. 

Remark 3. If the relative plural {qui, qua, qucc), or a plural demon- 
strative {hi, h<z, h<zc), is followed by pauci, nulli, multi, plurcs, plu~ 
rimi, &c., or a numeral, and denote, not a part of these, but the 
whole, they must be put in the same case with these adjectives. 
The particle of, which in such cases is used in English, might lead 
to the employment of the genitive. Thus, De vera et perfecta ami- 
citia loquor, qualis eoriim qui pauci nominantur fuit. — And again, Si 
quibus saluti faisti, quos habcs plurimos, tibi certe satisfacient. 

Remark 4. So quot must be followed by a nominative if it relate 
to the whole number ; by a genitive if to part ; as, Quot ipsi eslis ? 
— Quot vestrum interfecti sunt ? — On the same principle we say, 
Treccnti juravimus. " Three hundred of us have conspired." 

Remark 5. Quotusquisque has the sense of " how few." Literally, 
it implies wiiich place in the series the person to whom it is applied 
holds {quotas), i. e., how many besides the series comprehends, with 
the implied meaning that they are few in number. Thus, Quot2cs~ 
quisque disertus est! "How few are eloquent!" — Quotusquisque 
philosaphorum invenitur, qui sit ita moratus, ut ratio postulat ! " How 
few philosophers are found who are regulated in their moral deport- 
ment in the way that reason demands !" 

Remark 6. In the phrase cequi, bonifacerc, " to take a thing in good 
part," " to be satisfied with it," the genitive is probably partitive, 
facere signifying "to account" or " esteem." — Consulcre is used in 
the same sense. So lucri facere, "to turn to account." 



XII. The nominatives and accusatives neuter of pro- 
nouns, and of some adjectives which are used as pro- 
nouns, take a genitive, either because they are virtually- 
become substantives, or because they denote a part. 

XIV. Such neuters are tantum, quantum, aliquantum^ 
multum^ plus^ plurimum, minus, minimum, aliud, quid, 
with its compounds aliquid, quidquid, quidpiam, and 
quidquam ; hoc, id, illud, istud, idem, quod. 



GENITIVE CASE. 



97 



XV. The following examples will serve to illustrate 
these remarks : 

Quantum incremcnti Nilus capit, tantum spei in annum est. "As 

much increase as the Nile receives, so much hope is there for 

the year." 
ProcellcB qiianto plus hahent virium, tanto minus temporis. " The 

more violence tempests have, the less duration (have they.") 
Quidquid temporis transiit, periit. " Whatever of time is gone by, 

has perished." 



Obs. 1. Nihil does not fall under this rule, since it is always a 
substantive, and governs the genitive as a matter of course. 

Obs. 2. The genitive is often not a substantive, but the neuter of 
an adjective, which has come to be used substantively ; as, 
Quiddam novi. " Something new." — Aliquid mali. " Anything 
evil." 

Obs. 3. It must be borne in mind, however, that only adjectives in 
um can be thus used in the genitive ; and, though aliquid mali 
may be said, aliquid memorahilis cannot, but only aliquid memo- 
rabile ; except in conjunction with an adjective in um ; as, Ali- 
quid novi et memorahilis tibi narraho. — Even in this case, how- 
ever, it would be better to say, ^^ Aliquid novum et memorahiley 

Obs. 4. If an adjective has a case dependant on it, it is not used 
in the genitive ; as. Quid expectations vestra dignum dicam 1 — 
Here digni would be incorrect. 



1. How many persons does a single 
stomach keep employed! — Cre- 
dulity produces a very great deal 
of evil. — / give the same advice 
unto thee, that {I give) unto my 
own self. — Who is ignorant, that 
the first law of history is, not to 
dare to say anything false ? — 
What of gold, what of silver, 
what of ornaments, there was in 
my shrines, Verres has carried 
that off. — When Pythagoras had 
discovered something new in ge- 
ometry, he is said to have sacri- 
ficed an oz to the Muses. — The 



Quantus homo unus venter exer- 
ceo ! — Plurimus malus creduli- 
tas facio. — Tu idem consilium 
do, qui egomet ipse. — Quis 
nescio primus sum historia lex, 
ne quis falsus dico audeo (3. 
sing. pres. subj.)1 — Qui aurum, 
qui argentum, qui ornamentum 
sum, in mens delubrum, is Ver- 
res aufero. — Quum Pythagoras 
in geometria quidam novus m- 
venio (subj.), Musa bos immolo 
dico. — Colonus aliquantus vas- 



I 



98 



GENITIVE CASE. 



colonists found, a considerable 
quantity of vases, of ancient 
workmanship. — The valley (be- 
ing) narrow, as was before said, 
did not contain all the forces : 
about two thirds of the infantry, 
all the cavalry, descended to bat- 
tle ; what {was) left of the infan- 
try took post on the slope of the 
hill. 
2. Augustus had clear and brilliant 
eyes, in which he xoishcd it to be 
thought that there was a certain 
something of divine vigour. — 
Through the hope of an inherit- 
ance, what hardship in servitude 
is not endured? — Our domestic 
dramas have something of sever- 
ity, and are of a middle kind be- 
tween drama and comedy. — Can 
anything be more absurd than, 
the less there remains of a jour- 
ney, the more provision to seek 
for it 1 — Crassus, along icith the 
greatest courtesy, had also much 
severity. — As {loe approve of) a 
young man in whom there is 
something of an old man, so do 
we approve of an old man in 
whom there is something of the 
youth. 



culum, antiquus opus, reperio. 
— Angustus, sicut ante dico, 
vallis, non capio {imperf.) om- 
nis copiae ; duo ferme pedes 
pars, omnis equitatus, in acies 
descendo : qui reliquus pedes 
sum, obliquus consisto {pluper- 
fect) collis {ablative). 



Oculus habeo Augustus clarus ac 
nitidus, qui etiam existimo volo 
{imperf.) insum quidam divinus 
vigor. — Haereditas spes, quis in- 
iquitas in servio {gerund) non 
suscipio 1 — Habeo togatus nos- 
ter (fabula) aliquis severitas, et 
sum inter comcedia et tragcedia 
medius. — An possum quisquam 
sum absurdus, quam quo minus 
via resto, eo plus viaticum quse- 
ro 1 — Crassus, in summus co- 
mitas, habeo ( imperf. ) etiam 
multus severitas. — Ut adoles- 
cens in qui senilis aliquis, sic 
senex in qui sum adolescens 
aliquis probo. 



Remark 1. Latin poets, and the later prose writers who imitated 
them, frequently, instead of making the adjective agree with the 
substantive, put it in the neuter singular or plural, and make the 
substantive depend upon it in the genitive. Thus, Livy has exiguum 
campi ante castra crat, for campus exiguus, &c. So, also, in immen- 
sum altitudinis dejecit, for iyi altitudinem immensam. — U/timum ino- 
p'xB, for ultima inopia. And again, medium or extremum anni, astatis, 
&c., instead of which Cicero commonly says media aistas. 

Remark 2. The neuter plural of adjectives, in particular, is very 
frequently used in this way, not only in the superlative ; as, cxtrema 
agminis, infima clivi, in ultima Ccltibcrid pcnetrare ; but also hi the 
positive ; as, sava ventorum, for s<zvi vciUl ; tacita susptcionum, for 
tacit(z suspiciones ; opportuna loconcm, for opportuni loci. Examples 



GENITIVE CASE. 



99 



are found in Livy, but still more abundantly in Tacitus. (Consult 
Vechner, Hellenolex, 1, 2, 9. — Drakenborch ad Liv., 37, 58.) 



XVI. Some adverbs of time, place, and quantity, take 
a genitive case ; as, Postea loci. " Afterward." — Tunc 
temporis. "Then," "at that time." — Ubi terrarum (or 
gentium) sumus ? " Where on earth are we V — Abunde 
severitatis. "Abundance of severity." 



Obs. Many of these adverbs take a genitive, because, though 
strictly adverbs, they are used with the force of substantives. 



1. Meanwhile I became acquainted 
with thee. — The consul afterward 
came to the town Cirta. — After 
this he created mortal hearts. — I 
will do as I have hitherto done. 
— The state awaited Hannibal, 
at that time a chief magistrate, 
in the forum. — The nation of the 
Persians was at that time an ob- 
scure one. — The day after that 
day Ariovistus led his forces by 
Ccesar^s camp. — The day before 
that day he had sent ambassadors 
to CcEsar. — This happened the 
day before the Calends of Au- 
gust. — The day before the plot 
he conversed much with Antoni- 
us Natalis. 

2. Where in the world are we 1 — 
Wherever on earth, and among 
the nations the right of citizens 
has been violated, this pertains 
to the common cause of freedom. 
— He who shall have made virtue 
his own will be loved by us, to 
whatever nation he shall belong. 
— We must migrate to Rhodes, 
or to some other quarter of the 
world, — Upon my word, I do not 



Tu interea locus cognosce. — 
Postea locus consul in oppidum 
Cirta pervenio. — Inde locus 
mortalis cor creo. — Facio, ut 
adhuc locus facio. — Civitas 
Hannibal, turn tempus consul, 
in forum expecto. — Persae gens 
tunc tempus obscurus sum. — 
Postridie is dies Ariovistus 
praeter castra Caesar copiae suus 
transduco. — Pridie is dies lega- 
tus ad Caesar mitto. — Hie pri- 
die Calendae Augustus accido. 
— Pridie insidiae cum Antonius 
Natalis multus colloquor. 



Ubinam gens (plur.) suml — ^Ubi- 
cunque terra et gens jus civis 
violo, is pertineo ad communis 
causa libertas. — Qui virtus adi- 
piscor, ubicunque sum gens, a 
ego dihgo. — Rhodus aut ahquo 
terra migro (ger.) sum. — Non, 



100 



GENITIVE CASE. 



know whither in the wcnid I shall 
now flee. — The ambassadors of 
the Gauls said that they had it 
in mind to depart in silence to 
whatever quarter of earth they 
could. — The poet seeks for what 
is nowhere upon earth. 
3. He who does well always has 
enough of favourers. — Cimon 
had eloquence enough. — CcEsar 
said that he had obtained abun- 
dance of power atid glory. — Cy- 
rus left abundance of wine and 
of those things which are neces- 
sary for a banquet. — There is an 
ahmdance of persons who have 
no employment. — In many places 
truth has little stability and little 
strength. — Is it {only) little mis- 
ery for Roscius, that he has cul- 
tivated his estates for others, not 
for himself? — Catiline possessed 
fluency of speech enough, little 
wisdom. — You refused (us) 
peace, because there vms little dig- 
nity in {our) embassy. 



Hercle, quo nunc gens aufugio, 
scio. — Gallus legatus dico, sui- 
sui tacitus abeo, quo terra pos- 
sum, in animus habeo. — Poeta 
quaero qui nusquam smn gens. 



Sat habeo fautor semper, qui rec- 
te facio. — Cimon habeo satis 
eloquentia. — Caesar dico, se po- 
tentia gloriaque abunde adipis- 
cor. — CjTus vinum afFatim et 
is, qui epulae sum necessarius, 
rehnquo. — AfFatim sum homo, 
qui nihil negotium sum. — Mul- 
tus in locus parum firmament- 
um, et parum vis (plur.) Veri- 
tas habeo. — Parumne miseria 
sum Roscius quod praedium su- 
us ahus, non sui, colo1 — Cati- 
lina sum satis loquentia, sapi- 
entia parum. — Quia parum dig- 
nitas in legatio sum, nego pax. 



Remark I. The adverbs of place merely have their meanings 
strengthened by the genitives gentium, terrarum, &c. — Minime gen- 
tium also occurs, which is only, however, a stronger negation, " not 
in the least." 

Remark 2. Terence has hie and hue vicinice for "here in the neigh- 
bourhood," (See. — The adverbs hue, eo, quo, take a genitive in the 
sense of degree ; as, Hue arrogantia venerat. " He had come to that 
degree of arrogance." — Eo insoleyitice furorisque processit. "He pro- 
ceeded to that pitch of insolence and madness." 

Remark 3. In the expressions postea loci, tunc temporis, &c., the 
genitive seems to be pleonastically added. — In the phrase quaiitum, 
or quoad ejus fieri potest, the term ejus refers to the preceding propo- 
sition : " so much of it," or " so far as is possible." 

Remark 4. Id temporis and id or hoc atatis are used adverbially, 
and without being governed, for eo tempore and ea cetate. Thus, Ve- 
nit ad me, et quidem id temporis. — Homo id cBtatis. " A man of that 
age." 

Remark 5. Pridie is used with the accusative as well as the geni- 
tive. Thus, wo have pridie eum diem as well as pridie ejus diei ; pri- 



GENITIVE CASE. 



lOl 



die Cale7idas as well as pridie Calcndarum. The accusative is said, 
by writers on ellipsis, to depend upon a preposition understood. It 
is more probably idiomatic. 



XVII. Many adjectives require, in order to complete 
the sense, the addition of a noun or pronoun, which is 
then put in the genitive case. 

XVIII. These are called relative adjectives, and give 
rise to the two following rules : 



Rule IV. Adjectives which express partaking, desi- 
ring, experiencing, knowing, remembering, being full, and 
their contraries, govern the genitive case ; as. Studio- 
sus sapienticB. "Desirous of wisdom." — Peritissimus 
belli. " Very experienced in war." 



Rule V. To this same class also belong many parti- 
ciples, which, by being joined with a genitive, show 
that they have lost their participial force and verbal 
government, and become adjectives ; as, Patiens laboris. 



*' Patient 
glory." 



of toil. 



tens 



iorice. 



Desirous of 



Obs. 1. If these participles, however, thus become verbal adjec- 
tives, are at any time used as real participles, i. e., if they ever 
denote a particular action, not a permanent quality, they take 
an accusative case. 

Obs. 2. The two rules just given may be reduced to one, and more 
concisely expressed, as follows : A noun limiting the meaning 
of an adjective is put in the genitive, to denote the relation ex- 
pressed in English by of, or in respect of, &c. 



Be thou always mindful of hu- 
man frailty. — A mind conscious 
of crime cannot be tranquil. — 
Amang the ancient commanders 
CcBsar was most experienced in 
the military art. — Anger, like 
madness, is unable to control it- 



Semper fragihtas humanus sum 
(pres. subj.) memor. — Mens cri- 
men conscius tranquillus sum 
non possum. — Inter vetus hel- 
ium dux Caesar res militaris 
peritus sum. — Ira, ut insania, 



I -2 



102 



GENITIVE CASE. 



self. — Man alone, of so many 
classes of animals, is a 'partaker 
of reason and speech. — Beasts 
are devoid of reason and speech. 
— Man is hy nature desirous of 
seeing and hearing new things. 
— We are not always fond 
enough of truth. — Germany is 
very productive in grains and 
wine. — All hate one unmindful 
of a kindness. — Themistocles 
made the Athenians well versed 
in naval loarfare. — A mind so- 
licitous about the future is mis- 
erable. 

2. Time, that consumes (all) things, 
will teach us this. — Be thou ju^t 
and firm in thy resolve. — Virtue 
is a reward to itself ; in nothing 
wanting praise, in nothing desi- 
rous of external aid. — We are by 
nature most tenacious of those 
things which we learn in our in- 
experienced years. — The island 
of Pharos is not capable of con- 
taining a large city. — Cicero 
grieved because he had lost by 
death Hortensius, the partner of 
his glorious labour. — Gaul was 
so fertile of produce and men, 
that the abundant multitude seem- 
ed scarcely capable of being con- 
trolled. — Our age is not so bar- 
ren of virtue as not to have pro- 
duced good examples also. 

3. Epaminondas was so much a 
lover of truth, that he did not ut- 
ter a falsehood even in jest. — 
Darius, unable to bear the truth, 
ordered a guest and a suppliant 
to be dragged away to capital 
punishment. — Maroboduus al- 



impotens sui sum. — Solas ho- 
mo ex tot animans genus ratio 
et oratio sum particeps. — Bes- 
tia ratio et oratio sum expers. — 
Homo natura sum cupidus no- 
vus video et audio (gerunds). — 
Non semper Veritas satis amans 
sum. — Germania fruges et vi- 
num fertilis sum. — Omnis im- 
memor beneficium odi. — The- 
mistocles peritus bellum nava- 
lis facio Atheniensis. — Animus 
futurus anxius calamitosus 
sum. 

Hie ego doceo tempus res edax. 
— Sum (pres. subj.) Justus et 
tenax propositum. — Ipse sui 
virtus pretium sum, nil indigus 
laus, nil opis externus cupidus. 
— Natura tenax sum is, qui ru- 
dis annus percipio. — Pharos in- 
sula magnus urbs baud capax 
sum. — Cicero doleo quod Hor- 
tensius, consors gloriosus la- 
bor, mors amitto. — Galha adeo 
fruges homoque fertilis sum, ut 
abundans multitudo vix rego 
possum video (subj.). — Non 
adeo virtus sterilis saeculum 
noster ut non et bonus exem- 
plumprodo (perf subj.). 



Adeo sum Epaminondas Veritas 
diligens, ut ne jocus quidem 
mentior (subj.). — Darius, Ver- 
itas impatiens, hospes ac sup- 
plex, abstraho jubeo ad capi- 
talis supplicium. — ^Maroboduus 



GENITIVE CASE. 



103 



lowed not Italy to be indifferent 
to his aggrandizement. — The 
Romans, that they might more 
quickly become possessed of vic- 
tory,- considered what was the 
method of transporting the god- 
dess of Pessinus to Rome. — 
Pompey was almost free from 
faults, were it not reckoyied 
among the greatest to disdain to 
behold any equal in dignity in a 
free state. — Thales, the wisest 
man among the seven, said that 
it behooved men to think that all 
things which were seen were full 
of Deity. 



non securus incrementum su- 
us patior (imperf) sum Italia. — 
Quo mature victoria compos 
fio, Romanus is cogito, qui ra- 
tio transporto {gerundive) Ro- 
ma (accus.) Dea Pessinuntius 
sum. — Pompeius paene omnis 
vitium expers sum, nisi nume- 
ro (imperf. subj.) inter mag- 
nus, in civitas liber indignor 
quisquam asqualis in dignitas 
conspicio. — Thales, qui sapiens 
in septem sum, homo existimo 
dico oportet, omnis qui cerno 
(subj.) plenus sum Deus. 



XIX. The genitive is also employed in the case of 
remembering, reminding, and forgetting. Hence re- 
sults the following rule : 



Rule VI. Verbs of remembering, reminding, and for- 
getting, take the genitive of the person or thing, of 
which any one reminds himself or another, or which 
he forgets ; sometimes also they take the thing in the 
accusative. Thus, 

Animus meminit pr<zteritorum. " The mind remembers past 
events." 

Res adverscB admonent religionum. " Adverse affairs remind us of 
our religious duties." 

Vir bonus facile obliviscitur injuriarum. " A good man easily for- 
gets injuries." 

Est operce pretium virtutes majorum recordari. " It is worth v^^hile 
to bear in mind the virtues of our forefathers." 



1. Genitive. 



The wicked man will at some 
time or other remember with sor- 
row his flagitious deeds. — It is 
a pleasant thing to remember la- 



Improbus vir cum dolor flagitium 
suus aliquando recorder. — Dul- 
cis sum memini labor actus.— 



104 



GENITIVE CASE. 



hours past. — God himself com- 
mands thee to rememher death. — 
A man who is merciful in the 
case of an unfortunate person, is 
mindful of himself — The leader 
of the Helvetii exhorted Ccesar to 
remember both the former discom- 
fiture of the Roman people, and 
the ancient valour of the Helvetii. 
— I remember the living; nor yet 
is it permitted (me) to forget 
Epicurus. 
2. CcBsar exhorted the ^dui to 
forget their controversies and 
dissensions. — Thou hiddest me 
reflect on what is good, forget 
what is bad. — Neither have I 
forgotten the letter which thou 
didst send unto me, — Dost thou 
think that I have forgotten thy 
advice, thy language, thy polite- I 
ness 1 — It is the property of folly [ 
to discern 0ie faults of others, to 
forget one's own. — If thou attach- 
.est no credit to Gabinius^ de- 
fence, dost thou forget even thine 
own accusation 1 — This ring re- 
minds me of Piso. — He remind- 
ed one of his poverty, another of 
his ruling propensity. — He re- 
minded the soldiers of his kind- 
ness (toioards them). — He then 
reminded theyn, draxon together 
into the Principia, and ordered 
to receive his words with silence, 
of the crisis, and the necessity 
{of the case). 



Ipse jubeo mors tu memini 
Deus. — Homo, qui in homo 
{aUat.) calamitosus sum miser- 
icors, memini sui. — Helvetius 
dux Caesar hortor, ut reminis- 
cor {imperf. suhj.) et vetus in- 
commodum populus Romanus, 
et pristinus virtus Helvetius. — 
Vivus memiini, nee tamen Epi- 
curus Ucet pbliviscor. 



Cojiortor Caesar ^duus, ut con- 
troversia ac dissensio oblivis- 
cor {imperf. subj.). — Jubeo ego 
bonus {plur.) cogito, obliviscor 
malus {plur.). — Nee obliviscor 
literae tuus, qui ad ego mitto. — 

* Obliviscor ego puto consilium, 
sermo, humanitas tuus 1 — Pro- 
prius sum stultitia alius vitium 
cerno, obliviscor suus. — Si de- 
fensio Gabinius fides non ha- 
beo, obliviscorne etiam accusa- 
tio tuus 1r— Piso ego hie annu- 
lus commoneo. — Admoneo {im- 
perf) alius egestas, alius cupidi- 
tas suns. — Miles beneficium su- 
us commonefacio. — Tunc con- 
tractus in Principia, jussusque 
dictum cum silentium accipio, 
tempusac necessitas moneo. 



'2. Accusative. 



Always remember this, that the 
urise ynan who cannot benefit him- 



lUe semper memini ; qui ipse sui 
sapiens prosum nequeo pequio- 



GENITIVE CASE. 



105 



self, is wise to no ■purpose. — All 
men cannot he Scipios or Fabii, 
so as to call to mind the captures 
of cities, engagements by land 
and sea, and triumphs. — Curio 
suddenly forgot his lohole cause, 
and said that it had happened 
through the magic arts and en- 
chantments of Titinia. — He 
ought to remember kindnesses 
on whom they have been bestow- 
ed : he who lias bestowed (ought) 
not to recount (them). — Caisar is 
•wont to forget nothing but inju- 
ries. — We prolonged the conver- 
sation to a late hour, while the 
old man spoke of nothing hut of 
Africanus, and recounted not 
only all his actions, hut even his 
sayings. 



quam sapio. — Non omnis pos- 
sum sum Scipio aut Fabius, ut 
urbs expugnatio, ut pedestris 
navalisque pugna, ut triumphus 
recorder (pres. subj.). — Curio 
subito totus causa obliviscor, 
isque veneficium et cantio Ti- 
tinia factus sum dico. — Beneli- 
cium memini debeo is, in qui 
confero, non commemoro, qui 
confero. — Caesar nil nisi inju- 
ria obliviscor soleo. — Sermo in 
multus nox produco, cum se- 
nex nihil nisi de Africanus lo- 
qnoY (impcrf. subj.), omnisque is 
non factum solum sed etiam 
dictum memini (subj.). 



Remark 1. Memini has a genitive, or an ablative with de, when it 
'signifies to make mention of; and recorder an accusative. — Memini 
has seldom an accusative when its object is a person, except in the 
sense of remembering as a contemporary. 

Remark 2. The phrase mihi in mentem vcnit is commonly used, 
from its resemblance in sense to memini, with a genitive case ; as, 
Venit mihi Platonis in mentem. — Non duhito, quin in metu, tuorum tibi 
scelerum veniat in mentem. (Cic.) — A nominative, however, may be 
used ; as, Si quid in mentem venict. — Multa mihi in mentem veniunt. 
{Cic.) 



XX. The genitive is also employed in cases of gen- 
eral or indeterminate valuation, &c. Hence results 
the following rule : 



Rule VII. Verbs of valuing., esteeming^ and their pass- 
ives ; verbs of buying., selling., lending^ or hiring (and, 
as passives in sense, stai'e., prostare., " to be exposed for 
sale," and venire)., take a genitive of the cost or value, 
when generally expressed by an adjective. When ex- 
pressed by a substantive, the ablative is used. Thus, 



106 



GENITIVE CASE. 



Si prala et hortulos tanti cBstimamus, quanti est cBstimanda virtus 1 
" If we esteem meads and gardens so much, how much is virtue 
to be esteemed!" 

Nulla jpestis humano generi pluris stetit quam ira. " No pest has 
cost the human race more than anger." 



Obs. 1. The genitives referred to by this are the following: 
Magni, permagni, pluris, plurimi, maximi, parvi, minoris, minimi, 
tanti, quanti, tantidem, quantivis, quantilibet, quanticunque, &c. 

Obs. 2. Along with the genitives just mentioned may be classed, 
assis, flocci, nauci, pili, pensi ; as, assis facio, flocci astimo, &c. 
— Hujus is used by the comic writers ; as, Hupis non facio. " I 
do not care that for it." 

Obs. 3. Tanti, when it is not defined by what goes before or what 
follows, answers to the English ^^ worth while ;''^ as, Est mihi 
tanti. " It is worth my while." — Multi and majoris are never 
used in this way, but magni and pluris. — Nihili is used, or pro ni- 
hilo habere, ducere. 



1. Alexander prized Hephcestion 
very highly. — Virtue is to be es- 
teemed of the highest importance. 
— Many are wont to esteem their 
own (possessions) of little value, 
to covet those of others. — Riches 
are regarded by me of very lit- 
tle importance. — Those things 
please rrjiore which are bought at 
a dearer rate. — To act consider- 
ately is of more value than to 
think wisely. — That which is ner 
pessary is well bought at how 
much soever. — Nothing shall 
cost a father less than his S07i. — 
They never consider how dear 
{their) pleasures cost them. — A 
wise man values pleasure at the 
lowest rate. 

2. The Jlomans did not allow the 
Transalpine nations to plant the 
olive and the vine, that the olive- 
grounds and vineyards of Italy 



Hephaestion Alexander plurimus 
facio. — Virtus maximus aestimo 
{gerundive) sum. — Multus suus 
{neut.) parvus pendo, alienus 
cupio soleo. — Divitiee a ego mi- 
nimus puto. — Magis ille juvo, 
qui plus emo. — Considerate ago 
plus sum, quam cogito pruden- 
ter. — Quantus quantus bene 
emo qui necesse sum. — Res 
nuUus minus consto pater {da- 
tive) quam filiiis. — Non unquam 
reputo quantus sui gaudium 
consto. — Sapiens volupteis mi- 
nimus facio. 



Romanus Transalpinus gens olea 
et vitis sero non sino, quo plus 



GENITIVE CASE. 



107 



might be of more value. — Cato, 
leaving Africa, brought with him 
(he poet Eyinius, which I reckon 
as highly as any Sardinian tri- 
umph whatever. — When Theo- 
phrastus asked an old woman for 
how much she sold something, 
and she answered him, and add- 
ed, " Stranger, I cannot {do it) 
for less :" he was offended that 
he had not escaped the appearance 
of a stranger, though he spent 
his life at Athens, and .spoke very 
well. 

3. It has been well said, that the 
value of an army depends on that 
of the general. — Canius, eager 
and rich, bought the gardens for 
05 much as Pythias wished, and 
on the following day invites his 
friends. — It is most disgraceful 
to think what seems useful of 
more value ihamvhat is virtuous. 
— Now that I know the value of 
the farm, I loill rather bring for- 
ward a bidder, than that it should 
he sold, for too little. — / know 
what a storm of popular odium 
impends over me, if this man 
takes the resolution to go into ex- 
ile ; but it is worth my while, 
provided the calamity be confined 
to me. — Epicurus reckons pain 
of 710 importance ; for he says 
that if he were burned he should 
say, " How pleasant this is /" — 
If any one now pay only the 
same house-rent as the augur 
^milius Lepidus one hundred 
and fifty years ago, he is scarce- 
ly acknowledged as a senator. — 



sum Italia olivetum vineaque. 
— Ex Africa discedo Cato, En- 
nius poeta deduce suicum, qui 
non minor aestimo quam quili- 
bet Sardiniensis triumphus. — 
Quum percunctor {subj.) Theo- 
phrastus ex anicula quid am 
quantus aliquis vendo {subj.), 
et respondeo {pluperf. subj.) 
ille, atque addo (pluperf. subj.'), 
" Hospes non possum minor," 
molests fero (pcrfi indie, act.), 
sui non effugio hospes species, 
quum oetas ago (subj.) Athenae, 
beneque loquor (subj.). 
Tantus sum exercitus quantus 
inmperator vers prodo. — Emo 
Canius, homo cupidus ac locu- 
ples, tantus hortus quantus Py- 
thias volo, invitoque postridie 
ainicus suus. — Plus puto qui 
utihs videor (subj.) quam qui 
honestus, turpis- sum. — Nunc 
quum pretium praedium nosco, 
Mcitator potius appono, quam 
ille minor veneo (prcs. subj.). — 
Video si eo in exilium animus 
induca (perf. subj.), quantus 
tempestas inTidia ego impendeo 
(subj.) : sed sum ego tantus dum- 
rnodo rste privatus sum calami- 
tas. — Epicurus dolor nihilum 
facio ; aio enim sui, si uro (pres. 
subj.), " Quam suavis hie !" di- 
co (fut. infin.). — Nunc si quis 
tantus habito quantus abhinc 
annus (accusative) CL Lepidus 
iEmihus augur, vix ut senator 



108 



GENITIVE CASE. 



I dori't value at all what thou 
sayest. — I donH care a single 
farthing for thee. 



agnosco. — Ego, qui tu loquor, 
floccus non facio. — Non aestimo 
tu unus as. 



Remark 1. Writers on ellipsis consider these genitives elliptical in 
their nature, making the adjective agree with a noun understood 
{(zris, or something equivalent), which noun is itself governed, ac- 
cording to them, by pretio or some other ablative. Thus, they make 
magni cestimare the same as magni ceris pretio czstimare, &c. — This, 
however, is not correct. The true principle is, that whenever the 
estimate of value is made in general terms, such as magni, parvi, 
pluris, nihili, &c., the genitive is employed. But whenever a definite 
idea of value is introduced, the ablative is to be used. 

Remark 2. The ablatives magno, permagno, parvo, minimo, &c., 
are not unfrequently used with verbs of prizing, buying, selling, &c., 
but then there is always something more or less emphatic intended 
to be expressed. (Compare Keisig, Vorlesungen, ^ 361, ^. 653.) 



XXI. The genitive is also used to indicate the crime 
or offence with Avhich any one is charged, or for which 
he is condemned, or of which he is acquitted. Hence 



we have the following rule : 



Rule VIII. Verbs of accusing, condemning, and acquit- 
ting, govern the accusative of the person, with the gen- 
itive of the crime or offence, and in the passive these 
verbs still retain the latter case. Thus, 

Accuso te furti. " I accuse thee of theft." 
Damno te inertia. " I condemn thee for indolence." 
Absolvo te peccati. " I acquit thee of fault." 

Miltiades proditionis accusatus est. " Miltiades was accused of 
treason." 



1. Fannius accused Verres of cov- 
etousness and audacitt/. — Dost 
thou not perceive what kind of 
men, {who are 7iow) dead, thou 
chargest with a very great crime 1 
— Thrasyhulus proposed a law 
that no one should be accused of 
things previously done. — Some 
persons, if they have spoken rath- 



Fannius Verres insimulo avaritia 
et audacia. — Nonne intelligo 
quahs vir mortuus scelus sum- 
mus arguol {suhj.) — Tlirasybu- 
lus lex fero, ne quis anteactus 
res accuso. — Quidam, si in luc- 
tus hilariter {comparative) lo- 



GENITIVE CASE. 



109 



er cheerfully in affliction, charge 
thom-elves with a crime, because 
they have intermitted grieving. — 
We justly condemn soothsayers 
either of folly or falsehood. — The 
judges were so provoked with the 
answer of Socrates, that they con- 
demned a most excellent man of 
impiety. 
. CceUus, the judge, acquitted of 
injury him who had libelled the 
poet Lucilius, by name, upon the 
stage. — Thou hast brought thy- 
self to such a situation, that be- 
fore thou convictest me of a change 
of judgment, thou confessest thy- 
self to be convicted, by thy oicn 
judgment, of the greatest negli- 
gence. — The informer accused of 
treason Apuleia Varilia, grand- 
daughter of the sister of Augus- 
tus. — CcEsar accused of extortion 
Cornelius Dolabella, a man of 
consular dignity, and loho had 
enjoyed a triumph. — These two 
things convict most persons of in- 
constancy or weakness : if they 
despise a friend in prosperity, or 
desert (him) in adversity. — They 
who were accused of theft and 
bribery, have not only returned 
to the senate, but have been ac- 
quitted, by judicial decisions, of 
those very crimes. 



quor, peccatum sui insimulo,' 
quod doleo {infin.) intermitto 
{perf. subj.). — Recte condemno 
haruspex aut stultitia aut vani- 
tas. — Socrates responsum sic 
judex exardeo {perf. indie, act.), 
ut impietas bonus vir condem- 
no (subj.). 

Caelius judex absolvo injuria (plu-' 
ral) is, qui Lucilius poeta in 
scena nominatim laedo. — In is 
locus tu deduco, ut antequam 
ego commutatus judicium coar- 
guo (perf. subj.), tu summus 
negligentia, tuus judicium, con- 
victus sum fateor (subj.). — Apu- 
leia Varilia, soror Augustus 
neptis, majestas delator arces- 
so. — Caesar Cornelius Dolabel- 
la, consularis et triumphalis vir, 
repetundae postulo. — Hie duo 
levitas et infirmitas plerique 
convinco, aut si in bonus res 
contemno amicus, aut in malus 
desero. — Qui furtum et pecunia 
(plur.) captus accuso, is non 
modo in senatus redeo, sed eti- 
am ille ipse res judicium absol- 
vo. 



Remark 1. The adjectives reus, compertus, noxius, innoxius, mani- 
festus, &C., have the same construction with the verbs enumerated 
under the rule. Crimine, nomine, judicio, &c., are frequently insert- 
ed, and may always be understood to fill up the ellipsis. — The abla- 
tive, with the preposition de, is also very frequently used for the gen- 
itive ; as, Non committam posthac, ut me accusare de epistoldrum negli- 
gentia possis. {Cic, Ep. ad Att., 1, 6.) 

Remark 2. The punishment is usually put in the ablative ; some- 
times in the accusative, with ad or in ; sometimes also in the geni- 

K 



110 GENITIVE CASE. 

tive, especially with capitis and voti. Thus, we say capitis or capite 
damnari, "to be capitally condemned ;" but capite plecti, puniri. — We 
also meet with damnari voti, " to be adjudged to the payment of a 
vow," and hence, "to be put in possession of the object of the vow." 
{Liv., 27, 45 — damnare votis. Virg., Eclog., 5, 80.) 



XXII. The genitive is also used with esse^ facio^ and 
fieri in the sense of belonging tOj being the business, of- 
fice, or lot of any one ; as, 

Est judicis. " It is the business of a judge." 

Non est mearum virium. " It is not an undertaking for my 

strength." 
Asia Romanorum facta est. " Asia came under the dominion of 

the Romans." 
Est sui juris. " He is his own master." 



XXIII. Instead, however, of the genitives of the per- 
sonal pronouns, namely, mei, tui, sui, nostri, and vestri, 
the neuters meum, tuum, suum, nostrum, and vestrum, 
are used in this sense ; as, Tuum est, M. Cato, videre 
quid agatur. " It is thy business, Marcus Cato, to see 
what may be doing." 



Obs. 1. This rule appears to be based upon an ellipsis of a noun, 
some such term as officium, munus, negotium, &c., being under- 
stood, and in some instances actually expressed. This will 
serve to explain also the usage in the case of meum, tuum, su- 
um, &c., these possessives agreeing, in fact, with the neuter 
noun miderstood. For it must be remembered that the genitive 
of the personal pronoun is in prose objective ; and therefore mu- 
71US, or officium, mei, would not denote " my business" or " my 
duty," which can only be done by the possessive. 

Obs. 2. As it is the rule to use the possessive pronouns instead of 
the genitive, so in other cases, instead of the genitive of a sub- 
stantive, an adjective derived from the noun may be used ; as, 
humanum est, imperatorium est, regium est, &,c Thus, Liv., 2, 
12, " Romanuvi est et agcre et pati fortia.^^ 



1. It belongs to a great citizen, and 
almost divine man, to foresee irn- 



Impendeo in res pubUcus com- 
mutatio prospicio, magnus ci- 



pending dangers in public affairs. vis et divinus paene sum vir. — ■ 



GENITIVE CASE. 



Ill 



— Hamilcar said that it did not 
suit with his valour to deliver up 
to his adversaries the arms which 
he had received for the annoyance 
of the enemy. — What thou canst 
not do, that either promise good- 
humouredly, or refuse ingenu- 
ously ; one of ivhich is the busi- 
ness of an honest man, the other 
of a good canvasser. — It seems 
to belong peculiarly to a wise 
man to determine who is a wise 
man. — The inexpensiveness of 
Augustus^ furniture appears, 
even now, in his couches and ta- 
bles still existing, most of which 
are hardly consistent with private 
elegance. 
2. Tyre, founded hyAgenor, brought 
under its dominion not only the 
neighbouring sea, but every one 
which its fleets visited. — It would 
be tedious, and not suitable to the 
work undertaken (by me), to dis- 
cuss what Roman first received 
a crown. — Anger on account of 
anothefs fault is characteristic 
of a narrow mind ; nor will vir- 
tue ever be guilty of imitating 
faults, while she represses them. 
— Tiberius wrote back to the pre- 
fects, who recommended that the 
provinces should be loaded with 
tribute, " It is the duty of a good 
shepherd to shear his sheep, not 
to flay them." — All those things 
which were the woman's become 
the man's under the name of 
doxjory. j 



Non suus sum virtus, dico Ha- 
milcar, arma, a patria acceptus 
adversus hostis, adversarius 
trado. — Qui facio non possum 
(subj.), is aut jucunde promitto 
{subj.) aut ingenue nego {subj.), 
qui alter sum bonus vir, alter 
bonus petitor. — Statuo qui sum 
{subj.) sapiens vel maxime vi- 
deor sum sapiens. — Augustus 
supellex parsimonia appareo, 
etiam nunc residuus lectus at- 
que mensa (ablatives), qui ple- 
rique (neut.) vix privatus ele- 
gantia sum. 



Conditus ab Agenor Tyrus, mare 
non vicinus modo, sed quicun- 
que classis is adeo, ditio suus fa- 
cio. — Longus sum, nee institu- 
tus opus, dissero, quisnam Ro- 
manus primus corona accipio 
iperf subj.). — Ira ob alienus 
peccatum angustus pectus sum ; 
nee unquam committo virtus 
ut vitium dum compesco imitor 
(pres. subj.). — Praeses, oneran- 
dus tributum provincia suadeo, 
rescribo Tiberius, " Bonus pas- 
tor sum tondeo ovis non deglu- 
bo." — Omnis qui mulier sum 
vir fio dos nomen. 



XXIV. The impersonal verbs refert and interest are 
joined with a genitive of the person whose interest is 



112: 



GENITIVE CASE. 



concerned ; as, Refert patris, " It concerns my father." 
— Interest omnium. " It is the interest of all." 

XXV. Instead, however, of the genitive of the per- 
sonal pronoun, namely, mei^ tui^ sui, nostri, and vestri, 
the forms mea^ tua, sua^ nostra^ and vestra are employed 
(whether these latter he accusatives plural neuter, ac- 
cording to the general opinion, or ablatives singular 
feminine, as some mjodern scholars have maintained). 
Thus, Jfon mea refert. " It does not concern me." — 
Interest tua.. "It is thy interest." 

XXVI. The thing in which any one's interest is in- 
volved is not expressed by a substantive, but by an ac- 
cusative with an infinitive, or by ut with a subjunctive 
and the interrogative particles ; as, 

Semper Milo quantum inlcresset P. Clodii sc perire cogitabat. 
" Milo always thought how much it would be for the interest of 
PubHus Clodius that he should perish." 

CcBsar dicere solebat, non tarn sua quam rcipuUiccB interesse, uti sal- 
vus esset. " Caesar used to say that it did not concern himself 
so much as the state that he should be safe." 

Quid refert, utrum voluerim fieri, an factum gaudeam 1 " What dif- 
ference does it make, whether I wish it to be done, or rejoice 
that it has been donel" 



Obs. 1. For some remarks on the question relative to the case of 
mea, tua, sua, &c., consult the author's Latin Prosody, p. 41, 
note. 

Obs. 2. The degi'ee of importance is expressed by adverbs, or by 
the neuters of adjectives, or by their genitives ; as, rnagis, mag- 
nopere, vehementer, parum, minime, tarn, tantopere, multum, plus, 
plurinmm, permultum, infinitum, mirum, immane, quantum, mi- 
nus, nihil, aliquid, quiddam, tantum, quantum; tanti, quanti, 
magni, permagni, parvi. — The -verbs are followed by a^, to de- 
note the object to be promoted ; as, Refert ad honorem meum. 
" It is important for my honour." 



1. It is the concern of citizens to 
obey the laws. — It very much 
concerns the state that all should 
consult for peace and concord. — 



Civis refert lex obtempero. — Ve- 
hementer interest respublica, ut 
omnis consulo pax et concordia. 



GENITIVE CASE. 



113 



It much concerns the common 
good that youth he well educated. 
— It is of very great importance 
to our affairs that thou he at 
Rome. — It is of great conse- 
quence to thy private affairs that 
thou come as soon as possible. — 
I desire to make an excursion 
into Greece : it is of great im- 
portance to Cicero for me to he 
present at his studies. — When 
King Lysimachus threatened the 
cross to Theodorus, " It is all 
one to Theodorus,^^ replied {the 
latter), ^^ whether he rot on the 
ground or on high.'" 
2. It is more for the interest of the 
repuhlic that a fortress of the Li- 
gurians be taken, than that the 
cause of Marcus Curius he well 
defended. — / will show how much 
it concerns the common safety 
that there he two consuls in the 
state. — We inform our absent 
friends by letters if there he any- 
thing which it concerns either us 
or themselves to know. — This 
very much concerns you, judg- 
es, that the causes of honest men 
should not he estimated by the 
enmity or falsehood of witnesses. 

— It mMJces a -great difference 
whom, any one hears constantly 
at home ; hoio fathers, peda- 
gogues, and even mothers speak. 

— Whether a pilot upsets a ship 
laden with gold or chaff makes 
some little difference in the thing 
itself, none in the ignorance of 
the pilot. — Alexander, having 
long struggled in vain with the 
knots, said, "It matters nothing 



— Multum interest utilitas com- 
munis, juventus probe instituo. 
— Permagnus noster interest, 
tu sum Roma.— 'Multum inter- 
est res familiaris tuus, tu quam 
primum venio. — Cupio excurro 
in Graecia ; magnus interest 
Cicero ego intervenio discens 
(dative singular). — Quum Rex 
Lysimachus Theodorus crux 
minor (subj.), "Theodorus qui- 
dem nihil interest, inquam, hu- 
musne (genit.) an subhme pu- 
tresco" (subj.). 



Plus interest respublica castellum 
capio Ligus, quam bene defen- 
do causa M. Curius. — Ostendo 
quantum salus communis inter- 
sum (subj.), duo consul in res- 
publica sum. — Epistola certior 
facio absens, si quis sum qui 
scio aut noster aut ipse inter- 
sum (subj.). — Vester, judex, hie 
maxime interest, non ex simul- 
tas aut le vitas testis causa ho- 
nestus homo pondero. — Mag- 
nus interest qui quisque audio 
(subj.) quotidie domus (genit.), 
quemadmodum pater, paedago- 
gus, mater etiam loquor (subj.). 
— Aurum (genit.) navis everto 
(subj.) gubemator, an palea 
(genit.) in res aliquantulum, in 
gubernator inscientia nihil in- 
terest. — Alexander nequaquam 
diu luctor cum nodus, " Nihil" 
inquam, "interest, quo mode 



K2 



114 



GENITIVE CASE. 



how it IS untied,'''' and cut 
thonss with his sword. 



the I solvo" {sub].), gladiusque rum- 
1 po lorum. 



JRemark 1. Refer t is veiy rarely used with the genitive of the per- 
son, but very commonly with the adjective pronouns mea, tua, stca, 
&c., or else absolutely ; as, quid refert? magni refert, &c. 

Remark 2. The pronouns mea, tua, &c., may have a genitive in 
apposition with tliem, on the principle explained in a previous part 
of this volume [p. 25, 26). Thus, Interest mea oratoris (Cic), i. e., Mci 
qui sum orator, which construction is also in use. Thus we have 
the following in Terence : " Mea minime id refert, qui sum natu max- 
imus.''^ 

Remark 3. Instar (properly denoting a model or image), cau.sd, gra- 
tia, ergo (epycf)), are sometimes reckoned as adverbs governing a gen- 
itive, but in reality take this case as substantives. Instar is used in 
the best writers only of equality in magnitude, real or figurative, and 
only when a nominative or accusative is to be explained. Causa 
and gratia mean " for the sake of;" ergo, " on account of;" the last 
three are placed after the genitive. Cicero uses ergo only in legal 
phrases. Thus, Plato est mihi instar omnium. " Plato alone, in my 
opinion, is equal to them all." — Navis erat urhis instar. " The ship 
was like a city." — Honoris causa cum nominavi. "I have named 
him for compliment' sake." — Virtutis ergo corona aurea donetur. 
" Let a golden crown be bestowed (on him) on account of his merit." 



1. Certain animals loere worship- 
ped hy the Egyptians after the 
manner of gods. — Certain dogs 
are procured for the sake of hunt- 
ing.— Those were called Sophists 
who philosophized for the sake of 
ostentation or gain. — It is not 
lawful to injure another for the 
sake of one^s own advantage. — 
God made animals for the sake 
of men ; as the horse, for the sake 
of carrying ; the ox {for the sake) 
of ploughing ; the dog {for the 
sake) of hunting and guarding. 
— Animals were created, not on 
their own, but on our account. 

2. Demosthenes was gifted with a 
golden crown, on account of his 
tnerit and good-will towards the 
Athenian people. — " The ati- 
zens arc not here on my account,^'' 
says the s;ood prince, " hut I (am 



Ab JEgyptius quidam animal deus 
instar colo {imperf). — Quidam 
canis venor {gerund) gratia 
compare. — Sophista appello is, 
qui ostentatio aut quaestus cau- 
sa philosoplior {imperf). — Non 
licet suus commodum causa 
noceo alter. — Deus animans 
homo causa facio ; ut equus 
veho {gerund) causa ; aro bos ; 
venor et custodio canis. — Ani^ 
mal non suus, sed noster causa 
facio. 



Demosthenes corona aureus dono 
virtus ergo benevolentiaque er- 
ga populus Atheniensis. — " Non 
mens causa," inquam bonus 
princeps, "adsum civis, sed ego 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



115 



"here) for the sake of the citizens ^ 
— Do the same things for the 
sake of friends which thou art 
accustomed to do for thine own 
sake. — That one day on which 
he returned to his native land, 
was unto Cicero an imag-e of im- 
mortality. — Pausanias, after the 
Platccan victory, consecrated at 
Delphi a golden tripod out of the 
spoils, xcith the inscription writ- 
ten {thereon) : " Pausanias de- 
stroyed the barbarians at Platcea, 
and bestowed a gift on Apollo en 
account of that victory.'''' 



civis causa." — Facio idem ami- 
cus causa, qui tuus causa facio 
soleo. — Unus ille dies Cicero 
immortalitas instar sum, qui 
(ablat.) in patria redeo. — Pausa- 
nias, post victoria Plataeensis, 
ex preeda tripus aureus, Delphi 
(ablat.) pono, epigramma scrip- 
tus; " Pausanias, barbarusapud 
PlataeiB deleo isque victoria er- 
go x\pollo donum do." 



Construction of Place. 
Seepage 148. 



IV. ABLATIVE CASE. 
T. The ablative, unaccompanied by a preposition, is 
used with active transitive and deponent verbs, to de- 
note the instrument or means by which the subject of 
the verb operates j as, 

Occidit hominem gladio. " He killed a man with a sword." 
Vicit fraude. " He conquered through treachery." 
Quisque suo metu pericula metitur. " Each one estimates dangers 
by his own fear." 



Tlie sun illumines all things with 
his light. — The wolf attacks with 
his fang, the bullxcith his horns. 
— The wise man is accustomed 
to estimate the use of money, not 
hy its magnitude, but by its ra- 
tional employment. — The Roman 
king, the enemy being conquered, 
tore in pieces, by means of swift 
horses, Mettius Fuffetius, the 



Sol lux suus omnis collustro. — 
Dens lupus, cornu taurus, peto. 
— Sapiens soleo usus pecunia 
non magnitudo sed ratio metior. 
— Hostis victus (ablat. absoL), 
rex Romanus, ruptor foedus, 
Mettius Fuffetius pemix equus 



116 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



breaker of the treaty. -^-It is to he 
feared lest they expiate the impi- 
ety which they have committed, 
not only with their own blood, hut 
even by public calamity. — The 
lighthouse guides the course of 
ships by nightly fires from its 
tower. — Timanthes, wishing to 
express the size of the sleeping 
Cyclops, painted satyrs near 
{him), measuring his thumb with 
a thyrsus. — The greatest things 
fall to decay through disunion. 



distraho. — Timendus sum ne, 
qui piaculum committo, non su- 
us solum sanguis, sed etiam 
publicus clades luo. — Pharos 
e turris nocturnus ignis cursus 
navis rego. — Timanthes, quum 
Cyclops dormio magnitude ex- 
primo cupio (subj.) pingo juxta 
satyrus, thyrsus pollex is meti- 
er. — Discordia res magnus di- 
labor. 



II. In the passive voice, the subject of the active 
verb, if a living being, must he put in the ablative virith 
a or ab, as the source of the action, the instrument re- 
maining in the ablative without a preposition ; as, 

Dente a lupo, cornibus a tauro petimur. " We are assailed by the 
wolf with its fang, by the bull with its horns." 



III. Nouns which do not denote living beings are used 
without a or ab in the passive 5 as, 

Cometa radiis solis obscurantur. " Comets are dimmed by the rays 

of the sun." 
Boni nullo emolumento ad fraudem impclluntur. " The good are 

impelled to dishonesty by no prospect of advantage." 



IV. If, however, considered, by personification, as 
the active cause, such nouns take a or ab ; as. 

Hie error a philosophia pellitur. " This error is dispelled by phi- 
losophy." 



V. The construction of neuter and neuter-passive 
verbs is the same as that of passives. Thus, 

Concordia res parvce crescunt. " Small things increase through 

union." 
Testis interrogatus est an a reo vapdasset. " The witness was 

asked whether he had been beaten by the accused." 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



117 



1. The Roman people was register- 
ed by Servius Tullius, arranged 
into classes, and distributed in 
wards and colleges, and the whole 
state was ordered by the very 
great diligence of the king. — A71- 
gustus removed Pylades from, the 
city, and from Italy, because he 
had pointed oict with his finger 
and made conspicuous a specta- 
tor by whom he was hissed. — 
Alexander was carried off by dis- 
ease at Babylon; Philip was 
killed near the theatre by Pausa- 
nias, when he was going to see 
the games. — The King of the 
Parthians, terrified by the re- 
noion of Nero, sent his children 
as hostages to Ccesar. 
2. No tree can be planted of such 
long duration by the culture of a 
husbandman as by the verse of a 
poet. — A public slave was sent 
with a sword to kill Marius, who 
had been taken by that command- 
er in the Cimbrian icar. — Keep 
toine from warm dispositions, 
lest, as Plato says, fire be exci- 
ted by fire. — Athenagoras was 
beaten with rods, who had dared 
to export corn in a famine. — 
The expectation of a gladiatorial 
show had increased by means of j 
rumour, and by the talk of the 
competitors. — Fabricius, being 
asked why he voted for Rvfinus 
as consul, a bad man, but an 
able general, when war was im- 
pending, replied, " That he had 
rather be plundered by a fellow- 
citizen than be said by an ene- 
my:' 



Populus Romanus a Servius Tul- 
lius refero in census (accus.), 
digero in classis, curia atque 
collegium distribuo, summus- 
que rex diligentia ordino res- 
publica. — Augustus Pylades 
urbs atque Italia submoveo, 
quod spectator, a qui exsibilo, 
demonstro digitus, conspicuus- 
que facio. — Alexander Babylon 
(abl.) morbus consumo : Philip- 
pus a Pausanias, quum specto 
{supine) eo {subj.) Indus, juxta 
theatrum occido. — Rex Par- 
thus, Nero fama terreo, liberi 
suus ad Caesar mitto obses. 



NuUus agricola cult us stirps tarn 
diuturnus, quam poeta versus 
semino possum. — Ad interficio 
{gerund) Marius gladius mitto 
servus publicus, qui ab is impe- 
rator bellum Cimbricus capio. 
— Caleus ingenium subtraho 
{subj.) vinum, ne ignis, ut aio 
Plato, ignis incito. — Csedo vir- 
ga Athenagoras, qui in famis 
frumenlum exporto audeo. — 
Expectatio munus et rumor et 
sermo competitor cresco. — In- 
terrogo Fabricius, cur Rufinus, 
mains civis sed utihs dux, im- 
minens bellum {ablative absol.), 
consul suffragium suus facio 
{subj.), " A civis sui spolio ma- 
lo" ( prcs. infin. ), respondeo, 
" quam ab hostis veneo." 



118 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



Remark 1. The English term by is expressed in Latin by the prep- 
osition per, when subordinate agency is denoted, or, in other words, 
when the reference is to the medium of some action, which action 
emanates from some superior, or has its source in a remoter cause. 
Thus, Litteras per servum misit. " He sent a letter by a slave." 
Passively, Littem ab eo per servum missce sunt. 

Remark 2. As, however, the agent may be considered as the me- 
dium, as well as the source, of his own action, per is sometimes 
used where a or ab might have been employed ; as, Nor, putaram 
Metellum fratrem per te oppugnatum iri ; to which Cicero rephes, 
Metellum a me oppugnari. {Sanct. Minerv., 3, 4, p. 549, ed. Bauer.) 

Remark 3. The instrument is sometimes described by per ; rather, 
however, where the manner, or the concurring circumstances, are to 
be expressed, than the direct means of bringing about the effect. 
Thus, Vi oppidum cepit, " he took the town by force ;" but Per 
vim ei bona eripuit, " he violently deprived him of his effects.'^ 



II. Adjectives which express a passive state take an 
ablative, without a preposition, of the cause and instru- 
ment by which it has been produced. 



A saying of C(Bsar''s is preserved, 
to the pilot, alarmed by the great- 
ness of the danger, " What dost 
thou fear 1 Thou hast Casar 
on board V — The Macedonian 
army was ready to halt and to 
follow ; not overloaded with bag- 
gage ; attentive not only to the 
signal, but even to the nod of the 
general. — Alexander came next 
to Sidon, a town famous for its 
antiquity, and the renown of its 
founders. — Men suffering by a 
severe disease, when they are 
made restless by heat and fever, 
seem at first to be relieved by 
drinking cold water. — Every one 
ought to be content with that time 
which is given him to live. — Ep- 
icurus affirms that the gods are 
furnished with human limbs. 



Exsto ad trepidus tantus discri- 
men gubemator vox Caesar, 
" Quis timeo 1 Caesar veho !" 
— Agmen Macedo et sto para- 
tus et sequor, non sarcina prae- 
gravis, intentus ad dux non 
signum modo sed etiam nutus. 
— Inde Sidon (accus.) Alexan- 
der venio, urbs vetustas fama- 
que conditor inclytus. — Homo 
aeger morbus gravis, quum aes- 
tus febrisque jacto, si aqua ge- 
hdus bibo {perf subj.), primo 
relevo video. — Qui quisque tem- 
pus ad vivo ( gerund) do, is con- 
tentus sum debeo. — Epicurus 
confirmo Deus membrum hu- 
manus sum praeditus. 



III. The ablative (if consisting of a substnntive and 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



119 



adjective) is joined with verbs and adjectives to express 
the manner in which an effect is produced ; as, Epami- 
nondas a judicio capitis maxima discessit gloria. " Epam- 
inondas came forth from a capital trial with very great 
glory." 



Marcius (being) dead, Lucius Tar- 
quinius was created king with 
all the votes of the people. — A 
camp-servant was once found 
near the bedchamber of Augus- 
tus, girt with a hunting-knife. 
— Betis, looking at Alexander 
with not only an undaunted, but 
even contumacious countenance, 
uttered no word in answer to his 
threats. — Dionysius sent a ship 
adorned with garlands to meet 
Plato ; and himself, in a chariot 
of four white horses, received 
him on the shore when he land- 
ed. — The fountain of the River 
Marsyas, running from the sum- 
mit of the mountain, falls on a 
rock below with a great noise of 
(its) waters, and, diffusirig itself 
thence, irrigates the surrounding 
plains. — The wife of a barbarian 
king, by a memorable example, 
escaped from custody, and car- 
ried back to her husband the 
head of the centurion torn off. 



Mortuus Marcius {ablative absol.) 
cunctus populus sufFragium rex 
creo L. Tarquinius. — Lixa 
quondam juxta cubiculum Au- 
gustus deprehendo, culter ve- 
nator cingo. — Betis non inter- 
ritus modo, sed contumax quo- 
que vultus, intueor Alexander, 
nullus ad minae is reddo vox. — 
Plato Dionysius vittatus navis 
mitto obviam, ipse quadriga al- 
bus egredior in littus excipio. 
— Fons Marsyas fiumen, ex 
suminus mons cacumen excur- 
ro, in aubjectus rupes magnus 
strepitus aqua cado ; inde dif- 
fundo {perf. part, pass.) cir- 
cumjectus rigo campus. — Rex 
barbarus uxor, memorabilis ex- 
emplum, custodia evado, re- 
vulsusque centurio caput ad 
maritus suus refero. 



IV. In this same relation, however, the preposition 
cum is frequently joined with the ablative. 



Tlie Roman commander walked in 
the gymnasium, in a cloak and 
slippers, and gave his attention 
to the palastra. — The cediles di- 
vided to the people, with the 



Cum pallium crepidaque inambu- 
lo Romanus imperator in gym- 
nasium, palaestraque opera do. 
— Frumentum vis ingens, qui 
ex Africa P. Scipio mitto, aedi- 



120 



ABLATIVE CASE; 



greatest fidelity and popularity, 
a large quaiitity of corn, which 
Puhlius Scipio had sent from 
Africa. — The Romans borrowed 
their armour and weapons of 
war from the Samnitcs ; most 
of the insignia of their magis- 
trates from the Tuscans ; and 
followed up, with the greatest 
zeal, at home, what appeared 
useful among allies or enemies. 



lis, cum summus fides et gratia 
divide. — Arma atque telum 
militaris Romanus ab Samnis, 
insigne magistratus a Tuscus 
plerique sumo ; quique apud so- 
cius aut hostis idoneus videor, 
cum summus studium, domus 
{genitive) exsequor. 



V. When substantives alone, without adjective or 
pronoun, are used to denote the manner, the preposi- 
tion cum is generally used. 



Is Derates, when he perceived that 
orators were heard with severe 
judgment, hut poets with pleas- 
ure, is said to have cultivated a 
rhythm, which ive might use even 
in prose. — The Romans sent am- 
bassadors to the consuls, to an- 
nounce to them that they should 
collect with care the relics of the 
two armies. — We are so formed 
by nature, that those things which 
we have written toith labour toe 
think are also heard with la- 
bour. — Thy letters are written 
with fidelity and diligence. — 
Who would say that it is better 
to do anything basely with pleas- 
ure, than honestly with pain 1 — 
Nothing can be well done with 
anger. — Those things that are 
done with excitement, can neither 
he done well, nor approved of by 
those that are present. 



Isocrates, quum video {suhj.) ora- 
tor cum severitas audio, poeta 
autem cum voluptas, munerus 
(plur.) dico sequor, qui {ablat.) 
etiam in oratio utor. — Roma- 
nus legatus ad consul mitto, 
qui nuntio {imperf suhj.), ut re- 
liquiaB duo exercitus cum cura 
colligo. — Ita natura comparo 
{pcrf. pass, taken impersonally), 
ut is qui scribo cum labor, cum 
labor etiam audio puto (subj.). 
— Tuus litterae cum fides dili- 
gentiaque scribo. — Quis dico 
bene sum turpiter aliquis facio 
cum voluptas, quam honeste 
cum dolor. — Cum ira niliil rec- 
te fio possum. — Qui cum per- 
turbatio fio, is neque recte fio 
possum, nee ab hie qui adsima 
approbo. 



Remark 1. Mere accompaniment and combination require, as a 
general rule, the preposition cam ; yet Caesar and Livy frequently 



ABLATIVE CASE. 121 

omit cti7n in some military expressions, or use the ablative alone, 
even where cum denotes, not the manner, but combination ; Dictator 
ingenti exercitu ah urbeprofectus {Liv., 7, 9) ; and again, Exercitu hand 
minore, quam quod prius habuerat, ire ad hostes pergit {Id., 30, 11). 

Remark 2. Navibus (or nave) and pedihus are used without a prep- 
osition in the sense of "by sea," "by land." Thus, Massilicnscs 
erant hi, navibus a Phoccea profuti {Liv.) ; and again. Iter Hispaniense 
pedihus fere confici solet {Cic). — Many other ablatives, denoting the 
manner, are also used without cum ; as, via et ratione disputare ; ra- 
tione et ordine ; prcclio victi ; consules vitio creait. The instrument 
and the manner are in many cases so closely allied, that the same 
construction is extended to both. 



VI. The ablative is added to both substantives and 
adjectives, and also to verbs and participles, to express 
a circumstance by vi'hich they are more exactly fixed 
and defined, where in English the words in, as to, &c., 
would be used. Thus, 

Agesilaus claudus erat altera pede. " Agesilaus was lame in one 
of his feet." 

Crine ruber, niger ore, hrevis pede, lumine Icesus. " He was red as 
to his hair, dark of complexion, short of a foot, blind of an eye." 

Sunt quidam homines non re sed nomine. " There are certain per- 
sons men not in reality, but in name." 



Obs. 1. Hence the use of many limiting and defining words in the 
ablative case ; as, natione Syrus, mea sententia, mea opinione, 
meo judicio, magna parte, &c. 

Obs. 2. With lahorare, "to suffer pain," ex is joined, to denote the 
part affected ; as, lahorare ex pedihus, ex manibus, &c. 

Obs. 3. It has already been remarked {page 70) that the Latin po- 
ets put these limiting expressions in the accusative, especially 
when they refer to a part ; following the idiom of the Greek, in 
which the ablative case does nt)t exist. In this they are imita- 
ted by Tacitus ; as, " Femince Germanorum, nudce brachia et la- 
certos ;" clari genus for genere clari, &c. 



VII. Grandis, grandior j magnus, major, maximus ; 
minor, minimus, are joined with the ablative natu, to 
denote age j as, Grandis natu. " Advanced in years." 
— Grandior (or major) natu. " Older," &c. 

T. 



122 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



1. Cams Gracchus was grand in 
diction, wise in sentiment, digni- 
fied in his whole style. — The wild 
bees are rough in their appear- 
ance, much more passionate, but 
excellent in labour. — Pamphilus 
was a Macedonian by nation, and 
was the first painter who was 
skilled in all scientific attain- 
ments, especially arithmetic and 
geometry, without which he said 
that the art could not be perfect- 
ed. — When Augustus was sup- 
ping with one of his veterans at 
Bononia, he asked him whether 
it were true that the man who had 
first violated the statue of AncCi- 
tis had died blind and paralytic. 
He answered, that Augustus was 
supping at that very moment off 
a leg of the statue. 

2. The Roman state parsed its in- 
fancy under seven kings, as va- 
rious in their disposition as the 
well-being of the state demanded. 
— The lieutenant of Metellus was 
Caius Marius, born of equestri- 
an rank, pure in his life, excel- 
lent in war, most pernicious in 
peace. — The Lacedcemonian Ag- 
esilaus was king in name, not in 
power, like the rest of the Spar- 
tans. — Socrates, according to the 
testimony of all learned men, and 
the judgment of all Greece, was 
the prince of philosophers. — We 
ought not to judge of benevolence 
according to the manner of young 
men, by a certain fervour of love, 
but rather by steadiness and con- 
stancy. — We dissent widely from 
those who, like brute animals, re- 



C. Gracchus grandis sum verbum, 
sapiens sententia, genus totus 
gravis. — Apis sylvestris horri- 
dus sum aspectus, multo ira- 
cundus, sed labor praestans. — 
Pamphilus erat Macedo natio, 
et primus in pictura omnis lit- 
terae eruditus, praecipue arith- 
metice et geometrice, sine qui 
nego ars perficio possum. — Au- 
gustus, quum apud unus vete- 
ranus Bononia (genit.) coeno 
(subj.), interrogo is, sumne va- 
rus, is qui primus Ana'itis sta- 
tua violo {subj.), oculus mem- 
brumque captus exspiro 1 Re- 
spondeO; tum maxime Augus- 
tus de crus is coeno. 



Infantia suus sub rex septem ha- 
beo res Romanus, tam varius 
ingenium ut respubhca utili- 
tas postulo. — Metellus legatus 
sum C. Marius, natus equestris 
locus (ablative), vita sanctus, 
bellum bonus, pax malus. — 
Lacedaemonius Agesilaus no- 
men, non potestas, sum rex, 
sicuti caeteri Spartanus. — Soc- 
rates, omnis eruditus testimo- 
nium, totusque judicium Gras- 
cia, philosophus omnis sum 
princeps. — Benevolentia non 
adolescens mos, ardor quidam 
amor, sed stabilitas potius et 
constantia judico debeo. — Ab is 
qui pecus ritus ad voluptas om- 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



123 



ftr tverything to pleasure. — No- 
thing is more scandalous than a 
man advanced in age, who has 
no other argument by which to 
prove that he has lived long than 
his age. — Ennius was older than 
Plautus and Navius. 



nis ref^ro, longe dissentio. — 
Nihil turpis sum quam grandis 
natu senex, qui nullus alius ha- 
beo argumentum qui sui probo 
diu vivo, praeter aetas. — Ennius 
sum magnus natu quam Plau- 
tus et Najvius. 



Remark. Magno natu and maxima natu are also found. {Liv., 3, 
'il.—Corn. Nep., Vit. Ttmoth., 3.— Id., Vit. Dat., 7.) The ambiguity, 
however, of the phrase maximo natu, which, according to the analo- 
gy of magno natu, should signify "very old," but is meant for "eld- 
est," makes it not deserving of imitation. 



VIII. The ablative is used with verbs, participles, 
and adjectives which denote plenty or want, filling or 
emptying, enriching or impoverishing, and others of sim- 
ilar meaning. Thus, 

Germania Jluminibus ahundat. *' Germany abounds in rivers." 
Miserum est carer e consuetudine amicorum. "It is a sad thing to 

want the converse of friends." 
Insula Delos erat referta divitiis. " The island Delos was crowded 

with riches." 



Obs. 1. Verbs of filling, enriching, depriving, &c., take also an ac- 
cusative of the object, according to the general principle already 
laid down with regard to the accusative combined with the da- 
tive. (Consult page 72, <§ II.) 

Obs. 2. Many of the cases classed under this rule might with 
equal propriety have been referred to <J 1, as ablatives of the in- 
strument. Indeed, it is on the principle of the ablative's deno- 
ting the instrument, manner, &c., that the whole rule is based. 



The kingdoms of Asia have al- 
ways abounded with gold. — Bias, 
being asked what thing in life 
wanted fear, replied, " A good 
conscience.''^ — Almost all Spain 
abounds in mines of lead, iron, 
copper, silver, and gold. — No 
man was ever so powerful as to 



Abundo semper aurum regnum 
Asia. — Bias, interrogo, quis- 
nam res in vita metus careo 
(subj.), "Bonus conscientia" 
respondeo. — Metallum plum- 
bum, ferrum, aes, argentum, et 
aurum, totus ferme Hispania 
scateo. — Nemo unquam tarn 
potens sum ut nullus auxilium 



124 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



neeH the aid of no one. — To he 
free from fault is a great conso- 
lation. — Money does not satiate, 
but (only) provokes, avarice: man 
always wants money. 

2. God has filled the world with all 
good things. — Old age is not 
wanting in pleasures. — Democ- 
ritus is said to have deprived 
himself of his eyes. — Nothing is 
more exalted for a man than to 
free his country from dangers. 
— Pericles bloomed with every 
kind of merit. — Romulus chose 
a place for his city both abound- 
ing in springs and healthy, in a 

■ pestilential district. He placed 
it on the bank of a river dischar- 
ging itself into the sea, that it 
might receive {that) from the 
sea which it needed, and give 
{that) of which it had a super- 
fluity. 

3. Mute animals are destitute of 
the affections of men, but they 
have certain impulses resembling 
them. — What will that man who 
fears only a witness and a judge 
do when he has got in his power, 
in a desert place, {one) whom he 
can strip of a large sum of gold ? 
— Apelles painted a picture of 
King Antigonus, wanting one 
eye, and made it oblique, that the 
deficiency of the body might seem 
rather a deficiency in the picture. 
— The people of Minturnce put 
Marius on shipboard, furnished 
with travelling expenses and. gar- 
ments raised by contribution. 

4. Pleminius put the tribunes 
to death, and, not glutted with 



egeo {imperf. suhj.). — ^Vaco cul- 
pa magnus sum solatium. — Pe- 
cunia non satio avaritia, sed ir- 
rito ; homo semper indigeo pe- 
cunia. 
Deus bonus omnis expleo mun- 
dus. — Senectus non careo vo- 
luptas. — Democritus dico ocu- 
lus sui privo. — Nihil sum praes- 
tabilis vir, quam periculum pa- 
tria libero. — Pericles floreo om- 
nis genus virtus. — Romulus lo- 
cus urbs suus deligo, et fons 
abundans, et in regio pestilens 
salubris. Pono is amnis in mare 
iniluens in ripa, quo possum et 
accipio ex mare qui egeo {subj.), 
et reddo qui redundo {svJ)j.). 



Mutus animal humanus affectus 
careo, habeo autem similis ille 
quidam impulsus. — Quis facio 
is homo, qui nihil timeo nisi 
testis et judex, in desertus lo- 
cus, nanciscor {perf part.) qui 
multus aurum spolio possum "? 
{subj.) — Pingo Apelles Antigo- 
nus rex imago alter oculus or- 
bus, obhquusque facio, ut qui 
corpus desum pictura potius de- 
sum videor. — Minturnensis Ma- 
rius, instructus viaticum, con- 
latusque vestis, in navis impo- 
no. 



Pleminius tribunus interficio, nee 
satiatus vivus poena insepultus 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



125 



their punishment while living, 
cast them forth unhuried. — No 
part of life can he exempt from 
duty. — The mind can never be 
free from activity and movement. 
— Cato, exempt from all human 
faults, always had fortune in his 
own power. — Souls are free from 
death, and verses arc free from 
death. 



projicio. — Nullus vita pars vaco 
officium possum. — Nunquam 
animus cogitatio et motus careo 
possum. — Omnis humanus vi- 
tium immunis Cato, semper for- 
tuna in suus potestas habeo. — 
Mors careo anima, et carmen 
mors careo. 



Remark. A genitive is sometimes used with egeo, and frequently 
with indigeo ; and, after the analogy of plenus, not only poets, but 
also Livy, joins implere with the same case ; as, Hostes fuga et for- 
midinis implere. — Adolescentem suce temeritatis implet. 



IX. The ablative being the case of the instrument 
or means, is employed to denote the price or cost of a 
thing, when that price or cost is a definite sum. Hence 
results the foUowins" rule : 



Rule. With verbs of buying., selling., of estimation^ and 
of value., the price or cost is put in the ablative, when 
expressed by a definite sum ; as, 

Darius mille talentis percussorem Alexandri emere voluit. " Darius 

was willing to purchase a slayer of Alexander with a thousand 

talents." 
Denis in diem assibus anima et corpus militum cestimantur. " The 

life and body of the soldiers are estimated at ten ases a day." 
Multo sanguine ea victoria Poenis stetit. " That victory cost the 

Carthaginians much blood." 



Obs. 1. If the price or value be expressed indefinitely, the genitive 

is employed. (Consult jja^e 105.) 
Obs. 2. When pretium, or some equivalent term, either with or 

without an adjective, is expressed, this is considered sufficiently 

definite to require the ablative. 



1. Serus, during a dearth of corn, 
gave the people a modius for an 
as. — Chrysogonus bought a ves- 

L 2 



Serus, in annona caritas, as mo- 
dius populus do. — Chrysogo- 



126 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



sel of Corinthian brass for so 
great a price, that those who 
heard the price reckoned thought 
a farm was selling. — I know 
that a white nightingale (which 
is a thing almost unheard of) 
was sold for six thousand ses- 
terces. — I will not buy hope with 
a price. — Virtue is valued at a 
great price everywhere. — Very 
many a post of honour is sold for 



2. Nothing costs more dearly than 
what is bought with prayers. — 
Despise pleasures : pleasure in- 
jures when purchased with pain. 
— Plato says excellently, that 
those things are too much which 
men buy with life. — Eriphyle sold 
the life of her husband for gold. 
— Lycurgus ordered all things 
to be purchased, not with gold, 
hut by an exchange of commod- 
ities. — A victory costs in general 
much blood. 

3. On the part of Alexander, five 
hundred and four were wound- 
ed ; only thirty-two of the infan- 
try were missing ; one hundred 
and fifty of the cavalry were kill- 
ed: so little loss did so great a 
victory cost. — They valued the 
Tusculan villa at five hundred 
tho-asand sesterces, the Formian 
(estate) at two hundred and fifty 
thousand. — Isocrates sold a sin- 
gle oration for twenty talents. — 
So great was the terror of the 
Gallic name, that many kings, 

■ of their own accord, purchased 
peace for a vast sum of money. 



nus vas aliquis Corinthius tan- 
tus pretium mercor, ut qui pre- 
tium enumero {infin.) audio, 
fundus veneo arbitror (subj.). — 
Scio sestertium sex, luscinia 
candidus (qui sum prope inusi- 
tatus), veneo. — Spes pretium 
non emo. — Magnus ubique pre- 
tium virtus aestimo. — Multus 
aurum veneo honos. 



Nullus res care consto quam qui 
preces emo. — Sperno voluptas : 
noceo emo dolor voluptas. — 
Egregie Plato dico, nimius sum 
qui homo emo vita. — Eriphyle 
aurum vir vita vendo. — Lycur- 
gus emo omnis non pecunia, 
sed compensatio merx jubeo. — 
Multus plerumque sanguis con^ 
sto victoria. 



Ex pars Alexander quatuor et 
quingenti saucius sum ; triginta 
omnino et duo ex pedes desi- 
dero ; eques centum quinqua- 
ginta interficio ; tantulus im- 
pendium ingens victoria sto. — 
Tusculanus villa quingenti mille 
(sestertius) ; Formianus (fun- 
dus) sestertius ducenti quinqua- 
ginta mille, aestimo. — Viginti 
talentum unus oratio Isocrates 
vendo. — Tantus terror Gallicus 
nomen sum, ut multus rex ul- 
tro pax ingens pecunia mercor 
{sub).). 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



127 



X. Opus est, " there is need," is either used imper- 
sonally, in which case it has, like the verbs of wanting, 
an ablative ; as, Multis mihi libris opus est, " I have need 
of many books ;" or else it is used personally, in which 
case the thing w^anted is in the nominative ; as, Multi 
mihi libri opus sunt. " Many books are wanted by 
me." This latter construction is most common with 
the neuters of pronouns and adjectives. 



Obs. The use of the genitive with opus is rare, and not to be rec- 
ommended for imitation. {Plane, ap. Cic, Ep. ad Fam., 10, 8. 
-^Liv., 22, 51. — Id., 23, 21.) — The choice between the nomina- 
tive and ablative must be determined by regard to perspicuity. 



. 3Ia7i has need of food. — There 
is need of magistrates, without 
whose prudence and diligence the 
state cannot exist. — Hoio much 
silver is needed by thee 1 — Ver- 
ves said that many things were 
needed by himself, many by his 
hounds. — Let him grant pardon 
easily who has need of pardon. 
— There is no need of an angry 
chastiser for the restraining of 
those that err and of the bad. 

. Where testimonies of facts are 
at hand, what need is there of 
words 1 — The body needs much 
food, much drink, much oil, last- 
ly, long labour ; virtue will be 
thy portion, without preparation, 
without expense. — What dost 
thou need in order to be good ? 
To will. — Atticus gave all things 
from his own property which his 
friends needed. — The Athenians 
sent Philippides, the courier, to 
Lacedcemon, to announce of what 
speedy aid there icas need. — 



Homo cibus opus sum. — Magis- 
tratus opus sum, sine qui pru- 
dentia ac dihgentia sum civitas 
non possum. — Quantus argen- 
tum opus sum tu ] — Verres mul- 
tus sui opus sum aio, multus 
canis suus.— Do ille venia fa- 
cile, qui venia sum opus. — Ad 
correctio errans sceleratusque 
iratus castigator non sum opus. 



Ubi res testimonium adsum, quis 
opus sum verbum 1 — Corpus, 
multus cibus, multus potio opus 
sum, multus oleum, longus de- 
nique opera ; contingo tu virtus 
sine apparatus, sine impensa. — 
Quis tu opus sum ut sum bo- 
nus 1 Volo. — Qui amicus suus 
opus sum Atticus omnis ex su- 
us res familiaris do. — Atheni- 
ensis Philippides, cursor, Lace- 
dsemon (accus.) mitto, ut nun- 
cio, quam celer opus sum {subj.) 



128 



ABLATIVE CASE, 



Whatsoever things I shall -per- 
ceive are needed, these I will af- 
ford to thee. 



auxilium. — Quicunque res opns 
sum intelligo, hie tu prassto. 



Remark 1. When the thing wanted cannot be expressed by a sub- 
stantive, either the accusative with the infinitive is used, or the ac- 
cusative only, the subject being left to be supphed from the context ; 
as, Si quid erit, quod te scire opus sit, scribam ; or, Quid opus est tarn 
valde affirmare ? Supply te. 

Remark 2. Otherwise, the ablative of the perfect passive is used, 
with or without a noun ; as, Tacito quum opus est, clamas. — Sed opus 
fuit Hirtio convento. {Cic.) — With this ablative the relative is join- 
ed in the nominative or accusative ; as, Imperat quod apud quemque 
facto opus est. {Liv., 10, 35.) — Quod parato opus est para. (Ter., And., 
3, 2, 42.) The ablative of the supine in u is less common ; as, Ita 
dictu opus est, si me vis salvum esse et filium. 

Remark 3. Usus est, " there is need," is used impersonally ; but 
it generally occurs, in the best prose writers, without any case de- 
pending upon it ; as, De cceteris studiis alio loco dicemus, si usus fue- 
rit. {Cic.) Livy uses it with the dative or ablative of the relative 
pronoun ; as. Naves quibus consuli usus non esset. {Liv., 30, 41.) 
— Quintilian with a genitive ; as, Prooemii non semper usus est 
{Quint., 4, 1, 72) ; and so also Livy, Si quo opercB eorum usus esset. 
{Liv., 26, 9.) The comic writers use it with all the constructions of 
opus. 



XI. The following nine Deponent Verbs take an abla- 
tive, namely, fungor., fruor., utor^ potior^ dignoi\ ItBtor^ 
glorior, nitor ; with their compounds, abutor^ perfruor.^ 
defungor^ perfungor. Thus, 

Hannibal, quum victoria posset uti, frui maluit. " Hannibal, when 
he might have made use of victory, preferred to enjoy it." 

Qui adipisci veram gloriam volet, justitice. fungatur officiis. " Let 
him, who shall wish to attain to true glory, discharge the re- 
quirements of justice." 

Haud equidem tali me dignor honore. " I do not, I confess, deem 
myself worthy of such an honour." 



1. All are rich, say the Stoics, who 
are able to enjoy heaven and earth. 
— We cannot use the mind right- 
ly when filled with much food and 
drink. — It is the business of the 
mind to exercise reason. — Many 



Omnis sum dives, dicp Stoicus, 
qui ccElum et terra fruor pos- 
sum. — Mens recte utor non pos- 
sum, multus cibus et potio com- 
pletus. — Munus animus sum ra- 
tio utor. — ^Multus abutor et oti- 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



129 



abuse hotk leisure and letters. 
— Augustus soon made himself 
master of Alexandrca, whither 
Antony had fled with Cleopatra. 
— The Numidians lived for the 
most part o?i 7nilk and the flesh 
of wild animals. 

2. The safety of men depends not 
only on truth, hut also on gen- 
eral opinion. — Most persons use 
too much indulgence towards 
their children. — The young man 
delights in horses and dogs. — 
It is a savage cruelty to delight 
in blood and wounds. — Jason 
made himself master of the gold- 
en fleece. — It becomes thee to re- 
ly on merit rather than on blood. 

3. Hannibal, having possessed him- 
self of the ring of Marcellus 
along with his body, sent letters 
to Salapia drawn up in his name. 
— There is a certain race of men, 
which is called Helots, of whom 
a great multitude tills the fields 
of the Lacedaemonians, and dis- 
charges the duty of slaves. — Na- 
ture impels {us) to favour those 
who are entering upon the same 
dayigers which we have gone 
through. — Nature gave either 
strength or fleetncss to those an- 
imals whose food it was to live 
on other animals. — We see that 
the blessings which we possess, 
the light which we enjoy, and the 
breath which we draw, are given 
and imparted to us by God. 



um et litterag. — Augustus Alex- 
andrea quo Antonius cum Cleo- 
patra confugio, brevis (tempus) 
(ablat.) potior. — NUmida ple- 
rumque lac et ferinus earo ves- 
cor. 

Salus homo non Veritas solum 
sed etiam fama nitor. — Ple- 
rique nimius indulgentia in li- 
beri suus utor. — Juvenis gau- 
deo equus canisque. — Ferinus 
rabies sum sanguis gaudeo et 
vulnus. — Jason aureus vellus 
potior. — Tu virtus decet po- 
tius quam sanguis nitor. 



Annulus Marcellus simul cum 
corpus Hannibal potior Salapia 
litterae mitto is nomen com- 
positus. — Sum genus quidam 
homo, qui Helos voco, qui in- 
gens multitudo ager Lacedae- 
monius colo, servusque munus 
fungor. — Natura fero, ut is fa- 
veo, qui idem periculum qui 
ego perfungor ingredior. — Qui 
bestia is sum cibus ut alius ge- 
nus bestia vescor, aut vis na- 
tura do, aut celeritas. — Com- 
modum qui utor, luxque qui fru- 
or, spiritusque qui duco, a De- 
us ego do atque impertio video. 



Remark 1. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, and vescor, are occasionally 
found in prose writers with an accusative. This is the reason of the 
construction M'ith the participle in dus passive ; as, utendum est tern- 



130 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



pus, where otherwise the genind only would be allowed. (Consult 
remarks on the Syntax of the Gerund, <J 2.) 

Remark 2. Dignor, as a passive, " I am thought worthy," takes 
also an ablative ; as, Honor e dignantur. " They are deemed worthy 
of honour." 

Remark 3. Potior governs, in good writers, a genitive also, espe- 
cially in the phrase rerum potiri, " to obtain supreme dominion." 
Cicero, when he employs this verb to express the acquisition of sov- 
ereignty or political power, uniformly joins it with a genitive ; as, 
potiri regni, potiri civitatis, &c. ( Crombie, Gymnasium, vol. 2, p. 
226.) 

Remark 4. Glorior is also joined with the preposition de, when it 
signifies " to boast," and with in when it signifies " to place one's 
glory in anything." Thus, Propter virttUem recte laudamur, et in vir- 
tute jure gloriamur. " We are deservedly praised on account of vir- 
tue, and we justly place our glory in virtue." 

Remark 5. Utor takes an ablative case, in apposition with the 
name of the thing or person used, to denote the character or purpose 
in or for which they are employed ; as, Tu me consiliario fideli us^is 
es. " Thou hast made use of me as a faithful adviser." — SoJUo La- 
cedamonio Hannibal usns est doctore. " Hannibal made use of Sofi- 
lus, the Lacedaemonian, as an instructer." 



XII. The adjectives dignus, indignus, and fretus take 
an ablative case ] as, Dignus honore, " Worthy of hon- 
our." — Indignus luce. "Unworthy of the light." — 
Fretus deis. " Relying on the gods." 

XIII. The adjectives alunus, prceditus, and contentus 
are commonly reckoned along with these ; but alienus 
belongs to Section VII. , and prcsditus and contentus to 
Section VI. 



1. Chabrias performed many ex- 
ploits worthy of remembrance. — 
Relying on your intelligence, I 
discourse more briefly than the 
subject requires. — Bear a mind 
worthy of praise. — They are men 
in name, not in reality, who do 
things unbecoming a man. — 
Who would call him a geiUle- 
man who is unworthy of his fam- 
ily ? — I rely upon the advice of 
this person. 



Chabrias multus res memoria 
dignus gero. — Fretus intelh- 
gentia vester, dissero breviter, 
quam ' causa desidero. — Gero 
animus laus dignus. — Siun ho- 
mo nomen tantum, non res, qui 
homo indignus facio. — Quis 
generosus dico hie, qui indig- 
nus genus sum 1 — Hie consil- 
ium fretus sum. 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



131 



!, It is unworthy of God to do 
anything in vain and without a 
motive. — The virtue of excel- 
lent men is worthy of imitation, 
not of envy. — I think the man 
who has no sense of shame wor- 
thy not only of blame, but even 
of punishment. — Most persons, 
trusting to their talent, think 
and speak at once ; but certainly 
they would speak considerably 
better if they took one time for 
thinking, another for speaking. 
— He appears not only ungrate- 
ful, but unworthy of all divine 
and human aid. 



Frustra ac sine causa quis fa- 
cio, Deus indignus sum. — Ex- 
cellens homo virtus imitatio 
non invidia dignus sum. — Qui 
non pudet hie ego non repre- 
hensio solum, sed etiam poena 
dignus puto. — Plerique, ingeni- 
um fretus, simul et cogito et 
dico : sed certe idem ille bene 
aliquantum (ablat.) dico, si ali- 
us sui tempus ad cogito, alius 
ad dico sumo. — Non solum in- 
gratus verum etiam omnis opis 
divinus humanusque indignus 
videor. 



Remark 1. Alicnus is even more frequently joined with ab than 
with the ablative alone. If used in the sense of " disinclined," " hos- 
tile," the preposition is rarely wanting ; as, Animum habere alienum 
ab aliquo. — Homo alienus a Uteris. — In the sense of " unsuitable to," 
the ablative, either alone or with ah, may be used. 

Remark 2. In the sense of "disinclined," "hostile," the dative is 
also sometimes used with alienus ; as. Id dicit, quod illi causa, est 
maxime alienum. (Cic.) In the sense of "unsuitable to," we find it 
also joined ^^^th a genitive ; as, Quis alienum putet ejus esse dignita- 
tis. {Cic, de Fin., 1, 4.) 

Remark 3. Dignus has in the poets, but not in good prose writers, 
a genitive, like the Greek d^co^. — Fretus with the dative is doubtful. 
(Consult the commentators on Livy, 6, 13.) 



XIV". With verbs of removing, keeping at a distance, 
delivering, and others that imply a separation, generally- 
compounded with a (ab, abs), de, e (ex), the ablative is 
used either alone or with one of these prepositions. 



1. Marius, in his seventieth year, 
being dragged from a bed of 
reeds in which he had hidden 
himself, was led to the prison of 
Minturnce by order of the duum- 
vir. — Publius LcBnas hurled Lu- 
cilius from the Tarpeian rock. 
-—The children of the proscri- 



Marius, annus septuagesimus, ex- 
traho arundinetum, in qui (ac- 
cus.) sui abdo, in career Mintur- 
nensis jussus duumvir perduco. 
— P. Laenas Lucilius saxum 
Tarpeius dejicio. — Proscriptus 



132 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



bed, excluded from their paternal 
property, were also prohibited 
from the right of suing for hon- 
ours. — The agents of Sylla be- 
ing in search of Ccesar to put 
him to death, he changed his gar- 
ments, and stole by night from 
the city. 
2. The ibises avert pestilence from 
Egypt, by killing and consuming 
the winged serpents. — The Lace- 
dcemonians desisted from their 
long contention, and spontane- 
ously yielded to Athens the su- 
premacy of the sea. — By my own 
grief, . Romans, I warded off 
from you and your children de- 
vastation, conflagration, rapine. 
— The Porcian law removed the 
rod from the bodies of all Roman 
citizens. 



liberi, excludo paternus opis 
(plur.), etiam peto (gerundive) 
honor jus prohibeo. — Conquiro 
minister {ablat. absol.) Sulla Cae- 
sar ad nex, mutatus vestis {ab- 
lat. absol.), nox urbs elabor. 



Ibis averto pestis ab JEgyptus 
quum volucris anguis interficio 
atque consumo {indie). — Lace- 
daemonius de diutinus conten- 
tio desisto, et suus sponte Athe- 
niensis imperium maritimus 
principatus concedo. — Caedes 
a tu liberique vester, Quiris, 
vastitas, incendium (plur.), ra- 
pina iplur.), meus dolor luctus- 
que depello. — Porcius lex virga 
(plur.) ab omnis civis Romanus 
corpus removeo. 



XV. "With exsolvere., exonerare, and levare., the ablative 
alone is to be preferred. 



Manlius repeatedly said that the 
treasures of Gallic gold were 
hidden by the senators ; and that, 
if that matter were exposed, the 
people might be released from 
their debt. — Depart as a friend ; 
relieve the city of a perhaps 
groundless fear. — These expia- 
tions, performed according to the 
Sibylline books, in great meas- 
ure freed the minds of the Ro- 
mans from superstitious fear. 



Manlius thesaurus GaUicus au- 
runni occulto a Pater jacio, isque 
res si palam fio exsolvo plebs 
aes alienus possum. — Amicus 
abeo ; exonero civitas vanus 
forsitan metus. — Hie {plur. 
7iez<^)procuratus ex hber Sibyl- 
hnus magnus ex pars levo reli- 
gio animus Romanus. 



XVI. The verbs which denote a difference, such as 
differre., discrepaj-e, distare^ abhorrere, with alienare and 
abalienare, are rarely found without a preposition. 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



133 



XVII. When a separation from persons is spoken of, 
the preposition ab must always be used. 



1. Poets have raised a question, 
what that might be in which 
they themselves differed from or- 
ators. — Thy plans will not differ 
at all from mine. — Cato, when 
he gave his opinion in the sen- 
ate, was accustomed to discuss 
grave topics of philosophy, re- 
mote from forensic use. — Malev- 
olent persons, ignorant of my 
steadiness, endeavoured to alien- 
ate my affections from thee. 

2. There is great danger lest the 
knights, if they should obtain 
nothing, would be entirely alien- 
ated from the senate. — The life 
of man is very widely removed 
from the life of brutes. — Artifi- 
ces must be taken away, and 
that mischievous cunning, which 
wishes that itself appear to be 
prudence, but is very widely re- 
moved from it. — His rashness is 
so great that it does not differ 
much from insanity. 



Poeta qaaestio affero, quisnam 
sum ille in qui ipse difFero 
{suhj.) ab orator. — A meus ra- 
tio non abhorreo tuus. — Cato, 
quum in senatus sententia dico 
(subj.), locus gravis ex philo- 
sophia tracto soleo, abhorrens 
ab hie usus forensis. — Malevo- 
lus homo, ignarus meus con- 
stantia, conor alieno a tu vo- 
luntas meus. 

2. Summus sum periculum ne 
eques, si nihil impetro {perf 
subj.), 'plane alieno {pres. subj.), 
a senatus. — Homo vita longe 
disto a victus bestia. — ^Astutia 
tollendus sum, isque malitia, 
qui volo sui video sum pruden- 
tia, sed disto ab is plurimum. — 
Temeritas is tantus sum ut non 
multum abhorreo ab insania. 



Remark 1 . To the general head which we have just been consid- 
ering, under sections XIV.-XVII., may be referred the words which 
denote origin ; namely, nascor and its participle natus, ortus, progna- 
tus, oriundus ; and the poetical satus, crelus, editus, all of which 
sometimes take a substantive without a preposition in the ablative, 
sometimes with a, ex, or de. 

Remark 2. Defender e signifies properly, like prohibere, " to keep 
apart ;" so that either that which is protected, or that against which 
it is defended, may be put in tlie accusative ; as, defendere nimios 
ardorcs solis ab aliquo, or defendere aliquem a nimiis ardoribus solis. — 
We may also say, poetically, defendere nimios ardores solis alicui, 
using the dative, by a species of Hellenism, for the ablative. — Pro- 
hibere is less frequently used with the same construction ; as, a quo 
periculo prohibete rempublicam. {Cic, Leg. Man., 7.) 

Remark 3. Ahdico is used either with a pronoun and the ablative ; 
as, abdicare se magistratu ; or with the accusative ; as, abdicare prce- 
turam. 

M 



134 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



Remark 4. Poets, in imitation of the Greek, use the genitive in- 
stead of the ablative with verbs of separation, &c. ; as, levare labo- 
rum (Plant.); desine querelarum (Horat.) ; and with adjectives of 
similar signification ; as, opcrum vacuus ; Ither laborum, &c. 



XVIII. The ablative is used with esse^ or with a sub- 
stantive without esse^ to express a quality, provided the 
substantive have an adjective, or adjective pronoun, 
joined with it ; as, jlgesilaus statura fuit humili. 
" Agesilaus was of low stature." — Vir summo ingenio. 
"A man of the highest talent." 

XIX. This subject has already been treated of in the 
construction of the genitive case {Sections VI.-IX.,^age 

91)- 

XX. The ablative is used with adjectives, &c., in the 
comparative degree, instead of quam with the nomina- 
tive, or in the construction of the accusative with the 
infinitive, instead of quam with the accusative of the 
subject. Thus, 

Cicerone nemo Romanorum fuit eloquentior. " No one of the Ro- 
mans was more eloquent than Cicero." 

Neminem Romanorum Cicerone eloquentiorem fuisse, vetercs judica- 
runt. " The ancients judged that no one of the Romans was 
more eloquent than Cicero." 



1. Nothing is more lovely than vir- 
tue.-^What is better, or what 
more exalted, than goodness and 
beneficence 1 — Stiver is less val- 
uable than gold, gold than vir' 
tues. — What can be greater than 
the sun 1 — Tullus Hostilius was 
not only unlike the last king, but 
was even fiercer than Romulus. 
— Light is sioifter than sound. 

2. Who can speak of the institu- 
tions of our forefathers better 
than thou, Scipio, since thou art 
thyself of most illustrious ances- 
try 1 — No man with more taste 



Nihil sum amabilis virtus. — Quis 
sum bonus, aut quis preestans, 
bonitas et beneficentia 1 — Vihs 
argentum aurum, virtus aumm. 
— Quis possum sum sol mag- 
nus 1 — Tullus Hostilius non so- 
lum proximus rex dissimilis, 
sed ferox etiam Romulus sum. 
— Lux sonitus velox sum. 

Quis tu potius Scipio de majores 
institutum dico {perf subjunct,) 
quum sum (subj.) clarus ipse 
majores 1 — Nemo eleganter 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



135 



than Scipio, diversified the inter- 
vals of business ivith leisure. — 
Long labour would he superflu- 
ous in our studies, if it were im- 
possible to find out anything bet- 
ter than what has gone before. — 
We are seeking justice, a thing 
much more precious than any 
gold. — Nothing is more com- 
mendable, nothing more worthy 
of a great and illustrious man, 
than mildness and clemency. 
. The things which I have said 
are clearer than the sun itself. — 
A shameful flight from death is 
worse than any death. — What is 
more disgraceful than inconstan- 
cy, levity, fickleness 1 — No place 
ought to be more pleasing to thee 
than thy country. — Nothing is 
more inconstant than the common 
people, nothing more uncertain 
than the inclinations of man- 
kind. 



Scipio intervallumnegotium oti- 
um dispungo. — Supervacuus fo- 
rem in studium longus (conipar.) 
labor, si nihil licet bonus inve- 
nio praeteritus. — Justitia quaero, 
res multo omnis aurum earns. 
Nihil laudabilis, nihil magnus 
et praeclarus vir dignus placa- 
bilitas ac dementia. 



Is qui dico sol ipse clarus sum. — 
Turpis fuga mors (genit.) om- 
nis sum mors malus. — Quis 
sum inconstantia, mobihtas, 
levitas turpis 1 — Nee locus tu 
ullus dulcis sum debeo patria. 
— Nihil sum incertus vulgus, 
nihil obscurus voluntas (sing.) 
homo. 



XXI. If the thing surpassed, &c., be in any other 
case than that of the subject, quam must be used j as, 

Maluit servire glorice suce quam opibus. " He wished rather to be 

subservient to his own glory than to riches." 
Facilius cdiscimus versus quam pros am orationem. "We get verses 

by iieart more easily than prose." 
Pluris quam decern millibus emerunt. " They bought it for more 

than ten thousand." 



XXII. As a general rule, quam should be used wher- 
ever any ambiguity can arise from the use of the abla- 
tive. 



1. The Roman people saw nothing 
with more pleasure than the ele- 
phants with their towers, which, 



Nihil hbenter populus Romanus 
aspicio, quam elephantus cum 
turris suus, qui, non sine sensus 



136 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



not without a consciousness of 
captivity, followed the victorious 
horses with humbled necks. — 
The multitude, at other times vi- 
olent in its passions, fierce and 
fickle, when seized with a ground- 
less superstition are more obe- 
dient to their prophets than their 
generals. — The multitude of 
{Persian) soldiers, almost effemi- 
Tiately adorned, was more conspic- 
uous for luxury than appropri- 
ate armour. 
2. Xerxes was defeated by the 
counsel of Themistocles more 
than by the arms of Greece. — 
The hypocrisy of those who do 
mjiny things that they may seem 
beneficent, is more allied to false- 
hood than to liberality. — If thy 
neighbour has a better horse 
than thine is. — In order that 
thou mayest be able to boast that 
a much braver man than thou 
art has been slain by thee. 



captivitas, submissus cervix, 
victor equus sequor. — Multitu- 
(lo alioqui impotens, saevus, 
mutabilis, .ubi vanus religio 
captus sum, bene vates quam 
dux suus pareo. — Turba miles, 
muliebriter propemodum colo, 
luxus magis decorus arma cor- 
spicuus sum. 



Vinco Xerxes Themistocles ma- 
gis consilium, quam arma Grae- 
cia. — Simulatio is qui ut benefi- 
cus video multus facio, vanitas 
sum conjunctus quam liberali- 
tas. — Si vicinus tuus bonus 
equus habeo quam tuus sum. — 
Ut glorior possum multo fortis, 
quam ipse sum, vir abs tu occi- 
do. 



Remark 1. Quam, with the nominative or accusative, is often 
found w^here the ablative might have been used ; as, Melior est certa 
pax quam sperata victoria; or, Melior em esse certam pacem putabat quam 
speratam victoriam. 

Remark 2. The construction of alius with an ablative, instead of 
ac or quam, is poetical ; as, Si accusator alius Sejano fuit. {Phcedr.). 

Remark 3. It is given as a rule by Scheller and other gramma- 
rians, that after a comparative, the latter of the two subjects com- 
pared should, if quam be employed, be put in the same case with the 
former subject of comparison. This rule, however, though general- 
ly, is not universally correct. It is true in those cases only in which 
the predicate is applicable to both subjects ; and in these instances 
both nouns are dependant on the same verb expressed or under- 
stood. For example, we cannot say Utor Cicerone, doctiorc quam 
Sallusiio, " I am intimate with Cicero, a more learned man than 
Sallust ;" but quam est Sallustius. The reason is, Cicero and Sal- 
lust are not the subjects of one and the same predicate, the person 
speaking not being intimate with Sallust, though he is with Cicero. 
In like manner, if we say " I gave the book to Titus, a wiser man 
than Sempronius," we cannot render it Tito sapicntiori quam Scin- 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



137 



pronto lihrum dedi ; but quam Sempronius est, the book being given to 
Titus only. {Crombie, Gymnasmm, vol. 2, p. 20.) 

Remark 4. In accordance, therefore, with the principle laid down 
in the preceding remark, we are to explain such a construction as 
the following : Ego hominem callidiorem vidi neminem quam Phormio- 
nem {Ter.), not by a kind of attraction, as Zumpt and others do, but 
on the ground of the same thing's being predicated of each, and the 
substantives, therefore, depending on one and the same word, 
namely, vidi, expressed in the first clause, and understood in the 
second. 

Remark 5. Qxiam is often omitted after minus, plus, and amplius, 
except when joined with a dative ; as. In eo prcelio ceciderant minus 
duo millia civium ; phis quingentos colaphos irifrcgit mihi, &c. 

Remark 6. Yet and still, with comparatives, are expressed in the 
best writers by etiam ; in later authors by adhuc. Thus, Punctum 
est quod vivimus, et adhuc puncto minus. (Seneca.) 



XXIII. When the degree of different qualities pos- 
sessed by the same subject is expressed by adjectives; 
in other words, when the comparison is between the 
predicates, both are put in the positive with magis 
quam., or else in the comparative with quam. Thus, we 
can say, Magis eloquens quam sapiens., or doquzntior 
quam sapientior. 

XXIV. If the compared predicates be verbal, quam 
only can be used ; as, Pompeius plura bella fecit quam 
cceteri legerunt. " Pompey has waged more wars than 
the rest (of men) have read of." 



1. A pestilence, more threatening 
than destructive, turned away 
the thoughts of men from public 
contests. — Alexander pursued the 
enemy more prudently than ea- 
gerly. — The Romans waged cer- 
tain wars more valiantly than 
successfully. — It did not escape 
the observation of Hannibal, that 
the enemy were likely to prose- 
cute the affair icith more heat 
than prudence. 

2. The besieged engaged in battle 
more fiercely than steadily : for 

M 



Pestilentia minax quam pernicio- 
sus cogitatio homo a certamen 
publicus averto. — Alexander 
hostis prudenter quam avide 
persequor. — Romanus bellum 
quidam fortiter quam feliciter 
gero. — Hannibal (accus.) non 
fallo, ferociter quam consulto 
res hostis gesturus sum. 



Obsessus acriter quam constanter 
praelium ineo : quippe ut Ma- 
o 



138 



ABLATIVE CASE. 



■when they see the standards of 
the Macedonians wheeled around, 
they suddenly halt. — The design 
of Mazaces was not more saga- 
cious in its plan than fortunate 
in its issue ; all, to a man, were 
slain with their general. — The 
battle was more fierce in assault 
and courage than regular in ar- 
rangement. — Marseilles, more 
faithful than prudent, delayed for 
a time the haste of Ccesar. 



cedo signum circumago video 
(indie.), repente sisto gradus. — 
Consilium Mazaces non ratio 
(ahlat.) prudens, qiiam eventus 
( ablat. ) felix sum : ad unus 
omnis cum ipse dux interficio. 
— Acer impetus atque animus 
(plur.) quam compositus ullus 
ordo, pugna sum. — Festinatio 
CaBsar aliquamdiu moror Mas- 
silia, fides (ablat.) bonus quam 
consilium (ablat.) prudens. 



XXV. The excess or deficiency of one thing, com- 
pared to another, is expressed in the ablative. — Paulo, 
multo, quo eo, quanta, tanto, altera tanto (" twice as 
much"), aliquanto, multis partibus, hoc, nihilo, are to be 
considered as ablatives of this kind. Thus, 

Hihernia dimidio minor est quam Britannia, " Ireland is less than 

Britain by a half." 
Homines, quo plura habent, eo cupiunt ampliora. " The more men 

have, the more do they desire." 



The sun is many times larger 
than the earth. — A true friend 
loves himself nothing more than 
he does his friend. — The more 
difficult anything is, the more 
honourable (is it). — They seem 
to give good advice who admon- 
ish us, that the more exalted we 
are, the more humbly we bear 
ourselves. — The Stoics appear 
to me to have carried forward 
the limits of duty a little farther 
than nature could wish. 
. The air is denser the nearer it 
is to the earth. — The higher the 
sun, the less is the rainbow. — 
By hoiv much the happier every 



Sol sum multus pars magnus 
quam terra. — Verus amicus ni- 
hilum plus sui ipse quam ami- 
cus dihgo. — Qui quis sum prae- 
clarus, hie difficilis. — Recte 
praecipio video, qui moneo, ut 
quantus superior sum (subj.), 
tantus ego gero (subj.) submis- 
se. — Stoicus ego video finis of- 
ficium pauUum longe, quam 
natura volo, profero. 



Is crassus aer sum, qui terra 
(plur.) prope. — Is parvus sum 
arcus, qui altus sum sol. — Tan- 
tus brevis omnis tempus, quan- 



VOCATIVE CASE. 



139 



period is, by so much the briefer is 
it. — The towers on the walls of 
Babylon are higher by ten feet 
than the wall. — Augustus bore 
the deaths of his family a good 
deal more patiently than their 
disgrace. 

. The Sicilians sometimes make 
their month longer by a single 
day, or by two days. — How much 
more widely the rule of duty ex- 
tends than (that) of law ! — The 
road by which all travelled was 
as long again, but it abounded 
with everything. — I affirm this 
to thee, that thou art in no great- 
er danger than any one of us. — 
How small does the sun appear 
to us, which astronomers affirm 
to be more than eighteen times 
greater than the earth ! 



tus felix sum. — Turris in murus 
Babylon deni pes quam murus 
altus sum. — Aliquantum pati- 
enter mors quam dedecus {plu- 
ral) suus fero Augustus. 



Siculus nonnunquam unus dies 
longus mensis faeio, aut bidu- 
um. — Quantus late officium pa- 
teo quam jus regula ! — Via qui 
omnis commeo alter tantus 
longus sum, sad omnis res 
abundans (sum). — Hie tu con- 
firmo, nihilum tu nunc magnus 
in discrimen sum quam quivis 
ego. — Sol, qui mathematicus 
amplius duodeviginti pars con- 
firmo magnus sum quam terra, 
quantulus ego video ! 



V. VOCATIVE CASE. 

I. The Vocative stands in no close connexion with 
either nouns or verbs, but is inserted (usually after a 
clause, unless for the sake of strong emphasis) to ex- 
press the object to which our words are addressed. 

II. It is often joined with interjections, but not ne- 
cessarily, and with ! only in passages of strong emo- 
tion. 



Obs. 1. The nominative is used in apposition with the vocative ; 
as, Nate, mcce vires, mea magna potentia solus {Virg.) ; i. e., qui 
solus es. — Salve primus omyiium parens patria, appellate, (Plin.) 

Obs. 2. The Latin writers, after the example of the Greeks, some- 
times use the nominative for the vocative ; as, Audi tu, populus 
Romanus. {Liv., 1, 24.) 

Obs. 3. On the other hand, the vocative is sometimes, but very 
rarely, and in poetry, put in apposition with the nominative of 



140 



CONSTRUCTION OF TIME. 



the second person singular; as, Sic venias hodierne. (TibulL, 
1, 7.) — Siemmate quod Thusco ramum millesime duels. {Pers., 3, 
28.) 



O Goddess, he propitious, and 
lighten our toil. — Hear, Jupiter ; 
hear, Pater Patratus of the Al- 
ban people-; hear, thou Allan 
people. — What shall I teach 
thee, my Rufusl — Good heav- 
ens ! what is .there long in the 
life of man 1 — Ah my lahour''s 
undertaken in vain ! — r Ah fal- 
lacious hopes! Ah my vain 



Dea, sum {subj.) felix, noster- 
q.ue levo labor. — Audio, Jupi- 
ter ; audio, pater patratus popu- 
lus Albanus ; audio, tu populus 
Albanus. — Quis tu doceo, meus 
Rufus 1 — deus bonus ! quis 
sum in homo vita diul — O frus- 
tra susceptus meus labor ! — O 
spes fallax ! cogitatio inanis 
meus .! 



Remark 1. The phrases made virtute esto, macti virtute este, are 
ranked by some grammarians under the construction alluded to in 
Obs. 3. 

Remark 2. Sometimes, when the reference is to more than one 
person, a single individual only is mentioned, as the more prominent 
personage. Thus, Quid est, Cotta, quid tacetis 1 " What is the 
matter, Cotta, -w\\y art thou and thy friend silent 1" 

Remark 3. In like manner, the plural verb occasionally appears 
with aliquis ; as, Aperite aliquis actutum ostium. {Terent., Ad., 4, 
4, 24.) 



Construction of Place. 
Seepage MS. 

Construction of Prepositions.. 
See Latin Lessons, Part L, p. 247, seq. 



Construction of Time. 



I. Continuance of Time (or " Time how long 1") is 
put in the accusative 5 the point of Time (or " Time 
whenl") is expressed by the ablative. Thus, 

Mansit paucos dies. " He stayed a few days." 
Venit eadcm nocte. ".He came the same night" 



CONSTRUCTION OF TIME. 



141 



1. Continuance of Time. 



A field, when it has rested for 
many years, is wont to yield 
more abundant produce. — The 
covetous man is tormented for 
flights and days. — There is no 
one so old who does not think 
that he may live a year. — No 
man has it clearly ascertained 
that his riches are going to re- 
main to him a single day. — 
Pythagoras lived twenty years 
at Crotona. — They who have 
been many years bound with 
chains, step the more slowly. 

Dionysius was tyrant of Syra- 
cuse thirty-eight years. — A ■ city 
was once besieged by the whole 
of Greece for ten years. — Cer- 
tain little creatures lH0e {only) a 
single day. — Socrates passed 
thirty days in prison, and in ex- 
pectation of death. — The name of 
the Pythagoreans flourished so 
much, for many ages, that no 
others were thought learned. — 
Augustus did not sleep, at the 
most, more than seven hours, and 
those not uninterrupted, but wa- 
king three or four times in that 
interval. 



Ager, quum multus annus quies- 
co, uber fruges affero soleo. 
— A varus dies noxque crucior. 
— Nemo sum tam senex, qui 
sui annus non puto possum vi- 
vo. — Nemo exploratus habeo, 
divitiag suus sui permansurus 
sum unus dies. — Pythagoras 
annus viginti Crotona (genit.) 
vivo. — Tarde ingredior is, qui 
ferrum (sing. )\mcio multus an- 
nus. 



Duodequadraginta annus t3Tan- 
nus Syracusae sum Dionysius. 
— Decern quondam annus urbs 
obsideo ab universus Graecia. — 
Quidam bestiola unus dies vi- 
vo. — Socrates triginta dies in 
career, et in exspectatio mors 
exigo. — Multus saeculmn sic 
vigeo Pythagoreus nomen ut 
nuUus alius doctus video. — Au- 
gustus non amplius quum plu- 
rimus (neut. accus.) quam sep- 
tem hora dormio, ac ne is qui- 
dem continuus, sed ut in ille 
tempus spatium ter aut quater 
expergisco (imperf subj.). 



II. When a term not yet expired is* spoken of, an or- 
dinal may be used, in which case the Latin present an- 
swers to the English perfect, and the imperfect to the 
pluperfect. 



Mithradates, wlio in one day killed I Mithradates, qui unus dies tot ci- 
so many Roman citizens^ has j vis Romanus trucido, ab ille 



142 



CONSTRUCTION OF TIME. 



reigned from that time three-and- 
twcnty years. — King Archelaus 
had been in possession of Cap- 
padocia fifty years. — Nestor had 
lived to the third generation. — 
Italy had been laid waste in the 
Punic war for twelve years. 



tempus annus jam tertius et vi- 
cesimus regno. — Rex Archela- 
us quinquagesimus annus Cap- 
padocia potior. — Nestor tertius 
jetas homo vivo. — Punicus hel- 
ium duodecimus annus Italia 
uro. 



Ill, Old^ applied to the years of human life, is ren- 
dered in Latin by natus^ with an accusative of time ; 
as, Puer tres annos natus. " A boy three years old." 



Alexander died thirty-three years 
and one month old. — Dionysius 
usurped dominion at the age of 
twenty-five. — Cato the elder died 
at the age of eighty-five years. — 
Hamilcar led Hannibal with him 
into Spain., aged nine years. — 
Arganthonius came to the throne 
at the age of forty years, reigned 
eighty, and lived one hundred 
and twenty years. 



Decedo Alexander, mensis unus, 
annus tres et triginta nascor. — 
Dionysius, quinque et viginti 
annus nascor, dominatus occu- 
po. — Cato major, annus quin- 
que et octoginta nascor, excedo 
e vita. — Hamilcar suicum in 
Hispania duco Hannibal annus 
novem ^nscor. — Arganthonius 
ad imperium quadraginta annus 
nascor accedo, octoginta annus 
regno, et centum et viginti vivo. 



Remark \. The ablative is rarely used of the duration of time ; as, 
Scriptum est a Posidonio triginta annis vixisse Pancztium, posteaquam 
libros de officiis edidisset (Cic, Off., 3, 2) ; and again, Vixit annis un- 
delriginta. {Sueton., Calig., 59.) 

Remark 2. The prepositions per, ad, in, intra, inter, are frequently 
joined vv^ith the accusative of time, to make the expression more em- 
phatic ; as. Quern per annos decem aluimus. (Cic.) — Si ad centcsi- 
mum annum vixissct. {Id.) — Liter decem annos. (Id.) 

Remark 3. In place of natus with the accusative, the genitive alone 
is sometimes employed ; as, Cato primum stipendium meruit annorum 
decem septemque. {Nep.) — Valerius Corvinus annorum trium et viginti 
consul est f actus. (Eutrop.) In such cases as these, some writers 
suppose homo, vir, adolescens, or puer, to be understood. 



2. The Point of Time. 



1. Who is there that can believe that 
Apollo answered Pyrrhus in Lat- 
in ? Besides, Apollo had already 
ceased to make verses in Pyr- 



Quis sum qui credo, ApoUo Lati- 
ne PyiThus respondeol Prae- 
tcrca, Pynhus tempus jam 



CONSTRUCTION OP TIME. 



143 



rims' time. — Tlie Arabs, Phry- 
gians., and Cilicians, lecause 
they chiefly practise the pastu- 
rage of cattle, traverse the plains 
ayid mountains in summer and 
winter. — The troops assembled, 
according to command, in the he- 
ginning of spring. — The male 
deer have horns, and alone of an- 
imals lose them every year, at a 
stated time in the spring. — The 
catching of thunnies is from the 
rising of the Pleiades to the set- 
ting of Arcturus ; in the rest of 
the season they lie in the bottom 
of the deep waters. 
2. Augustus died on the fourteenth 
day before the Calends of Sep- 
tember, at the ninth hour of the 
day, in the seventy-sixth year of 
his age.— Alexander the Mace- 
donian died in his thirty-third | 
year.-^The temple of the Ephe- 
sian Diana was burned the same 
night on which Alexander was 
born. — Let the gromid rest on a 
holyday, let the ploughman rest. 
— Death hangs over us every 
hater. 



Apollo versus facio desino. — 
Arabs, et Phryx, et Cilix, quod 
pastus pecus maxime utor, 
campus et moiis hiems et aestas 
peragro.— Ver primus, ad edic- 
tum, copia convenio. — Ccrvus 
mas cornu habeo, solusque an- 
imal, omnis annus, status ver 
tempus amitto. — ^Thynnus cap- 
tura sum a Vergilias exortus 
ad Arcturus occasus'; reliquus 
tempus lateo in gurges imus. 



Obeo Augustus decimus quarfus 
(ante) Calendae Septembris, bo- 
ra dies nonus, septuagesimus et 
sextus setas annus. — Alexander 
Macedo tertius et tricesimus 
annus mors obeo. — Qui nox 
nascor Alexander, idem Diana 
Ephesius templum deflagro.— 
Lux sacer requiesco humus, re- 
quiesco arator. — Mors ego om- 
nis hora impendeo. 



Remark I . It fnilst be observed, however, that the poiiit of time 
must be contemporary with the tense of the verb with which it is 
connected, otherwise the rule does not hold good ; and it is the more 
necessary to attend to this, as the young scholar is apt to be misled 
by the idiom of our language. Thus, "He invited me to dine with 
him next day in the gardens." Secum in hortis die posfero ut pran- 
dcrcm invitavit. Here die postero and pranderem are contemporary 
circumstances. But if we turn the verb pranderem into a noun, the 
state of the words expressive both of tune and place must be changed. 
Thus, Ad prandium me in hortos invitavit in postcrum diem, where irt 
hortos and in posterum diem are connected with invitavit ; as, " He 
invited me to dinner into the gardens for or against the next day." 
Postero die would imply that the invitation itself took place the next 
day. — (Crombic, Gymnasium, vol. 2, p. 10.) 

Remark 2. " By day," " by night," are expressed by interdiu, noc- 



144 CONSTRUCTION OF TIME. 

tti ; but the ablatives die, node, are not uncommon. The two phra- 
ses may be combined, die ac node ; die noctuque ; node et interdiu. — 
" In the evening" is vespcri or vespere, from the old word vesper, ves- 
per is. 

Remark 3. In tempore, or tempore alone, is used for " in good time." 
— Ludis is used without a preposition, as denoting a point of time, 
for tempore ludorum ; Latinis for tempore Latinarum feriarum ; gladi- 
atoribus for tempore ludorum gladiatorum; comitiis is less frequent. 
{Drakenb. ad Liv., 2, 36.) 

Remark 4. Bello was said, as well as in belle, especially if joined 
with an adjective or genitive ; as, bello Latino, or bello Latinorum ; 
pugna Cannensi, or in pugna Cannensi. — The preposition cum fixes 
the time more precisely. Thus, solis occasu, " at sunset ;" but cum 
soHs occasu, " as soon as ever the sun was set." 



IV. The time before and time after may be expressed 
by the ablative, followed by ante and post, or by the 
same prepositions governing an accusative of the time. 
Thus, we may say post tres annos, or tres post annos, de- 
cessit ; or trihus annis post, or tribus post annis. 

V. The ordinal numerals may be used, in the case 
just referred to, as well as the cardinal. Thus, we may 
say, post tertium annum, or tertium post annum^ and ter- 
tio anno post, which by no means imply that three com- 
plete years have passed. 

VI. ^nte and post, when thus placed after the noun, 
may govern an accusative of the event from which the 
time is reckoned. Thus, 

L. Sextius primus de plebe consul fadus est, annis post Romam con- 
ditam trecentis duodenonaginta. " Lucius Sextius was the first 
that was made consul from the plebeians, in the three hundred 
and eighty-eighth year from the founding of Pv,ome." 



Obs, Ante and post, when governing the accusative, are frequently 
placed between the noun of time and the adjective ; as, patcsos 
ante menses ; aliquot post menses ; tertium ante diem. — They are 
even found in the ablative ; as, ante annis ado ; and post is 
sometimes placed before such ablatives as have obtained an ad- 
verbial signification; as, post aliquanto ; post non multo ; post 
paulo ; though more commonly in the contrary order. 

1. Numa Pompilius was very many ]'Nim\3. Pompilius annus permul- 
years before Pythagoras.— Ho- \ tus ante sum quam Pythago- 



CONSTRUCTION OF TIME. 



145 



mer was mayiy years before 
Romulus. — Themistocles did the 
same {thing) which Coriolanus 
had done twenty years lefore. — 
Carthage was founded eighty- 
two years before Rome. — The 
body of Alexander was transfer- 
red to Memphis, and thence a 
few years after to Alexandrea. — 
Have regard also to those judges 
who, many ages after, will judge 
concerning thee. 
. Lcelius had a conversation con- 
cerning friendship a few days 
after the death of Africanus. — 
The first Olympiad was estab- 
lished one hundred and eight 
years after the laws of Lycur- 
gus. — Titus Lartius was ap- 
pointed dictator about ten years 
after the first consuls. — By reck- 
oning the years of the kings, it 
may be discovered that Pythago- 
ras first reached Italy nearly one 
hundred and forty years after 
the death of Numa. — Socrates, 
on the last day of his life, dis- 
coursed at large upon the immor- 
tality of the soul; and a few 
days before, when he might ea- 
sily have been delivered from 
prison, refused. 



ras. — Homerus annus multus 
sum ante Romulus. — Themis- 
tocles facio idem, qui viginti 
annus ante facio Coriolanus. — 
Condo Carthago octoginta duo 
annus ante quam Roma. — Cor- 
pus Alexander Memphis {ac- 
cus.), et inde pauci post annus 
Alexandrea transfero. — Servio 
is judex, qui multus post saecu- 
lum de tu judico. 

Laelius sermo de amicitia habeo 
pauci dies post mors Africa- 
nus. — Centum et octo annus 
post Lycurgus lex primus pono 
Olympias. — Dictator instituo 
decem fere annus post primus 
consul Titus Lartius. — Regius 
annus dinumeratus {allat. ab- 
sol.) intelligo possum, annus 
fere centesimus et quadragesi- 
mus post mors Numa primum 
Italia Pythagoras attingo. — 
Socrates supremus vita dies de . 
immortalitas animus multus 
{accus. plur. 7ieut.) dissero, et 
pauci ante dies, quum facile 
possum (subj.) educe e custo- 
dia, nolo. 



VII. When quam with a verb is added to post and 
ante, we may either say trihus annis postquam venerat, 
or post tres annos quam venerat, or tertio anno postquam 
venerate or post annum tertium quam venerat., or else, with 
the ablative alone, omitting post ; as, tertio anno quam 
venerat ; all in the same sense, " three years after he 



came. 



N 



146 



CONSTRUCTION OF TIME. 



VIII. Instead of quam^ we may use ex quo and quum 
without post^ or else the relative may be employed, 
agreeing with the preceding ablative j as, Ipse octo die- 
bus^ quibus has litter as dabam^ cum Lepidi copiis me con- 
jungam. "I will join the forces of Lepidus in eight 
days from the date of this letter." 



The consul in person so urged the 
work, that, on the forty-fifth day 
after the timber had been felled, 
the ships, equipped and tackled, 
were launched into the water. — 
Aristides was recalled to his 
country five years after he had 
been expelled. — Tyre was taken 
in the seventh month after it had 
begun to be besieged. — Ccesar 
defeated Pharnaces, son of Mith- 
radates, in a single battle, in four 
hours after he came in sight. — 
Gymnasia were invented many 
centuries before philosophers be- 
gan to prate in them. — The death 
of S. Roscius is announced to 
Chrysogonus on the fourth day 
after he was slain. — A sudden 
disaster occurred two days after 
these things were done. 



Consul ipse ita insisto opus (^dat.) 
ut dies quadragesimus quintus 
quam ex sylva detraho {subj.) 
materia, navis, instructus et 
armatus, in aqua deduco {subj.). 
— Post annus quintus quam ex- 
pello Aristides, in patria revo- 
co. — Tyrus, septimus mensis 
quam oppugno cceptus sum, ca- 
pio. — Pharnaces, Mithradates 
filius, Caesar quatuor qui in con- 
spectus venio hora unus profli- 
go acies. — Saeculum multus an- 
te gymnasium invenio, quam in 
hie philosophus garrio coepi. — 
Mors S. Roscius, quatriduum . 
qui is occido, Chrysogonus nun- 
cio. — Accido repentinus incom- 
modum biduum qui hie gero. 



IX. The length of time before the present moment is 
expressed by abhinc, with the accusative or ablative, 
according as duration or a point of time is intended j 
as, abhinc annos tres^ or abhinc triginta diebus. 

X. Paucis his diebus signifies " a few days ago ;" but 
paucis illis diebus, " a few days before the time spoken 
of." 



Demosthenes, who lived nearly three 
hundred years ago, said that the 
Pythia took Philip's part. — Car- 



Demosthenes, qui abhinc annus 
prope trecenti sum, Pythia cum 
Pliilippus facio dice. — Carthago 



CONSTRUCTION OF TIME. 



147 



ihage was destroyed when it had 
stood six hundred and sixty-sev- 
en years, one hundred and sev- 
enty-seven years ago. — As to 
what Flavins says, that I gave 
security more than twenty-Jive 
years ago for Cornijicius, I wish 
thou wouldst take pains to ascer- 
tain whether it he so. — If Cneius 
Pompey had lived five hundred 
years ago, death would have ex- 
tinguished envy, and his exploits 
would rest on the glory of an im- 
mortal name. 



diruo, quum sto (suhj.) annus 
sexcenti sexaginta septem, ab- 
hinc annus CLXXVII. — Qui 
pro Cornificius ego abhinc am- 
plius annus XXV. spondee dico 
Flavius, volo (subj.) do (subj.) 
opera ut investigo sumne ita. — 
Si Cneius Pompeius abhinc an- 
nus quingenti sum (subjunct.), 
mors extinguo invidia, resque 
is gestus sempiternus nomen 
gloria nitor. 



XI. The ablative expresses the length of time in 
which, the accusative with intra the limit within Avhich, 
an action or event was accomplished. The ordinal 
numbers are often used for the cardinal. 



TTie planet Saturn completes its 
revolution in about thirty years ; 
the planet Jupiter completes the 
same revolution in twelve years. 
— The tide happens twice in the 
space of twelve hours. — The 
children of Orestes, expelled by 
ike HeraclidcB, after fifteen years 
took possession of the island of 
Lesbos as their abode. — The ar- 
my of Alexander, in the space of 
seventeen days, surmounted Cau- 
casus, which divides Asia with a 
continued chain. — Pompey in 
forty-nine days added Cilicia to 
the Roman empire. — Many have 
abdicated the dictatorship within 
twenty days. 



Satumus stella XXX. fere annus 
cursus suus conficio ; Jupiter 
Stella idem signum orbis annus 
XII. conficio. — ^-Estus mare bis 
accido hora duodecim spatium. 
— Exclude ab Heraclidae Ores- 
tes liberi, quintus decimus an- 
nus sedes capio Lesbus insula. 
— Exercitus Alexander XVII. 
dies spatium Caucasus supero, 
qui Asia perpetuus jugum divi- 
de. — Pompeius und equinqua- 
gesimus dies ad imperium Pop- 
ulus Romanus Cilicia adjungo. 
— Multus intra vicesimus dies 
dictatura sui abdico. 



XII. The accusative with in expresses the point or 



U8 



CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE. 



duration of time for or against which j ad the time at 
which anything is done. 



Pytlims invited Canius to supper 
for the next day. — The eclipses 
of the sun are predicted for many 
years. — He wishes me to he 
ready at the appointed hour. — I 
will pay tJie money at the Greek 
Calends. — The auction loas fixed 
for the month of January. — We 
toish the consulship for thee for 
the ensuing year. 



Pythius ad coena Canius invito 
in posterns dies. — Sol defectio 
praedico in multus annus. — Vo- 
lo me preesto sum ad hora des- 
tinatus. — Pecunia solvo ad 
Grsecus Calendae. — Auctio con- 
stituo in mensis Januarius. — 
Opto til in proximus annus 
consulatus. 



Construction of Place. 



I. Names of cities denoting the place where^ and be- 
ing, at the same time, of the singular number, and first 
or second declension, are put in the genitive ; as, Cicero 
Romce consul erat. " Cicero was consul at Rome." 

II. If, however, the names of cities denoting the 
place where be of the third declension, or plural num- 
ber, they are put, not in the genitive, but the ablative ; 
as, Carthagine Suffetes^ sive judices, Jlthenis Archontes^ 
quotannis creabantur. "At Carthage, Suffetes or judges^ 
at Athens Archons, were created annually." 

III. The construction of the names of countries and 
islands will be given after that of names of cities. 



1. The largest libraries were for- 
merly at Alexandrea and Perga- 
Tnus. — Alexander died at Baby- 
lon. — There was a certain Ar- 
ganthonius at Gadcs, who reign- 
ed eighty years. — The most cele- 
brated oracle of all Greece was 
at Delphi. — Dionysius the ty- 
rant, being expelled from Syra- 
cuse, taught hoys at Corinth. — 
Artemisia, the wife of Mau^o- 



Alexandrea et Pergamus magnus 
dim bibliotheca sum. — Babylon 
Alexander morior. — Sum Ar- 
ganthonius quidam Gades, qui 
LXXX. regno annus. — ^Delphi 
sum clarus totus Grsecia orac- 
ulum. — Dionysius tyrannus, 
Syracusse expello, Corinthus 
puer doceo. — Artemisia, Mau 
solus, Caria rex, uxor, nobilis 



CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE. 



149 



liLS, king of Caria, made that no- 
ble sepulchre at Halicarnassus. 
2. Some of the Greeks affirm that 
painting was invented at Sicyon ; 
others, at Corinth. — There are 
often such varieties in the weath- 
er that it is different at Rome 
and at Tasculum. — Lysander 
was accustomed to say that the 
most honourable abode of old age 
was at Laeedcemon. — Timoleon 
destroyed, from the foundation, 
the citadel which Dionysius had 
built at Syracuse. — Alcibiades 
was born at Athens, a most 
splendid city. 



ille Halicarnassus facio sepul- 
crum. 
Graecus, alius Sicyon, alius Corin- 
tlius reperio affirmo pictura. — 
Tempestas tantus dissimilitudo 
saepe sum, ut alius Roma, alius 
Tusculum, sum. — Lysander di- 
ce soleo, Lacedaemon sum ho- 
nestus domicilium senectus. — 
Timoleon arx Syracusae, qui 
munio Dionysius, a fundament- 
urn disjicio. — Alcibiades nascor 
Athenae, splendidus civitas. 



Remark 1. We have given the preceding rule respecting the 
names of places in conformity with the usual language of gramma- 
rians. The tinith is, however, that what we here call the genitive 
and ablative are merely one and the same case, namely, the old lo- 
cative, or case that indicates place. In Zend and Sanscrit we dis- 
cover in several instances a species of alliance between the geni- 
tive and locative, and the one appearing for the other. The same 
remark holds good with reference to the Latin ; and as, in this lan- 
guage, the genitive of the first and second declension only appears 
with a locative meaning, not that of the third declension nor of the 
plural number, the opinion has been advanced that the Latin geni- 
tive of the first two declensions is derived from an ancient locative. 

Remark 2. It would seem, therefore, from what has just been 
stated, that when the first declension lost its old genitive in d-s, the 
dative (in origin a locative) was compelled also to supply the place 
of a genitive. In the second declension, the form in o-i, which be- 
longs properly to the locative (corresponding to the Greek cj and oi), 
and of which examples still remain, as populoi Romanoi, underwent a 
twofold change. It lost, in the one instance, the vowel that marked 
the ending ; as, domino ; while, in the other, it dropped the stem- 
vowel, and retained the ending ; as, domini : the former of these 
settled down into a dative, the latter into a genitive. 

Remark 3. The view just taken of the Latin cases frees that lan- 
guage from a gross absurdity of syntax invented by the gramma- 
rians. According to them (and we have been compelled, by custom, 
to adopt their language in the present work), the name of a town is 
put in the genitive where the question is " where .^" provided that 
name be of the first or second declension and of the singular num- 
ber ; but "if it be of the third declension or plural number, the 
name is put in the ablative !" The truth is, what the grammarians 
mistake for a genitive in the one case, and for an ablative in the 

N2 



150 



CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE. 



Other, is in both instances virtually the same, namely, a locative, and 
the error has arisen from confounding similar forms. {Bopp, Ver- 
gleich. Gramvi., p. 229.) 

Remark 4. It may be as well to remark, before concluding, that 
tlie locative refers not only to place, as its name imports, but also to 
the point of time conceived as space, and to the state, condition, or 
circumstances made up of- time and place. 



IV. The names of places are put in the accusative 
when motion unto or towards is indicated ; as, Venit 
Romam. " He came to Rome." — Profectus est Athenas. 
'' He set out for Athens." 



1. JEsop was sent by Croesus to 
Delphi, unto the oracle of Apollo. 
— The consul Lavinus led his le- 
gions to Agrigenium, lohich was 
occupied hy a strong garrison 
of the Carthaginians. — Curium 
Dentatus brought four elephants 
to Rome. — Dion besought Dio- 
nysius to send for Plato to Syr- 
acuse. — The Achceans, being 
driven by the Hcraclidcz from 
Laconia, took possession of the 
abodes which they now occupy ; 
the Pelasgi migrated to Athens. 

2. Darius, not ignorant with how 
valiant an enemy he had to do, 
commands all the auxiliaries of 
distant nations to be brought to- 
gether unto Babylon. — The 
Egyptians seek Apis with their 
heads shaved ; when found, he is 
conducted to Memphis. — The 
senators, who thought they should 
never be free from plots while 
Hannibal lived, sent ambassa- 
dors to Prusa, unto King Pru- 
sias. — Phocbidas the Lacedcemo- 
nian, when he was leading an 
army to Olynthus, marcJicd 
through Thebes. 



JEsopus, a Croesus, Delphi, ad 
Apollo oraculum mitto. — Lae- 
vinus consul Agrigentum, qui 
teneo a Carthageniensis vali- 
dus prsesidium, legio duco. — 
Curius Dentatus quatuor ele- 
phantus Roma duco. — ^Dion ob- 
sccro Dionysius ut Plato Syra- 
cusag arcesso. — Achoei ab He- 
raclidae ex Laconia pello, is oc- 
cupo sedes qui nunc obtineo : 
Pelasgi Athenae commigi'O. 



Darius, hand ignarus quam cum 
strenuus hostis res sum (m- 
pcrf subj.), omnis longinquus 
gens auxilium Babylon contra- 
ho jubeo. — xEgyptius, derasus 
caput, Apis quEero ; invenio 
Memphis duco. — Pater con- 
scriptus, qui, Hannibal vivus 
{ablat. absoL), nunquam sui sine 
insidice sum existimo, legatus 
Prusa, ad rex Prusias mitto. 
— Phcebidas Lacedsemonius, 
quum exercitus Olynthus duco 
{sub).), iter per Thebae facio. 



CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE. 



151 



Remark. The preposition ad is sometimes used to denote '* to the 
vicinity of," or "as far as ;" thus, Cczsar in Gcdliam contcndit et ad 
Genevam pervenit, "as far as." — Ad Soram traductce Icgiones, " to be- 
fore Sora." 



V. The place whence is put in the ablative without a 
preposition; as, Fugit Corintho. "He fled from Cor- 

" He migfrated from Athens." 



inth." — Migravit Athenis 



CcBsar departed from Tarraco, and 
came by land to Narbo, and 
thence to Massilia. — Timolcon, 
when he saw that, on account of 
the length of the war, not only 
the country, but the cities were 
depopulated, sent for colonists 
from Corinth. — The Etesian 
(winds) are most adverse to those 
who sail from Alexandrea. — 
Cimon set out from Athens for 
Lacedcemon. — Mummius return- 
ed from Corinth to Rome, loaded 
with many treasures. — Pompey 
sets out from Luceriafor Canu- 
sium, and thence for Brundisi- 
um. 



Caesar Tan-aco discedo, pes {ab- 
lat. plur.) Narbo, atque inde 
Massilia pervenio. — Timoleon, 
quum propter diuturnitas hel- 
ium non solum regio, sed etiam 
urbs desertus video, Corinthus 
colonus arcesso. — Etesia is, 
qui Alexandrea navigo, adver- 
sus sum. — Cimon Athenae La- 
cedaemon proficiscor. — Mum- 
mius Roma, multus opes one- 
ro, Corinthus redeo. — Pompe- 
ius Luceria proficiscor Canusi- 
irni, atque inde Brundisium. 



VI. With names of countries the preposition in or ad 
is required, when motion towards is indicated. The 
poets, however, and, in imitation of them, Tacitus, use 
the names of nations in the accusative, without a prep- 
osition ; as, J^os hinc ibimus Afros. (Virg.) — Ipse prce- 
ccps Iberos^ ad p atrium regnum pervadit. (^Tac.) 

VII. It is a deviation from rule when names of coun- 
tries, like those of cities, are used without prepositions, 
or names of cities with in, ah, ex. The preposition ab 
is most commonly used by Cicero in this way; as, Ab 
Epidauro PircEum advectus. — Ab Epheso in Syriam pro- 
feet us. 

VIII. The names of the smaller islands are in gen- 



152 



CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE. 



eral construed like the names of cities j and this re- 
mark applies not only to those which have cities of the 
same name, as Delos, Rhodos^ but to others also. 

IX. The larger islands, Sardinia^ Creta^ Sicilia, Bri- 
tannia, &c., are subject to the same rule as names of 
countries. Cicero, however, has Inde Sardiniam cum 
dasse venit. [Or. pro Leg. Manil.) 



1. Darius, king of the Persians, con- 
veyed an army across from Asia 
into Europe, and made war on 
the Scythians. — 3Iost persons 
have written that Themistocles, 
during the reign of Xerxes, 
crossed over into Asia. — Cato 
brought the poet Ennius from 
Sardinia. — When he was setting 
out for Italy, he sent Servius 
Galba into Gaul. — He collected a 
large fleet from Asia, the Cycla- 
des, Corcyra, Athens, Pontus, 
Bithynia, Syria, Cilicia, Phccni- 
cia, and Egypt. 

2. Besides these, he expected two 
other legions loith Scipio from 
Syria, archers from Crete, La- 
cedamon, Pontus, and Syria. — 
Conon lived most {of his time) at 
Cyprus, Iphicrates in Thrace, 
Timotheus at Lesbos. — JEschi- 
nes retired from Athens, and be- 
took himself to Rhodes. — Lycur- 
gus departed for Crete, and there 
passed a perpetual exile. — It has 
been handed down to remem- 
brance that Latona, after a long 
wandering, fled to Delos, and 
there brought forth Apollo and 
Diana. — The Athenians, in the 
Persian war, transported all their 
effects partly to Salamis, partly 
to Trxzen. 



Persa rex Darius, ex Asia in Eu- 
ropa exercitus trajicio, bellum- 
que Scytha infero. — Plerique 
scribo, Themistocles regnans 
Xerxes {ablat. absoL), in Asia 
transeo. — Cato ex Sardinia En- 
nius poeta deduco. — Quum in 
Italia proficiscor, Servius Gal- 
ba in Gallia mitto. — Magnus ex 
Asia, Cycladesque insula, Cor- 
cyra, Athenae, Pontus, Bithy- 
nia, Syria, CiHcia, Phoenice et 
yEgyptus classis cogo. 



Praeter hie exspecto cum Scipio 
duo alius legio ex Syria ; Sagit- 
tarius ex Creta, Lacedaemon, 
Pontus et Syria. — Conon pluri- 
mus (neut.) Cyprus vivo, Iphic- 
rates in Thracia, Timotheus 
Lesbus. — ^schines Athenae 
cedo, et sui Rhodus confero. — 
Lycurgus Creta proficiscor, ibi- 
que perpetuus exilium ago. — 
Prodo memoria, Latona ex 
longus error confugio Delus, at- 
que ibi Apollo Dianaque pario. 
— Athenicnsis, bcllum Persi- 
cus, suus omnis {7icut.) partim 
Salamis, partim Troezen aspor- 
to. 



CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE. 153 



General Remarks on the Construction of Place. 

Remark 1. The English prepositions at or in are not always the 
signs of the question when ? or of motion or rest in the place ; and 
hence the idiom of the English and that of the Latin language do not 
in this respect precisely agree. Thus, we say, " Phaethon fell into 
the Po in Italy." The Latins more correctly said, " Phaethon fell 
into Italy, into the Po." Phaethon in Padum in Italiam cecidit. And 
again; Domilii fdius transiit Formias, currcns ad matrem Neapolim. 
{Cic, Ep. ad Att., 9, 3.) " To his mother at (to) Naples." 

Remark 2. A similar difference of phraseology obtains when mo- 
tion from a place is signified. Thus, " He removed from his farm at 
Capua into the island of Sardinia." Capua ex agello in Sardiniam 
migravit. "He removed from Capua." The expression in Eng- 
lish would lead the junior scholar to render it Capuce or ad Capu- 
am, which latter phraseology could only be admitted when the cir- 
cumstance is expressed by a distinct clause ; as, Quern ad Capuam 
habebat. 

Remark 3. The preposition is used if the name of a city has an 
adjective ; as, Proficisci ad doctas Athenas. 

Remark 4. The words urbs, oppidum, loais, when in apposition with 
names of towns, as the place where anything occurs, may be in the 
ablative without in, though the name of the place be in the genitive ; 
as, Archias AntiochicB natas est, celebri quondam urbe et copiosa. " Ar- 
chias was born at Antioch, a once celebrated and populous city." 

Remark 5. If oppidum or urbs come before the proper name, they 
take in, and the name of the place is also in the ablative ; as, in urbe 
Roma. — When the place to or from which is spoken of, the proper 
name follows the case of the appellative noun ; as, ad urbem Ancy- 
ram ; ex urbe Roma. — The English construction " city of Rome" is 
very uncommon in prose. We have an instance, however, in Ci- 
cero {Ep. ad Att., 5, 18) : Cassius in oppido Antiochia cum omni exer- 
citu, &c. 



X. Domus and rus are construed like the names of 
towns J as, 

Manet domi. " He remains at home." 
Domum abiit. " He has gone home." 
Vivit ruri. " He lives in the country." 
Abiit rus. " He has gone to the country." 



Obs. L Rare, according to the best usage, is "-irom the country ;" 

ruri, " in the country." 
Obs. 2. Domi also takes the genitives mecz, tua, sua, nostra, ves- 

tra, and aliena. — Domus, the other form of the genitive singular, 

means " of a house." 



XI. Humus^ bellum^ and militia are construed in a 



154 



CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE. 



similar way in the genitive, with verbs of both motion 
and rest ; as, humi jacere ; projicere humi. — Humi means 
" on the ground." Belli and militicE are used only in 
connexion with domi ; as, Vel belli vel domi. "Either 
in the field or at home." — DomimiliticBque. "At home 
and in the field." 



1. Manlius spent his youth in the 
country. — Quinctius was a man 
of patrician family, who, being 
lame from a wound, had deter- 
mined to pass his life in the coun- 
try. — Tullus Hostilius thought 
that the bodies of the youths 
would be more healthy in service 
than at home. — Why did Marius, 
in his seventh consulship, die, an 
old man, in his own house? 
Why did Cinna, of all men the 
m^st cruel, enjoy absolute power 
so long 7 

3. In the field, Lcelius looked up to 
Scipio as a god ; at home, Scipio 
honoured Lalius as a parent. — 
The saying of Plato is too sub- 
lime for us, lying on the earth, 
to raise our eyes to it. — The 
mother of D&rius, when the news 
of Alexander's death was brought 
her, put on mourning, and, tear- 
ing her hair, threw her body on 
the ground. — When Tullius shall 
have returned from the country, 
I will send him to thee. — He who 
comes from home knows not 
whether he is going to return 
home. — We nowhere live more 
conveniently than at home. 



Manlius rus juventa ago. — Quinc- 
tius patricius vir gens sum qui, 
quum ex \iilnus elaudus sum, 
rus ago vita constituo. — Credo 
Tullus Hostilius salubris mili- 
tia quam domus juvenis corpus 
fore. — Cur Marius, septimus 
consul, domus suus senex mo- 
rior 1 Cur omnis crudelis Cin- 
na tamdiu remo 1 



Militia Seipio ut deus colo Laeli- 
us ; domus Lselius observo in 
parens locus Scipio. — Plato vox 
altus sum quam ut is ego, hu- 
mus stratus, suspicio possum. 
— Darius mater, perlatus fama 
{ablat. absol.) de Alexander 
mors, vestis lugubris sumo, la- 
eeratusque crinis {ablat. absol.) 
humus corpus abjicio. — Qumn 
Tullius rus redeo mitto is ad 
tu. — Qui domus venio, nescio 
an domus redeo. — Nusquam 
commode vivo (pass, impers.) 
quam domus. 



Remark 1. If any other adjective than mens, tuus, &c., is joined 
to domus, it is better to use a preposition ; as, in domo pudica. 
Remark 2. Domum and domo also take, though not uniformly, the 



CONSTRUCTION OF PASSIVE VOICE. 



155 



pronouns mens, iuus, &c., without the addition of a preposition ; as, 
domum mcam venit ; domo sua egrcssus est. — Nor is it uncommon for 
domum to be used with a genitive, without the preposition ad or in ; 
as, Venisti domum Roscii. {Cic, Rose. Com., 9 ) — Pomponii domum 
venisse dicitur. {Id., Off., 3, 31.) 



VERBS. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 
I. If a verb does not govern an accusative in the 
active voice, it can have no passive but impersonally. 
Thus we can say, Resisto tibi, " I resist thee j" but in 
the passive, Tibi resistitur^ " thou art resisted j" not tu 
resisteris. So, again, JS^oces mihi, " thou hurtest me j" 
but in the passive, Kocetur miki^ " I am hurt j" not tgo 
noceor. 



1. CcEsar more readily promised 
the soldiers of Antony life and 
pardon than they were persuaded 
to implore them. — Young men 
ought to fix their thoughts on 
great objects, and strive for them 
with undiverted zeal, which they 
will do with so much firmer a 
mind, because that age is not 
only not envied, but even favour- 
ed. — Men chiefly envy their 
equals or inferiors ; but even su- 
periors are sometimes envied. 

2. I was never less pleased with 
myself than yesterday ; for, in 
complying with the wishes of 
young men, I forgot that I was 
an old man. — / was pleased vnth 
my edict, he unth his. — It was a 
great kindness that thou didst 

, not kill me at Brundisium, I 

confess it ; though there was no 

one of those that were with thee 

who did not think that I ought 

. to he spared. — The enemy were 



Cito vita veniaque miles Antoni- 
anus Caesar promitto, quam ille 
ut is precor persuade© . — Juve- 
nis magnus specto, et ad is 
rectus studium debeo conten- 
do ; qui is firmus animus facio, 
quia non modo non invideo ille 
ffitas, verum etiam faveo, — 
Invideo homo maxime par aut 
inferior ; sed etiam superior ali- 
quando invideo. 



Ego ego nunquam minus quam 
hesternus dies placeo ; qui, dum 
obsequor adolescens, ego senex 
sum obhviscor. — Mens ego pla- 
ceo edictum, iUe suus. — Mag- 
nus beneficium, quod non ego 
Brundisium interficio, fateor ; 
quadquam nemo sum is qui 
turn tucum sum, qui ego non 
censeo (subj.) parco oportet. — 
Hostis tantum in ager vasto 



156 



CONSTRUCTION OF PASSIVE VOICE. 



injured only hy desolating their 
fields and making conflagrations. 



{gerundive) et incendium facio 
{gerundive) noceo. 



II. The passive verb has frequently a reflective sense, 
corresponding with the middle voice of the Greeks ; 
as, dehctor^ " I delight myself j" fallor^ " I deceive 
myself ;" feror.^ " I throw myself ;" pascor, " I feed 
myself;" veTSor, "I turn myself," or "I find myself," 
or " I am j" crucior, " I torment myself." 



Alexander orders the prefect of 
the Thessalian cavalry to join 
himself to Parmenio, and exe- 
cute with alacrity whatever he 
commanded. — Sisygambis threw 
herself at the feet of Alexander ; 
apologizing for her ignorance of 
the king, whom she had never 
seen before. — Everything which 
is tender fastens itself upon the 
nearest {objects), and grows up 
in their likeness : hence hoys 
have often exhibited the manners 
of their nurses and pedagogues. 
— Casar, when he was kept 
prisoner hy the pirates, never 
ungirded himself, or took off his 
shoes by night or by day. 
. Hedgehogs prepare food against 
winter, and, rolling themselves 
upon the apples lying on the 
ground, carry them off, fixed to 
their spines, to their nests. — 
The blood diffuses itself through 
the veins into the whole body. — 
It is a question whether the 
world goes round while the earth 
stands still, or the earth turns 
while the world stands still. — 
About to die, he throws himself 
into the midst of the foe. 



Praefectus eques Thessalus Par- 
menio conjungo jubeo Alexan- 
der, et qui is impero {pluperf. 
subj.) impigre exsequor. — Sisy- 
gambis Alexander pes advolvo, 
ignoratio nunquam antea visus 
rex excuso. — Proximus applico 
omnis qui tener sum, et in is 
similitude {accus.) cresco : inde 
saepe nutrix et paedagogus puer 
refero mos. — Caesar, quum a 
pirata retineo, nunquam, aut 
nox aut dies, aut excalceo aut 
discingo. 



Praeparo hiems herinaceus cibus 
{plur.), ac voluto super jaceo 
pomum, affigo spina porto in 
cavea arboreus. — Sanguis per 
vena in omnis corpus difFundo. 
— Quaere utrum mundus, terra 
sto {ablat. ahsol), circumeo, an, 
mundus sto, terra versor. — 
Morior fero in medius hostis. 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



157 



Remark. The passive was originally a reflexive voice, an agent 
either acting upon himself or being acted upon by some external ob- 
ject, but still the agent himself denoting in both cases the limit or 
extent of the action. As, hovi^ever, a subject is more frequently 
acted upon from without than acts upon itself, the voice in question 
gradually assmned the name of passive, and its reflexive meaning 
began to be regarded as a peculiarity in syntax. — The Latin depo- 
nents afford clear proof of the correctness of this doctrine, some of 
them retaining their old reflexive meaning under an active significa- 
tion, others having both an active and passive meaning. ( Weissen- 
horn, Lat. Gramm., p. 160.) 



Use and Connexion of Tenses. 
1. Present, 
I. The present tense denotes that an action is going- 
on, or, in other words, it is used to indicate the con- 
tinuance of an act ; as, (edificat, " he builds j" domus 
CBdificatur, " the house is building." 



Pompey wished me to come to 
Capua and aid the levy, in which 
the colonists of Campania are by 
no means freely a7isioering (to 
his call). — We are wandering 
about destitute, with our wives 
and children ; we repose our 
hopes upon the life of a single 
man, yearly afflicted with a dan- 
gerous disease. 

. I will say no more of those 
things, for I am aggravating 
my grief by recurring to it. — 
The difference there is between a 
husbandman reaping and sow- 
ing, exists also between him who 
has acqxdred a friend and is ac- 
quiring one. — Ye are bringing 
unto me a distinguished cause. 



Ego Pompeius Capua venio volo, 
et adjuvo delectus, in qui pa- 
rum prolixe respondeo Campa- 
nus colonus. — ^Vagor egeo cum 
conjux et liberi ; in unus homo, 
quotannis periculose aegrotus, 
anima positus omnis noster 
spes habeo. 



Hie omitto; augeo enim dolor 
retracto (gerund.). — Qui inter- 
sum inter meto agricola et se- 
ro, hie inter is qui paro amicus 
et qui paro. — Praeclarus causa 
ad ego defero. 



II. Anything that is wont to take place, and general 
custom, if still existing, may be expressed in this 
tense ; as, Apud Farthos signum datur tympano^ et non 

O 



158 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



tuba. "Among the Parthians the signal is given by the 
drum, and not by the trumpet." 

III. Those truths which are at all times true, are 
generally expressed in this same tense j as. Ad pmni- 
tendum properat^ cito qui judicat. " He hastens to repent 
who decides hastily." 

IV. It follows, from what has been said, therefore, 
that the present is employed to denote not only the 
continuance, but also the repetition of an act. 



1. Not even those things which ap- 
pear confused and uncertain hap- 
pen without a plan, however sud- 
den they may be. — In the same 
way as so many rivers do not 
change the taste of the sea, so the 
assault of adversity does not al- 
ter a brave man's mind. 

2. As no injury is done to the gods 
by those toho pull down temples 
or melt down statues, so every- 
thing is tried in vain which is 
done petulantly ar proudly against 
a wise mxin. — When the suprem- 
acy in all things is in the power 
of one man, we call him a king ; 
and the state of that common- 
wealth a monarchy. 



Ne ille quidem qui video confusus 
et incertus, siae ratio, quamvis 
subitus sum, accido, — Quem- 
admodum tot amnis non muto 
sapor mare, ita adversus impe- 
tus res vir fortis non muto ani- 
mus. 

Ut ab hie qui templum diruo, aut 
simulacrum conflo, nihil deus 
noceo, ita quisquis fio in sapi- 
ens petulanter, superbeve, frus- 
tra tento. — Quum penes unus 
sum omnis sunrnia res, rex ille 
unus voco, et regnum is respub- 
lica status. 



IV. What has just been said respecting the mean- 
ings of the present tense, as regards the continuance 
and the repetition of an act, applies as well to the pass- 
ive as the active voice. 



1. Since the Upper Sea is in a 
state of blockade, I shall sail by 
the Lower, and viake for Croto- 
7ia or Thurii. — These crimes are 
partly preparing, and even now 
under consideration. — All other 



Quoniam mare superus obsideo, 
inferus navigo, et Croto peto 
aut Thurii. — Hie scelus partim 
paro et jam cogito. — Caeteri ad 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



159 



things shall he referred, to the 
senate, which you see is in the 
act of being summoned. 
2. They were so thunderstruck, 
and kept looking by stealth at one 
another in such a. manner, that 
they seemed not to he undergoing 
exposure by others, but to be ex. 
posing themselves. — I think the 
republic undone, both by its oion 
wounds, and by the medicines 
which are in preparation. — When 
the senate was terrified by the 
groans of so many thousand dy- 
ing, Sylla replied, " Let us at- 
tend to our business, senators ; 
a few seditious persons are suf- 
fering death by my order.'''' 



senatus refero, qui jam voco 
video. 

Sic obstupeo, sic furtim nonnun- 
quam inter sui adspicio, ut non 
jam ab alius indico, sed indico 
sui ipse video. — Ego amissus 
respubjica puto, cum vulnus 
suns, tum medicamentum is qui 
paro. — Quum senatus tot mille 
moriens gemitus exterreo {plu- 
perf. subj.), Sylla, " Hie {aceus. 
neut.) ago," inquam, "pater 
conscriptus, pauculus seditio- 
sus meus jussus occido. 



Remark 1. Historians and poets sometimes describe past actions 
in this tense, in order to give animation to the discourse, by bringing 
them, as it were, under immediate observation. Thus Livy : Ad 
equites dictator advolat, ohtestans ut ex equis descendant. Dicto paru- 
ere, desiliunt ex equis, provolant in primum, et pro antesignanis par- 
mas objiciunt. " The dictator flies to the cavalry, beseeching them 
to dismount from their horses. They obeyed ; they dismount, fly 
forward to the front," &c. 

Remark 2. The Latin present, joined with an adverb or other ex- 
pression of past time, including the past and the present, has the 
force of a perfect ; as, Jampridcm cupio Alexandream visere. " I have 
long had a desire to visit Alexandrea." The imperfect obtains in 
the same way the force of the pluperfect ; as, Dudum a te literas ex- 
spectabam. " I had expected not long since a letter from thee." 



2. Imperfect. 
I. The Latin imperfect indicative is used like the 
English compound tense formed by the auxiliary and 
participle (/ was speaking), to express an action or state 
continuing and not completed, at some given point of 
time. 



1. The soldiers were more fit for j Miles iter quam praelium aptus 
march than battle, and were has- \ sum, raptimque arma capio ; 



160 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



till/ arming themselves ; others 
had climbed to the summit of the 
mountain, to look thence on the 
army of the enemy ; the majority 
were bridling their horses. — The 
cohort, which was keeping watch 
before the tent of the king, had 
begun to arm, fearing lest it 
might he the beginning of a 
greater tumult. 

In the beginning of history, the 
command of tribes and nations 
was in the power of kings. — 
Would it have been beneficial to 
Marcus Crassus to know, when 
he was flourishing in the great- 
est wealth, that he must perish 
ignominiously beyond the Eu- 
phrates! — Miltiades said that 
the enemy''s courage would be 
damped if they perceived that 
they dared fight against them 
with so small forces. — When an 
island was rising in the ^gean 
Sea, the sea foamed, and a smoke 
arose from the depth. 



alius in jugum mons evado, ut 
hostis agmen inde prospicio ; 
equus plerique fraeno. — Cohors 
qui excubo ad tabernacrJum 
rex, veritus ne magnus motus 
principium sum, armo sui coepi. 



Principium res, gens natioque im- 
perium penes rex sum. — Mar- 
cusne Crassus utilis sum, tunc 
quum magnus opes fortunaque 
(plur.) floreo, scio sui trans 
Euphrates cum ignominia sum 
pereol (gerund.) — Miltiades 
hostis fore tardus dico, si ani- 
madvert© audeo adversus sui 
tam exiguus copia dimico. — 
Quum insula in JEgaeus mare 
surgo, spumo mare et fumus 
ex altus fero. 



II. Hence the imperfect is often used of actions fre- 
quently repeated, of manners, customs, and institu- 
tions formerly existing j as, Socrates dicebat. " Socra- 
tes used to say." — Anseres Romce publice alehantur in 
Capitolio. " Geese were publicly nurtured at Rome in 
the Capitol." 



1. Clodius used to say that men 
were mad who said that we must 
be careful of (our) dignity, that 
we must consult the welfare of 
the republic. — Domitius, the 
tribune of the commons, propo- 



Clodius is qui dico dignitas sum 
servio ( gerund), respublica con- 
sulo (gerund) insanio dico. — 
Domitius, tribunus plebs, lex 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



161 



sed a law, that the people should 
create the priests, whose vacan- 
cies their colleagues previously 
used to fill up. 

. Pythagoras used to tranquillize 
the agitations of his mind with 
the lyre. — Gather up and pre- 
serve the time, which heretofore 
used to be stolen away or to slip 
through thy hands. — Julius C<z- 
sar was very skilful in arms and 
horsemanship, patient of labour 
to an incredible degree ; on the 
Tnarch he used to go before, some- 
times mi horseback, but 'mx)re fre- 
quently on foot. 



fero, nt sacerJos, qui antea col- 
lega sufficio, populus creo. 



Pythagoras perturbatio animus 
lyra compono. — Tempus qui 
adhuc aut surripio aut excido, 
coUigo et servo. — Arma et 
equito (gerund) peritus Caesar, 
labor ultra fides patiens stun ; 
in agmen nonnunquam equus, 
saepius pes (plur.) anteo. 



Remark 1 . It is often optional whether wb will describe the dura- 
tion of an action by the imperfect, or simply declare its past exist- 
ence by the aorist : we may say, Socrates solitus est dicere, as well 
as solebat ; the former expression declares a fact, the latter repre- 
sents the continuance and repetition of the act. 

Remark 2. The perfect may be used of a continued action, if its 
continuance is not the circumstance which it is meant to bring em- 
phatically into view. But the imperfect can never be employed, un- 
less the action be really continued or repeated. This tense, how- 
ever, does not necessarily imply that the action remained imperfect. 
Its completion may be inferred from the connexion. 

Remark 3. In writing letters, the Romans used the imperfect 
tense to denote what was going on at the time when they wrote, 
putting themselves, as it were, in the place of the person who re- 
ceived the letter, and using the tense which would be proper when 
it came to his hands ; as, Novi nihil erat apud nos, siquidem certa tibi 
afferri vis. — Qu(Z ad eum diem qvum hcec scribebam audiveramus, 
inanis rumor videbatur. Dicebant tamen, &c. — The perfect was 
used of an event not extending beyond a single point of time ; as, 
Eo factum est (it happens), ut cpistolec tuce rescriberem aliquid (that 
I am writing). Some modem writers imitate this practice of the 
ancients, others do not : the ancients themselves did not invariably 
observe it. 



3. Aorist Sense of the Perfect. 
The perfect indicative, both active and passive, has 
in Latin, besides its signification of an action comple- 
ted in present time, that of an aorist : in other words, 
it is used to relate events simply as happening in past 
02 



162 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



time, without reference to their having been comple- 
ted or not completed in respect to each other. Thus, 

Itaque Cczsar armis gerere rem constituit, exercitum finihus Italia 
admovit, Ruhiconem transiit, Romam et cBrarmm occupavit, Pom- 
peium cedentem devicit, fugientem persecutus est, &,c. 

This is. expressed in English by the use of the past 
tense, " Cajsar determined^ marched^'''' &c. 



, Phcebidas, the Lacedaemonian, 
seized the citadel which is called 
the Cadmea, as he was leading 
his army to Olynthus, and march- 
ing through Thebes. — Fyrrhus 
perished, being struck by a stone, 
as he was besieging Argos, a 
town in the Peloponnesus. — Ju- 
lius Ccesar accused of extortion 
Cornelius Dolabella, a man of 
consular rank, and who had en- 
joyed a triumph, and on his ac- 
quittal determined to retire to 
Rhodes. 

. Ccesar became, at last, rather 
slow to fight battles, thinking 
that he should not acquire so 
much by victory as he might lose 
by misfortune. — Nero command- 
ed his name to be enrolled with- 
out delay in the list of harpers 
offering their services ; and, hav- 
ing cast his lot into the urn loith 
the rest, came on in his turn. — 
Hannibal always came off supe- 
rior, as often as he engaged with 
the Romans in Italy. 



Phcebidas Lacedaemonius, quum 
exercitus Olynthus duco, iterque 
per Thebae facio, arx oppidum, 
qui Cadmea nomino, occupo.— 
P3TThus, quum Argos oppidum 
oppugno in Peloponnesus, lapis 
ico intereo. — J. Caesar Corne- 
lius Dolabella, consularis et 
tfiumphalis vir repetundae pos- 
tulo, absolutusque {ablat. absol.) 
Rhodus secedo statuo. 



Tempus extremus ad dimico {ge- 
rund) cunctans fio Caesar, ni- 
hil sui tantus acquiro victoria 
opinor, quantus aufero calami- 
tas possum. — Nero, sine mora, 
nomen suus in album profiteor 
citharcEdus jubeo adscribo, sor- 
ticulaque in urna cum caeteri 
demitto {ablat. absol), intro or- 
do suus. — Hannibal, quoties- 
cunque cum Romanus congre- 
dior in ItaUa, semper discedo 
superior. 



Remark. It is laid down as a rule by some grammarians, that 
when the leading verb is in the perfect, and ut follows with the sub- 
junctive, the present of the subjunctive must be used ; but that, 
when the leading verb is in the aorist, the imperfect subjunctive is 
to be employed. Thus, Misit legatos ut petant. paccm, " He has sent 
ambassadors to sue for peace;" but Misit legatos peterent pacemt 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 163 

♦' He sent ambassadors," &c. That this, however, is not a safe rule 
to follow, will appear from the remarks relative to similar tenses 
(page 171, seqq.). 



4. Future Tenses. 

I. In the use of the Futures, the Latin language is 
more accurate than our own. When a future action is 
spoken of, either in the future, or in the imperative, or 
in the subjunctive used imperatively, and another is 
joined with it which has not yet come to pass, the lat- 
ter is also put in the future, if the actions are supposed 
to continue together ; in the future perfect, if the one 
must be completed before the other can begin. In 
English, this verb is often put in the present tense 5 as, 
Faciam si potero. " I will do it if I can." — Facito hoc 
ubi voles. " Do this when thou pleasest." 

II. The following examples will serve to explain 
what has just been said : 

Adolescentes, quum dare se jucunditati volent, caveant intemperan- 

tiam. " Let the young, when they feel inclined to yield to 

pleasure, beware of excess." 
Ut sementem feceris ita metes. " As thou shalt have made thy 

sowing, so wilt thou reap." 
De Carthagine vereri non ante desinam quam illam excisam esse 

cognovero. " I will not cease to be filled with dread of Carthage 

until I shall have learned that it is destroyed." 



Simple Future. 



Let him who wishes to obtain true 
glory discharge the requirements 
of justice. — We must take care 
that we do not appear too great- 
ly to extol the praise and glory 
of those whiSn we wish to he 
loved forr their good deeds. — 
In every discussion we should 
adopt this rule, that it be ex- 
plained what is meant by the 
natne about which the inquiry is. 



Qui adipiscor verus gloria volo 
justitia fiingor officium. — Video 
(gerund) sum ne qui ob bene- 
factum dihgo volo, is laus atque 
gloria nimis effero video. — Om- 
nis in res {plur.) disserendus, 
hie lex utor {gerund) sum, ut 
explico quis declaro is nomen 
de qui quaero. — Qui respublica 



164 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



— They loho govern the state are 
hound to take measures that there 
may be an abundance of those 
things that are necessary 



guberno, consulo debeo, ut ia 
res copia sum qui sum neces- 
sarius. 



Future 

Some say that a wise man will 



never undertake any public office, 
unless some necessity shall have 
compelled him. — When I shall 
have come to Rome, I will write 
to thee what I shall have ascer- 
tained, and especially respecting 
the dictatorship. — I will comply 
with thy request, and will explain 
what thou wishest, as I shall be 
able ; not, however, like a Pythi- 
an Apollo, so that those things 
which I shall have uttered shall 
be certain and fixed. 
2. I will write many other things 
to thee as soon as ever I shall 
have got some leisure. — It will 
grieve me, not thee, if I shall 
have done anything foolishly. — 
If any business shall have brought 
m.e where thou art, I will endeav- 
our, if I can in any way, that no . 
one but thou shall perceive my 
grief. — I approve of no one of 
the three forms of government by 
itself, and prefer to them singly 
that one which shall have been 
combined out of them all. 



Perfect. 

Nego aliquis sapiens suscipio al- 
ius respublica pars, extra quam 
si is necessitas cogo. — Roma 
quum venio, qui perspicio scri- 
be ad tu, et maxime de dicta- 
tura. — Gero tu mos {dat. and 
accus.), et is qui volo ut possum 
explico ; nee tamen quasi Py- 
thius Apollo, certus ut sum et 
fixus qui dico. 



Multus alius ad tu scriJi,Q, quum 
primum aliquis otium nancis- 
cbr. — Ego doleo, non tu, si quis 
ego stulte facio. — Si qui res ego 
isto adduco, enitor, si qui mo- 
dus possum, ut praeter tu nemo 
dolor meus sentio. — E tres res- 
publica forma nuUus ipse per 
sui probo, anteponoque singuli 
ille qui conflo ex omnis. 



Bcmark 1. Fuero is sometimes used, with the past participle, for 
ero ; as, laudatus fuero for landatus ero. This, however, is only an 
attempt to express again, by the auxiliary, the completeness of the 
action, which is already expressed by the participle of the perfect 
passive. — The same remark applies to laudatus fui for lazidatus siun, 
and laudatus fuer am for laudatus eravn.— The use oi fui, however, 
with the participle instead of sum, is very unconmion. {Cromhie, 
Gymnasium, vol. 1, p. 338.) 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



165 



Remark 2. The future perfect is sometimes used for the simple 
future to express haste, the future being thus represented as akeady 
past ; as, Mox videro. " Pll see to it immediately." 



III. As in English, according to Avhat has already- 
been remarked, the present tense is often used to ex- 
press the Latin future, so the pluperfect subjunctive 
is often used in Latin where the English uses the im- 
perfect ; as, Promisit se scripturum quum primum nun- 
ciuvi accepisset. " He promised he would write as soon 
as he should receive intelligence." 



1. Darius marched to the Euphra- 
tes, thinking that only icould be 
his which he should he able to 
seize beforehand by his rapidity. 
— Amyntas determined to make 
for Egypt, since he thought that 
every one would keep, as if pos- 
sessed by clear right, what he 
had seized on in that state of af- 
fairs. 

2. Cyrus was warned in a dream 
that he should take, as a partner 
to his projects, the first person 
whom he met on the following 
day. — Hannibal promised the 
Gauls that he would not draw 
his sword before he came into 
Italy. — I wish that death were 
an honourable termination to my 
misfortunes, and that I might not 
appear to live despised if I gave 
way to injustice. 



Darius ad Euphrates contendo is 
demmn credo fore ipse, qui 
celeritas prseripio possum. — 
Amyntas, quum in ille status 
res is quisque qui occupo ha- 
beo arbitror, velut certus jus 
possideo, ^Egyptus peto decer- 
no. 



Praemoneo somnium Cyrus, ut 
qui primus posterns dies obvius 
habeo, socius cceptum assumo. 
— Promitto Hannibal Gallus, 
sui non stringo ante gladius 
quam in Italia venio. — Utinam 
emorior (infin. as noun) fortuna 
meus honestus exitus sum, nee 
vivo contemno video, si injuria 
concede. 



Periphrastic Future. 

IV. The Periphrastic Future is formed from the par- 
ticiple of the future active, with the auxiliary verb 
sum. 

V. This tense is employed to denote that some one 



166 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



is about to perform an action, or meditates its perform- 
ance. 

VI. The tense of the substantive verb which is join- 
ed with the participle (and this participle may be futu- 
rus, or that of some other verb) fixes the time at 
which an action is meditated, or is about to take place. 
Thus, 

Scripturus sum. " I am about to write," or " I meditate writing." 

Scripturus eram. " I was about to write." 

Scripturus fueram. " I had been about to write." 

Scripturus essem. " I should be about to write." 

Scripturus fuiss em. "I should have been about to write," &c. 



VII. In this formation, sum, fui, eram, fueram, retain 
their o^vn force as tenses, and cannot be exchanged for 
each other, as in the formation of the passive voice. — 
(Remark 1, p. 164.) 



1. Many persoyis do not live, hut 
are about to live, they so pro- 
crastinate everything. — If the 
mind is to perish along with the 
body, preserve the remembrance 
of us affectionately and sacredly. 
— When Deiotarus had turned 
back from some intended jour- 
ney, the apartment in which he 
was going to have lodged, if he 
had pursued his journey, fell in 
the next night. 

2. Vedius Pollio used to throw his 
slaves to be devoured by the lam- 
preys which he was going to 
eat. — The Romans were going 
to punish with the severest tor- 
tures the Carthaginians who be- 
sieged Saguntum. — Alexander 
had been about to make an expe- 
dition vnth a strong force to de- 
stroy Athens. — Let the king not 



Multus non vivo, sed sum vivo ; 
ita differo omnis. — Si una sum 
intereo animus cum corpus, tu 
memoria noster pie inviola- 
teque servo. — Deiotarus quum 
ex iter quidam propositus re- 
verto, conclave ille ubi sum 
maneo, si eo pergo, proximus 
nox corruo. 



Vedius Pollio devorandus servus 
objicio mursena qui edo sum. — 
Romanus Poenus, qui Sagunt- 
um oppugno, ultimus cruciatus 
afficio sum. — Alexander excur- 
ro cum validus manus sum ad 
Athenae delendus. — Ne quis 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



167 



allow to pass through his king- 
dom any army which shall be 
going to carry on war with the 
Roman people or their allies. — 
Sulpicius declared that the next 
night, from the second hour to 
the fourth, the moon was going 
to be eclipsed. 



exercitus, qui cum populus Ro- 
manus sociusve bellum gero 
sum, rex per finis regnum suus 
transeo sino {imperative). — Sul- 
picius pronuntio, nox proximus 
ab hora secundus usque ad 
quartus hora, luna deficio sum. 



VIII. The future in rus with fuisse denotes what 
would have been the consequence of some supposed 
circumstances ; corresponding to the pluperfect sub- 
junctive ; as, Audio eum dicturum fuisse. "I hear that 
he would have said." — Not eum dixisse. 



Dost thou think that any old woman 
would have been so mad as to 
trust to dreams, if they did not 
sometimes accidentally come true ? 
— Varro says that the Muses, if 
they wished to speak Latin, would 
have spoken in the language of 
Plautus. — Dost thou think that 
I should have undertaken such 
labours if I had been going to ter- 
minate my glory within the same 
limits as my life ? — Asinius 
Pollio thinks that Ccesar would 
have written over again, and 
corrected his Commentaries. 



An tu censeo ullus anus tam de- 
lirus sum sum, ut somnium 
credo, nisi iste casus nonnun- 
quam concurrol — ^Varro dico, 
Musa Plautinus sermo loquor 
sum, si Latine loquor volo. — 
An censeo, ego tantus labor 
suscipio sum, si idem finis glo- 
ria mens qui vita sum termino 1 
— Pollio Asinius Caesar existi- 
mo suus rescribo et corrigo 
commentarius sum. 



IX. The future infinitive in the passive voice must 
not be expressed by the participle in dus (which is not 
properly a future, but denotes merely what ought to be 
done), but by the supine in um, with iri. 

X. The future infinitive active, formed, as has already 
been remarked, by the participle in rus, with the verb 
sum, varies according to the number and gender of the 
object referred to ; the future infinitive passive, on the 



168 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



Other hand, is unchangeable, and the accusative con- 
nected with it is under the government of the supine. 

XL In the future infinitive passive, therefore {ama- 
tum iri ; doctum iri)^ iri is really the infinitive of the 
passive impersonal itur, " things tend." Hence audio 
eum doctum iri is literally " I hear that things tend to 
teaching him," i. e., " that he is about to be taught." 
The supine, therefore, remains unchanged, whatever be 
the gender or number of the substantive ; as, Audio 
earn doctum iri ; eas doctum iri ; eos doctum iri, &c. 



Dost thou think that Cneius Pom- 
pey would have rejoiced in his 
three consulships if he had known 
that he was to be killed in an 
Egyptian desert 1 — Balbus icrote 
to me about Antony ; I wish thee, 
however, to know that I am not 
disturbed by that news, and shall 
not be now disturbed by any. — 
0/ Pompey I know nothing, and 
I think that he will be caught if 
he have not betaken himself on 
shipboard. — I am in great hope 
that no time will be added to my 
command. 



An Cneius Porapeius censeo tres 
suus consulatus laetor sum, si 
scio sui in solitudo ^gjrptius 
{gen. plur.) trucido 1 — De An- 
tonius Balbus ad me scribo ; tu 
tamen scio volo, ego neque iste 
nuncius {sing.) perturbo, neque 
jam ullus perturbo. — De Pom- 
peius scio nihil, isque nisi in 
navis sui confero, excipio puto. 
— ^Magnus in spes sum ego {da- 
tive) nihil tempus prorogo. 



Remark 1. Neither the active nor the passive voice has a subjunc- 
tive of the future. When the expression of futurity is already con- 
tained in another part of the proposition, the other subjunctive ten- 
ses supply the place of the subjunctive of the future ; as. Ilia de re 
promisit sc scripturum, quum primum nuncium acccpisset. Here accc- 
pisset serves instead of a subjunctive of the future perfect ; for in the 
indicative it M^ould be, Cum primum nuncium accepero, scribam tihi. 
— So in the passive. Hoc tibi affirmo, si illud beneficmm mihi tribuatur, 
me magnopere gavisurum ; where tribuatur, the subjunctive of the 
present, stands for the future. And again, Gaudebo si mihi tnbutum 
fuerit ; where fuerit (from fuerim, not from fuero) is in like manner 
used for the subjunctive of the future. The choice of one or other 
of these subjunctive tenses depends upon the tense of the leading 
verb in the sentence, and the complete or incomplete state of the ac- 
tion. 

Remark 2. If no future has gone before, and the construction of 
the proposition demands the subjunctive, the participle of the future 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



169 



active is employed for this purpose, along with the proper tense of 
the verb sum ; as, Non dubito qum rcditurus sit or fuerit. " I do not 
doubt but that he will return." — No7i duhitabam quia rediturus esset 
or fuisset. 

Remark 3. The preceding remarks refer to the mode of supplying 
the subjunctive future in the active. We now come to the passive. 



XII. In the passive voice, as the participle (accord- 
ing to what has already been said) is not properly a 
future, the place of a subjunctive future may be sup- 
plied by a circumlocution of futurum sit or esset with 
ut^ and in the infinitive hy fore ov futurum esse with ut, 
the subjunctive following in both cases. Thus, 

Non dubito quin futurum sit ut laudetur. " I do not doubt but that 
he will be praised ;" literally, " I do not doubt but that it will 
come to pass that he be praised." 

Non dubitabam quin futurum esset ut vinceretur. *' I did not doubt 
but that he would be conquered." 

Spero fore {or futurum esse) ut vincatur. "I hope he wUl be con- 
quered." 

Speravi fore (or futurum esse) ut vinceretur. *' I hoped he would 
be conquered." 



XIII. This is the only way of expressing the future 
passive, if the verb has no supine ; as, Spero fore ut 
convalescat. "I hope he will recover;" literally, "I 
hope it will come to pass that he recover." And 
again, Speravi fore ut vellet. "I hoped he would be 
willing;" literally, "I hoped it would come to pass 
that he would be willing." 



One of the ambassadors of the Vei- E legatus Veientes unus senatus 



entes said to the senate that it 
was written in an oracular hook 
belonging to the people of Veii, 
" that Rome would be shortly ta- 
ken by the Gauls y — Otho had 
hoped that he would he adopted 
by Galha, and was expecting it 
from day to day. — I assure thee 



dico, in fata Veientes scribo, 
" fore ut brevis a Gallus Roma 
capio." — Otho spero fore ut 
adopto a Galba isque in dies ex- 
pecto. — Ille tu affirmo, si res 



170 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



of this, that if thou execute the 
affair as thou dost purpose, thou 
wilt be praised by all men. — In 
the midst of my violent grief, 
this hope chiefly consoles me, 
that it will come to pass that the 
iniquity of men will be repressed, 
both by the counsels of thy friends 
and the lapse of time itseif — I 
hope it will happen. — I do not 
doubt but that it will be bright. 



ex sententia gero, fore ut ab 
omnis coUaudo. — Ego in sum- 
mus dolor maxima consolor 
spes, fore ut infringe homo im- 
probitas, et consilium tuus am- 
icus et ipse dies (fern.). — Spero 
fore ut contingo. — Non dubito 
quin sum ut fulgeo. 



XIV. The perfect of the subjunctive has not the same 
latitude of meaning as the perfect of the indicative, 
but is confined to a completed action, and to the pres- 
ent time J as, 

Multi fuerunt, qui a negotiis publicis se removerint, ad otiumque per' 
fugerint. *' There have been many who have withdrawTi them- 
selves from public affairs, and have taken refuge in retire- 
ment." 



•XV. The imperfect subjunctive has the force which 
belongs to the perfect of the indicative, when the lat- 
ter tense has an aorist meaning, namely, that of rela- 
ting an event which has occurred in some past time, 
without reference to its being complete or incomplete ', 
so that, in a narrative, the imperfect of the subjunctive 
follows the perfect of the indicative when used in an 
aorist sense. Thus, 

Mulier tarn vehemcnter lapidem de tecto dejecit, ut regis Pyrrhi caput 
et galeam pcrfringeret. " A woman hurled a stone with so much 
violence from a house-top that she shattered the head and hel- 
met of King Pyrrhus. 



Obs. 1. It will be readily perceived, that when we say, Puer de 
tecto dccidit, ut crus fregerit, " The boy has fallen from the roof 
so that he has broken his leg," we do not relate an event as hap- 
pening in past time, but speak of an event as completed at the 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 171 

present time, and of a state now existing, the consequence of 
that event. — When, on the other hand, we say, Puer de tecto de- 
cidit, ut cms fr anger ct, " The boy fell from the roof so that he 
broke his leg," using the perfect in its naiTative or aorist sense, 
we join the imperfect with it, 

Obs. 2. The general usage of the Latin language is constant in 
observing the distinction which has just been laid down, and it 
may safely be made the rule in Latin style, although the perfect 
subjunctive is occasionally used instead of the imperfect, in a 
narrative of a past event, especially in Livy and Cornehus Ne- 
pos. 



Of Sbiilar Tenses. 

I. Similar Tenses are those which relate to the 
same time, and these only can be made dependant on 
each other by means of particles ; as, ut^ ne, quo, quin, 
quominus, cum, quasi, &c. ; or by the relative and in- 
terrogative pronouns and adjectives, qui, quis, qualis, 
quantus, &c. 

n. The present, the perfect, the future, and the peri- 
phrastic future (formed by the present and perfect of 
sum) are in this sense similar tenses. 



' Present with Present ; as. Nemo tarn sine mente vivit, ut quid 
sit sementis ac messis omnino nesciat. 
J Present with Perfect ; as, Quis est tarn miser, ut Dei munifi- 
centiam non senserit 1 
Present with Periphrastic Future ; as, Quotusquisque tarn pati- 
ens est ut velit discere quod in usu non sit hahiiurus ? 



f Perfect with Present ; as, Atticus fecit, ut vere dictum videatur, 

sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam. 
Perfect with Perfect ; as, Nulla, unquam fuit, liheris amissis, 

tarn imbecillo mulier animo, qua non aliquando lugendi finern 

fecerit. 
Perfect with Periphrastic Future ; as, Defeciiones solis prsedic- 

tae sunt, qucB, quantce, quando futurae sint. 



172 CONNEXION OF TENSES. 

' Future with Present ; as, Persuasum est, fore aliquando ut hie 

mundus deflagret. 
Future with Perfect ; as, Nejno reperietur, qui sit studio nihil 

consecutus. 
Future Perfect with Periplirastic Future ; as, Si scieris aspidem 

latere uspiam, et velle aliquem super earn assidere, cujus mors 

tibi emolumento futura sit, improbe feceris, nisi monueris ne 

assidcat. 



III. So the perfect in the aorist sense, the imperfect, 
the pluperfect, and the periphrastic future (formed by 
the past tenses of sum) are similar^ and may be con- 
nected by the same particles as above. Thus, 

/'Perfect (aorist) with Imperfect; as. Ante senectutem curavi ut 
J bene viverem. 

j Perfect (aorist) with Pluperfect ; as, Sol Pha'ethonti jilio factu- 
\ rum s'e esse dixit quicquid optasset. 



/Imperfect with Imperfect ; as, U/ium illud extimescebam, ne 
I quid turpiter facerem vel jam effecissem. 
I Imperfect with Periphrastic Future ; as, Non verebar 7ie mea 
\ vita modestia parum valitura esset contra falsos rumor es. 



(Pluperfect with Imperfect ; as, Favor ceperat milites, ne Scipi- 
onis vulnus mortiferum esset. 
Periphrastic Future with Imperfect ; as, Romani legatos missuri 
erant, qui Hannibalem bello abstinere juberent. 

Obs. 1. When an historian uses the present for the perfect aorist, 
to transport his reader back to the time of which he is speaking, 
he often joins an imperfect with this present ; as, Dat hospiti ne- 
gotium, ut aliquem reperiret. — Legatos mittunt, tit paccm impe- 
trarent. 

Obs. 2. It must be observed that, from the frequent connexion of 
the perfect with the imperfect of the subjunctive, it became an 
idiom of the Latin language to use the imperfect, even where a 
present action was spoken of, even if it were possible to con- 
ceive of it as progressive, and therefore as in one part past, even 
while another continued. Such sentences as Diu dubitavi num 
melius sit ; Scepe mecum cogitavi quidnam causa sit, are less in 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



173 



accordance with the Latin idiom than Num melius esset ; Quid- 
nam causcz esset, even though the verb be used here as a perfect, 
and not as an aorist. So viith the infinitive mood : Tantum pro- 
fecisse videmur, ut a Grczcis ne verborum quidem copia vincere- 
mur. {Cic, N. D., 1, 4.) 



1. Present with its Similar Tenses. 



1. Ill the epistles of Cicero to Atti- 
cus, all thi?igs relating to the 
changes of the republic are so de- 
scribed that {there is) nothing 
(which) does not appear in them. 
— There is not a province, I 
think, with the exception only of 
Africa and Sardinia, which Au- 
gustus did not visit. — So great 
is the corruption of bad habit, 
that the sparks of virtue are ex- 
tinguished by it, and vices spring 
up and are confirmed. 

2. There are some who have rela- 
ted that Mariics fell engaging 
with Telesinus. — Sisygambis 
said, " king, thou deservest 
that we pray for those things for 
thee which we prayed for former- 
ly for Darius ; and, as I perceive, 
thou art worthy of having sur- 
passed so great a king, not in 
good fortune only, but in equity." 



' In Cicero ad Atticus epistola sic 
omnis de mutatio respubhca 
perscribo, ut 'nihil in is non ap- 
pareo, — Non sum provincia, ut 
opinor, exceptus duntaxat Af- 
rica et Sardinia (ablative ab- 
sol), qui Augustus non adeo. — 
Tantus sum corruptela malus 
consuetude, ut ab is tanquam 
igniculus virtus extinguo ; ex- 
oriorque et coniirmo vitium. 



Sum qui Marius concurro cum 
Telesinus occumbo prodo. — 
Sisygambis, " Rex," inquam, 
"mereor ut is precor tu, qui 
Darius noster quondam precor ; 
et, ut video, dignus sum qui 
tantus rex non feUcitas solum, 
sed etiam aequitas supero." 



2. Perfect with Similar Tenses. 



Nature has lavished so great an 
abundance of things, that those 
which are produced appear not to 
have originated accidentally ^ but 
to Jiave been bestowed intention- 
ally. — Silius has done well in 
having come to terms, for I wish- 
ed not to disappoint him, and yet 

P2 



Tantus res uberlas natura largior, 
ut is qui gigno dono consulto 
ego, non fortuito nascor, video. 
— Bene facio Silius, qui transi- 
go, neque enim is desum volo, 



174 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



feared what I could do. — / have 
attained this hy my exploits, that 
lam thought a safe debtor. — Few 
have been found who have expo- 
sed their lives, on behalf of their 
country, to the weapons of the 
enemy with no reward in view. 



et quis possum timeo. — Ego res 
meus gestus hie assequor, ut 
bonus nomen existimo. — Pauei 
reperio, qui nuUus praemium 
propositus {plur. ablat. absol.) 
vita suus hostis telum objicio 
pro patria. 



3. Future with 

J shall find many persons whom I 
can easily persuade of whatever 
J wish. — They could not destroy 
all witnesses, even if they wish- 
ed ; for, as long as the human 
race shall exist, there will not 
he wanting some one to accuse 
them. — / think that Casar will 
take measures to withdraw his 
troops ; for he will gain a victory 
if he is made consul, and with 
less criminality than that with 
which he has entered his native 
country. — If the conversation of 
Curio shall produce anything of 
such a kind that it requires to 
he written to thee, I will subjoin 
it to my letter. — As long as Pom- 
pey was in Italy, I ceased not to 
hope ; now, even if I must make 
the trial with danger, I loill try 
at any rate to escape hence. 



Similar Tenses. 

Reperio multus qui quisquis volo 
facile persuadeo. — Testis om- 
nis, si cupio, interficio non pos- 
sum : nam dum homo genus 
sum, qui accuso is non desum. 
— Ego puto Caesar facio ut prae- 
sidium deduco ; vinco enim si 
consul facio, et parvus scelus 
vinco, quam qui ihgredior pa- 
tria. — Si quis Curio sermo is 
modus affero, qui ad tu scribo 
{participle in dus) sum, is litte- 
ra meus adjungo. — Quoad Pom- 
peius in Italia sum, spero non 
desisto ; nunc, si vel periculum 
experior {gerund) smn, experior 
certe ut hinc avolo. 



4. Perfect (j^orist) 

Some fathers of families provided 
by their will that victims should 
be led to the Capitol, and vows 
discharged for them, because they 
had left Augustus alive. — The 
state was so arranged by the skill 
of Servius Tullius, that all the 
distinctions of patrimony, digni- 



with Similar Tenses. 

Nonnullus paterfamilias testa- 
mentum caveo ( imperfect ), 
ut victima in Capitolum du- 
co, votumque pro sui solvo, 
quod superstes Augustus rehn- 
quo. — Servius Tullius soUertia 
ita ordino respubliea, ut omnis 
patrimonium, dignitas, setas, 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



175 



ty, age, trades, and offices, were 
registered. — Hannibal promised 
the Gauls that he would not draw 
his sword till he came into Italy. 
— Other dissensions were of such 
a kind, Romans, that they 
tended not to the destruction, but 
to the overthrow of the state. — 
Augustus brought up his daugh- 
ter and granddaughters in such 
a way, that he even accustomed 
them to spinning, and forbade 
them to say or do anything but 
what might be inserted in the 
dally register. 



ars, officiumque discrimen in 
tabula (accus. plur.) refero. — 
Promitto Hannibal Gallus, sui 
non stringo ante gladius quam 
in Italia venio. — Alius dissen- 
sio sum is modus, Quirites, qui 
non ad deleo sed ad commuto 
(gerundives) respublica pertin- 
eo. — Filia et neptis ita instit- 
uo Augustus ut etiam lanifici- 
um assuefacio, vetoque loquor 
aut ago quisquam, nisi qui in 
diurnus commentarius refero. 



5. Imperfect with Similar Tenses. 



On the other side of the Rhine, Ti- 
berius observed such a mode of 
life as to take his food sitting on 
the bare turf, and often to pass 
the night without a tent. — I did 
not suppose that when a consul 
elect was defended by the son of 
a Roman knight, his accusers 
xcmild speak of the newness of 
his family. — This affair made it 
a very difficult matter to deter- 
mine what plan to adopt, lest, if 
he led his troops rather early from 
their winter-quarters, he should 
be in straits for provision. 



Trans Rhenus Tiberius ita vita 
- instituo, ut sedeo in eespes nu- 
dus cibus sumo, et saepe sine 
tentorium pernocto. — Non ar- 
bitror, quum consul designo ah 
eques Romanus filius defendo, 
de genus novitas accusator di- 
co.— Magnus hie res difficultas 
ad consilium capio adfero : ne 
si mature ex hiberna copia edu- 
00 ab res frumentarius laboro. 



6. Pluperfect with Similar Tenses. 



Neither by their letter, nor by de- 
cree of the scjiate, had the consuls 
commanded me'what I shoxdd do. 
— If there shall be anything in 
my commentary which seems in- 
dijferent Greek, I will not say 
wluit Lucullus said, that he had 



Consul neque littera neque sena- 
tus consultum praecipio ego quis 
facio. — Si quis sum in Com- 
mentarius meus, qui minus 
Graecus video, non dico, qui 
Lucullus dico, sui, quo facile 



176 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



purposely scattered some barba- 
risms in his histories, that he 
might more easily prove them to 
be the work of a Roman. — There 
was a strong west wind, and the 
soldiers of Alexander had cut 
down a great deal of wood, that 
they might make a passage 
thro2igh the rocks : it had been 
dried by the heat, and, fire being 
set to it, the wind carried the 
flame against the faces of the en- 
emy. 



historia suus probo Romanus 
homo sum, idcirco barbarus 
{7ieut.) quidam dispergo. — Ve- 
hemens Favonius sum, et mul- 
tus materies caedo Alexander 
miles, ut aditus per saxum fa- 
cio : hie vapor inaresco, ignis- 
que injectus, flamma in Qs hos- 
tis ventus fero, 



IV. Dissimilar tenses may be made dependant on 
each other, if the time to which they refer is different. 
Hence the imperfect and pluperfect may follow the 
present, when they express a contingency dependant 
on some condition not actually existing ; in English, 
would or would have. Thus, JVemo duhitare debet, quin 
multos^ si fieri posset, Ccesar ab inferis excitaret, which 
in present circumstances was impossible. So the per- 
fect aorist may be followed by the present, to express 
a present result of a past event ; as, Clamores tanti fue* 
runt, ut eos usque istim exauditos putem. 

V. As the present infinitive does not of itself express 
time, but only the state of the action, as incomplete, 
its use is determined by the verb on which it depends, 
whose influence extends to verbs following the infini- 
tive ; as, Apelles pictores eos peccare dicebat, qui non 
sentirent quid esset satis. 



Obs. The doctrine here laid down must be understood, however, 
to be subject to the remark contained in Obs. 2, page 172. 
Thus, Cicero says, Hoc me profiteer suscepisse onus in quo om- 
nes nervos contenderem. {Ver., 1, 12.) 



VL The infinitive of the perfect will be followed by 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



177 



a tense of present or past time, according as it is used 
in the perfect or aorist sense. Thus, 

Arhitramur nos ea praestitisse, quce, ratio et doctrina prsescripserit. 

(Ctc.) 
Est quod gaudeas te in ista loca venisse, uhi aliquid sapere viderere, 
(Cic.) 



1. Socrates was accustomed to say, 
that all men are sufficiently elo- 
quent in that which they under- 
stood. — Tiberius replied to the 
people of. Ilium, wlio were some- 
what late in their condolences, 
thai he also grieved for their mis- 
fortune in having lost their il- 
lustrious citizen Hector. — They 
say that Pyrrhus, the greatest 
master of gymnastic contests, 
used to give as a precept to those 
whom he was training, that they 
should not he angry. 

2. In the mean time I shall delight 
myself with the Muses, and it 
will never occur to me to envy 
Crassus, or regret that I have 
not departed from my own course 
of conduct. — I see thou art col- 
lecting everything in respect to 
the republic which thou thinkest 
can give me any hope of a change 
of affairs. — I wrote back imme- 
diately to Pompey {and despatch- 
ed a confidential person of my 
own companions), that I was not 
seeking where I might be most 
safely. 



Socrates dico soleo, omnis in is 
qui scio satis sum eloquens. — 
Ilienses populus, paulo sero con- 
soler, respondeo Tiberius, sui 
quoque vicis is doleo, quod egre- 
gius civis Hector amilto. — P}t- 
rhus, magnus preeceptor cer- 
tamen gymnicus, soleo aio hie 
qui exerceo praecipio, ne iras- 
cor. 



Interea cum Musa ego delecto ; 
nee ego unquam venio in mens 
Crassus invideo, neque poenitet 
quod a ego ipse non descisco. — 
De respublica video tu omnis. 
colligo, qui puto aliquis spes 
ego possum adfero mutandus 
res. — Pompeius statim rescribo 
(homo certus mitto de comes 
meus), non ego quaero ubi tuto 
sum. 



VII. In the same way, the participle of the present 
tense will be followed by a verb of past or present time, 
according to the tense of the verb on which it depends. 
Thus, 



178 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



Multum fluxisse sermonem video, scire cupientium quid quaque de 

re certi haberemus. 
Hoc fit errore male judicantium, qui majorem vim credunt habere ea, 

quce. non habent artem. 



Parmenio reaches Damascus on the 
fourth day, the prcsfect already 
fearing that no trust had been re- 
posed in him. — When I doubt 
what it is right for me to do, my 
affection for Pompey has great 
weight with me ; were it not for 
this, it would be better to perish 
in {orte''s) native country, than to 
ruin it by attempting to preserve 
it.' — It must needs be that the 
magnitude of immoderate grief 
should rerider selection of words 
le. 



Parmenio Damascus quartus dies 
pervenio, jam metuo praefectus 
{ablat. absol.) ne sui fides non 
habeo. — Dubitans ego quis ego 
facio par sum, magnus pondus 
affero benevolentia erga Pom- 
peius ; qui demtus {ahlat. absol.), 
bonus sum in patria pereo, quam 
patria servo (gerund) everto. — 
Magnitude dolor, modus exce- 
dens, necesse sum delectus 
verbum eripio. 



Similar Tenses in Conditional Propositions. 
I. In conditional propositions, if the clause contain- 
ing the "condition (called also the protasis) is in the 
present suhjunctive, that which expresses the conse- 
quence (called also the apoddsis) will likewise be in the 
present. 



1. Present in protasis^ followed by present in apoddsis. 



I. The war carried on before Muti- 
na followed, in which, were I to 
call Atticus only prudent, I should 
say less than I ought. — Even in 
causes in which we have to do 
only with the judges, and not 
with the people^ yet if I were de^ 
serted by the audience, I should 
not be able to speak. — I neither 
could imitate the orations which 
Thucydides has introduced into 
his histoi-y if I would, nor per- 
haps would I if I cmdd. 



Sequor belJum gero apud Mutina ; 
in qui si tantura Atticus pru- 
dens dico, minus quam debeo 
przedico. — Ego vero, in is etiam 
causa, in qui omnis ego res cum 
judex sum, non cum populus, 
tamen si a corona relinquo, 
non queo dico. — Oratio qui his- 
toria suus interpono Thucydi- 
des, imitor neque possum si 
volo, nee volo fortasse si pos- 
sum. 



CONNEXION OF TENSES. 



179 



If wisdom were given me with 
this limitation, that I should 
keep it shut up, and not give it 
utterance, I would reject. — I have 
lost many opportunities, which if 
I were to complain of as passed, 
I should produce no other effect 
than to aggravate thy own grief 
and show my own folly. — I should 
maJce a long and circuitous detail 
about a single affair, if I chose 
to relate how authors vary about 
the death of Marcellus. 



Si cum hie exceptio do ego sapi- 
entia, ut ille include teneo, nee 
enuncio, rejicio. — Multus op- 
portunitas praetermitto, qui si 
queror volo praetereo, nihil ago 
nisi ut augeo dolor tuus, indico 
stultitia meus. — Multus circa 
unus res ambitus facio, si qui 
de Marcellus mors vario auctor 
exsequor volo. 



2. Imperfect in protasis^ followed by imperfect in apodosis. 



They report that Alexander said, 
•^ If I were not Alexander, I 
would willingly be Diogenes.''^ — 
There are innumerable things of 
the same kind which I could not 
endure, if I had not my friend 
Atticus as a partner of my pur- 
suits. — These things seem ridic- 
ulous to thee, because thou art 
not on the spot; which if thou 
wert to see, thou couldst not help 
weeping. — If ajuj one were to dig 
round these plane-trees, and loa- 
ter them, their branches would 
not be knotty, and their trunks 
7insightly. — If the gods were to 
make philosophy a vulgar good, 
if we tcere born wise, wisdom 
vx)uld lose what is the best part 
of it. 



Alexander dico fero, " Nisi Alex- 
ander sum, sum Ubenter Dioge- 
nes." — Sum innumerabilis ge- 
nus idem, qui quidem non fero, 
nisi habeo socius studium meus 
Atticus noster.-— Hie tu ridicu- 
lus video, quia non adsum, qui 
si video, lacrima non teneo. — 
Si quis hie platanus circum fo- 
dio, si irrigo, non nodosus sum 
ramus et squalidus truncus. — ■ 
Si deus philosophia bonum vul- 
garis facio, si prudens nascor, 
sapientia, qui hi sui bonus ha- 
beo, perdo. 



180 



MOODS. 



OF THE MOODS. 
1. Indicative. 

I. The indicative mood is used in every proposition, 
the matter of which is declared absolutely and as a fact j 
as, he walks, thou writest, I believe. 

II. No farther rule can be given, the indicative being 
the proper mood to be used where none of the others 
is required to take its place. 



III. The following peculiarities of Latin usage, in re- 
spect to this mood, deserve notice : 

1. Usage of Oportere, Mecesse esse, &c. 

I. The words opoj^tere, necesse esse, debere ; and conve- 
nire, posse ; par, cequum, consentaneum, justum est, and 
others of the same kind, are put in the indicative of past 
time, to express that something should have been done 
which in fact has not been done ; as, Hoc facere debebas. 
" Thou shouldst have done this." — Longe utilius fuit an- 
gustias aditus occupare. " It would have been much bet- 
ter to seize the pass." 

II. "With the participle of the future in 7'us and pass- 
ive in dus, the indicative of sum in past time is much 
more commonly used than the subjunctive j as, Hcec 
via tibi ingredienda erat. " This path should have been 
taken by thee." 

Aut 71071 suscipi helium oportuit, aut geri pro dignitate popidi Roma- 
ni. "The war ought either not to have been undertaken, or else 
ought to have been carried on consistently with the dignity of 
the Roman people." 

Tiberius Gracchus vitam, qtiam gloriosissime degere potuerat, imma- 
tura morte finivit. "Tiberius Gracchus ended by a premature 
death a Ufe which he might have led most gloriously." 



1. Volumnia ought to have been 
more assiduous in her attentions 
to thee, a^id even that ichich she 



Volumnia debeo in tu officiosus 
sum, et is ipse qui facio possum 



MOODS. 



181 



did she might have done more 
carefully. — Thou oughtcst long 
since to have leen led to execution 
by the command of the consul, 
and that destruction which thou 
hast been devising against all of 
us to be turned against thyself. 

2. The seal is the head of thy grand- 
father, who loved with peculiar 
affection his country and fellow- 
citizens, which ought, even with- 
out saying a word, to have re- 
called thee from such a crime. — 
Mazceus, who, if he had com£. 
upon them crossing the river, 
would certainly have overwhelm- 
ed them in disarray, did not 
charge them with his cavalry till 
they were on the bank. — The ar- 
my might have been destroyed if 
any one had dared to conquer. 

3. If men apply reason, given by 
the immortal gods with wise in- 
tent, to fraud, and malice, it would 
have been better that it had not 
been given thjin given to the hu- 
mun race. — What condition 
would it not have been desirable 
to accept rather than abandon 
our country? — When it would 
have become them to stand in the 
line of battle and fight, then they 
took refuge in the camp; when 
it was their duty to have fought 
before the rampart, they surren- 
dered tlieir camp. — Plato thinks 
that philosophers should take no 
part in political affairs, except 
by compulsion : it would, how- 
ever, be more reasonable that it 
should be done spontaneously. 



diligenter facio. — Ad mors tu 
duco, jussus consul, jampridem 
oportet ; et in tu confero pestis 
iste qui tu in ego omnis jamdiu 
machinor. 



Sum signum imago avus tuus, qui 
unice amo patria et civis suus, 
qui quidem tu a tantus scelus, 
etiam mutus, revoco debeo. — ■ 
Mazseus, qui si, transeo flumen 
supervenio, hand dubie opprimo 
sum incompositus, in ripa de- 
mum adequito coepi. — Deleo 
possum exercitus si quis audeo 
vinco. 



Si homo ratio, bonus consilium 
a deus immortalis do, in fraus 
malitiaque converto, non do Ule 
quam do humanus genus bonus 
sum. — Qui conditio non accipio 
{part, in dus) sum, potius quam 
relinquo {part, in dus) patria 1 — - 
Quum in acies sto et pugno de- 
cet, tum in castra refugio ; quum 
pro vallum pugno {gerund) sum 
castra trado. — Plato philoso- 
phus ad respublica ne accedo 
quidem debeo puto, nisi coac- 
tus; aequus autem sum is vo- 
luntas facio. 



182 MOODS. 

Remark 1. The difference between the English and Latin idiom, 
as regards the moods, is more apparent than real, ought and should 
being really past indicatives of the verb to owe, and another of the 
same meaning now obsolete. But as they are also used potentially 
in Enghsh, it is necessary to consider whether they denote a present, 
a past, or a contingent obligation or propriety ; and we express them 
accordingly in Latin by an indicative present or past, or a tense of 
the potential mood. 

Remark 2. With regard to the phrases par, ccquum, consentaneum, 
melius, utilius, optahilius est, and the participle in dus, there is this 
real difference between the Latin and Enghsh idiom, that the Latin 
speaks of the propriety, advantage, &c., as something actual, in the 
indicative mood, though the circumstances which would have real- 
ized it never took place : the English in such cases uses a potential. 
Thus, Miloni optabilius fuit dare jugulum P. Clodio, quam jugulari a 
vobis. " It would have been more desirable for Mdo," &c. 

Remark 3. An obligation to do something at a given point of time, 
past, present, or future, is commonly expressed in Latin by an infin- 
itive of the present tense ; as, dehes, debebas, debebis hoc facere : in 
EngUsh the past obligation is expressed by an infinitive of past time : 
" thou oughtest to have dojiey The past infinitive in Latin would im- 
ply an obligation to have already performed some action at a past 
time. Thus, Uxorem decrerat dare mihi hodie ; nonne oportuit prae- 
scisse me ante ? " He had made up his mind to give me a wife this 
day : ought I not to have known it beforehand 1" 

Remark 4. Analogous to this idiom is that remarked by Ruhnken 
(ad Veil. Paterc, 2, 42), that in Latin, longum est, infinitum est {nar- 
rare, &c.), is said, instead of esset or foret, to which the English 
phrase points, "it would be tedious." Thus, Longa est oratio qua 
doceri possit, &c. {Cic, N. D., 2, 10.) 



2. Indicative after General and Indefinite Expressions, 
I. The Latins commonly use the indicative after 
many general and indefinite expressions, some fact be- 
ing implied, though its circumstances are not fixed. 
Such are quisquis, quicunque^ quantuscunque^ quantulus' 
cunque^ quotquot^ utut^ utcunque^ and others of the same 
kind ; as, Utcunque sese res habet, tua est culpa. — Quicun- 
que is est. — Quidquid id est. 

IL In English such phrases are usually rendered by 
" may 5e," " might Z'e," &c. ; but in Latin, unless there be 
some reason, arising out of the connexion, for another 
mood, the indicative is more common. 



1. Whatever may be the complexion I Quisquis sum {fxU.) vita color, sa- 
of my life, I will write satires. — | tira scribe. — Qui hostis ferio, 



MOODS. 



183 



(He) who shall strike an enemy 
will be unto me a Carthaginian, 
whoever he may he. — Whoever 
thou mayest be, whatever name 
thou mayest have, I hate thee. — 
Whosoever he may be, I declare 
myself a foe unto him. — The 
whole of this, however great it 
may be, and it certainly is very 
great, the whole, I say, is thine. 
— We first, whoever we might be, 
and hoicevcr trifling might be the 
opinion entertained of us, turned 
the ears of the state to studies of 
this kind. 
. If two laws, or if more, or as 
many as there may be, cannot be 
kept. — That thing, however it 
may be, although it is disgrace- 
ful, I will endure. — In whatever 
way he has deserved at my hands, 
still he is dear to me. — However 
that might have been, Tiberius 
is sent for by a hasty despatch 
on the part of his mother. — 
Whenever you may be with me, 
cheerfully will I, as a mariner, 
attempt the raging Bosporus. \ 



ego sum Carthaginiensis ; quis- 
quis sum. — Quisquis sum, quis- 
quis tu nomen sum, odi tu. — 
Quicunque is sum, is ego pro- 
fiteer inimicus. — Totus hie, 
quantuscunque sum, qui certe 
magnus sum, totus sum, in- 
quam, tuus. — Auris civitas ego 
primus, quicunque sum, et 
quantuluscunque {neut. sing.) 
dico {imperf. pass.), ad hie ge- 
nus studium, converto. 



Si duo lex, aut si plus, aut quot- 
quot sum, conservo non pos- 
sum. — Is, utut sum, etsi sum 
dedecorus, patior. — Utut erga 
ego mereo, ego cor {double da- 
tive) sum tamen. — Utcunque sui 
is res habeo, Tiberius properus 
mater littera accio. — Utcunque 
egocum tu sum, libens insanio 
Bosporus tento. 



3. Propositions with Sive — sive. 
In the same way, propositions with sive — sive are 
more commonly in the indicative in Latin ; as, Sive ta- 
cebis, sive loqueris, mihi perinde est. — ^Various causes, 
however, to be mentioned hereafter (page 187), may 
require the subjunctive. 



4. Indicative in the Jlpodosis^ and Subjunctive in the 

Protasis. 
In the consequent member (or apodosis) of a condi- 
tional proposition, the past tenses are frequently put in 



184 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



the indicative, to g;ive more liveliness to the repre- 
sentation, although in the conditional clause {ox prota- 
sis) the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive has been 
used J as, Perieram nisi tu accurrisses. " I had perish- 
ed if thou hadst not run up." 



The Suhlician hridge had almost 
afforded a path to the enemy, if 
there had not been one man, Hora- 
tius Codes, of distinguished val- 
our. — The populace were for 
tearing down the effigies ofPisOy 
had they not been protected by 
the order of the prince. — Who 
dost thou think will give thee 
this 7 for if it were so, what 
need were there for thee to at- 
tain to that by degrees 1 — If it 
did not diffuse far and wide a 
different odour, it were a hay- 
tree. 



Pons Sublicius iter paene hostis 
do, ni unus vir sum, Horatius 
Codes, eximius virtus. — Popu- 
lus effigies Piso divello {im- 
peif.), ni jussus princeps prote- 
ge. — Quis tu hie do puto 1 si 
enim ita sum, quis opus siun tu 
gradatim istuc perveniol— Si 
non alius longe jacto odor, lau- 
rus sum. 



Remark, The use of erat in this way is very common in Quintii- 
ian. Potui is frequently put for potuissem by authors of his age. 
Thus, Si eum fatum aliquod in urbem pertraxisset, idem Ccesarem ip- 
sum audire potuit. {Auct. Dial, de Caus. c. eloq., 17.) — Antoni gla- 
dios potuit contemnere, si sic omnia dixisset. {Juv.y — The perfect' 
infinitive is used of contingent as well as actual possibility, as pos- 
sum has no future in rus by which a contingent possibility would 
properly be expressed. Thus, Si tenuisset Stesichorus modnm, vide- 
tur proximus amulari Honurum potuisse. {Quintil.) 



2. Subjunctive. 

I. The subjunctive is used when a proposition is 
stated, not as a matter of fact, but as conceived by the 
mind in the light of something possible^ desirable, con- 
tingent., &c. 

II, Thus, such a proposition as " / believe,^ " / guess,'*^ 
must not be put in the subjunctive, because here a real 
fact, namely, my belief, my conjecture, is stated. But 
when I say / would believcy I might believe^ &c., the sub- 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 185 

junctive mood is employed to express that my belief is 
not anything actual, but something that does not either 
yet exist or may never exist. 

III. So in propositions which imply a design, that 
which is to be effected or guarded against is put in the 
subjunctive, as something not actual, but contemplated 
by the mind. Thus, Illudfeci ne putet me sibi inimicum 
esse, " I have done that lest he may think that I am 
an enemy to him." 

IV. The definition here given of the subjunctive 
mood is sufficiently comprehensive to remove the ne- 
cessity of making a separate potential mood. What is 
commonly so called is only the subjunctive mood used 
to denote the conceived possibility of an action, instead 
of its reality, distinguished in English by may, might, 
could, would, should; and there is no greater reason 
for calling this a separate mood than for giving to the 
Latin language an optative, because the subjunctive is 
used to express a wish. 

V. The term subjunctive has been retained by us, as 
being of established use ; but the circumstance to 
which it refers, namely, that of the mood being sub- 
joined to verbs and certain particles, does not suffi- 
ciently describe its general character. 



Present, Perfect, Imperfect, and Pluperfect Subjunctive, 

I. A difference is to be remarked between these four 
tenses of the subjunctive, both when standing alone, 
and also in conditional propositions with si, nisi, etsi, 
tametsi, etiamsi. 

II. The present and perfect describe some action or 
event as conceived of by the mind, without necessarily 
implying that it does not actually exist or may not ex- 
ist ; the imperfect and pluperfect, on the other hand, ex- 
clude the idea of its actual existence. Thus, Si velit^ 

Q2 



186 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



*' if he be willing," does not exclude his actually being 
willing ; but si vellet^ " if he were willing," implies 
that, in point of fact, he is not willing. So, without si^ 
we say facerem, *' I would do it" (but do it not) j and, 
again, cupiam^ " I may desire ;" which last is so far 
from excluding the actual desire, that it sometimes 
serves to express it. Still farther, nolim factum, " I 
could wish it not to be done ;" but nollem factum, *' I 
could Avish it had not been done." 

III. The remarks here made apply in like manner 
to the use of utinam, with the present and imperfect. 
Thus, Utinam salvus sis! ^'I wish thou mayest be in 
good health" (in which thou mayest or mayest not ac- 
tually be) ; but Utinam salvus esses, " I wish thou wert 
in good health" (in which thou art not). 

IV. The imperfect and pluperfect of the subjunctive, 
therefore, must be used with si» 



Imperfect and Pluperfect. 



1. The Roman prodigies, Hora- 
tius, Mucins, Clcdia, if they 
were not in the annals, would 
seem at this day fables. — Soc- 
rates said to his slave, " / would 
heat thee were I not angry ;^^ 
he deferred the admonition of 
his slave to another time, and at 
that time admonished himself. — 
If anger were a good thing, it 
would be found in every man 
who was most perfect; but the 
most passionate persons are in- 
fants, old men, and the sick. 

2. If ill health had carried off Cne- 
ius Pompey at Naples, he would 
have died undoubted chief of the 
Roman people. — Thy plan would 
he very agreeable to my wishes, 
if it were in my power to spend 



Romanus prodigium, Horatius, 
Mucius, Claelia, nisi in annalis 
forem, hodie fabula video. — 
Socrates servus aio, " Caedo te 
nisi irascor;" admonitio ser- 
vus in alius tempus difFero, ille 
tempus sui admoneo.— Si bo» 
nus sum ira, perfectus quisque 
sequor ; at iracundus sum iii- 
fans, senex et seger. 



Si Cneius Pompeius Neapolis val- 
etudo aufero, indubitatus popu- 
lus Romanus princeps excedo. 
— Consilium tuus ego optatus 
forem, si licet omnis tempus 
apud tu consume: odi enim 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



187 



all my time at thy house : for I 
hate publicity, and shun the 
presence of men. — If there was 
a rumour that any of the cul- 
prits was likely to escape, Tibe- 
rius suddenly made his appear- 
ance, and reminded the judges of 
the law and of their sacred obli- 
gations. — Even though Ccesar 
were not the man he is, yet he 
would seem to deserve to be spo- 
ken of with compliment. 



celebritas, et fugio homo. — Si 
quis reus elabor {pres. infi7i.) 
rumor sum, subitus adsum Ti- 
berius, judexque lex et religio 
admoneo. — Etiamsi non is sum 
Caesar qui sum, tamen ornan- 
dus video. 



Present and Perfect Indicative^ and Present and Perfect 
Subjunctive, 

I. With a very slight change of meaning, the present 
or perfect indicative may stand instead of the present 
or perfect subjunctive. 

II. The subjunctive is used in preference, when the 
event is intended to be set forth rather as something 
conceived of than really existing ; and with si and its 
compounds, where they have the force of even if even 
although^ admitting that., &c. Thus, etiamsi id non conse- 
quare tamen^ &c., is said more contingently and doubt- 
fully than etiamsi id non consequere or consequere, 
which bring it much nearer to reality. 



Indicative. 
If a good reputation is better 



than riches, and money is so ea- 
gerly desired, how much more 
ought glory to be desired ! — 
There is the greatest accuracy 
of information in the senses if 
they are sound, and all things 
are removed which hinder and 
obstruct {their operation). — ^^ If 
thou art a god,^^ said the Scyth- 
ian ambassadors to Alexander, 



Si bonus existimatio divitise praes- 
to, et pecunia tantopere expeto, 
quanto magis gloria sum ex- 
peto ! — Magnus sum in sensus 
Veritas, si sanus sum, et omnis 
removeo qui obsto et impedio. 
— Si deus sum, Scytha legatus 
Alexaijder dico, tribuo mortalis 



188 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



" thou, oughtest to bestow benefits 
on mortals, not to take away 
theirs.''^— If a pilot is extolled 
with distinguished praise who 
saves a ship from a storm and a 
sea full of rocks, why should not 
his prudence be thought of no 
ordinary kind who has attained 
safety from amid public commo- 
tions ? 
. If we grieve for this, that it is 
not now in our power to enjoy 
the society of our (^departed) 
friend, this is our misfortune, 
which we should bear with mod- 
eration, lest we seem to consider 
it in reference not to friendship, 
but to our personal benefit. — If 
thou lovest me, if thou knowest 
that thou art loved by me, exert 
thyself through thy friends, cli- 
ents, guests, in short, freed, men 
and slaves, that no leaf may be 
lost of the books which Sergius 
Claudius left. — Aj-ms are of lit- 
tle value abroad, unless there is 
prudent management at home. 



beneficium debeo, non suus 
eripio. — Si gubernator praecip- 
uus laus fero, qui navis ex hi- 
ems mareque scopulosus ser- 
vo ; cur non singularis is ex- 
istimo prudentia, qui ex procel- 
la civilis ad incolumitas perve- 
nio"? 



Si is doleo, quod amicus noster 
jam fruor ego non licet, noster 
sum is malum, qui modice fero, 
ne is non ad amicitia, sed ad 
domesticus utilitas refero vid- 
eo. — Si ego amo, si tu a ego 
amo scio, enitor per amicus, 
cliens, hospes, libertus denique, 
et servus tuus, ut scida ne quis 
depereo ex is liber, qui Sergius 
Claudius relinquo. — Parvus 
sum foris arma, nisi sum con- 
silium domus. 



1. If thy neighbour have a gar- 
ment of more value than thou 
hast, wouldest thou rather have 
thine own or his 1 — If any one 
should consider the Roman, peo- 
ple as a man, how it began, how 
it grew up, how it arrived, as it 
were, at the flower of youth, and 
afterward grew old, he will find 
that it had four stages. — The 
voice runs along a space of con- 
cave wall, carrying words uttcr- 



Subjunctive, 

' Si vicinus tuus vestis pretium 
major habeo, quam tu habeo, 



tuusne an ille malol {pres. 
subj.) — Si quis populus Roma- 
nus quasi homo considero, ut 
ccepi (subj.), ut adolesco, ut 
quasi ad quidam juventa flos 
pervenio, ut postca velut con- 
senesco, quatuor gradus is in- 
venio. — Curro vox concavus 
paries spatium (ablat.), quam vis 
levis sonus dictus verbum per- 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



189 



cd in however faint a voice, if no 
inequality prevent. 
. He who sees these things from 
a distance, even though he do not 
know what is going on, knows, 
however, that Roscius is upon 
the stage. — Those who are form- 
ing a perfect wise man not only 
instruct him in the knowledge of 
heavenly and mortal things, but 
conduct him through some things 
which, if thou estimate them by 
themselves, are, it must be con- 
fessed, trivial. 



fero, si nuUus inaequalitas impe- 
dio. 
Qui hie procul video, etiamsi quis 
ago nescio, in scena sum Ros- 
cius intelligo. — Qui sapiens for- 
mo undique consummatus, non 
modo cognitio coelestis et mor- 
talis instituo, sed per quidam 
parvus sane, si ipse demum 
aestimo duco. 



JYisi, J^isi forte., JVisi vero. 
With nisi^ nisi forte, and nisi vero., the indicative is 
commonly used, if they are meant to introduce some 
absurd and improbable or inadmissible proposition ; as, 
Jfemo saltat sobrius, nisi forte insanit. "No one dances 
when in sober mood, unless he happens to be out of his 
senses." 



1. Is there any one who docs not 
know that when a question is 
raised about a man^s being kill- 
ed, it may be maintained in de- 
fence that it was done lawfully ? 
unless, indeed, you think that 
Puhlius Africanus was mad, 
who, when asked what he thought 
of the death of Tiberius Grac- 
chus, replied that he thought he 
had been lawfully killed. — If I 
had chosen to be too lenient, I 
must have undergone the charge 
of the greatest cruelty towards 
my country ; unless, indeed, any 
one thinks Julius Ccesar cruel, 
when he lately declared that the 



An sum quisquam qui hie ignoro 
{sub}.), quum de homo occisus 
quaero {pass, impers.) possum 
jus facio defendo 1 nisi vero ex- 
istimo demens PubKus Africa- 
nus sum, qui qumn interrogo, 
quis de mors Tiberius Gracchus 
judico {subj.), respondeo, jus 
caedo video. — Si remissus sum 
volo, summus ego crudehtas in 
patria fama subeo {part, in dus) 
sum : nisi vero quispiam Juhus 
Caesar crudeUs, quum nuper so- 



190 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



husband of his sister ought to be 
deprived of life. 
2. Criminal homicide is always li- 
able to the same penalties; un- 
less, forsooth, he will be more a 
parricide who has killed a father 
of consular dignity than one of 
mean rank. — Why should we 
now, for the first time, resist 
CcEsar, rather than when we gave 
him an additional five years 1 un- 
less, forsooth, we then gave him 
arms, that we might now fight 
with him well prepared. 



ror suus vir vita privo {part, in 
dus) sum dico, censeo. 
Mors Hiatus per scelus idem sem- 
per poena teneo : nisi forte ma- 
gis sum parricida, si quis con- 
sularis pater, quam si quis hu- 
milis neco. — Cur nunc primum 
Ceesar resisto, potius quam 
quum quinquennium prorogol 
nisi forte ego ille turn arma do, 
ut nunc cum is bene paratus 
pugno. 



Remark 1. It must be carefully borne in mind, in what has thus 
far been said of the subjunctive mood, that, as we have already re- 
marked, the imperfect and pluperfect imply that the fact or event hy- 
pothetically expressed by them does not or did not really exist. 

Remark 2. Sometimes, however, the present and perfect subjunc- 
tive are used, even of what is meant to be represented as not actually 
existing, to express in a more lively way that, if it did exist, certain 
consequences would follow. Thus, Tu si hie sis aliter sentias. — Dies 
deficiat si velim enumerare, quibus bonis male evenerit, quibus malis 
optime. — Quantum ingemiscant patres nostri, si videant no5 in media 
Italia paventes ! 



Subjunctive Usage of Dico., Credo., Puto, &c. 

I. In conditional propositions, it is not uncommon 
for the consequent clause (or apodosis) to contain the 
pluperfect subjunctive, or perfect of the infinitive, while 
the conditional clause (or protasis) contains the imper- 
fect subjunctive, with si or nisi ; as, Quod certe non fe- 
cisset, si suum numerum naves haberent. 

II. Frequently, too, the imperfect subjunctive is used 
instead of the pluperfect, both in the conditional and 
the consequent clause, though the event referred to is 
completely passed ; as. Cur igitur et Camillus doleret, 
si h(BC post trecentos annos eventura putaret % 

III. The propriety or probability is thus spoken of 
generally, without being strictly referred to the time 
at which «it existed. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



191 



IV. So the second person singular of the imperfect 
subjunctive of dico^ credo^ puto^ and cerno is used to ex- 
press that which would or might have been said or 
thought, under certain circumstances. In English, in 
such cases, we use the pluperfect. Thus, 
McBstique (crederes victos) redeunt in castra. ''And, plunged in 
sadness (one would have believed them vanquished), they return 
to their camp." 



1 . TTiou woiddcst have thought that 
Sylla had come into Italy, not as 
an avenger of war, hut an author 
of peace ; with so much tranquil- 
lity did he lead his army through 
Apulia and Calabria. — If any 
god had said it, I never would 
have thought that I was going to 
dispute in the Academy like a 
philosopher. — Thou wouldest 
have believed the signal given 
them to collect baggage. 

2. Wouldest thou have thought it 
could ever happen that I should 
he at a loss for words ? and not 
only those oratorical words of 
yours, but these trifling words of 
ours 1 — Alexander uttered fre- 
quent groans, just as if the death 
of his own mother had been an- 
nounced : thou wouldest have be- 
lieved thai he was weeping amid 
his own connexions, and not ad- 
ministering, but seeking consola- 
tion. — He would have said, 
*\What have I done, my fa- 
ther ?" 



Puto syila venio in Italia, non hel- 
ium vindex, sed pax auetor; 
tantus cum quies exercitus per 
Calabria Apuliaque duco. — Si 
quis deus dico (imperf.) nun- 
quam puto ego in Academia 
tanquam philosophus disputo. 
— Signum do credo ut vas eol- 
ligo. 



Putone unquam accido possum ut 
ego verbum desum 1 neque so- 
lum iste vester oratorius, sed 
hie etiam levis noster 1 — ^Alex- 
ander baud secus ac si parens 
suus mors nuncio, creber edo 
gemitus : credo is inter suus 
necessitudo fleo, et solatium 
non adhibeo sed quaero. — Dico, 
" Quis facio, meus pater "?" 



192 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Present and Perfect Subjunctive without a Conditional 
Particle. 
Without any particle of contingency, the present and 
perfect subjunctive are used to denote a case supposed 
or supposition granted ; as, Facial hoc aliquis. " Sup- 
pose some one do this." — Dixerit Epicurus. " Grant 
that Epicurus could have said." 



Grant, indeed, that these are good 
things, which are so esteemed: 
honours, riches, pleasures, (and) 
the rest; yet even in the enjoy- 
ment of these, immoderate joy is 
unseemly. — Grant that there is 
a difference between the dignity 
of the highest men and the lowest, 
there is not one degree of crime 
in killing illustrious men, anoth- 
er the obscure. — Grant that a 
good man sell his house on ac- 
count of some defects, which he 
himself mziy be aware of, {which) 
the rest may not know. — Sup- 
pose thou, ask me what I may 
consider the nature of the gods 
to be; perhaps I will make no 
reply. 



Siun sane iste bonus qui puto, 
honor, divitiae, voluptas, caete- 
ri ; tamen in is ipse potior (ge- 
rundive), gestiens laetitia turpis 
sum. — Intersum inter dignitas 
summus atque infimus ; non 
alius facinus clarus homo, aUus 
obscurus neco. — Vendo aedis 
vir bonus, propter ahquis viti- 
um, qui ipse novi, caeteri igno- 
ro. — Rogo ego, quahs deus na- 
tura sum duco, nihil fortasse 
respondeo (pres. subj.). 



Use of the Present and Perfect Subjunctive to soften an 
Assertion or Statement. 
The present and perfect of the subjunctive are used 
to soften an assertion or statement ; as, J^emo istud tibi 
concedat. " No one probably will concede that unto 
thee." — Hoc sine ulla dubitatione confirmaverim. "I 
think I may assert this without any hesitation." 



1. lean relate, I think, on sufficient 
evidence, that Augitstus was sur- 
named Thursinus, having got a 



Thursinus cognominatus sum Au- 
gustus satis certus probatio tra- 
de (perf), nanciscor puerilis 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



193 



STnall brazen image of him in his 
youth, inscribed with this name 
in iron letters, now almost oblit- 
erated. — Brother {loith thy good 
leave I would say it), this is a 
most pernicious sentiment to the 
republic. — / am inclined to ac- 
cede readily to those who relate 
that Romulus founded Rome, 
aided by the legions of his grand- 
father. — Thou canst scarcely, I 
think, find a man of any nation, 
age, or rank, whose felicity thou 
may est compare to the for time of 
Metellus. 
2. / am inclined to think that wild 
beasts, who have their food from 
prey, are better by how much 
they are more furious; but J 
confess I admire the patience of 
oxen and horses. — I am not dis- 
posed to deny that my language 
appeared to you harsh and atro- 
cious. — TTiou art ignorant, I 
think, whether anger be a more 
detestable or unsightly vice. — I 
would not, I confess, reckon him 
second or third in a chariot-race, 
who lias scarcely quitted the bar- 
riers when the first has already 
received the palm. — The third 
mode of mining outdoes, in my 
opinion, the works of the giants. ] 



imagunculus is agreus aetas, fer- 
reus ac paene jam exolescens 
litera, hie nomen inscribe. — 
Frater (bonus tuus venia dico) 
iperf.) iste sententia maxime 
obsum respublica. — Libenter 
hie qui ita prodo accedo iperf.) 
Romukis, adjuvo legio avus 
suus, Roma condo. — Vix ullus 
gens, aetas, ordo, homo invenio 
{perf. ) qui felicitas fortuna Me- 
tellus compare. 



Fera puto (pres.), qui ex raptus 
alimentum {plur.) sum, bonus 
quo iratus ; sed patientia laudo 
(perf) bos et equus. — Non ne- 
go ipcrf.) tristis atroxque tu vi- 
sus oratio meus sum. — Nescio 
(pres.) utnim magis detestabilis 
vitium sum ira, an deformis. — 
Non in quadrigae is secundus 
numero (perf), aut tertius, qui 
vix e career exeo (perf subj.), 
quum pakna jam primus accip- 
io. — Tertius ratio effodio (ge- 
rund), metallum opus gigas vin- 
co (perf). 



Present Subjunctive of Volo^ J^olo, and Malo. 

I. Volo^ Js'^olo^ and Malo are frequently used in the 
present subjunctive with a softened expression ; as, Tu 
velim^ ut consuesti^ nos absentes diligas et defendas. " I 
wish, for my part, thou wouldest love and defend us 
when absent, as thou art accustomed to do." 

R 



194 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



II. Possim expresses a more general power ; possum, 
a power in reference to a particular case. — Thus, Vix 

credere possis. " Thou canst hardly believe." 



Ivyish thee, I confess, to be persua- 
ded that I ask nothing from thee 
with more earnestness. — I wish, 
for my part, that you would con- 
sider with Pomponius, whether 
you can honourably remain at 
Rome at present. — It escaped me 
to write to thee before about Dio- 
nysius ; if it shall be necessary 
to send for him {which I confess 
I do not wish), thou wilt take 
care that we do not give him 
trouble against his will. — Assu- 
redly I think that I not a little 
prefer the mind of Socrates to 
the fortunes of all those who sat 
in judgment upon him. 



Volo tu {dat.) persuadeo {pres. 
subj. act.) nihil ego magnus stu- 
dium a tu peto. — ^Volo tu cum 
Pomponius considero, utrum 
honeste tu Roma sum possum. 
— De Dionysius fugio ego ad tu 
antea scribo : tu tamen video, si 
sum (qui nolo) arcesso (part, in 
dus), ne molestus sum invito. — 
Nae ego hand paullo Socrates 
animus malo, quam is oranis 
fortuna qui de is judico. 



Remark. Forsitan and forsan (the latter chiefly confined to comic 
writers and poets), from their derivation, take a subjunctive mood, 
and frequently the perfect tense. Thus, Forsitan aliquis dicat or 
dixerit. The indicative is less common in good prose authors. 



Present and Perfect Subjunctive with Interrogatives. 

I. The present and perfect subjunctive are used with 
questions which imply a doubt respecting the probability 
or propriety of an action ; as, Quis credat 1 " Who will 
believe it 1" which implies a doubt as to the probabili- 
ty of any one's believing it. — Quis hoc facere ausit ? 
*' Who will venture to do this 1" implying that, in all 
likelihood, no one will. — Quid loquamur de hac re 7 
" What shall we say about this matter 1" implying a 
doubt as to the proper nature of what is to be said, or 
whether anything is to be said at all. 

II. When, however, no doubt of this kind is implied, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



195 



the indicative is used ; as, Quid est optahilius sapientia 7 
" What is more desirable than wisdom V (Nothing, 
certainly.) — Quid est in hominum vita diu ? " What is 
there of long duration in human life 1" (Nothing, un- 
doubtedly.) 



Obs. We have translated the examples above given by "will,'^ 
the mark of the English future. The literal version, however, 
will make the implied doubt more apparent : " Who is to be- 
lieve itV — "Who is to venture to do thisl" — "What are we 
to say about this matter 1" 



What wise man will trust to a fra- 
gile good 1 — Who will deny that 
all wicked men are slaves ? — 
Who will doubt but that there 
are riches in virtue 1 — Who 
hereafter will adore the divinity 
of Juno 1 — If we ourselves, who 
are precluded from all gratifica- 
tion by our business, arc never- 
theless attracted by the games, 
why art thou to wonder as re- 
gards the uneducated multitude 1 
— What can seem great to him 
in human affairs, to whom an 
eternity, and the magnitude of 
the uyiivcrse, is known! — Why 
need I enumerate the multitude 
of arts, without which life could 
not have at all existed 1 — Who 
will not with reason wonder that 
the plane-tree has been brought 
from another hemisphere only for 
the sake of its shade 1 



Quis sapiens bonum confido fra- 
gilisl — Quis nego, omnis im- 
probus sum servus 1 — Quis du- 
bito, quin in virtus divitiae sum"? 
(subj.) — Quis posthac numen 
Juno adoro 1 — Si egomet ipse, 
qui ab deiectatio omnis negoti- 
um iplur.) impedio, ludus ta- 
men delecto, quid tu admiror 
de multitudo indoctus 1 — Quis 
video is magnus in res huma- 
nus, qui aeternitas, totusque 
mundus notus sum magnitu- 
dol — Quid enumero ars mul- 
titudo, sine qui vita omnino nul- 
lus sum possum 1 — Quis non 
jus miror, platanus, umbra gra- 
tia tantum, ex alien us peto or- 
bis^ 



Subjunctive as Softened Imperative. 
The present and perfect subjunctive are sometimes 
used as a softened imperative, to express a wish, a re- 
quest, Si precept, or, with ne, Si prohibition. Thus, 



196 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Emas quod necesse est. " Buy what is necessary." 
Meminerimus etiam adversus injimos jusfAtiam esse servandam. 

" Let us remember that justice is to be observed even towards 

the lowest," 



Obs. In translating such instances of the subjunctive as these, 
and what are to follow, we ought to suppose such expressions 
as "7k^," '^ I request " &c., understood. Thus "Buy (I en- 
treat) what is necessary." — " Let us remember (I beg) that jus- 
tice," &c. The literal meaning, however, appears to be, " Thou 
mayest buy," i. e., if thou choosest. — "We may remember," 
i. e., if so inclined. 



1. So live with an inferior as thou 
wouldest wish a superior to live 
with thee. — Do not allow it to 
happen that, when all things 
have been supplied to thee by me, 
thou shouldest seem to have been 
wanting to thyself. — If I have 
defended my own safety against 
thy brother^s most cruel attack 
upon me, be satisfied that I do 
not complain to thee too of his 
injustice. 

2. Were I to deny that I am af- 
fected with regret for Scipio, 
philosophers must see to it with 
what propriety I should do so ; 
hut I should certainly speak 
falsely. — Let the Stoics look to 
it, whether it be an evil to be in 
pain, who, by trifling arguments, 
which do not reach to the convic- 
tion of our senses, endeavour to 
prove that pain is no evil. — 
Thou wilt say, " Do not write 
at all.^^ How shall I the better 
escape those who wish to misrep- 
resent 1 



Sic cum inferus vivo quemadmo- 
dum tu cum superus volo vivo. 
— Ne committo, ut quum omnis 
tu suppedito a ego tute tu de- 
sum video. — Si mens salus con- 
tra frater tuus impetus in ego 
crudehs defend o ; satis habeo 
nihil ego tu cum de is injuria 
conqueror. 



Ego si Scipio desiderium ego mo- 
veo nego, quam is recte facio 
video (juer/.) sapiens ; sed certe 
mentior {pres.). — Sumne igitur 
malum doleo {infin.), Stoicus 
video iperf), qui conclusiuncu- 
la, non ad sensus perm^nans, 
efficio volo non sum malum 
dolor. — Nihil, inquam, omnino 
scribo iperf). Quis magis ef- 
fugio is qui volo lingo 1 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 197 

Subjunctive indicating a Purpose^ Object^ or Result. 

I. All propositions in which a purpose^ object, or re- 
sult is expressed, take the subjunctive. 

II. The conjunctions tu ?^e, quo, quin, quominus, serve 
to connect such propositions, and therefore govern a 
subjunctive, the tense of which depends upon that of 
the leading verb. 



1. Ut. 
III. Ut, signifying that, in order that, (and with ita, 
&c.) so that, takes a subjunctive after it. Thus, 

Soli id contingit sapienti, ut nihil facial invitus. " It happens to a 

: wise man alone that he does nothing against his own will." 
Edimus ut vivamus, non vivimus ut edamus. " We eat in order 

that we may live, not Kve in order that we may eat." 
Ita bonus erat ut omnes eum amarent. " He was so good that all 
loved liim." 



Obs. 1. Ut, when it denotes quality, &c., usually refers to ita, tarn, 
tantus, talis, &c., and serves not only to increase, but to lessen 
their force. Thus, Vestri imperatores ita triumpharunt ut ille 
pulsus superatusque regnaret. (Cic.) " Your generals triumph- 
ed in such a way that he, though driven back and conquered, 
still reigned." 

Obs. 2. Ita and tarn are sometimes omitted ; as, Epaminondas 
fuit disertus, ut nemo ei par esset. " Epaminondas was (so) elo- 
quent that no one was equal to him." 

Obs. 3. Ut as a particle of time, equivalent to postquam and uhi, 
takes an indicative, and commonly a perfect ; as, Ut hcBc audi- 
vit, exarsit ird. " When he heard these things, he became in- 
flamed with anger." 

Obs. 4. As an adverb, meaning " in the same way as,'' it is joined 
with an indicative or subjunctive, according to the nalure of the 
sentence in which it stands ; but of itself it governs nothing. 

Obs. 5. Sic and ita are followed by ut, with a subjunctive, when 

they express a wish ; with the indicative when they express an 

assurance. Thus, Sic me Deus adjuvet, ut diu vivas. *' May 

God help me, as I wish thou mayest live long." — Ita sim felix^ 

R2 



198 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



ut nihil prcBclarius est virtute. " May I be so happy, as there is 
nothing more exalted than virtue." 



Hannibal so united his troops by 
a sort of bond, that no mutiny 
ever existed either among them- 
selves or against their general. — 
The harangues of Thucydides 
contain so many obscure and in- 
volved sentences that they can 
scarcely be understood. — Among 
the evils of maritime cities there 
is (also) this great convenience, 
that they can carry and send 
what their lands may produce 
into whatever countries they 
please. — Atticus so accepted the 
offices ofprctfect to many consuls, 
that he followed no one to the 
province. 

Temperance calms our appetites, 
and brings it to pass that these 
obey right reason. — So great is 
the force of probity, that we love 
it even in an enemy. — Meditate 
daily upon this, that thou mayest 
be enabled to take leave of life 
loith a calm spirit. — In punish- 
ing injuries, the law aims at 
these three things : either that it 
may reform him, whom it punish- 
es, or that by his punishment it 
may render others better, or that 
by the removal of bad m£n the 
others may live secure. 



Hannibal vinculum quidam ita 
copia copulo, ut nullus nee in- 
ter ipse, nee adversus dux se- 
ditio exsisto. — Thucydides con- 
cio ita multus habeo obscurus 
abditusque sententia, vix ut in- 
telligo. — In vitium maritimus 
urbs insum ille magnus com- 
moditas, ut is qui ager efFero 
suus quicunque volo (subj.) in 
terra asporto possum. — Multus 
consul praefectura sic accipio 
Atticus, ut nemo in provincia 
sequor. 



Temperantia sedo appetitio, et ef- 
ficio ut hie rectus ratio pareo. 
— Tantus vis probitas sum, ut 
is in hostis etiam diligo. — Hie 
quotidie meditor, ut possum 
aequus animus vita rehnquo. — 
In vindico (gerundive) injuria 
hie tres lex sequor (perf), ut 
aut is qui punio emendo ; aut 
poena is ceteri bonus reddo ; 
aut, sublatus mains (ablat. ab- 
sol), securus caeteri vivo. 



2. Ne. 
I. JVe (" in order that not," " lest") expresses a neg- 
ative purpose ; in other words, it indicates that some- 
thing is to be guarded against ', as, Cura ne denuo in 
morbum incidas. " Take care lest thou fall anew into 
sickness." 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



199 



II. JV^e is therefore not equivalent to ut non^ when ut 
expresses a consequence or an effect \ as, Turn forte 
(Rgrotaham^ ut ad nuptias tuas venire non possem. " I hap- 
pened at that time to be sick, so that I could not come 
to thy wedding." — Here ne could not have been used. 



1. This is the opinion of the whole 
Roman people, that a nominal 
pretext of religion has been set 
up, not so much in order that they 
might put an obstacle in thy way, 
as that no one might wish to go 
to Alexandrea. — Hens and other 
birds, when they have hatched 
their young, so defend them that 
they cherish them with their 
wings, lest they be injured by 
cold. 

2. If virtue can produce this effect, 
that a man be not miserable, it 
vnll more easily accomplish that 
he be most happy : for there re- 
mains less difference between a 
happy and a most happy man, 
than between a happy and a mis- 
erable man. — The Greeks, though 
they had made a drawn battle at 
Artemisium, dared not remain in 
the same place ; lest, if part of 
their adversaries'' ships had doub- 
led Etiboea, they should be assail- 
ed by a twofold danger. 



Hie sum opinio populus Romanus, 
induco nomen religio, non tam 
ut tu impedio quam ut nequis 
Alexandrea volo eo. — Gallina 
avisque reliquus pullus quum 
excludo ita is tueor, ut et pen- 
na foveo ne frigus laedo. 



Si possum virtus efficio, ne miser 
aliquis sum, facile efficio ut be- 
atus sum : parvus enim inter- 
vallum (genit.) sum a beatus ad 
beatus, quam a miser ad beatus. 
— Etsi Grsecus apud Artemisi- 
um par praelium (ahlat.) discedo, 
tamen idem locus non audeo 
maneo : ne si pars navis adver- 
sarius Eubcea supero, anceps 
premo periculum. 



3. Usage of Ne and Ut with Verbs of Fearing. 

I. After verbs of fearing^ such as metuo, timeo, paveo, 
vereor, and the like, ne is used when the following verb 
expresses a result contrary to our wish, and ut when it 
is agreeable to it. 

II. Hence, in such constructions, ne must be render- 



200 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



ed by the English that^ and ut by that not. Thus, Me- 
tuo ne faciat. " I am afraid that he Avill do it." — Timeo 
utfaciat. " I am afraid that he will not do it." 



Obs. This peculiarity of construction may be explained as follows : 
The fear of anything always supposes the love and desire of its 
opposite. Thus, we are afraid of death because we are fond of 
life ; we are afraid of a particular thing's happening because we 
wish the opposite to take place. Now the Latin idiom, after 
marking fear by the verb, goes on to express the desire of the 
contrary by means of ut {ne being equivalent to ut non) ; and 
hence metuo ne faciat is literally, " I am afraid in order that he 
may not do it," implying a wish that he may not do it, but at 
the same time expressing a fear that he may. It is the same, 
therefore, as saying, " I am afraid that he will do it." On the 
other hand, timeo utfaciat is literally, " I am afraid in order that 
■ he may do it," implying a wish that he may do it, but at the 
same time expressing a fear that he may not. Hence it is the 
same as saying, " I am afraid that he tvill not do it. 



1. I am afraid that, while I am 
wishing to diminish (my) toil, I 
may be increasing it. — Flatter- 
ers, if they praise any one, say 
that they are afraid they will not 
be able to match his deeds ivith 
words. — She is afraid that thou 
wilt desert her. — Thou art afraid 
of this, that thou mayest have to 
marry her ; thou, on the other 
hand, that thou wilt not get her. 
— I fear that thou wilt not be able 
to endure all the labours which 
I see that thou dost undertake. 

2. A bad man will never abstain 
from crime because he thiiiks it 
naturally base, but because he is 
afraid that it may get abroad. — 
Jf CcBsar intends to give up the 
city to be plundered, I am afraid 
that Dolahclla himself will not be 
of any effectual service to us. — 



Metuo ne, dum minuo volo (subj.) 
labor, augeo. — Adulator, si quis 
laudo, vereor sui dico, ut ille 
factum verbum consequor pos- 
sum. — Timeo ne desero sui. — 
Is paveo, ne duco tu iUe ; tu 
autem ut duco. — Timeo ut om- 
nis labor sustineo, qui tu sus- 
cipio video. 



Vir improbus nunquam a scelus 
ob is causa abstineo, quod is 
natura turpis judico, sed quod 
metuo ne emano. — Si Caesar 
diripio (part, in dus) urbs do, 
vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis 
ego prosum possum. — Timeo 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



201 



The soldiers feared that Scipio's 
wound might he mortal. — As the 
senate had not decreed the treaty, 
Hiempsal feared that it might 
not stand good. 



miles ne Scipio viilnus mortifer 
sum. — Foedus quia senatus non 
jubeo, vereor Hiempsal ut satis 
firmus sum. 



Remark. This constmction is not confined to verbs that expressly 
indicate fearing or dread, but is employed also in tlie case of other 
verbs, and also of nouns, where fearing, risk, &c., are more or less 
implied. Thus we have tcrrere {Horat., Od., 1, 2, 5); horrere {Cic.y 
ad Att., 5, 21. — Liv., 34, 4); torqueri {Ovid., Am., 2, 5, 53); restahat 
cura ne {Liv., 25, 32) ; periculum est, &c. So also, of course, timor 
erat, metus erat, &c. (Compare Rcisig, Vorles., p. 569, not.) 



4. Usage of Ne Non with Verbs of Fearing. 
JVe non with verbs of fearing is equivalent to tit, 
the two negatives cancelling each other ; as, Timeo ne 



non impetj 



I am afraid that I will not obtain it j' 



the same, in effect, as timeo ut impetrem. 



Whether Pompey mean to make a 
stand anywhere, or pass the sea, 
is unknown; if he remains, I 
fear he cannot have an efficient 
army. — I see the iceakness of thy 
health, and I fear that thou, may- 
est not be able to meet thy pres- 
ent fortune. — There is no danger 
that he who can paint a lion or a 
bull skilfully, should not be able 
to do the same thing with many 
other quadrupeds. — I fear that I 
may possibly not appear to have 
consulted other men's benefit, hut 
my own glory. — I perceive by 
thy letter that thou art afraid 
that thy last has not been deliv- 
ered to me. 



Utrum Pompeius consisto uspiam 
volo, an mare transeo volo, nes- 
cio : si maneo, vereor ne exer- 
citus satis firmus habeo non 
possum. — Infirmitas valetudo 
tuus video, et vereor ne prae- 
sens fortuna tuus sufficio non 
possum. — Non sum periculum, 
ne qui leo aut taurus pingo 
egregie, idem in multus alius 
quadrupes facio non possum. — 
Vereor ne forte non alius utili- 
tas, sed proprius laus servio 
video. — Intelligo littefae tuus 
tu vereor ne superior ego non 
reddo. 



Neve or Neu. 
I. JVeye or neu is compounded of ne and ve, and 

It must not, 



means ^^ or that not^'' '''-and that not. 



202 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



therefore, be confounded with neque, which last an- 
swers to non, but neve to ne. 

II. Still, however, neve or neu is used for neque^ with 
verbs of commanding, prohibiting, &c., especially in 
the wording of decrees, treaties, &c. 



I 



A law was passed in the Co- 
mitia Centuriata, that no magis- 
trate should kill or heat a Roman 
citizen in violation of an appeal. 
' — This, also, was a noble act on 
the part of Thrasyhulus, that, 
when he had the greatest power 
in the state, he proposed a law, 
" that no one should be accused 
of things previously done, nor be 
punished.^ ^ — I think it right to 
give my readers this precept, not 
to try foreign manners by the 
standard of their own, nor think 
those things which are trifling to 
themselves to have been so like- 
wise among others. 
■ Augustus sold the barbarians 
who rebelled, under condition 
that they should not serve in an 
adjacent country, nor be set free 
under thirty years. — The moth- 
ers of families, with extended 
hands, implored the Romans t\at 
they would spare them, and not 
kill even the women and chil- 
dren. — It is the part of a good 
man to observe these two things 
in friendship : first, that there be 
nothing false nor hypocritical; 
and, secondly, not only to repel 
charges brought by another, but 
not even to be himself suspi- 
cious. 



Centuriatus Comitia lex fero, ne- 
quis magistratus civis Roma- 
nus adversus provocatio neco 
neve verbero. — Praeclarus hie 
(neuter) quoque Thrasybulus, 
quod quum multus in civitas 
possum, lex fero, nequis ante- 
actus res accuso neve multo. — 
Hie praecipio {neut. of part, in 
dus) video lector, ne alienus 
mos ad suus refero, neve is qui 
ipse levis {comparat.) sum, par 
modus (ahlat.) apud caeteri sum 
arbitror. 



Rebellans barbarus (genitive) sub 
lex venumdo Augustus, ne in 
vicinus regio servio, neve intra 
tricesimus annus libero. — Ma- 
terfamilias, passus manus (ab- 
lat. absol.), obtestor Romanus, 
ut sui parco, neu ne mulier 
quidem atque infans abstineo. 
— Bonus vir sum, hie duo te- 
neo in amieitia ; primo nequis 
fictus sum neve simulatus ; de- 
inde non solum ab alius allatus 
criminatio repello, sed ne ipse 
quidem sum suspiciosus. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



203 



5. Usage of Quo. 

I. Quo is properly the ablative of the relative pro- 
noun, and stands for ut eo, " in order that^^ " that by this 
means. ''^ 

II. It is commonly joined with the comparative. 



It behooves a law to be brief in or- 
der that it may be the more easily 
retained by the ignorant. — Trees 
are covered with a rind or bark, 
in order that they may be the sa- 
fer from the cold. — The numer- 
ous attendance of men and women 
at funerals toas abolished, that 
lamentation might be diminish- 
ed. — The Roman soldiers, hav- 
ing fixed their javelins in the 
ground, that they might climb 
the steep places more lightly, as- 
cend running. 



Lex brevis sum oportet, quo facile 
ab imperitus teneo. — Obduco 
liber aut cortex arbor, quo sura 
a frigus et a calor tutus. — Tollo 
celebritas vir ac mulier in fu- 
nus, quo lamentatio minuo. — 
Miles Romanus, fixus in terra 
pilum {ablat. absol.), quo levis 
arduus {neuter) evado, cursus 
subeo. 



6. Usage of Non Quo. 

I. JVoTi quo is '•'-not as if.''"' Its use, however, has 
been very much disputed, but has been established on 
sufficient authority. 

II. It is not to be denied, nevertheless, that it is 
safer in general to say non quod., non eo quod, non ideo 
quod (in later writers non quia), or non quoniam. 

III. Instead of non quo, we may also use non quin, 
with a negative sense, ^'- not as if not.''"' 

IV. In the subsequent part of the sentence is sed 
quod, or sed quia, "but because," or else something 
equivalent, which, as assigning the real cause, has the 
indicative. 



1. The republic, at this particular 
period, does not, I confess, inter- 
est me ; not as if there were any- 



Ego sane, hie quidem tempus, non 
moveo respublica ; non quo aut 
sum ego quisquam cams, aut 



204 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



thing dearer to me than the re- 
public, or should he ; but even 
Hippocrates forbids to apply 
medicine to those whose case is 
desperate. — Thy plans seemed to 
the senate greater than had been 
expected; not as if it had ever 
doubted of thy good intention, 
but it had it not sufficiently clear 
how far thou mightest wish to go. 
2. / am thought to be too patient 
and tame; not because I will- 
ingly heg,r myself reviled, but be- 
cause I do not willingly leave 
my cause, to break out into a 
passion, and alienate the judges 
from me. — 2'hey said that it was 
not as if an answer might not 
have been briefly given, that cho- 
sen (persons) of the Fathers had 
been sent ; hut because they wish- 
ed the mention of that thing to 
be ended forever. 



sum debeo ; sed desperatus 
etiam Hippocrates veto adhi- 
beo medicina. — Senatus mag- 
niis video consilium tuus quam 
exspecto ; non quod unquam 
de tuus voluntas dubito, sed 
quod quo progredior volo non 
satis exploratus habeo. 



Ego, non quod libenter male au- 
dio, sed quia ego causa non li- 
benter relinquo, ut iracundia 
(ablat.) effero {passive), et ju- 
dex abalieno, nimium patiens 
et lentus existimo. — Non quin 
breviter reddo responsum pos- 
sum, idcirco delectus Pater 
mitto dico ; sed quia in per- 
petuus mentio is res finio volo. 



7. Usage of Quin. 

I. Quin is used after negative propositions, or doubt- 
ing questions which carry a negative sense, in two 
ways : 

II. First, It is used for qui non, quce non, quod non, ut 
non, after nemo, nullus, nihil, with the verbs est, reperi- 
tur, invenitur, and with vix est, cegre reperitur. 

III. Secondly, It is used after non dubito, non est dubi- 
wn, facer e non possum, fieri non potest, nihil or haud muU 
turn abest, haud pro cul abest, minimum abest (^parum abest 
is not sanctioned by any classical authority), nihil prcB- 
termitto, non recuso, temperare mihi non possum, and other 
negative propositions, with which also vix and (Bgre 
may be joined. Thus, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



205 



Quis igitur duhitet quin hoc sit melius 7 " Who, then, will doubt 
but that this is preferable V 

Nihil tarn difficile est quin quarendo possit investigari. " There is 
nothing so difficult that may not be traced out by dint of inves- 
tigation." 

Concio vix inhiheri potuit, quin protinus saxa in Polemonem conjice- 
ret. " The assembly could hardly be restrained from straight- 
way hurhng stones at Polemo." 



1. I deny that there was any jewel 
or pearl which Verres did not 
search for, examine, (and) carry 
off. — There is no doubt that he 
who is called liberal and kind, 
aims at the discharge of duty, 
not at profit. — Octavianus was 
near perishing by the uproar and 
indignation of the soldiery, be- 
cause he was thought to have put 
a common soldier to death by tor- 
ture. — Since the kingdom of Bi- 
thynia is become the public prop- 
erty of the Roman people, is 
there any reason ichy the decem- 
viri should not be going to sell 
all the lands, cities, harbours, in 
short, all Biihynia ? 

2. The confusion of all things is 
such, that every man regrets his 
fortune, and there is no one who 
does not wish to be anywhere 
rather than where he is. — Since 
I left the city I have allowed no 
day to pass without writing to 
thee. — Caligula was very near 
removing the loritings and books 
of Virgil and Livy from all the 
libraries. 



Nego ullus gemma aut margarita 
sum, quin conquiro Verres, in- 
spicio, aufero. — Non sum dubi- 
us quin is qui liberalis benig- 
nusve dico officium non fructus 
sequor. — Minimus absum Octa- 
vianus quin pereo concursus et 
indignatio turba militaris, quod 
gregarius miles discruciatus ne- 
co credo. — Quum regnum Bi- 
thynius publicus populus Roma- 
nus facio, numquis causa sum 
quin omnis ager, urbs, portu^ 
totus denique Bithynia vendo 
decemvir 1 



Is sum perturbatio omnis res, «t 
suus quisque fortuna maxime 
poenitet, nemoque sum quin 
ubivis quam ubi sum sum ma- 
lo. — Ut ab urbs discedo (in- 
die.), nullus adhuc intermitto 
dies quin ad tu scribo. — Virgil- 
ius ac Livius imago et scriptum 
paulum absum quin Caligula 
ex omnis bibUotheca amoveo. 



Remark 1. Quin is used with tlie indicative as a question and ex- 
hortation. Thus, Qidn conscendimus equos 1 " Why do we not 
mount our steeds 1" — In this sense, also, it is employed with the im- 
perative ; as, Qidn die statim. " But tell me forthwith ;" or, as an 

S 



206 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



exhortation, with the present subjunctive, first person plural : Quin 
experiamur 1 " Why do we not try ?" i. e., " let us try." — It differs 
from cur, as it does not express a desire to be informed of the rea- 
son, but a remonstrance. 

Remark 2. After dubito and non dubito, in the sense of " to scruple,''^ 
'* to hesitate,'''' the infinitive properly follows, though in a few passages 
of Cicero quin is used with the verb in this sense. But after non du- 
bitare, " not to doubt," it is less agreeable to good usage to employ 
the infinitive than the subjunctive with quin, although the former 
construction is found not only in Nepos, Pliny, and Curtius, but 
even in Livy. (Consult Drakenb. ad Liv., 22, 55.) 

Remark 3. " I doubt whether" is dubito num ; for dubito an, where 
only one thing is mentioned, has, like haud scio an, and nescio an, an 
affirmative sense ; as, Dubito an hunc primum omnium ponam. " I 
am inchned to rank this man first of all." — This, however, does not 
wholly exclude the use of dubito an in the sense of " I doubt wheth- 
er." Thus, Me dubitasse conjiteor, an hanc partem quastionis tractaU' 
dam putarem. (Quintil.) 



8. Usage of Quominus. 

I. Quominus is used after verbs which express a hin- 
derance ; where also 7^e, and, if a negative precedes, 
quin may equally be used. 

II. Such verbs are arcere^ defenders (" to keep off"), 
detenere, impedire^ obstare^ ojfficere, prohibere^ recusare^ re- 
pugnare^ vetare^ and many others, which have a similar 
meaning. 

III. Quominus is commonly rendered, in such cases, 
by " from," " so as not," " in order that not," &c. 

Parmenio detenere regem voluit, quominus medicamentum biberet, 
quod mediczis dare constituerat. " Parmenio wished to deter the 
king from drinking the potion which the physician had deter- 
mined to give." — More literally, " in order that he might not 
drink. 



&c. 



Death, which, on account of the 
shortness of life, daily impends 
over tis, will not deter a wise 
man from considering the inter- 
ests of the republic and his own. 
— The poet is closely allied to 
the orator ; in this respect, in- 
deed, almost the same, that he 
does not circumscribe his au- 



Non deteneo sapiens mors qui 
quotidie immineo, propter bre- 
vitas vita, quominus commo- 
dum respublica suusque consu- 
lo. — Sum finitimus orator poe- 
ta, in hie quidem prope idem, 
nullus ut terminus circumscri- 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



207 



thority within any limits, so as 
not to be allowed to wander where 
he pleases. — When we have free 
liberty of choice, and nothing 
hinders us from doing what we 
like best, all pain should be kept 
at a distance. 
2. When the law was brought for- 
ward for Cicero'' s return, no cit- 
izen thought that he had a suffi- 
cient excuse for not being pres- 
ent. — The soldiers of Ccesar 
were with difficulty restrained 
from bursting into the town, 
and were much dissatisfied, be- 
cause it seemed to have been ow- 
ing to Trebonius that they did 
not get possession of the place. 
— It was no obstacle to Isocra- 
tes'' being esteemed an excellent 
orator, that he was prevented 
from speaking in public by the 
feebleness of his voice. 



bo jus suus, quominus is licet 
vagor quo volo. — Quum solutus 
ego sum eligo optio, quumque 
nihil impedio quominus is qui 
maxima placeo facio possum, 
omnis dolor sum repello {part, 
in dus). 
Lex de revoco (gerundive) Cice- 
ro latus, nemo civis quominus 
adsum Justus visus sum excu- 
satio. — Miles Csesar asgre re- 
tineo, quin oppidum irrumpo, 
graviterque is res fero, quo sto 
{perf infin.) per Trebonius, quo- 
minus oppidum potior video. — 
Non Isocrates quominus habeo 
summus orator officio, quod in- 
firmitas vox ne in publicus dico 
impedio. 



Subjunctive after Particles of Wishing. 
I. The subjunctive is used after particles of wishing-: 
as, JVflwz, si I &CC. The tense is to be regulated by 
what has been remarked on a previous occasion (page 
186, § III). Thus, 

Utinam, ui culpam, sic etiam suspicionem vitare potuissem ! " Would 
that, as I have avoided an actual fault, so I might also have 
been able to avoid suspicion !" 

mihi prcBteritos referat si Jupiter annos ! " Oh that Jupiter 
would restore to me the years that are gone by !" 



Would that those poems were ex- 
tant which Cato, in his Origines, 
says were commonly sung at 
feasts, many ages before his own 
time, by each of the guests, re- 
specting the praises of illustrious 



Utinam exsto ille carmen, qui 
multus saeculum ante suus setas 
in epulae cantito a singuli con- 
viva de clams vir laus, in Origo, 



208 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



men. — The language of Varro 
gives me hope of Ccesar, and I 
wish Varro himself would apply 
to the cause. — I wish, Ro- 
mans, that you had such an akin- 
dance of brave men, that this were 
a difficult question for you. — / 
vnsh this may he a source of 
pleasure to Piso ; I see thai it 
will of glory. — I wish thou may- 
est covet the retreat of my villa, 
that to its numerous excellences 
the greatest recommendation may 
he added hy thy society. 



dico Cato. — Varro sermo facio 
exspectatio Caesar, atque uti- 
nam ipse Varro incumbo in 
causa. — Utinam Quirites, vir 
fortis copia tantus Rabeo, ut hie 
tu deliberatio difficilis sum. — 
Utinam is res Piso voluptas 
sum {double dative) ; gloria qui- 
dem video fore. — Utinam nos- 
ter villa secessus concupisco, 
ut tot tantusque dos is mag- 
nus conmiendatio ex tuus con- 
tubernium accedo. 



Usage of the Relative with the Subjunctive. 
I. The pronoun qui is uniformly joined to the sub- 
junctive mood, when the relative clause does not ex- 
press any sentiment of the author's or narrator's, but 
refers it to the person or persons of whom he is speak- 
ing. Thus, 

Dixerunt unum petere ac deprecari, si forte pro sua dementia ac 
mansuetudiue, quam ipsi ab aliis audirent, statuisset Aduaticos 
esse coTiscrvandos, ne se armis despoliaret. " They said that 
they begged and earnestly entreated one thing, that if, per- 
chance, in accordance with his wonted clemency and compas- 
- sion, of which they had heard from others, he should resolve 
that the Aduatici were to be preserved, he would not despoil 
them of their arms." — Here it is obvious that ^e relative 
clause expresses a sentiment delivered by the speakers, and is 
not to be considered as an observation of the author's. For 
Caesar does not intend to tell his reader that the Aduatici had 
heard of his clemency, but to inform him that they themselves 
made this declaration. — The expression quam audirent is 
equivalent, therefore, to quam ipsi audivisse dixerunt, " of 
which they told him that they themselves had heard ;" whereas 
ipsi audiebant would imply an observation of Caesar's, equiva- 
lent to quam ego (scil. Ccesar) eos audivisse dico, " of which I 
(Caesar) say that they had heard." 
Scnatus deccrnit, Tarquinii indicium fal sum vidcri ; eumque in tin- 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



209 



cutis retinendum, nisi de eo indicaret, cujus consilio tantam rem, 
mentitus esset. " The senate decrees, that the information of 
Tarquinius appeared to be false ; and that he should be kept in 
confinement, unless he made a disclosure concerning that indi- 
vidual by whose instigation he had uttered so gross a false- 
hood." — Here mentitus esset implies the senate's affirmation 
that Tarquinius had tcld a falsehood, and not the historian. 
Mamilius rogationem ad popidum promulgat, uti quareretur in eos, 
quorum consilio Jugurtha scnati decreta neglexisset. " Mamilius 
proposes a bill to the people, that an inquiry should be instituted 
into the conduct of those, at whose instigation Jugurtha had 
neglected the decrees of the senate." — The subjunctive is here 
used, to show that this charge of neglect is made by Mamilius, 
not by the historian. 



. Ccesar replied, that he icould do 
what he had done in the case of 
the Nervii. — They said that it 
was better for them to endure 
any kind of lot from the Roman 
people, than to be put to death by 
torture at the hands of those 
among whom they had been ac- 
customed to rule. — He says that, 
if Publius shall have done this, 
he will enlarge the authority of 
the Lydians among all those by 
whose aid, if any wars may have 
fallen out, they have been accus- 
tomed to sustain them. 

. He said that Servius, thus born, 
thus created king, was a favour- 
er of the lowest class of persons, 
whence he himself is sprung. — 
He says that he will prove it, 
with even Marcus himself as the 
judge of the matter, unto whom 
the greater part of the loss per- 
tains. — He reminds them that 
the contest will be icith those 
whom they have before sent con- 
quered under the yoke. 

s 



Respondeo Caesar, sui is, qui in 
Nervius facio, facio. — Sui prass- 
to dico, qui vis fortuna a popu- 
lus Romanus patior, quam ab 
hie per cruciatus interficio, in- 
ter qui dominor consuesco. — 
Hie si facio Publius, Lydus 
auctoritas apud omnis is am- 
plifico dico, qui auxilium, siquis 
bellum incido, sustento consu- 
esco. 



Servius dico, ita nascor, ita creo 
rex, fautor sum infimus genus 
homo, ex qui ipse sum. — Is sui 
probo dico, vel ipse Marcus ju- 
dex (ablat. absol.), ad qui mag- 
nus pars injuria pertineo. — 
Moneo cum is certamen fore, 
qui antea vinco sub jugum 
mitto. 



210 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Remark 1. In the same manner, ubi for in quo loco, not taken in- 
terrogatively, but relatively, in the sense now mentioned, governs 
the subjunctive mood. Thus, Romanes neque ullam facultatem ha- 
bere navium, neque eorum locorum ubi bellum gesturi essent perspicie- 
hat. {Cics., B. G., 3, 9.) In the next sentence the author writes, 
His irritis consiliis, naves in Venetiam, ubi Ccesarem primum bellum 
gesturum constabat, quam plurimas possunt, cogunt. — In the former 
of these passages, ubi (in quo loco) is joined to the subjunctive 
mood, the relative clause being the subject of pcrspiciebat, or, in 
other words, referring to the person of whom Caesar is speaking. 
In the latter passage, however, the indicative is employed, as a 
matter of certainty is alluded to. 

Remark 2. Quo, also, for ad quern locum, and unde for e qiio loco, and 
not expressing an observation of the author's, or an object of his 
knowledge, governs the subjunctive mood. Thus, Cognoscit, non 
longe ex eo loco oppidum Cassivellauni abesse, quo satis magnus homi- 
num pecorisque numerus convenerit. (Ccbs., B. G., 5, 21.) Here 
convenerit is equivalent to convenissc intellexit. In the very next 
sentence, the relative clause expresses an observation of the au- 
thor's, and we find the verb in the indicative mood. Oppidum Bri- 
tanni vacant, quum silvas impeditas vallo atque fossa m,unierunt, quo 
incursionis vitandcB causa, convenire consuerunt. 

Remark 3. The form of expression which we have been consider- 
ing appears to have been adopted for the purpose of distinguishing 
between what is said or observed by the viTiter, and what is^said or 
observed by the person or persons of whom he is writing, without 
the tiresome repetition of the leading verb. 



II. In farther illustration of what has just been sta- 
ted under Remark 3, we find that the subjunctive mood 
is used, not only as equivalent to dixit or dixerunt, with. 
the infinitive, but likewise in all oblique sentences, in 
which the following and subordinate verb is logically, 
though not grammatically, the subject of the antece- 
dent and principal verb. In this case, in order to pre- 
vent the repetition of the principal verb, with the in- 
finitive of that which denotes its subject, classic wri- 
ters uniformly put the latter in the subjunctive mood. 
Thus, 

Animadvertit Ccesar, unos ex omnibus Sequanos nihil earum rerum 
facere, quas cateri facerent. " Caesar perceived that the Se- 
quani alone of all did no one of those things which the rest 
did." — Here facerent is equivalent to facere animadvertit, " which 
he perceived that the rest did." 
Reperit ipswm esse Dumnorigcm s^iimma audacia, complurcs annas 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 211 

portoria, reliquaque omnia JEduorum vectigalia parvo pretio re- 
dempta habere, propterea quod, illo licente, contra liceri audeat 
nemo. " Caesar finds that Dumnorix was a man of consum- 
mate boldness ; that he had the taxes of the JSdui on farm for 
several years, because, when he bade for them, no one dared to 
bid against him ;" that is, " he finds that no one dared to bid," 
equivalent to audere reperit. 
^ncum equum animadvertit, cujus in laterihus fores essent. {Cic., 
Off., 3, 9.) "He perceived a brazen horse, in whose sides 
were doors." — Here the relative clause is not an observa- 
tion of the author's. Cicero means to say that Gyges observ- 
ed a brazen horse, and observed, also, that there was a door 
in each side. The passage is equivalent to JEjieum equum ani- 
madvertit, cujus in lateribus {animadvertit) fores esse. Had Ci- 
cero said cujus in lateribus fores erant, it would imply his own 
description of the horse, but would not signify that Gyges ob- 
served the door in his side. 



III. As an extension of the principle laid clown in 
paragraph. I., it may be observed, that when a proposi- 
tion containing the statement of a fact, and therefore 
in the indicative mood, has another dependant upon it, 
connected by a causal conjunction, relative, or rela- 
tive adverb, in which something is alleged as the senti- 
ment or language of another, and not of the writer, the 
dependant proposition will be in the subjunctive mood. 
Thus, 

Socrates accusatus est, quod corrumperet juventutem. *' Socrates 
was accused of corrupting youth." — The subjunctive here de- 
notes what was alleged or thought by those who were concern- 
ed in the death of Socrates. The indicative would have assert- 
ed the charge in the relator's own name. 
Aristides patria expulsus est, quod prater modum Justus esset. 
" Aristides was banished from his country because he was just 
beyond measure ;" i. e., as his enemies alleged, not as the wii- 
ter himself believed. 
Deum invocabant cujus ad solemne venissent. " They invoked the 
deity to whose solemnity they had come ;" i. e., were said to 
have come, or alleged that they had come. 



212 



6UBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



1. The Egyptians consecrated no 
animal, except on account of 
some utility which they derived 
from it. — They were indignant 
that supreme authority should he 
there, where there was no free- 
dom. — When Pompey declared 
that he would consider those as 
enemies who had not assisted 
the republic, Ccesar gave notice 
that those who were of neither 
party would he reckoned by him 
in the number of his friends. 

2. Critias sent confidential persons 
to Lysander in Asia, to inform 
him that, unless he despatched 
Alcibiades, none of those things 
which he himself had established 
at 4-thens could remain in force. 
—rrSome think that Julius Ccesar, 
having weighed his own and his 
enemies* forces, availed himself 
of the occasion of seizing su- 
preme power, which he had coveted 
in early life. — It seemed to Da- 
rius, in his dream, that the camp 
of Alexander shone with a bright 
fiery effulgence, and that Alexan- 
der was brought to him in the 
dress, which Darius himself had 
worn, soon after. 

3. Not only the Africans could not 
be corrupted, but they even sent 
ambassadors to Lacedamon to 
accuse Lysander of having en- 
deavoured to corrupt the priests 
of the temple.— The road from 
Apamea to Phrygia is through 
the country of Aulocrene ; a 
plane-tree is shown there, from 
which Marsyas is said to have 
Jbeen suspended, when conquered 



iEgyptius nullus bellua consecro, 
nisi ob utilitas qui ex is capio. 
— Indignor ibi sum imperium, 
ubi non sum libertas. — Denun- 
tio Pompeius {ahlat. absol.) pro 
hostis sui habeo qui respublica 
desum, Caesar medius et neuter 
pars suus sui numerus futurus 
pronuncio. 



Critias certus homo ad Lysander 
in Asia mitto, qui is certior fa- 
cio, nisi Alcibiades toUo {phi- 
perf. subj.), nihil is res fore ra- 
tus qui ipse Athenae constituo. 
— Quidam puto Julius Caesar, 
pensito suus et inimicus vis 
(^ablat. absol), utor occasio ra- 
pio (gerundive) dominatio, qui 
aetas primus concupisco. — Cas- 
tra Alexander magnus ignis 
fulgor Darius in somnium con- 
lueeo video, et paulo post Alex- 
ander adduco ad ipse in is ves- 
tis habitus qui ipse sum. 



Non solum corrumpo non possum 
Afer, sed etiam legatus Lace- 
daemon mitto, qui Lysander ac- 
cuso, quod sacerdjos fanum cor- 
rumpo Conor. — Ab Apanuea in 
Phrygia per regio Aulocrene eo 
(pass, impcrs.) : ibi ostendo pla- 
tanus ex qui pendeo (perf sub- 
junct. act.) Marsyas, ab ApoUo 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



213 



hy Apollo. — The reason v}hy the 
cuckoo ■puts her young under oth- 
er birds, is supposed to be because 
she knows that she is hated by all 
other birds. 
4. We have heard of strange kinds 
of birds in the Hercynian for- 
est, whose plumage shines in the 
night like fire. — Augustus broke 
the legs of Thallus, his amanu- 
ensis, because he had received 
five hundred denarii for having 
betrayed a letter. — It seems a 
strange thing that a diviner does 
not laugh when he sees (another) 
diviner. — Plato calls pleasure a 
bait, because men are caught by 
it as fishes by the hook. 



vinco. — Causa coccyx (dative) 
subjicio (genit. of gerund) pul- 
lus sum puto quod scio sui in- 
visus cunctus avis. 

In Hercynius saltus inusitatus ge- 
nus avis accipio, qui pluma ig- 
nis modus colluceo nox (plur.). 
— Augustus Thallus (dative), a 
manus, quod pro epistola prodi- 
tus denarius quingenti accipio, 
crus frango. — Mirabilis video, 
quod non rideo haruspex, ha- 
ruspex quum video. — Plato es- 
ca, voluptas appello, qiiod is vi- 
delicet homo capio ut piscis ha- 
mus. 



Remark. Cicero frequently uses the verbs dico, puto, arhitror, and 
others of the kind, in the subjunctive mood, by a sort of attraction, 
although strictly this mood belongs to the verb which expresses 
what was thought or said. Thus, Quum enim Hannibalis permissu 
exisset de castris, rediit paulo post, quod se oblititm nescio quid diceret. 
(Cic, Off., 1, 13.) According to the rules of grammar, it should have 
been, quod nescio quid oblitus esset, ut dicebat : the two propositions, 
however, have been mixed together, so that dicere has been put in 
the subjunctive mood, as if it were the main verb. — Compare the 
following : Cui quum esset nunciatum, quod ilium iratum allaturum ad 
se aliquid contra pair em arbitraretur, surrexit e lectulo. (Off., 3, 31.) 
— Torquatus earn sevcritatem in fdiuni adkibuit, ut eum Macedonum. 
Icgatis accusantibus, quod pecunias PrcBtorem in provincia cepisse ar- 
guerent, causam apud se dicere juberet ; for quod cepisset, ut argue- 
bant. (De Fin., 1, 7.) — Sed ubi consulcm ad tantum facinus impeUere 
nequeunt, ipsi singillatim circumeundo, atque ementiundo qua se ex 
Vulturcio aut Allobrogtbus audisse dicerent, magnam illi invidiam con- 
flaverant. (Sallust, Cat., 39.) 



IV. The relative pronoun is joined with the subjunc- 
tive mood, when the relative clause contains the rea- 
son of what goes before, or, in other words, when it 
expresses the occasion of the predicate, specifying and 
limiting its extent. 

V. In such examples, it is frequently rendered in 



214 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



English by the preposition ^;^, with the imperfect par- 
ticiple, or seeing that. Thus, 

Omnes laudare fortunas meas, qui natum haberem tali ingenio fra- 
ditum. '• All praised my good fortune in having (or because I 
had) a son endowed with such a disposition." 
O fortunate adolescens, qui tucE xirtutis Homerum fntconem invene- 
ris. "0 fortunate youth, in having found a Homer as the her- 
ald of thy valour," 
Hannibal male fecit, qui Capua hiemarit. " Hannibal did wrong 
in having wintered at Capua." 



Obs. 1. If quod or quum is used, it takes the indicative. Thus, 
Aristoteles non laudandus in eo, quod censuit. {Cic, N. D., 2, 
16.) — Male fecit Hannibal quod Capua hiemavit. 

Obs. 2. This construction of the relative recommends itself by its 
subserviency to perspicuity. If we say, Male fecit, qui hiemavit^ 
we impute error to the person who wintered, but do not express 
the error as consisting in his wintering. When, on the other 
hand, we say Male fecit qui hiemarit, we signify that " he erred 
because he wintered," or "in wintering." 



1 . I have a volume of introductions ; 
and therefore, at my Tusculan 
villa, as I did not remember that I 
had used that which is in the third 
hook of the Academic Questions, 
I pxit it to the book De Gloi'ia. — 
Caninius has been of wondrous 
vigilance, since during the whole 
of his consulship he has not seen 
sleep. — What ardour of study do 
you think there was in Archi- 
medes, since, while he describes 
certain things in the dust, he has 
7iot perceived that his country is 
taken.^—Casar has voluntarily 
granted to me not to he in that 
camp which was about to be 
{formed) against Lentulus or 
Pompcy, since I had received 
very great favours from them. 

2, Wltat more devoid of shame than 



Habeo volumen procemium ; ita- 
que in Tusculanus (praedium), 
qui non memini ego utor ille 
procemium qui sura in Academ- 
icus tertius, conjicio is in hber 
" De Gloria." — Caninius sum 
mirificus vigilantia, qui suus to- 
tus consulatus somnus non vid- 
eo. — Quis ardor studium cen- 
seo sum in Archimedes, qui 
dura in pulvis quidam describe, 
ne patria quidem capio sentio. 
— Ipse ego Caesar suus concede 
voluntas, ne in is castra sum 
qui contra Lentulus aut Pompei- 
us sum, qui (genit. plur.) benefi- 
cium magnus habeo. 



Tarquinius quis impudens, qui 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



215 



Tarquin, since he carried on war 
with those who had refused to 
submit to his pride 1 — mighty 
power of truth, in that she can 
easily defend herself, unaided, 
against the talent and ingenuity 
of men, and against all their art- 
ful snares ! — When ice went to 
bed, a deeper sleep than was usu- 
al overcame me, since I had set 
up till late at night. — Wretched 
vie, in that I was not present ! 



bellum gero cum is qui is non 
fero superbial — magnus vis 
Veritas, qui contra homo ingen- 
ium et solertia, contraque fictus 
omnis insidiae, facile sui per sui 
ipse defendo ! — Ut cubo (supine) 
discedo (indie.'), ego, qui ad 
multus nox vigilo, arctus quam 
soleo somnus complector. — 
Ego miser (accus.), qui non ad- 
sum ! (perf.) 



What is thus expressed by qui alone, is sometimes 
more forcibly enunciated by quippe qui^ ut qui, or utpote 
qui, generally with the subjunctive, but also with the 
indicative. 



Obs. With quippe qui Cicero very rarely, if ever, uses the indica- 
tive ; with utpote qui it is sometimes found : ut qui is chiefly 
used by later wTiters. 



A crafty flatterer is not easily rec- 
ognised, as he often humours us 
'even by opposition, and courts us 
while he pretends to dispute, and 
at last gives up his cause, and 
pretends to be overcome. — To 
me, at least, the power of the 
tribunes of the commons appears 
very pernicious, as having been 
produced in sedition and fQr se- 
dition. — The Egyptians, for o. 
long time past hostile to the Per- 
sian power, had been inspired 
with courage at the hope of 
Alexander's arrival ; as they had 
joyfully received even Amyntas, 
a deserter, and who came with a 
power dependant on another''s 
pleasure. — Scipio did not reject 
voith disdain the soldiers who 



Non facile agnosco callidus adu- 
lator, quippe qiii etiam adverser 
(gerund) saepe assentor, et liti- 
go sui simulo (pres. part.) blan- 
dior, atque ad extremus do ma- 
nus (plur.) vincoque sui patior. 
— Ego quidem potestas tribu- 
nus plebs pestiferus video ; 
quippe qui in seditio et ad se- 
ditio nascor. — ^gyptius olim 
Persa opes infensus, ad spes 
adventus Alexander erigo ani- 
mus, utpote qui Amyntas quo- 
que, transfuga, cum precarius 
imperium venio (pres. part.)^ 
laetus recipio. — Scipio is miles 
non adspernor qui ex Cannen- 



216 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



survived of the army of CanncB, 
as he knew that the defeat at Cari- 
na was not sustained through 
their cowardice, and that there 
were no soldiers of equal stand- 
ing in the Roman army. 



sis exercitus supero, ut qui ne- 

que ad Cannae ignavia is clades 
accipio scio, neque ullus aeque 
vetus miles in exercitus Roma- 
nus sum 



VI. When the proposition introduced by the rela- 
tive expresses the end and motive of the action men- 
tioned in the preceding proposition, so that ut might 
be substituted, the verb must be in the subjunctive 
mood. 

VII. This applies also to relative adverbs and con- 
junctions. 

Sunt autem multi, qui eripiunt aliis, quod aliis largiantur. " Tliere 
are, on the other hand, many who take from some that they 
may lavish upon others." Literally, " that which they may 
lavish." 

Octo millia servorum, qui mihtarent, a dominis empta sunt. " Eight 
thousand slaves were purchased from their masters, in order 
that they might perform military service." 



1. When Antiochus Epiphanes was 
besieging Ptolemy at Alexan- 
drea, Popilius Lcenas was sent 
ambassador unto him, to com- 
mand him to desist from his at- 
tempts. — The Cydnus is not re- 
markable for the breadth of its 
waters, but for their clearness ; 
for, gliding with a gentle course 
from its fountains, it is re- 
ceived into a pure bottom, nor do 
any torrents rush in to disturb 
the smoothly -flowing stream. — 
The eyes, like watchmen, occupy 
the highest place, in order that, 
having thence, the largest look- 
out, they may discharge their 
function. 

2. Carthaginian ambassadors came 



Quum Antiochus Epiphanes Ptol- 
emaeus Alexandrea obsideo, 
mitto ad is legatus PopiUus 
Laenas, qui jubeo inceptum de- 
sisto. — Cydnus, non spatium 
aqua, sed liquor, memorabilis, 
quippe lenis tractus e fons la- 
bor, purus solum (ablat.) excip- 
io, nee torrens incun'o, qui pla- 
cide mano alveus turbo. — Ocu- 
lus, tanquam speculator, altus 
locus obtineo, ex qui plurimus 
conspicio {pres. part.) fungor 
suus munus. 



Legatus Carthaginiensis Roma 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



217 



to Rome, to thank the Roman sen- 
ate and people for having made 
peace with them, and at the same 
time to ask that their hostages 
might be restored. — Letters were 
invented, that they might be a 
remedy against ohlivion. — King 
Philip sent for Aristotle as a 
teacher for his son Alexander, 
that he might receive from him 
instructions for loth acting and 
speaking. — Nero gilded the the- 
atre of Pompey at Rome for a 
single day, to make a display to 
Tiridates, king of Armenia. 



venio, qui senatus populusque 
Romanus gratia ( plur. ) ago, 
quod cum hie pax facio, simul- 
que peto ut obses is reddo. — 
Littera invenio qui subsidium 
oblivio {double dative) sum pos- 
sum. — Rex Philippus Aristote- 
les filius Alexander doctor ac- 
cieo, a qui iile et ago accipio 
praeceptam et loquor. — Nero 
Pompeius theatrum Roma ope- 
rio aurum in unus dies, qui os- 
tendo Tiridates rex Armenia. 



VIII. When a demonstrative term, such as 5zc, ita, 
tam^ talis, is (in the sense of " such"), kujusmodt, &c., 
has gone before, and the relative which follows can be 
resolved by ut, so that cujus is equivalent to ut mei, tuiy 
sui, illius, ejus ; cui to ut with the dative ; quern to ut 
with the accusative ; and so in the plural, the subjunc- 
tive mood is used with the relative. Thus, 

Multce res sunt ejusmodi, quarum exitus nemo providere possit. 
" Many things are of such a nature that no one can foresee 
their issues." 
Ea fuit legatio Octavii, in qua periculi suspicio nulla subesset. 
" The embassy of Octavius was such that no suspicion of dan- 
ger could lurk in it." 



Ob6. The idiom of our language renders it particularly necessary 
for the junior reader to observe, that the relative is considered 
to be of the same person with the principal subject, and not 
with the antecedent, whose character is expressed in the rela- 
tive clause. Thus, Non is sum, qui omnia sciam. " I am not a 
man who kyiows all things," or "the man to know" (collo- 
quially), or " such a man that I know," — " Thou art not the 
man who can command us." Tu non is es, qui nobis imperare 
possis. 

T 



218 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



. Who is so ignorant as not to 
understand that his own safety 
is involved in that of the repub- 
lic ? — Who is so great that for- 
tune may not make him need the 
aid even of the meanest ? — Invite 
those whose characters do not 
differ from thine own. — The 
Roman nation is such a one, 
that, when conquered, it cannot 
remain quiet. — / am a man who 
never did anything for my own 
sake rather than that of my fel- 
low-citizens. 

Zeno was ly no means a man 
to take away, like Theophrastus, 
all the energy of virtue ; hut, on 
the contrary, one who placed ev- 
erything which belonged to a 
happy life in virtue. — It be- 
hooves thee to be such a man as 
to separate thyself first from the 
society of wicked citizens. — 
What eloquence of the philoso- 
phers is so exquisite as to de- 
serve to be preferred to a well- 
regulated state 1 — The name of 
an ambassador should be of such 
a kind, that it may be in safety 
even amid hostile weapons. 



Quis sum tam ignarus qui non in- 
telligo respublica salus contineo 
suus 1 — Quis tantus sum . qui 
non fortuna etiam humilis aux- 
ilium indigeo cogol — Is voco 
{suhj.) qui mos a tuus non ab- 
horreo. — Is sum Romanus gens, 
qui vinco quiesco nescio. — 
Ego is sum qui nihil unquam 
mens potius quam civis meus 
causa facio. 



Zeno nuUus modus is sum qui, ut 
Theophrastus, nervus {plural) 
virtus incido, sed contra qui 
omnis qui ad beatus vita per- 
tineo, in virtus pono. — Talis 
tu sum oportet, qui primum tu 
ab impius civis societas sejun- 
go. — Quis philosophus oratio 
tam exquisitus sum, qui sum 
anteponendus bene constitutus 
civitas 1 — Nomen legatus is 
modus sum debeo, qui etiam 
inter hostis telum incolumis 
versor. 



IX. Even when no demonstrative term precedes, the 
relative sometimes takes a subjunctive mood, if a dem- 
onstrative be implied. Here the peculiar force of the 
subjunctive may generally be expressed in English by 
the word such. Thus, 

Multi vulnerati, etiam quos vires sanguisquc desererent, ut intra 
vallum hostium caderent nitcbantur. " Many wounded persons, 
in such a state that strength and blood were failing them, strove 
to fall within the rampart of the enemy." 

Nu7ic diets aliquid quod ad rem pertineat. " Now thou sayest 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

something that pertains to the subject." 
such a nature that it pertains." 



219 

More literally, " of 



. In my Laurentine (farm) I hear 
nothing that I repent having 
heard, I say nothing that I re- 
pent having said. — Augustus 
did many things worthy of being 
recorded, from which it appears 
that his anger did nOt master 
him. — In standing for the con- 
sulship, whoever he is loho shows 
any good-will towards thee, who 
courts thee, loho comes frequently 
to the house, he must he reckoned 
in the number of thy friends. 

. Myrmecidcs gained celebrity by 
making ants and other small an- 
imals of ivory : he made a four- 
horse chariot which a fly could 
cover with its wings. — As I wish 
to draw a picture of the habits and I 
life of Epaminondas, I think I 
ought not to omit anything which 
tends to illustrate it. — The nobil- 
ity of Campania had deserted the 
state, and could not be assembled 
in the senaJe-house ; there was a 
mmi in the magistracy who had 
not conferred any new honour 
upon himself, but by his own un- 
worthincss had deprived the ma- 
gistracy which he held of efficacy 
and authority. 



In Laurentinus (praedium) meus, 
nihil audio qui audio, nihil dico 
qui dico, pcenitet. — Multus Au- 
gustus dignus memoria facio, 
unde appareo ille ira non impe- 
ro. — Quisquis sum qui ostendo 
aliquis in tu voluntas, qui colo, 
qui domus ventito, is in petitio 
consulatus in amicus numerus 
sum habeo {part, in dus). 



Myrmecides inclaresco ex ebur 
formica et alius parvus animal 
facio : quadriga facio, qui mus- 
ca intego ala. — Quum exprimo 
imago consuetude atque vita 
Epaminondas volo, nihil videor 
debeo praetermitto qui pertineo 
ad is declare (gerundive). — No- 
bilitas Campania respublica de- 
sero, neque in senatus cogo 
possum : in magistratus autem 
sum qui non sui honor adjicio, 
sed indignitas suus vis ac jus 
magistratus qui gero demo. 



X. If the relative introduces an adversative clause, 
and is equivalent to a demonstrative with quanquam, or 
to si viodo or dummodo, it will equally be followed by a 
subjunctive. Thus, 

Cicero, qui per omnes superiores dies milites iyi castra continuisset, 
teptinio die cohortes frumentatum misit. " Cicero, although he 



220 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



had kept his soldiers in the camp during all the previous days, 
on the seventh day sent the cohorts to procure grain." 



Although they wished thee not to he 
safe in thy own state, they desi- 
red, I suppose, that there should 
be some memorial of thy form in 
their own cities. — It is handed 
down to remembrance that Tibe- 
rius, as often as he came forth 
from the senate-house, loas ac- 
customed to speak out in Greek 
words to the following effect : 
" men prepared for servitude .'" 
For, although he was disinclined 
towards public freedom, yet even 
he felt wearied with the abject en- 
durance of those who were en- 
slaved. — There is nothing so 
easy but that it may be difficult 
if thou do it unwillingly. — Can 
anything be burdensome to me, 
provided it be about to prove ac- 
ceptable to thee 1 



Credo qui tu in tuus civitas incolu- 
mis sum nolo, is monumentura 
forma, in suus civitas sum cu- 
pio. — Memoria prodo, Tiberius, 
quoties curia egredior, Graecus 
verbum, in hie modus, eloquor 
soleo, " homo (accus.) ad ser- 
vitus pare !" Scihcet etiam 
ille, qui libertas publicus nolo, 
tam projectus servio (pres. part, 
active) patientia taedet. — Nullus 
sum tam faciUs res, quin diffi- 
cilis sum, qui invitus facio. — 
An ego quisquam possum sum 
molestus, qui tu gratus sum 1 



XI. To this head may be referred the use of quod^ 
&c., with a subjunctive, sometimes with quidem^ con- 
taining a restriction 3 as, Quod sciam. "As far as I 
know." — Quod conjectura provideri possit, " As far as 
can be conjectured." 

XII. On the contrary, a limitation by quantum is usu- 
ally indicative ; as, QuaJitum ego intelligo, " As far as I 
understand ;" unless something else in the structure of 
the sentence should require a subjunctive. 



Nothing is said by philosophers, 
at least which is rightly said, 
that has not been confirmed by 
those iifho have laid down laws 
for states. — Who would think 
any arc happier than he wlw 



Nihil dico a phUosophus, qui quid- 
em recte dico, qui non ab is 
confirmo, a qui civitas jus de- 
scribo. — Quis beatus quisquam 
puto, quam is qui nihil dcsum, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



221 



wants nothing which at least na- 
ture demands ? — / wish that, as 
far as it is consistent with thy 
conv€?uence, thou wouldsi come 
as soon as possible. — This is the 
state of my candidateship, as far 
as can at present be foreseeyi. — 
Although Aristides excelled so 
much in moderatioyv that he alone, 
as far as we have heard, was sur- 
named the Just, yet he was pun- 
ished with a banishment of ten 
years. 



qui quidem natura desidero. — 
Qui commodum tuum fio, quam 
primum volo venio. — Petitio 
noster hie* modus ratio sum, 
qui adhuc provideor possum. — 
Quanquam adeo excello Aiisti- 
des abstinentia, ut umis qui 
quidem ego audio, cognomen 
Justus appello, tamen exilium 
decern annus multo. 



Remark. Quis sum, used for 7ium talis sum ut, takes a relative with 
the subjunctive ; as, Quis sum, cujus aures laedi nefas sit 1 



XIII. The relative adverbs, when equivalent to de- 
monstratives with ut^ also require the subjunctive. 
Thus, 

Artaxerxes Lampsacum urbem illi donarat, unde vi?mni suineret. 
"Artaxerxes had bestowed upon him. the city of Lampsacus, 
from which to obtain wine." Here unde is equivalent to ut 
inde, " that from it he might obtain," &c. 



Cim/m's assistance, his property, 
was at every one's service. He 
enriched many ; he buried, at his 
own expense, many poor persons, 
who had not left the means of 
their burial. — The proconsul not 
only sent corn to Rome, but col- 
lected it at Catana, that it might 
thence be furnished to the army 
which was to have its summer 
{camp) at Tarentum. 



Nullus opera Cimon, nullus res 
familiaris desum. Multus lo- 
cupleto, complures pauper mor- 
tuus, qui unde effero non rehn- 
quo, suus sumptus effero. — 
Consul non modo Roma fm- 
mentum mitto, sed et Catana 
conveho, unde exercitus qui ad 
Tarentum aestivus (castra) ago 
possum praebeo. 



XIV. The subjunctive is used after comparatives with 
quam qui in all its cases ; as, Major sum quam cui pos- 
sitfortuna nocere. " I am greater than that fortune can 
T2 



222 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



harm me." 
fortuna.'*'' 



Equivalent to quam ut mihi possit nocere 



The Athenian law forbids a sepul- 
chre to be raised higher than Jive 
men can finish in five days ; and 
a larger stone to be placed upon 
it than will contain the praise of 
the dead, cut jn four heroic verses. 
— No changing of sides took 
place ; fear rather than allegi- 
ance restraining the Campa- 
nians, because they had commit- 
ted too great an offence in their 
revolt for the possibility of par- 
don. — The loss of character and 
confidence is too great to be ca- 
pable of being estimated. — The 
Greeks cut doivn both larger and 
more branching trees than the 
soldier could carry along with 
his armour. 



Exstruo veto sepulchrum lex 
Atheniensis alte quam qui quin- 
que (lies liomo quinque absolve, 
nee magnus lapis impono quam 
qui capio laus mortuus incido 
quatuor heroicus versus. — Nul- 
lus fio transitio, inetus magis 
Campanus quam fides conti- 
nens {ablat. absol), quia major 
(neut. plur.) in defectio delin- 
quo, quam qui ignosco possum 
(imperf.). — Fama ac fides dam- 
num magnus sum quam qui 
aestimo possum. — Graecus et 
magnus et magis ramosus ar- 
bor caedo quam qui fero cum 
arma miles possum. 



XV. The relative is joined to the subjunctive mood 
when, in order to impart greater emphasis to the ex- 
pression, a periphrasis with the verb sum is employed, 
instead of simply the nominative with the principal 
verb. Thus, instead of sajdng J^onnulli dicunt^ we say 
Sunt qui dicant. 

XVI. This phraseology is adopted in order to excite 
the particular attention of the reader ; and it is for the 
same purpose that the word there is frequently employ- 
ed in English, in the introduction of a sentence. Thus, 
Sunt qui dicant. " There are persons who say." — 
Fuerunt qui censer ent. " There have been persons who 
thought," &c. 

XVII. Under this rule may be comprehended such 
expressions as, Inventi sunt multi qui parati essent hoc 
fa£ere, " There have been many found who were 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



223 



ready to do this." So also the verbs reperiuntur^ ex- 
sistunt^ exoriuntuj'y &c. 



Obs. An observance of the rule just laid down is in some cases 
essential to perspicuity, for otherwise the subject may be mis- 
taken for the predicate. Thus, if we say Sunt boni qui dicunt, 
to express " they are good men who say," and also " there are 
good men who say," the language is evidently ambiguous. This 
ambiguity is prevented by expre.ssing the former sentiment by 
Sunt boni qui dicunt, in which case the relative clause is the 
subject, and the antecedent clause the predicate ; and by ex- 
pressing the latter sentiment by Sunt boni qui dicant, where the 
antecedent clause is the subject, and the relative clause the 
predicate. 



There are some who think that 
Casar was of opinion that it 
was better once for all to en- 
counter, than to be always guard- 
ing against, the plots which im- 
pended on every side. — There 
are and have been philosophers, 
who thought that God had no 
management at all of human af- 
fairs : there are also other phi- 
losophers, and these, too, great 
and noble, who think that the 
whole world is administered and 
ruled by a Divine intelligence. — 
There are many who say, " / 
know that this will be of no ser- 
vice to him; but what am I to 
dor 
. Thou wilt find many persons 
to whom dangerous plans seem 
more splendid than quiet ones. — 
In all ages, fewer persons have 
been foutid who conquered their 
desires than the forces of the en- 
emy. — If there are any who are 
moved by the authority of phi- 
losophers, who deny that a wine 



Sum qui puto opinor Caesar, in- 
sidiae undique immineo subeo 
semel satius sum quam caveo 
semper. — Sum philosophus ac 
sum, qui Deus omnino nuUus 
habeo censeo humanus res pro- 
curatio : sum autem alius phi- 
losophus, et hie quidem magnus 
atque nobilis, qui Deus mens 
atque ratio omnis mundus ad- 
ministror et rego censeo. — Mul- 
tus sum qui dico, " Scio hie ille 
non prosum ; sed quis facie ?' 



Reperio multus qui periculosus 
consilium quietus splendidus 
video. — In omnis saeculum pau- 
ci vir reperio, qui suus cupidi- 
tas, quam qui hostis copia vin- 
co. — Si quis sum qui philoso- 
phus auctoritas moveo, negans 
sapiens ad respublica adeo, pa- 
rumper audio is, qui summus 



224 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



ma7i will engage in politics, let 
them listen for a while to those 
whose authority is the highest 
with the most learned men. — 
There are some who think that 
the soul and body die together. 



sum auctoritas apud doctus ho- 
mo. — Sum qui censeo una ani- 
mus et corpus occido. 



Remark 1. As the use of the subjunctive in this mode of expres- 
sion depends on the relative's characterizing the class vfhich is in- 
definitely referred to, the indicative is used, if there be anything 
which fixes the verb to a definite person or persons. Thus, quidam, 
denoting, as distinguished from aliquis, a person known, but not 
specified, takes most commonly an indicative. So sunt nonnulli, 
sunt multi, are often used with an indicative, and must be so where 
definite persons are meant. But with sunt qui the indicative is 
very rare in prose authors, and its use is probably to be referred to 
the influence of a Greek idiom. (Consult Heusingcr, ad Cic., Off., 
1, 24.) — Propertius (3, 9, 17) imitates the Greek, not only in the use 
of the indicative, but even of est with a plural ; as, Est quibus Ele<z 
concurrit palma quadrigce. 

Remark 2. In such expressions as those embraced by the rule, the 
Latins join the subjunctive present to the future with qui, if the event 
be simultaneous with that which the future describes ; as, Erunt qui 
dicant. 



XVIII. General negatives, such as nemo., nullus^ nihil 
est^ non quisquam est., nego esse quenquam, vix ullus est., 
vix with an ordinal or quisque., take qui with the sub- 
junctive mood. Thus, 

Nihil est quod tam miseros faciat, quam impietas. " There is no- 
thing which renders men so miserable as impiety." 

Vix ullum erat scutum quod non plura simul spicula perforassent. 
" There was hardly any shield which several javelins had not 
together perforated." 



XIX. The same construction takes place with nihil 
est quodj non est quod (quare or cur), in the sense of 
" there is no reason why." 



1. 



General Jfegatives. 



1. There is no orator who does not 
wish to be like Demosthenes. — // 
is no merit to be honest where 
there is no one who is able or who 



Nemo sum orator qui sui Demos- 
thenes similis sum nolo. — Nul- 
lus sum laus ibi sum integer, 
ubi nemo sum qui aut possum 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



225 



attempts to corrupt. — There is no 
animal, except man, which has 
some knowledge of God. — There 
is nothing so difficult which the 
human mind may not overcome ; 
(there are) no passions so fierce 
which may not be thoroughly ta- 
m^d by discipline. — The Pelo- 
ponnesus itself is almost wholly 
in the sea, . nor are there any, 
with the exception of the people 
of Phlius, whose territories do 
not touch the sea. 
. Look round on all the members 
of the state ; thou wilt assuredly 
find none which is not broken and 
enfeebled. — We shall not find any 
other, except Homer and Archil- 
ochus, most perfect in the work 
of which he has been the invent- 
or. — In war, nothing is so tri- 
fling as not sometimes to give the 
decisive turn to a great event. — 
There is nothing so incredible 
which may not be rendered cred- 
ible by the power of language ; 
nothing so rough and rude which 
may not, by means of oratory, be 
brightened and adorned. 



aut Conor corrumpo. — NuUus 
sum animal praeter homo, qui 
habeo aliquis notitia Deus. — 
Nihil sum tam difficilis et ardu- 
us, qui non humanus mens vin- 
co; nullus tam ferns affectus 
qui non disciplina perdomo. — 
— Ipse Peloponnesus fere totus 
in mare sum, nee praeter Phha- 
sius uUus sum, qui ager non 
contingo mare. 



Circumspicio omnis membrum 
respublica, nullus reperio pro- 
fecto, qui non frango debilito- 
que.^ — Non quisquam alius qui 
opus primus [gcnit.) sum in- 
ventor, in is perfectus, praeter 
Homerus et Archilochus repe- 
rio. — In bellum nihil tam levis 
sum qui non magnus interdum 
res momentum facio. — Nihil 
sum tam incredibilis qui non 
dico {gerund) fio probabilis ; ni^ 
hil tam horridus atque incultus 
qui non splendesco oratio et 
excolo. 



2. J\^ihil est quod^ Jfon habeo quod., &c. 



There is no reason to wonder that 
Ephyre is called by the name of 
Corinth by Homer ; for where he 
speaks in the character of a poet, 
he calls both this city and some 
Ionian colonies by the names by 
which they were called in his age. 
— ^4.5 to the rest, I wish thee to 
persuade thyself that thou hast 
nothing to fear beyond the com- 
mon calamity of the state ; and 



Non sum qui miror Ephyre ab 
Homerus nomino Corinthus ; 
nam ex persona poeta et hie 
urbs et quidam lones colonia is 
nomen appello, qui voco aetas 
is. — De reliquus, ita volo {subj.) 
tu persuadeo {subj.), tu nihil ha- 
beo qui timeo {part, in dus) sum, 
praeter communis casus ci vitas ; 



226 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



though this is very severe, yet we 
have lived in such a way, and 
are now of such an age, that we 
ought to bear firmly evils which 
do not happen to us hy our own 
fault. — I am under no concern 
about myself, but I do not know 
what to do about the hoys. — There 
is no reason ivhy thou shouldst 
doubt whether a man can raise 
himself above human affairs, who 
beholds with indifference the 
mighty commotion of events, and 
bears hardships calmly, and pros- 
perity with moderation. 



qui etsi sum gravis, taraen ita 
vivo, et is aetas jam sum, ut 
malum qui non noster culpa ego 
accido fortiter fero debeo. — De 
ego nihil laboro ; de puer quis 
ago non habeo. — Non sum qui 
dubito num tollo sui homo su- 
pra humanus (neut.) possum, 
qui magnus motus res securus 
adspicio, et durus placide fero 
et secundus moderate. 



Remark, It must be carefully observed, with regard to the class of 
expressions just considered, that it is only where the verb sum is 
used in the most general sense of there is, there exists, that the rela- 
tive takes the subjunctive, because in that case the reference of the 
negative expression is wholly defined by the relative and the verb 
dependant upon it. 



XX. Interrogative expressions implying a negative, 
such as quis est, quid est, qui, quce, quod (interrogative), 
quotusquisque, quantum est, also quid est quod, and similar 
phrases, are followed by qui with the subjunctive. 



What reason is there why soyne 
one^s cough or sneezing, or the 
awkward flapping away of a fly, 
or the fall of a key from the hand 
of a careless slave, should throw 
us into a rage ? — How few 
judges there are who are not 
themselves amenable to the very 
law hy which they try 7 — Ho^o 
few philosophers are found xoho 
think their system., not a display 
of knowledge, hut a rule of 
life 1 — In what way, then, has 
the Divine energy disappeared 1 



Quis sum cur tussis aliquis aut 
sternutamentum, aut musca pa- 
rum curiose fugo ego in rabies 
ago, aut clavis negligens servus 
manus elapsus 1 — Quotusquis- 
que ex judex sum, qui non is 
ipse lex teneo qui quaero 1 — 
Quotusquisque philosophus in- 
venio, qui disciphna suus non 
ostentatio scientia, sed lex vi- 
ta puto 1 — Qui tandem modus 
divinus ille vis evanesco 1 Ve- 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



227 



Through old age, thou wilt say. 
What old age is there that can 
destroy Divine energy 1 — Who 
is there, who, if he wish to vieas- 
ure the knowledge of illustrious 
men by the utility or magnitude 
of their performances, will not 
prefer the commander to the ora- 
tor? 



tustas inquam. Quis vetustas 
sum qui vis divinus conficio 
possum 1 — Quis sum qui, si 
clams homo scientia res ges- 
tus vel magnitude vel utilitas 
metier volo, non antepono ora- 
tor imperator 1 



XXI. After the adjectives dignus, indignus, and ido' 
neus^ the relative with the subjunctive is commonly 
used ; the infinitive rarely, and chiefly by the poets. 
Thus, 

Voluptas non est digna ad quam sapiens respiciat. " Pleasure 
does not deserve that a wise man care for it." 



We are not the cause why the 
world brings hack winter and 
summer : we have too high an 
opinion of ourselves, if we think 
ourselves worthy that for us such 
mighty bodies should be put in 
motion : they have their own 
laws. — He who governs well 
must have obeyed some time or 
other ; and he who obeys sub- 
missively seems worthy to gov- 
ern some time or other. — The 
character of Laelius seemed a 
suitable one to discourse about 
friendship, because we had heard 
{from our fathers) that the inti- 
macy of Scipio and Lalius was 
very remarkable. 



Non ego causa mundus {dative) 
sum hiems aestasque refero 
{gerund) ; nimis ego suspicio, si 
dignus ego video propter qui 
tantus {neut.) moveo ; suus iste 
lex habeo. — Qui bene impero 
pareo {perf subj.) aliquando ne- 
cesse sum ; et qui modeste pa- 
reo video qui aliquando impero 
dignus sum. — Idoneus video 
Lselius persona qui de amicitia 
dissero, quum accipio maxime 
memorabilis Scipio et Lselius 
amicitia sum. 



Remark. Aptus is better joined with ad than with qui and the 
subjunctive. 



XXII. Unus and solus^ when joined with qui., intro- 
ducing the definition of the qualities which these two 



228 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



adjectives limit to a single person, require a subjunc- 
tive. Thus, 

Unus est, in quo nitatur civitatis salus. " He is the one only per- 
son on whom the safety of the state depends." 

Solus es, CcBsar, cujus in victoria ceciderit nemo nisi armatus. 
*' Thou art the only one, Caesar, in whose victory no one has 
fallen save with arms in his hands." 



There is one thing of which a reli- 
gious feeling, deeply seated in 
our minds, compels us specifi- 
cally to complain, and (lohich) 
we wish you to hear, if it shall 
so seem proper. — Lampido, the 
Lacedczmonian, is the only one 
of women that is found, in any 
age, who has been the daughter 
of a Jciyig, the wife of a king, the 
mother of a king. — It is worthy 
of remark, that there was only 
one period of five years in which 
no senator died. — Lately, lohen I 
had spoken before the centumviri, 
the recollection occurred to me, 
that, as a young man, I had 
pleaded in the same tribunal : my 
mind xoent farther ; I began to 
reckon up whom I had had as as- 
sociates in my labour on that 
trial, whom in this : I was the 
only one who had spoken in both. 



Unus sum de qui nominatim ego 
queror religio infigo animus co- 
go, et tu audio, si ita video, vo- 
lo. — Unus femina in omnis 
aevum, Lampido Lacedaemoni- 
us reperio, qui rex filia, rex 
uxor, rex mater sum. — Noto 
{latter supine) dignus sum unus 
omnino quinquennium sum qui 
senator nullus morior. — Proxi- 
me qumn apud centumvir dico, 
subeo recordatio ago ego juve- 
nis in idem judicium : animus 
ultra procedo : ccEpi reputo quis 
in hie causa, quis in ille socius 
habeo ; solus sum qui in uter- 
que dico. 



XXIII. The subjunctive is used in a narrative, after 
relative pronouns and adverbs, in the imperfect and 
pluperfect tenses, when a repeated action is spoken of 
(where in Greek the relative is used with the optative). 
Thus, 

Quemcunque lictor prehendisset, tribunus mitti jnbebat. "Whom- 
soever the lictor had seized, the tribune ordered to be released ;" 
i. e., as often as the lictor had seized any one. 
Nee quisquam Pyrrhum, qua tulisset impciu7n, sustinere valuit. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



229 



" Nor was any one able to withstand Pyrrhus, wherever he led 
the attack ;" i. e., as often as he led the attack in any quarter. 
SccBvola, simul atque luceret, faciehat omnibus sui conveyiiendi potes- 
tatem. " Scaevola, every morning, as soon as it was light, af- 
forded unto all an opportunity of having an interview with him." 



Obs. According to this analogy, the subjunctive is used after si, 
when a repeated act is spoken of ; as, Si qui rem malitiosius ges- 
sisset, dedecus existimabant. {Cic, Ros. Am., 38.) 



1. The senate determined to destroy 
Carthage, more because the Ro- 
mans were willing to believe 
whatever was said respecting 
the Carthaginians, than because 
things deserving of credit were 
related. — Aspis, inhabiting a 
country full of defiles, and forti- 
fied with castles, not only did not 
obey the king's command, but was 
in the practice of plundering 
whatever was being conveyed to 
the king. — Apelles exhibited his 
works in a shop, when finished, 
to passers-by, and, concealing 
himself behind the picture, listen- 
ed to the faults which were re- 
marked. 

2. The elephants, though they were 
driven, with great delays, through 
the narroio roads, yet, wherever 
they went, rendered the line of 
mxirch safe from the enemy, be- 
cause to {the latter,) unaccustom- 
ed {to them,) there was a fear of 
approaching. — The mountaineers 
made attacks, now on the van, 
now on the rear, whenever either 
the ground afforded them an ad- 
vantage, or men who had advan- 
ced before or lagged behind gave 
them an opportunity. — Augustus 
extracted maxims, word for word, 



Magis quia volo Rom anus, quis- 
quis de Carthaginiensis dico 
credo, quam quia credo {part, 
in diis) adfero, statuo senatus 
Carthago excido. — Aspis saltu- 
osus regio, castellumque mu- 
nio, incolo, non solum imperi- 
um rex non pareo, sed etiam 
qui rex porto abripio. — Apelles, 
perficio opus propono pergula 
transeo {pres. part.), atque, post 
tabula lateo, vitium qui noto 
ausculto. 



Elephantus, sicut per arctus via 
magnus mora ago, ita tutus ab 
hostis, quacumque incedo, ag- 
men praebeo, quia insuetus pro- 
pius adeo {gerund) metus sum. 
— Montanus modo in primus, 
modo in novissimus agmen ir- 
ruo, utcumque aut locus oppor- 
tunitas do, aut progressus mo- 
ratusve aliquis occasio facio. — 
Ex uterque lingua scriptor, prse- 



u 



230 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



from the Greek and, Latin au- 
thors, and sent them either to the 
commanders of armies and prov- 
inces, or to the magistrates of 
the city, according as they sev- 
erally needed qllmonition. 



ceptum, ad verbum excei-ptus, 
aut ad exercitus provinciaque 
rector, aut ad urbs magistratus, 
mitto Augustus, prout quisque 
admonitio indigeo. 



Of the Oratio Obliqua. 

I. When any one relates the words or describes the 
sentiments of another, not representing him as speak- 
ing in the first person, the relator is said to use the 
oratio obliqua. 

II. The main proposition is then put in the infinitive 
mood, and clauses connected by relative and causal 
particles are put in the subjunctive. 



Obs. The following passage will serve to show the changes which 
the moods undergo in the oratio obliqua. In Cicero {De Orat.) 
2, 7), Antonius says, ^' Ars earum rerum est qu<z sciuntur ; ora- 
toris autem omnis actio opinionibus non scientia continetur. Nam 
et apud eos dicimus qui nesciunt, et ea dicimus qua ncscimus ipsi.^' 
— Quintilian relates these things as said by Antonius, and thus 
changes the oratio recta into the obliqua. " Ponuntur hce quoque 
in seciindo Ciceronis de Oratore libro cantradictiones ; Artem ea- 
rum rerum esse quce sciantur ; oratoris omnem actimiem opinionc 
non scientia contineri ; quia et apud eos dicat qui nesciant, et 
ipse dicat aliquando quod nesciat." {Quintil., 2, 17, 37.) 



Of the Causal CoNJUNCTIo^'s. 

I. The causal conjunctions, quod, quia, quoniam, quan- 
doquidem, when they assign one fact as the cause of an- 
other, take an indicative. 

II. When used in the construction with the infini- 
tive, or when they express a motive felt, or a reason 
assigned, they are joined with a subjunctive, as has al- 
ready been explained {page 208, seqq., § I., seqq.). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



231 



1. Indicative. 



1. Atticus was involved in no en- 
mities, because he neither injured 
any one, nor, if he had received 
any injury, did he prefer aven- 
ging to forgettiyig it. — Vicious 
princes deserve so much the worse 
of the commonwealth, because they 
not only contract vice themselves, 
hut infuse it into the state ; and 
do mischief, yiot only because they 
are themselves corrupted, but also 
because they do more injury by 
their example than by their crime. 

2. The very conflagration of the 
city of Corinth made the quality 
of its brass more precious ; be- 
cause, a great number of statues 
having been mixed together in 
the conflagration, the streams of 
brass, silver, and gold ran into 
one common mass. — Since one 
nature differs from another na- 
ture so much, what wonder is it 
that these dissimilarities should 
have been produced by different 
causes 1 — Catiline, in a fury, 
said, " Since I am driven head- 
long by my enemies, I will extin- 
guish my own conflagration in 
the {general) ruin." — Here Bru- 
tus said, " Since you praise those 
orators so much, I could have 
wished it had pleased Crassus 
to write something more than 
that, it must be confessed, scanty 
treatise upon the method of 
speaking.''^ 



Atticus nuUus inimicitia gero, 
quod neque laedo quisquam, ne- 
que, si quis injuria accipio, ma- 
le ulciscor quam obliviscor. — 
Eo perniciose de respublica me- 
reor vitiosus princeps, quod non 
solum vitium concipio ipse, sed 
is infundo in civitas : neque so- 
lum obsum quod ipse corrumpo, 
sed etiam quod plus exeraplum 
quam peccatum noceo. 



^s nota pretiosus ipse Corinthus 
facio incendium, quia inc.endi- 
um permisceo plurimus statua, 
. aes, aurum, argent:imque vena 
in communis {neut.) confluo. — 
Quoniam tantum natura a natu- 
ra disto, quis mirus sum hie dis- 
similitude ex difFerens causa 
facio 1 — Catilina, furibundus, 
" Quoniam, inquam, ab inimicus 
praeceps ago, incendium mens 
ruina exstinguo." — Hie locus, 
Brutus, " Quandoquidem tu iste 
orator, inquam, tantopere laudo, 
volo {imperf) aliquis prseter iUe, 
sane exilis, libellus de ratio di- 
ce, plus Crassus libet (pluperf 
subj.) scribo." 



232 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



2. Subjunctive. 
The cases in which the subjunctive is required have 
"been already mentioned {page 208, seqq.^ § I., seqq.). 



Particular usage of Quod. 

I. After verbs which denote feeling pain or joy, such 
as doleo, angor, gaudeo, delector^ and those which indi- 
cate surprise or wonder, quod may be used, instead of 
the accusative with the infinitive. 

II. It takes the indicative after it, in such cases, if 
the thing spoken of is meant to be represented as a 
fact J and the subjunctive, if it is merely something 
conceived by the mind. 

III. The subjunctive is the less common, except in 
the oratio ohliqua^ which requires it j as, Cato mirari se 
aiebat, quod non rideret haruspex^ haruspicem quum vi' 
disset. (Cic) 



Obs. The subjunctive appears to be preferable, when the clause 
introduced by quod is, in opposition to the rest, marked by tamen, 
nihilominus, &c. 



1. Subjunctive. 
(When not required by^ § I., seqq.^ page 208). 



The tenth legion first returned 
thanks to Ccesar for having 
formed a very favourable opin- 
ion of them, and declared that it 
was very ready to carry on war. 
— I am accustomed to admire 
this most of all in you, that, 
though you are extremely unlike 
each other in speaking, yet each 
of you speaks in such a manner 
that nothing seems to have been 
denied to him by nature, or not 
conferred on him by learning. — • 



Princeps decimus legio Caesar 
gratia ago, quod de sui optimus 
judicium facio, suique ad hel- 
ium gero {gerundive) paratus 
confirmo. — Hie in tu maxime 
admiror soleo, quod quum inter 
tu in dico dissimilis sum, ita 
tamen uterque tu dico, ut is 
nihil neque a natura denegatus, 
neque a doctrina non delatus 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



233 



They fought xcith hatred almost 
greater than their forces ; the 
Romans being indignant that 
the conquered party should, as 
assailants, attack the conquerors ; 
the Carthaginians, because they 
thought that cruel and haughty 
commands had been imposed oil 
the conquered. 



sum video. — Odium {plural) 
prope magnus certo, quam vi- 
res : Romanus indignor, quod 
victor victus ultro infero arma ; 
Poenus, quod superbe avareque 
imperito victus credo. 



2. Indicative. 



When I was carefully reading the 
Gorgias of Plato, with Charma- 
das, at Athens, I u^ed to admire 
Plato most of all in this, that he 
seemed to me to he himself a 
first-rate orator, while he was 
ridiculing orators. — / rejoice 
that I interrupted thee, since 
thou hast given me so illustrious 
a testimouy of thy favourable 
opinion. — / was grieved, be- 
cause, by the death of Hortcn- 
sius, I had lost, not, as many 
thought, an adversary, or de- 
tractor from my praise, but rath- 
er an associate and partner of 
my glorious labour.— I congrat- 
ulate thee, that when thou didst 
depart from the province, the 
highest praise and the greatest 
gratitude of the province attend- 
ed thee. — This harasses and tor- 
ments me violently, that for a 
space of more than fifty days, 
not only no letters, but not even 
any rumour, has reached me from 
thee or from Ccesar, or from the 
place where thou art. 



Quum Athense Plato Gorgias cum 
Charmadas diligenter (compar.) 
lego, in hie maxime admiror 
Plato, quod ego in irrideo {ge- 
rundive) orator, ipse sum ora- 
tor summus video. — Gaudeo 
quod tu interpello, quandoqui- 
dem tam praeclarus ego do ju- 
dicium tuus testimonium. — Do- 
leo, quod, mors Hortensius, non, 
ut plerique puto, adversarius 
aut obtrectator laus (plur.) me- 
ns, sed socius potius et censors 
gloriosus labor amitto. — Gratu- 
lor tu, quod tu, de provincia de- 
cedo (pres. part.), summus laus 
et summus gratia provincia per- 
sequor. — Ille ego sollicito an- 
goque vehementer, quod dies 
jam amplius quinquaginta in- 
tervallum nihil a tu, nihil a Cse- 
sar, nihil ex iste locus (plural) 
non modo littera sed ne ramor 
quidem affluo. 



IV. There is one other case in which "Ma^" must 
be rendered by quod, namely, when a pronoun (such as 

U2 



234 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



hoc, illud, istud, or other cases and genders) precedes 
or is necessarily to be supplied, to which quod refers, 
having the sense of " inasmuch as,'''' " as far as it con- 
cerns ^ The mood v^rill be the indicative if no other 
circumstance requires the subjunctive. Thus, 

Mihi quidem videntur homines Jiac re maxime helluis prcestare, quod 
loqui possunt. " To me, indeed, men seem in this respect es- 
pecially to surpass the brutes, in that they are able to speak." 



V. In the following passage, on the other hand, the 
subjunctive is required : Socrates hoc Periclem cceteris 
jprcBStitisse oratoribus dicit, quod is Anaxagor(B fuerit au- 
ditor. " Socrates says that Pericles surpassed in this 
the rest of orators, in his having been a hearer of Anax- 
aoforas," 



1. Indicative, 



This is the principal difference he- 
twcen an inanimate and a living 
being, that the inanimate does 
nothing, the living being does 
something. — How great is the 
bounty of nature in producing so 
many, so various, and so pleas- 
ant things ! — Those who wish to 
be more bountiful than circum- 
stances allow, do wrong, first of 
all, in this respect, that they are 
injurious to their nearest connex- 
ions. — The necessity of dying is 
a great kindness of Nature. — 
That Hicetas had opposed Dio- 
ny silts, not from hatred, but from 
ambition, of tyrannical power, 
was proved by the circumstance 
that he himself, when Dionysius 
had been expelled, was wiwilling 
to resign power. 



Inter inanimus (neut.) et animal 
hie maxime intersum, quod in- 
animus nihil ago, animal ago 
aliquis. — Quantus sum benigni- 
tas natura, quod tam multus, 
tam varius, tamque jucundus, 
gigno ! — Qui benignus sum vo- 
lo quam res patior primum in 
is pecco, quod injuriosus sum 
in proximus. — Magnus benefi- 
cium sum natura, quod necesse 
sum morior. — Hicetas non odi- 
um tyrannis adversor Diony- 
sius sed cupiditas, indicium 
{dative) sum, quod ipse, expel- 
lo Dionysius imperium dimitto 
nolo. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



235 



2. Subjunctive. 



This always seems strange to me 
in the discourse of learned men, 
that the persons who say they 
cannot steer in a calm sea, be- 
cause they have never learned, 
nor given themselves any concern 
to know, should yet profess that 
they will go to the helm when the 
sea is rough. — When to these 
suspicions indisputable facts ivere 
added, that he had led the Helve- 
tii through the territory of the 
Sequajii, that he was accused by 
the magistrates of the JEdui, Ca- 
sar thought that there was suffi- 
cient reason why he should either 
punish him himself, or order the 
state to punish. — Africanus al- 
ways had Xenophon the Socratic 
in his hands, and above all things 
praised this in him, that he said 
thai the same labours are not 
equally severe to the commander 
and the soldier, because the hon- 
our itself made the labour of the 
commander lighter. 



Hie in homo doctus oratio ego 
mirus video soleo, quod qui in 
tranquillus mare guberno sui 
nego possum, quod' nee disco 
nee unquam satis euro, idem ad 
gubernaculum sui aecedo pro- 
fiteor, excito maximus fluctus 
{ablat. absoL). — Quum ad hie 
suspicio certissimus res aece- 
do, quod per finis Sequanus 
Helvetius perdueo, quod a ma- 
gistratus ^duus accuso, satis 
sum causa arbitror Caesar, qua- 
re in is aut ipse animadverto 
aut civitaS animadverto jubeo. 
— Semper Africanus Soeratieus 
Xenophon in manus habeo, qui 
in primus (plur.) laudo ille, 
quod dico idem labor non sum 
seque gravis imperator et miles, 
quod ipse honos labor levis fa- 
cio imperatorius. 



Of the Conjunctions which express a Concessio7i. 
I. Of the conjunctions which express a concession, 
quamvis (" although," or " however much"), licet, and ut 
require a subjunctive. Etsi and quanquam commonly 
have an indicative, when a subjunctive is not required 
by § I., II., III. (page 208, seqq.). 



1. Quamvis. 



However much I love my friend 
Pompcy, as I both do and am 
bound to do, yet I cannot prai.'^e 



Quamvis amo Pompeius noster, 
ut et facio et debeo, tamen hie, 
quod talis vir non subvenio, 



236 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



his noL assisting such men. — 
There is no possibility of assist- 
ing the state on a sudden, or 
when thou wishest, however press- 
ing its danger may be, unless 
thou art in that station in ichich 
thou art alloived to do so. — How- 
ever full thy coffer may be, I 
shall not think thee rich while I 
see thee unsatisfied. — The ques- 
tion is about the acuteness of 
Epicurus, not his morals ; how- 
ever much he may despise those 
pleasures which he just now 
praised, I shall still remember 
what the chief good seems to him 
to be. 



laudo non possum. — Non sum 
potestas ex tempus aut quum 
volo opitulor respublica, quam- 
vis is premo periculum, nisi is 
locus sum ut tu is facio licet. — 
Quamvis sum area plenus, dum 
tu inanis video, dives non puto. 
— De acumen ago (pass.) Epi- 
curus, non de mos ; quamvis 
sperno voluptas is qui modo 
laudo, ego tamen memini qui 
video is surmnus bonus. 



Remark. Quamvis is much less frequently used by Cicero in the 
sense of "although" than by later writers. 



2. Licet. 
II. Licetj " although," is properly a verb which has 
become a conjunction. It always takes the subjunctive 
mood. 



Although Truth obtain no patron or 
defender, yet she is defended by 
herself. — A dwarf is not great, 
although he stand on a mountain ; 
a colossus will retain its magni- 
tude, even if it stand in a well. 
— Although ambition be itself a 
vice, yet it is frequently the cause 
of virtues. — Thou canst not, al- 
though thou excel ever so much, 
advance all thy connexions to the 
highest honours. — Perhaps I 
may liave acted rashly, from the 
impulse of youth, in undertaking 
his cause ; since, hoicever, I have 



Veritas, licet nullus patronus aut 
defensor obtineo, tamen per sui 
ipse defendo. — Non sum mag- 
nus pumilio, licet in mons con- 
sisto (perf ) : colossus magni- 
tude suus servo, etiamsi in pu- 
teus sto iperf). — Licet ipse vi- 
tium sirni ambitio, frequenter 
tamen causa virtus sum. — Non 
possum (subj.) quantum vis licet 
excello, omnis tuus ad honor 
amplus perduco. — Forsitan in 
suscipio (gerund) causa is, te- 
mere impello (part, in us) ado- 
lescentia facio ; quoniam qui- 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



237 



o-nce undertaken it, though all 
sorts of terrors and dangers im- 
pend over me, I will give him 
my aid, and encounter (them). 



dem semel suspicio, licet ge- 
nus omnis in me impendeo ter- 
ror periculumque omnis, suc- 
curro et subeo. 



3. Ut. 

III. Ut, with the meaning of " although," " granting 
that," " supposing that," takes a subjunctive. 



Who is he that professes himself 
innocent in regard to all the laws ? 
Granting this to be so, how con- 
fined an innocence is it to be good 
according to law ! — There are 
some who think that they have 
made some wonderful acquisition, 
in having learned that, when the 
time of death came, they should 
entirely perish: suppose this to 
he so, what ground of rejoicing 

. or boasting is there in that 1 — / 
see no reason why the opinion of 
Pythagoras and Plato, concern- 
ing the immortality of the soul, 
should not be true ; and, suppo- 
sing that Plato alleged no reason 
(see how much I defer to him !), 
he would overpower me even by 
his authority. 



Quis sum iste qui sui profiteor 
omnis lex (ablat.) innocens 1 
Ut hie ita sum, quam angustus 
innocentia sum ad lex bonus 
sum ! — Sum qui puto, sui nes- 
cio-quis praeclarus adipiscor 
quod disco sui, quum mors tem- 
pus venio, totus pereo : qui ut 
ita sum, quis habeo iste res aut 
laetabilis aut gloriosus"? — Nihil 
ego occurro cur non Pythago- 
ras sum et Plato verns senten- 
tia ; et, ut ratio Plato nuUus af- 
fero (video quis homo tribuo !), 
ipse auctoritas ego frango. 



IV. Ut is often used (followed by ita) to contrast dis- 
similar circumstances with each other, and unexpected 
results with their cause. The clauses are then so rela- 
ted to each other that quidem may be substituted for 
utj and sed for ita, and ut will be followed by an indica- 
tive. 

V. In such cases we may conveniently employ, in 
translating, the English particles though — yet. 



238 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Agesilaus, though he had Nature a 
favourer in bestowing on him the 
virtues of the mind, yet found her 
malicious in fashioning his body. 
— Though the besieged had had 
rest from battles, neither attack- \ 
ing nor attacked for several days, 
yet they had not slackened in 
their work night nor day. — 
Though the ground, at a dis- 
tance from the wall, loas favour- 
able enough for advancing the 
vinea, their undertakings were 
not at all successful when they 
came to the execution of their 
work. 



Agesilaus, ut natura fautrix habeo 
in tribuo (gerundive) animus 
virtus, ita maleficus nanciscor 
in corpus fingo (gerundive). — 
Obsideo, ut a praelium quies 
habeo, nee lacesso nee lacesso 
per aliquot dies, ita non nox 
non dies cesso ab opus. — Ut 
locus procul murus satis aequus 
ago (gerundive) vinea sum, ita 
hand quaquam prosperei, post- 
quam ad efFectus opus venio 
( passive impersonal ) cceptum 
(dative) succedo (impersonal). 



Remark. This use of ut is very common in Livy, Ovid, and Quin- 
tilian. 



4. Quasi, Tanquam, Ac si, and Dummodo. 

VI. Quasi, tanquam, ac si ("just as if"), and dummodo 
(" provided only"), for which last dum and modo alone 
are also used, always denote something supposed, as 
distinguished from something real, and therefore admit 
only a subjunctive. 

VII. The tense to be used with these verbs is deter- 
mined by the general rule ; namely, past time requires 
the imperfect, present and future time the present or 
perfect. 

Obs, Tanquam is frequently followed by si. It must also be re- 
membered that the present subjunctive describes an action or 
event as conceived by the mind, without implying that it is not 
real ; but that the imperfect implies also that it does not exist. 
Thus, " Scindit comam tanquam moeror calvitie levetur," as if he 
thought that it could be alleviated ; whereas Icvaretur farther 
expresses that, in the opinion of the speaker, it cannot. 



Quasi, Tanquam, and Ac si with Present and Perfect, 
1. The Stoics give us trifling ar- 1 Concludo ratiuncula Stoicus, cur 
guments why pain is not an evil; \ dolor non sum (subj.) malum j 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



239 



as if the difficulty xoerc about the 
word, and not the thing. — There 
are some who as carefully con- 
form to the party zeal and ambi- 
tion of Sextus Ndvius as if their 
own affair or honour were at is- 
sue. — A chapter (of the law) fol- 
lows, which does not merely per- 
mit, but absolutely compels and 
commands, that the decemviri 
should sell your taxes, as if this 
were likely to be beneficial to you. 
— Fabiv^ mentions the capture of 
Marcus Atilius in Africa, as if 
Atilius miscarried on his first 
landing in Africa. — Why do I 
say more of Gavius ; as if thou 
hadst then been hostile to Gavius, 
and not {rather) an enemy to the 
name of citizens ? 
2. Some think that God does not 
exist, because he does not ap- 
pear, nor is perceived ; just as 
if we could see our own mind 
itself. — The Pythagoreans ab- 
stained from the bean, as if , for- 
sooth, the mind were puffed up 
by that food. — Since I am enter- 
ing on this discussion, as if I 
had never heard, never thought, 
about the immortal gods, receive 
me as an ignorant pupil, whose 
mind is without bias to either 
side. — Thou who askest why I 
have spoken so largely of a thing 
which is evident about lohich all 
are agreed, dost act in the same 
manner as if thou wert to ask 
roe why I look at thee with two 
eyes, when I can attain the same 
purpose with one. 



quasi de verbum, non de res la- 
boro (passive). — Sum qui, quasi 
suus res aut honos ago (pass.), 
ita diligenter Sextus Naevius 
studium et cupiditas mos gero. 
— Sequor caput, qui non per- 
mitto mode, sed plane quasi is 
res tu salutaris sum ita cogo 
atque impero, ut decemvir vas- 
ter vectigal vendo. — Fabius 
Marcus Atilius captus in Afri- 
ca commemoro, tanquam Atil- 
ius primus accessus ad Africa 
offendo (perfect). — Quis ego 
plus de Gavius, quasi tu Gavius 
turn sum (perfect) infestus, ac 
non nomen civis hostis ^ 



Quidam idcirco Deus sum non 
puto, quia non appareo nee cer- 
no : proinde quasi noster ipse 
mens video possum. — Faba 
Pythagoreus abstineo, quasi ve- 
ro is cibus mens inflo. — Quum 
sic aggredior ad hie disputatio, 
quasi nihil unquam audio (per- 
fect) de deus immortalis, nihil 
cogito, rudis ego discipulus et 
integer accipio. — Tu qui is quae- 
ro, quare de is qui sum perspic- 
uus et inter omnis consto, tam 
multus dico, similiter facio ac 
si ego rogo, cur tu duo con- 
tueor oculus, quum idem unus 
assequor possum. 



240 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



The same with 

Didlius, Jiaving conquered at the 
Lipari (islands), during his 
whole life, whenever he returned 
from supper, commanded torches 
to flame a?id pipes to sound be- 
fore him, as if he were triumph- 
ing every day. — Augustus play- 
fully reproved a man for hesita- 
ting to offer him a petition, as if 
he were holding out a halfpenny 
to an elephant. — The mock fight 
wa^ no image of a battle, but 
they encountered as if they were 
fighting for the kingdom, and 
many wounds were given with 
the stakes ; nor was anything 
but steel wanting to a regular 
battle. — Hicetas of Syracuse 
thinks tha,t nothing in the world 
moves except the earth ; and that, 
as this revolves round its axis 
with the utmost rapidity, all the 
same effects are produced as if 
the sky moved, v:hile the earth 
stood still. 



the Imperfect. 

Victor Duilius apud Liparae, per 
omnis vita, ubi a ccena redeo 
(subj.), praeluceo funale et prae- 
cino sui tibia jubeo, quasi quo- 
tidie triumpho. — Augustus ali- 
quis jocus corripio, quod sic sui 
libellus porrigo dubito, quasi el- 
ephantus stips porrigo. — De- 
cursio exercitus non imago sum 
pugna, sed tanquam de regnum 
dimico (passive impersonal) ita 
concurro, multusque vulnus su- 
des facio ; neque pragter ferrum 
quisquis desum ad Justus acies. 
— Hicetas Syracusius prajter 
terra nihil in mundus moveo 
censeo ; qui quum circum axis 
sui summus celeritas torqueo, 
idem elRcio omnis quasi sto 
terra coelum moveo. 



Dummodo ; and Dum, modo. 



Obs. If the proposition contains a negation, ne is employed. 



1. Go forth at length from the 
city; lead out with thee all thy 
(associates) ; if not (all), as 
many as possible : thou wilt de- 
liver me from great fear, provi- 
ded only there be a vmll between 
me and thee. — If thou shall have 
nothing to write, yet I vnsh thou 
wouldst write this very thing, 
that thou hadst notlmig to ivrite, 
only not in these words. — The 



Egredior ahquando ex urbs ; edu- 
co tu cum omnis tuus ; si mi- 
nus, quara plurimus : magnus 
ego metus libero, dummodo in- 
ter ego atque tu murus inter- 
sum. — Tu ego, etiamsi nihil 
sum qui scribo, tamen is ipse 
scribo volo (siibj.), tu nihil ha- 
beo qui scribo, dummodo ne hie 
verbum. — Postulo liomo nobilis 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



241 



tnosl noble and upright men of 
the city demanded that the slaves 
should be examined by the tor- 
ture, and demanded it on behalf 
of a man who was desirous even 
to be put to torture himself, pro- 
vided only an investigation took 
place about his fathers death. 
2. Deiotarus had recourse to the 
auspices of virtue, which forbade 
to consider fortune, provided one''s 
word be kept. — The Peripatetics 
approve moderation, and rightly 
approve it, if they only did not 
commend anger. — Old men'' s fac- 
ulties remain, provided only study 
and industry remain; and that, 
too, not in the case of illustrious 
men, and those who are in posts 
of honour, but also in private and 
tranquil life. — If the senate sends 
another person against the spring, 
1 do not trouble myself, provided 
only that my command be not 
prolonged. 



atque integer civitas servus in 
quaestio (accus.) ; postulo autem 
pro homo, qui vel ipse sui in 
cruciatus (accus.) do cupio, dum 
de pater mors qusero {passive 
impersonal). 



Virtus auspicium utor Deiotarus, 
qui veto specto fortuna dum 
praesto fides. — Mediocritas pla- 
ceo Peripateticus, et recte pla- 
ceo, modo ne laudo iracundia. 
— Maneo ingenium senex, mo- 
do permaneo studium et indus- 
tria ; nee is solum in praeclarus 
et honoratus vir, sed in vita 
etiam privatus et quietus. — Si 
alius senatus ad ver mitto non 
laboro : ego (dative) modo tem- 
pus ne quis (neut.) prorogo. 



Of Antequam and Vriusquam. 
Antequam and priusquam have commonly, in a narra- 
tive, the imperfect and pluperfect of the subjunctive. 
With the present and perfect the indicative and sub- 
junctive are equally used, when the simple priority of 
one fact to another is declared. 



1. Imperfect and Pluperfect. 



The Gauls crossed into Italy two 
hundred years before they took 
Rome. — Aristides was present at 
the naval battle of Salamis, which 
took place before his banishment 
was remitted. — Epaminondas, 



Ducenti annus ante quam Roma 
capio, in Italia GaUus transcen- 
do. — Aristides intersum pugna 
navalis apud Salamis, qui facio 
prius quam poena exilium re- 
mitto. — Epaminondas quum in 



242 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



when he came into a jparty in 
which either a disputation was go- 
ing on about the republic, or a dis- 
course holding about philosophy, 
never departed until the discourse 
had been brought to a conclusion. 
— Mithradates transfixed Data- 
mes with his weapon, and killed 
him before any one could succour 
him. — Hasdrubal, who had cross- 
ed the Iberus before certain news 
of the defeat arrived, on hearing 
that the camp was lost, turned 
off towards the sea. 



circulus venio, in qui aut de res- 
publica dispute (pass, impers.) 
aut de philosophia sermo ha- 
beo, nunquam inde prius disce- 
do quam ad finis sermo adduce. 
— Mithradates Datames ferrum 
transfigo, priusque quam quis- 
quam possum succurro, interfi- 
cio. — Priusquam certus clades 
fama accido, transgredior {perf. 
part.) Iberus Hasdrubal, post- 
quam amitto castra accipio, iter 
ad mare converto. 



2. Present and Perfect with the Indicative. 



Every one is involved in a certain 
plan of life before he has been 
able to judge what was best. — 
Before I speak about the suffer- 
ings of Sicily, it seems to me 
that I ought to say a few words 
about the dignity of the province. 
— We use our limbs before we 
have learned for the sake of what 
use we possess them. — Before I 
answer about other things, I shall 
say a few words about the friend- 
ship which he accuses me of hav- 
ing violated, (a thing) which I 
deem a most heavy charge. — I 
have not attempted to excite pity 
in others before I was myself 
touched with pity. 



Ante implico quisque aliquis ge- 
nus vivo quam possum qui bo- 
nus sum judico. — Antequam de 
incommodmn Sicilia dico, pau- 
ci ego videor sum de provincia 
dignitas dico {part, in tlus). — 
Membrum utor priusquam dis- 
co quis is utilitas causa habeo. 
— Priusquam de caeteri res re- 
spondeo, de amicitia qui a ego 
violo criminor, qui ego gravis 
crimen judico, pauci dico. — 
Non prius conor misericordia 
alius commoveo quam miseri- 
cordia ipse capio. 



3. The same Tenses with the Subjunctive, 



In all kinds of business, diligent 
preparation must be used before 
thou set about it. — Exert thyself, 
if thou canst in any way accom- 
plish the extrication of thyself, 
arid come hither as soon as pos- 



In omnis negotium priusquam ag- 
gredior adhibeo {part, in dus) 
sum praeparatio diligens. — Do 
opera, si uUus ratio etiam nunc 
efficio possum, ut tu explico, et 
hue quam primum venio, ante- 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



243 



sible, before all the troops of the 
enemy collect. — Ccesar trans- 
ports his soldiers over the river 
in ships, and seizes unexpectedly 
on a hill contiguous to the bank, 
and fortifies it before it is perceiv- 
ed by the enemy. — Do nothing, 
senators, either in Italy or in 
Africa, before ye atone for the 
crime of those who have laid their 
sacrilegious hands on the un- 
touched treasures of the temple 
of Proserpine. — Art thou going 
to condemn a friend before thou 
hear him, before thou interrogate 
him ? Wilt thou be angry with 
him before he is allowed to know 
either his accuser or his crime 1 



quam omnis copia adversarius 
convenio. — Caesar miles navis 
flumen transporto, continens- 
que ripa collis improviso occu- 
po, et priusquam ab adversari- 
us sentio communio. — Nihil, 
Pater Conscriptus, neque in 
Italia neque in Africa gero {perf. 
subj.) priusquam is scelus ex- 
pio, qui suus sacrilegas manus 
intactus Proserpina thesaurus 
admoveo. — Amicusne condem- 
no antequam audio, antequam 
interrogo] Ille antequam aut 
accusator suus novi licet aut 
crimen irascorl 



Remark 1. If one thing be declared necessary or proper to precede 
another, or designed to precede it, this is expressed by the subjunc- 
tive. Thus, Medico diligenti, priusquam conetur cegro adhibere medi- 
cinam, natura corporis cognoscenda est. 

Remark 2. Hence the subjunctive is used with priusquam in the 
sense of sooner than applied to the will. Thus, JEgyptii quamvis 
carnificinam prius subierint, quam ibim violent. 



Of the Particles of Time, Bum^ Donee, Quamdiu, and 
Quoad. 

I. The particles of time, dum, donee, quamdiu, and 
quoad, have an indicative when they signify as long as. 

II. In the sense of until, on the other hand, dum, do- 
nee, and quoad have either mood ; the indicative if no- 
thing more is contemplated than the time of termina- 
tion, the subjunctive if there is a reference to an object 
to be attained. 



1. With an Indicative, the Particles of Time signifying 

" WHILE," or " AS LONG AS." 
Wfule Alexander is fighting val- 1 Dum inter primores prompte (com- 
iantly among the front rank, he \ parative) dimico Alexander, sa- 



244 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



is struck by an arrow. — If I err 
in this, that I think the minds of 
men are immortal, I willingly 
err ; nor, while I live, do I wish 
this error, in which I delight, to 
be torested from me. — Fahius, 
when consul for the second time, 
resisted as long as he could Fla- 
minius, tribune of the people, pro- 
posing to divide the Picenian 
lands to each man. — As long as 
the power of the Roman people 
was retained by benefits, not by 
injuries, wars were terminated 
without severity. — As long as \ 
the state exists, trials will take 
place. I 



gitta ico.— Si in hie erro, quod 
animus homo immortahs sum 
credo, hbenter erro, nee ego 
(dative) hie error qui delecto 
{pass.), dum vivo, extorqueo 
volo. — Fabius, consul iterum, 
Flaminius, tribunus plebs, quo- 
ad possum resisto, ager Picens 
viritim divido {pres. part.). — 
Quamdiu imperium populus Ro- 
manus beneficium teneo, non 
injuria, exitus helium sum mi- 
tis. — Tamdiu fio judicium, 
quamdiu sum civitas. 



2. With an Indicative, the same Particles signifyivg 

" UNTIL." 



Julius CcEsar lay a considerable 
time lifeless., until three slaves 
laid him on a litter, and carried 
him home. — The Tar quins fought 
till Brutus killed, with his own 
hand, Aruns, the king's son. — 
Tht Romans, for several suc- 
cessive days, came so close to the 
gates, that they seemed to be ma- 
king an assault, until Hannibal, 
having marched in the third 
watch of the night, directed his 
course to Apulia. 



Juhus Caesar exanimis aliquandiu 
jaceo, donee lectica (dative) 
impositus tres servulus domus 
refero. — Tarquinius tamdiu 
dimico, donee Aruns, filius rex, 
manus suus, Brutus occido. — 
Inde continuus dies (ablat.) ali- 
quot Romanus (sing.) ita insis- 
to porta, ut prope infero signum 
videor ; donee Hannibal, tertius 
vigilia proficiseor, Apulia peto 
intendo. 



With a Subjunctive, the same Particles signifying " un- 
til," and including a purpose to be obtained. 



1. In the following night, Fabius 
sends the cavalry on before, so 
prepared that they might engage 
and delay the whole army until 
he himself should come up. — In 



Insequor nox Fabius eques prae- 
mitto, sic paro ut eonfligo, at- 
que omnis agmen moror, dum 
consequor ipse. — De Terentia 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



245 



regard to Tcrentia and Tullia, I 
agree with thee that they should 
refer (everything) to thee ; and 
that, if they have not yet gone, 
that is no reason why they should 
move until we see in what situa- 
tion the affair is. — Calpurnius 
Flamma, a tribune of the sol- 
diers, occupied, with a chosen 
land of three hundred men, the 
hill on which the enemy were 
posted, and thus delayed them 
until the whole army got clear. 

A truce was made for two 
months, until ambassadors could 
be sent to Rome. — Augustus was 
accustomed to appoint a guar- 
dian to royal personages under 
age, and insane, until they grew 
lip or recovered their intellects. 
— We must ask or entreat angry 
persons, if they have any power 
of inflicting vengeance, to delay 
it until their anger subsides. — 

What more do you wish 1 are 
you waiting till Metellus gives 
testimony of his criminality 1 



et Tullia tu assentior ad tu ut re- 
fero : et, si nondura proficiscor, 
nihil sum quod sui moveo, quoad 
perspicio qui (ablat.) locus {gen- 
it.) sum res. — Calpurnius Flam- 
ma, tribunus miles, cum lectus 
trecenti manus, insessus ab 
hostis tumulus occupo ; ade- 
oque moror is, dum exercitus 
omnis evado. 



In duo mensis induciae fio donee 
Roma mitto legatus. — Augus- 
tus rector soleo appono rex aetas 
parvus ac mens lapsus, donee 
adolesco aut resipisco. — Ro- 
go aut oro (part, in dus) sum 
iracundus, ut si qui habeo ul- 
ciscor vis, difFero dum defer- 
vesco ira. — Quis volo amplius"? 
num exspecto, dum Metellus de 
iste scelus testimonium dico 1 



III. Dum is also used with the present tense indica- 
tive, to express that there has been not only a coinci- 
dence in point of time, but also a connexion of cause 
and effect, between two events. 



Obs. The use of dum with the present of the indicative, along 
with verbs of past time, where mere coincidence of time is 
expressed, has been pronounced contrary to the practice of 
Cicero. (Wolf, ad Sueton., Vit. Domit., 4.) It is certainly more 
conmion in the silver age, yet not without example in Cicero. 
Thus, Dum in provincia Appium omo, subito sum factus accusa- 
$oris ejus socer. (Ep. ad Att., 6, 6.) The adverb gives to the 
X2 



246 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



present verb the force of a perfect, and thus brings the tenses 
into harmony. 



Neither while Hannibal remains in 
Italy^ nor in the years immedi- 
ately after his departure, had the 
Romans leisure to found colo- 
nies. — Bibulus, the colleague of 
CcBsar, since he is more desirous 
than able to impede his proceed- 
ings, kept himself at home : by 
which conduct, while he wishes 
to increase the odium of his col- 
league, he increased his poioer. — 
The enemy, while they think that 
they sure conquering, began to 
follow more boldly ; the soldiers 
of Pompey, while they believe 
that their own men are fleeing, 
began to flee. — Some years ago, 
my freedman Zosimus, while he 
is rehearsing with a loud voice 
and vehemently, threw up blood. 



Neque dum Hannibal in ItaUa 
moror, neque proximus post 
excessus is annus vaco {imper- 
sonal) Romanus colonia condo. 
— Bibulus coUega Caesar, quum 
actio is magis volo impedio 
quam possum, domus sui te- 
neo : qui factum, dum augeo 
volo invidia collega, augeo po- 
tentia. — Hostis, dum sui puto 
vinco, fortiter sequor ; Pom- 
peianus, dum fugio credo suus, 
fugio ccepi. — Zosimus libertus 
meus ante aUquot annus, dum 
intente instanterque pronuntio, 
sanguis rejicio. 



Usage of Quum. 

I. The common rule respecting the use of quum is, 
that quum temporale (or quum referring to time) takes 
an indicative : but quum causale (or quum referring to 
cause) a subjunctive. This, however, requires some 
modification. 

II. Quum is properly a relative adverb (the demon- 
strative of which is tum)^ and signifies " when," in 
Avhich sense it governs an indicative mood, and may- 
be joined either with a present, past, or future tense, 
and may denote either a single action, or one fre- 
quently repeated, in which case it is equivalent to quo- 
tiescunque. 

When tec contemplate those things I Quum is qui prsetereo acer ani- 
tvhich have passed with a vigor- \ mus et attentus intueor, tunc 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



247 



ous and attentive mind, then the 
result is, that regret follows if 
they are bad, joy if they are 
good. — When it is enjoined that 
we should control ourselves, it is 
enjoined that reason should re- 
strain rashness. — He lived when 
Sicily wa^ flourishing in resour- 
ces. — I will sail when I shall he 
able to sail in safety. — Tho7L 
askest why my Laurentine farm 
delights me so much : thou wilt 
cease to wonder when thou shalt 
have known the convenience of 
the situation. — When the inquiry 
is instituted. What can be done ? 
we must also examine how easily 
it can be done. 



fio ut aegritudo sequor si ille 
malus sum, laetitia si bonus. — 
Quum prascipio ut egomet ipse 
impero, turn hie prsecipio ut ra- 
tio coerceo temeritas. — Vivo 
quum Sicilia floreo opes. — 
Quum secure navigo possum, 
navigo. — Quaero cur ego Lau- 
rentinus (prasdium) meus tanto- 
pere delecto ; desino miror, 
quum cognosco opportunitas lo- 
cus. — Quum quaero quis fio pos- 
sum, video {gerund) sum etiam 
quam facile fio possum. 



III. Quum, signifying " when," is joined with an im- 
perfect or pluperfect indicative in narration, if the 
proposition is dependant on another in which the im- 
perfect or pluperfect is also used. This coincidence is 
sometimes made more emphatic by turn, etiam tum, &c. 



When it seemed possible that seme 
precaution should be taken, (then) 
I grieved that it was neglected. 
— When the consul Carbo was 
defending the cause of Opimius 
before the people, he made no de- 
nial respecting the death of Grac- 
chus. — When criminals fought 
with the sword, there could be no 
stronger discipline for the eyes 
against pain and death. — / was 
not ignorant, when I wrote these 
things, with what a weight of af- 
fairs thou wast oppressed. — 
When Gyges had turned the 
stone of the ring to his palm, he 



Quum aliquis (neut.) videor caveo 
(passive) possum, tmn is negli- 
go doleo. — Quum Opimius cau- 
sa defendo apud populus Carbo 
consul, nihil de Gracchus nex 
nego. — Quum sons ferrum de- 
pugno, nullus possum oculus 
sum fortis contra dolor et mors 
disciplina. — Non sum nescius, 
quum hie scribo, quantus res 
onus (plural) premo. — Gyges, 
quum pala annulus suus ad pal- 
ma converto, a nuDus video ; 



248 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



was not seen by any one, hut he 
himself saw all things ; and 
again he was seen when he had 
turned the ring into its place. 



ipse autem omnis video ; idem 
rursus video, quuna in locus an- 
nulus inverto. 



IV. Quum will be joined with the pluperfect or im- 
perfect subjunctive when it depends on a proposition 
in which the perfect aorist is used. In this case, in- 
stead of " when," the English often uses a causal parti- 
cle, or the participle. 



Pausanias having been carried out 
half dead from the temple, im- 
mediately expired. — Hortensius 
having begun, when a very young 
man, to speak in the Forum, 
speedily began to be employed 
for more important causes. — 
When Alcihiades was carrying 
on these projects^ Criiias and 
the rest of the tyrants of the 
Athenians sent trusty men to 
Lysander in Asia. — Having 
been royally entertained, we pro- 
longed our discourse till mid- 
night ; the old man talking of 
nothing but Africanus, and re- 
membering not only all his ac- 
tions, but even all his words. — 
Having determined to anticipate 
Darius wherever he was, Alexan- 
der, that he might leave {things) 
safe behind him, snakes Ampho- 
terus commander of the fleet on 
the shore of the Hellespont. — 
When the scouts returned, a 
great multitude was seen from 
afar : then fires began to blaze 
throughout the whole plain, as 
the disorderly multitude encamp' 
ed in a scattered i(>ay. 



Pausanias, quura semianimis da 
templum efFero, confestiin ani- 
ma efflo. — Hortensius, quum 
admodum juvenis, ordior in fo- 
rum dico, celeriter ad magnus 
causa adhibeo coepi {passive). 
— Hie quum molior Alcihia- 
des, Critias ceterique tyi-annus 
Atheniensis certus homo ad 
Lysander in Asia mitto. — Re- 
gius apparatus accipio, senno 
in medius nox produce, quum 
senex nihil nisi de Africanus 
loquor, omnisque is non factum 
solum sed etiam dictum memi- 
ni. — Quum Darius, ubicunque 
sum, occupo statue Alexander, 
ut a tergum tutus relinquo, Am- 
photerus classis ad ora Helles- 
pontus praeficio. — Quum specu- 
lator reverter, procul ingens 
multitude conspicio : ignis de- 
lude totus campus conluceo 
ccepi, quum inconditus multilu- 
do laxius tendo. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



249 



V. Quum, when equivalent to quod, and signifyino- 
in," or " inasmuch as," takes an indicative. 



Numa is to he esteemed a greater 
man, inasmuch as he understood 
the science of politics two centu- 
ries before the Greeks knew that 
it had come into existence. — Thou 
dost well in coming, but thou 
wouldst have done much better if 
thou hadst gone straightway to 
me at home. — Thou dost very 
rightly in retaining the remem- 
brance of Ccepio and Lucullus. 
— I thank thee that my letters 
have had so much weight with 
thee. — Thou hast done a most ac- 
ceptable thing to me in preferring 
that Tiro, who is unworthy of his 
former condition, should be our 
friend rather than our slave. 



Numa magnus vir habeo sum, 
quum ilia sapientia constituo 
(gerundive) civitas duo prope 
saeculum ante cognosco quam 
is Graecus nascor sentio. — Be- 
ne facio, quum venio, sed recte 
facio si ad ego domus (accus.) 
rectus (abl. sing, f em.) abeo. — 
Praeclare facio quum et Ccepio 
et LucuJlus memoria teneo. — 
Gratia tu ago quum tantum lit- 
era meus apud tu possum. — 
Gratus ego facio, quum Tiro, 
indignus ille fortuna, ego ami- 
cus quam servus sum malo. 



VI. Quum takes an indicative mood, and a present or 
perfect tense, when it denotes the time since which an 
action or event has been in progress, or at which a 
state of things commenced which has not since been 
changed. 



Obs. The present tense is used of a state continued to the present 
time. 



Is it two or three years since, that, 
charmed by the allurements of 
pleasure, thou badest adieu to 
virtue ? — If is now nearly four 
hundred years that this has been 
approved among the Greeks ; we 
have only lately recognised it. — / 
gain nothing by thy offering me 
Fabius as a friend through thy 
letter of introduction : for it is 



Biennium an trienniumsum, quum 
virtus nuntius remitto, dele- 
nio Ulecebrae voluptas ? — Apud 
Graecus quidem jam annus pro- 
pe quadringenti sum, quum hie 
probo : ego nuper agnosco. — 
Fabius quod ego amicus tuus 
commendatio do, nullus in is 
(ablat.) facio questus : multus 



250 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



many years that he has been my 
good friend, and been beloved by 
me on account of his great kind- 
ness and attentiveness. 



enim annus sum quum ille in 
meus 8es sum, et diligo a ego 
propter sunmius humanitas et 
observantia. 



VII. Quum^ signifying "as," "since," or "though," 
is joined with the subjunctive. 



Though I desire, judges, to be in- 
fluenced by all the virtues, yet 
there is nothing which I more wish 
than both to be and to seem grate- 
ful. — Antigonus would have pre- 
served Eumenes, though he had 
been most hostile to him, if his 
friends had allowed him. — Since 
there is in us design, reason, 
foresight, God must needs have 
these very things in greater meas- 
ure. — Plato has immortalized 
the genius and various discour- 
ses of Socrates by his writings, 
though Socrates himself had not 
left a line. — There was a vast 
number of prisoners made in the 
Punic war, whom Hannibal had 
sold, as they were not ransomed 
by their friends. — As I, after so 
long an interval, had burst those 
barriers of noble birth, I did not 
expect that the accusers would 
speak of newness of family. 



Quum omnis virtus, Judex, ego 
afficio cupio, tamen nihil sum 
qui male quam ego et gratus 
sum et video. — Eumenes Anti- 
gonus, quum sum is infestus, 
conservo, si per suus licet 
(pass.). — Quum sum in ego 
consilium, ratio, prudentia, ne- 
cesse sum Deus hie ipse habeo 
magnus. — Socrates ingenium 
variusque sermo immortalitas 
scriptum suus Plato trado, 
quum ipse litera nuUus Socra- 
tes relinquo. — Ingens numerus 
sum bellum Punicus captus, 
qui Hannibal, quum a suus non 
redimo, veneo (supine) do. — 
Quum ego, tantus intervallum 
(ablat.), claustrum ille nobilitas 
refringo, non arbitror de genus 
novitas accusator dico. 



3. Imperative. 

I. The imperative mood has, in the active and pass- 
ive, two forms, of which the first has only one person, 
namely, the second ; as, scribe^ sequere ; and in the plu- 
ral, scribite, sequimini. 

II.' The second form of the imperative has the sec- 
ond person and the third, which in the singular are the 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



251 



same; as, scrihito ("write thou," or "let him write"), 
sequitor. In the plural the persons are different j as, 
scribiiote, sequimini ; scribunto^ sequuntor. 

III. In both forms the imperative expresses a com- 
mand, but in the first also an exhortation and a wish j 
as, Parce viribus tuis I "Spare thy strength." — Vive 
felix ! "Live happy !" 



Proceed whither thou hast 

(to go); depart from the city. 
The gates lie open, set out. — 
With regard to the Syracusans 
themselves, learn ye this. — Con- 
script Fathers, succour me, a 
miserable one, oppose injustice. 
— Do thou always regard heav- 
enly things, contemn human ones. 
— If I shall appear to say too 
much concerning myself, pardon 
ye (me). — Do thou pardon an- 
other frequently, thyself never. — 
Let them approach the gods with 
a pure spirit ; let them exercise 
piety. — Let there he friendship 
for King Antiochus with the Ro- 
man people. Let " him depart 
from the cities, fields, villages, 
fortresses, on this side of Mount 
Taurus. Let him carry forth 
no arms from those towns, from 
which he may depart : if he has 
carried any forth, let him restore 
them to the exact number. — Let 
there be two (magistrates) with 
regal authority, and let them be 
called consuls. Let them obey 
no one ; let the safety of the peo- 
ple be to them a supreme law. 



Pergo quo coepi ; egredior ex urbs. 
Pateo porta, proficiscor. — De 
ipse Syracusanus hie cognos- 
co. — Pater Conscriptus, subve- 
nio miser ego, eo obviam inju- 
ria. — Ccelestis semper specto, 
humanus contemno. — Si de ego 
ipse plus dico videor, ignosco. 
— Ignosco sjEpe alter, nunquam 
tu. — Ad divus adeo caste, pietas 
adhibeo. — Amicitia rex Antio- 
chus cum populus Romanus 
sum. Excedo urbs, ager, vicus, 
castellum, cis Taurus mons. 
Ne quis arma effero ex is oppi- 
dum, qui excedo : si quis effe- 
ro, recte restituo. — Regius im- 
perium duo sum, isque consul 
appello. Nemo pareo, ille salus 
populus supremus lex sum. 



IV. As the hortative form has no third person, it is 



252 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



borrowed from the subjunctive ; as, scribat, " let him 
write ;" scribant, " let them write." The first person 
plural of the same m:ood is borrowed, when the speak- 
er includes himself in his exhortation ; as, Moriamur, 
et in media arma ruamus. " Let us die, and (for that 
purpose) let us rush into the midst of arms." 

V. With the imperative, not must be rendered by »e, 
and nor by neve. 

VI. Instead of the imperative, used as an exhortation, 
the present or perfect subjunctive may be used where 
it is intended to express the command in a milder 
form J as, in English, you should is used for the imper- 
ative. 



I)o not hereafter recommend me to 
Casar ; do not even {recommend) 
thyself, if thou wilt listen unto 
me. — Do not envy thy Ir other ; 
he is at rest ; at length free, 
safe, immortal. — Give no cause 
that every one who lately admired 
thy writings should inquire how 
so feeble a mind can have con- 
ceived such grand and solid 
things. — / have, indeed, written 
to Plancus and Oppius since 
thou didst ask it ; but if it shall 
seem good to thee, do not con- 
sider it necessary to give the 
letter : for since they have done 
everything for thy sake, I fear 
they may think it superfluous. 



Ego posthac ne commendo (perf.) 
Caesar; ne tu quidem, si ego 
audio. — Ne in video (perf) fra- 
ter tuus ; quiesco, tandem li- 
ber, tandem tutus, tandem im- 
mortalis. — Ne committo (perf.) 
ut, quisquis modo scriptum tu- 
us miror, quaero quomodo tarn 
grandis tamque solidus animus 
tam fragilis coneipio. — Plancus 
et Oppius scribo equidem, quo- 
niam rogo, sed, si tu videor, ne 
necesse liabeo (perf.) epistola 
reddo ; quum enim tuus causa 
facio omnis vereor ne (mens lit- 
era) supervacaneus arbitror. 



VII. If a prohibition is intended, either the present 
or perfect subjunctive may be used with ne ; as, Tua 
quod nihil refert ne cures. — Hoc nefeceris. — Or noli with 
the infinitive ; or cave., either with ne or the subjunctive 
alone j as, Cave ne facias^ or cave facias. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



253 



VIII. Cicero often joins ;2o/z with t'c/Ze; as^ Molite id 
velle quod fieri non potest. 

IX. The future is sometimes used with the force of 
an imperative ; as, Facias hoc. — Mon fades hoc^ &c. 



Do not think that it is from indo- 
lence that I do not write to thee 
with my own hand. — Do not con- 
sider of what value the man is. — 
Do not judge, Lupus, from our 
silence, what toe cither approve or 
disapprove. — I have written a 
new Introduction to the Academ- 
ical (QucEstiones), and sent it to 
' thee : cut off the other, and fasten 
this on. — Salute Pilia and Atti- 
ca. — Grant this indulgence to the 
boy if it shall seem good to. thee. 



Nolo puto pigritia ego facio, quod 
non mens manus ad tu scribe. 
— Nolo specto quantus homo 
sum. — Nolo Lupus, ex tacitur- 
nitas noster, quis aut probo aut 
improbo judico. — Novus proce- 
mium Academicus (liber) (gen.) 
exaro, tuque mitto : tu ille de- 
seco ifut.), hie agglutino (fut.). 
— Pilia Atticaque saluto {fut.). 
— Puer hie do (fut.), si tu vid- 
eor. 



4. Infinitive Mood. 

I. The infinitive may he regarded as a substantive of 
the neuter gender, with two cases, nominative and ac- 
cusative J differing in this respect from other substan- 
tives, in that it governs a case, and also expresses the 
complete or incomplete state of the action. 

II. The infinitive must be considered as the nomina- 
tive when it is the subject of a proposition ; as, /g- 
710 seer e amico humanum est. "To forgive a friend is 
human." — Laudari jucundum est. " To be praised is 
pleasing." 

III. It must be regarded as the accusative when it is 
the object of a verb transitive ; as, volo^ cnpio, audeo, 
Conor, hoc facere ; the construction being the same as 
cupio hanc rem. 



Not to return favours by acts of 
kindness is both base, and is so 
esteemed among all men ; not to 
love one's parents is impiety. — 



Non refero beneficium gratia et 
sum turpis et apud omnis ha- 
beo ; parens suus non amo im- 



254 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



To he shipwrecked, to he over- 
turned in a carriage, though se- 
vere, are uncommon accidents ; 
man is in daily danger from (his 
fellow-) man. — It is disgraceful 
to say one thing, to think anoth- 
er ; how much more disgraceful 
to write one thing, to think an- 
other. — To speak heautifully and 
oratorically is nothing else than 
to use the best sentiments and 
choicest 



plus sum. — Rams sum casus, 
etiamsi gravis, naufragium fa- 
cio, vehiculum everto ; ab homo 
homo (dative) periculum quotid- 
ianus. — Turpis sum alius lo- 
quor, alius sentio ; quantus tur- 
pis ahus scribo, alius sentio. — 
Nihil sum alius pulchre et ora- 
torie (lico, nisi bonus sententia 
(ablat.) verbumque lectus {ah- 
lat.) dico. 



Remark 1. This rule has been already anticipated in the early 
part of the volume, but is repeated here for uniforaiity' sake. 

Remark 2. The infinitive, as a substantive, may have a pronoun 
or adjective agreeing v^ith it ; as, Totum hoc philosophari displicet. 
" The v^^hole of this philosophizing displeases." — Ipsum Latine loqui 
in magna laude ponendum est. " The very speaking in Latin is to be 
regarded as a great source of praise." . This mode of expression is 
resorted to when no verbal substantive exists, and must not be ex- 
tended beyond the actual practice of the classics. Scire tuum, " thy 
knovv^ledge," is found in Persius, and intelligere meum in Petronius ; 
but, except vt^ith ipsum, this construction is very rare. 

Remark 3. The infinitive appears to be used also as a genitive ; 
as, Iniit consilia reges tollere. {Corn. Nep., Lys., 3.) — And again. 
Consilium cepisse evertere. (Cic. pro Quint., 16.) — The gerund in di, 
however, is the regular construction ; and yet, tempus est abire, cor- 
pus curare, &c., are more common than the gerund. 



IV. When the infinitive has its own subject joined to 
it, it is put in the accusative j as, Aliud est iracundum 
esse^ aliud iratum. " It is one thing to be passionate, 
another to be angry.'' 



To be content with one''s own pos- 
sessions is the greatest riches. — 
It is ahoays advantageous to he 
a good man, because it is always 
honourable. — It is a noble and 
meritorious thing to come forth 
the defender of one''s country, 
children, friends, a7id fellow- citi- 
zens, voluntarily and with fore- 
sight. — Tlie best kind of gain is 



Contentus suus res sum, magnus 
sum divitiae. — Semper sum uti- 
lis vir bonus sum, quia semper 
sum honestus. — Pulcher dig- 
nusque sum patria, liberi, ami- 
cus, civis, volens, providensque 
prodeo defensor. — Magnus sum 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



255 



to he known as girateful and 
mindful (of favours), and at the 
same time to show that one is 
wont to be the friend of men, and 
not of their fortune. 



quaestus, raemor gratusque eog- 
nosco, simulque aperio, sui non 
fortuna sed homo soleo sum 
amicus. 



V, What we have just been considering is the con- 
struction of the accusative with the infinitive, which, 
like the infinitive alone, may be used in two ways ; as 
the subject, and as the object of a proposition. 

VI. The accusative with the infinitive is the subject 
wherever, if a noun could be substituted for the infini- 
tive, it would be in the nominative case : so it is when 
the predicate is est^ erat^ with an adjective; such as jus- 
tum, cBquum, verum^ verisimile, opus, necesse, &c. j or an 
impersonal verb ; as, apparet, constat, oportet ; or the third 
person singular of the passive ; as, intelligitur, perspici- 
tur^ &c. — Thus, Victorem parcere victis (Bquum est. " It 
is right that a victor spare the vanquished." — Ad salu- 
tem civium inventas esse leges constat. "It is agreed that 
laws were invented for the safety of citizens." 



Within tioelve years, more than 
twelve Metelli were consuls or 
censors, or triumphed ; so that it 
appears that the fortune of fami- 
lies now flourishes, now declines, 
now perishes. — It is agreed 
among all that liberty is not due 
to Modestus, because it has not 
been given ; nor a legacy, be- 
cause Sabina has given it to her 
slave. — There is reason to be- 
lieve that the world, and all 
things which it contains, have 
been created for the sake of man. 
— It is true that friendship can- 
not exist, except between the 
good. 



Intra duodecim annus, consul sum 
Metellus, aut censor, aut trium- 
pho amplius duodecim ; ut ap- 
pareo gens fortuna nunc floreo, 
nunc senesco, nunc intereo.' — 
Convenio inter omnis nee liber- 
tas Modestus debeo, quia non 
do ; nee legatum, quia servus 
suus Sabina do. — Credibilis 
sum homo causa facio mundus 
quique in is sum omnis. — Venis 
sum amicitia nisi inter bonus, 
sum non possum. 



256 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



Remark 1. It is inaccurate to say that the accusative with the in- 
finitive is governed by verum est, constat, &c. The infinitive is here, 
in fact, the nominative ; and thus, for example, instead of Legem 
brevem esse oportet, we might say Legum brevitas necessaria est. 

Remark 2. Wlien the infinitive esse with an adjective is joined 
with licet (" it is permitted"), as, for example, otiosum esse, this may, 
agreeably to the rule, be in the accusative, or it may be attracted to 
the case of the noun governed by licet, and stand in the dative. 
Thus, Si civi Romano licet esse Gaditanum {Cic. pro Ball., 12); 
and Licuit enim otioso esse Thcmistocli. {Cic, Tusc, 1, 15.) The 
dative is the more common. 



VII. The accusative with the infinitive is the object, 
after verbs of seeing, hearing, knowing, feeling, thinking, 
saying, &c. These verbs take propositions for their 
objects, and for this purpose the subject is put into the 
accusative, and the verb into the infinitive ; as, Cicero 
fuit eloquens ; scio Ciceronem fuisse eloquentem . 



1. They say that Socrates replied 
to some one who complained that 
his foreign travels had done him 
no good, " Not undeservedly has 
this happened unto thee, for thou 
didst travel with thyself.'''' — They 
say that there was d certain 
Myndarides, of the city of the 
Sybarites, who, having seen a 
man digging, and lifting the 
spade rather high, complained 
that he was made weary, and 
forbade him to do that work in 
his presence. — Cicero, as he 
thought that, by lowering his 
tone of voice, and by a changed 
manner of speaking, he could 
both avoid danger and speak 
more moderately, loent into Asia, 
when he had already been for 
two years engaged in causes. 

2. Hesiod says that no planter of 
an olive has ever enjoyed the 
frxiit from it ; so slow a busi- 



Socrates queror (pres. part.) qui- 
dam, quod nihil sui peregrinatio 
prosum respondeo fero, " Non 
immerito hie tu evenio, tucum 
enim peregrinor" (imperfect). — 
Myndarides aio sum, ex Syba- 
rita civitas ; qui quum video 
fodio et alte (comparat. ) rastrum 
allevo, lassus sui fio queror (perf 
indie), vetoque is ille opus in 
conspectus suus facio. — Quum 
censeo Cicero remissio vox, et 
commutatus genus dico, sui et 
periculum vito possum et tem- 
perate dico, quum jam bienni- 
um versor in causa, in Asia 
proficiscor. 



Hesiodus nego olea sator fructus 
ex is percipio quisquam, tara 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



257 



ness was it then. — The inter- 
preters of the law understand by 
that chapter in which we are com- 
manded to put away expenses in 
funerals, that in particular is 
magnificence in sepulchres to he 
lesseyicd. — Imagine that some 
one is now becoming a philoso- 
pher, {but) as yet is not {one) ; 
what system is he to choose in 
preference to all others 1 — The 
mind perceives that it is moved 
by its own energy, not by that of 
another. — I think that the knowl- 
edge of future events is not use- 
ful for us. 



tardus tunc res sum. — Lex in- 
terpres, qui caput jubeo sump- 
tus in funus removeo, hie in- 
telligo in primus {plur.) sepul- 
chrum magnificentia sum min- 
uo {part, in dus). — Fingo ali- 
quis nunc fio sapiens, nondum 
sum ; quis potissimum eligo dis- 
ciplina 1 — Sentio animus sui 
suus vis, non alienus, moveo. 
— Non utilis ego arbitror sum 
futurus res scientia. 



VIII. When the use of an infinitive active would 
bring two accusatives together, one of the subject and 
the other of the object, and an ambiguity would be 
likely to arise, it is the rule to adopt a passive con- 
struction, by which the accusative of the object be- 
comes the subject, and the other is avoided by the 
preposition ah or per. Thus, JVe fando quidem auditum 
estj crocodilum aut ibim aut felem violatum (esse) ab 
Mgyptio. (Cic, Jf. D., 1, 29.) To have said crocodi- 
lum violasse ^gyptium^ would have left it doubtful 
which accusative was the subject to violasse. — Where, 
however, the sense precludes mistake, the best writers 
do not scruple to use two accusatives together. 



/ see that his son surpassed, in ex- 
ploits and glory, Philip, the king 
of the Macedonians. — Clitarchus 
often related tliat Alexander con- 
quered Darius at Issus. — / say 
that thou, O son of JEacus, canst 
conquer the Romans. — I heard 
that Demea slew Chr ernes. — 
Romulus, while he was rcview- 



Video Philippus, Macedo rex, res 
gestus et gloria a filius supero. 
— Clitarchus saepe narro, Dari- 
us ab Alexander, apud Issus, 
devinco. — Aio, a tu, iEacides, 
Romanus vinco possum. — Au- 
dio a Demea interficio Chre- 
mes. — Romulus, quum exerci- 



Y2 



258 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



ing his army, was suddenly with- 
drawn from the eyes of meri, du- 
ring a tempest which had arisen. 
Hence some thought that the sen- 
ators had slain him, others that 
he had been taken up to the gods. 



tus lustro, inter tempestas or- 
tus repente oculus homo sub- 
duco. Hinc alius is a senator 
interficio, alius ad deus tollo 
existimo. 



IX. The accusative of the personal pronouns is some- 
times omitted in the construction of the accusative 
with the infinitive, when they are the subject of the 
leading propositions. This is an imitation of the Greek 
idiom, and occurs not only in Livy (J)rakenb.^ 1, 23) 
and Curtius, but also in Cicero (JV. JD., 1, 39). " Pu- 
deret me dicere non intellexisse y" and again (in Q. Ccec.^ 
18), " Quod dicturum te esse audio, qucBsiorem illius fu- 
isse."*^ In the formet of these me is to be supplied ; in 
the latter, te. 

X. The general rule, however, is, that in this con- 
struction the pronoun should be inserted, especially 
with the verbs of promising and hoping, which in Eng- 
lish are joined with an infinitive present : " he promised 
to come,'''' " / hope to obtain it /" but in Latin, more ac- 
curately, with the infinitive of the future : promisit se 
venturum ; spero hoc me assecuturum, or assecuturum 
esse ; for the ellipsis of esse is very common, both with 
this tense and with the perfect infinitive passive. 



Obs. The poets imitate still farther the Greek construction, by 
placing the predicate in the nominative after the infinitive, 
when it relates to the subject of the leading verb. Thus, 
Retulit Ajax esse Jovis pronepos, for se esse pronepotem. {Ovid, 
Met., 13, 142.) 



I promise to bring this about, that 
those who envied my honours 
shall at length confess that you, 
after all, rcere most sagacious in 
the choice of a consul. — Calling 



Polliceor hie ego perficio, ut jam 
tandem ille qui honor invideo 
meus, tamen tu in consul deli- 
go {gcrxindivc) plurimum video 
fateor. — Contestor omnis deus, 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



259 



all the gods to witness, I promise 
to undertake every duty and func- 
tion on behalf of thy dignity, in 
this province over which thou 
presidest. — / hope to he at Rome 
about the Ides of October, and in 
person to assure Gallus of the 
same things. — Thou rejoicest be- 
cause I promised to come. — / 
promised that I would write to 
thee what issue Nepos^ motion 
had. — I wish to be at Arpinum 
the day before the Calends, and 
then to wander to my villas in 
succession, which I despair of 
seeing afterward. 



promitto atque confirmo ego 
pro tuus dignitas in hie provin- 
cia, qui tu praesum (perf), om- 
nis suscipio officium atque pars 
iplur.). — Ego circa Idus Octo- 
bris spero Roma sum, idem- 
que hie praesens Gallus (dative) 
confirmo. — Gaudeo quod ego 
venio polliceor. — Promitto scri- 
bo ego tu, quis habeo eventus 
postulatio Nepos. — Ego Arpi- 
num sum volo pridie Kalendae, 
deinde circum villula noster er- 
ro, qui video ego postea des- 
pero. 



XI. The infinitive is often used alone, instead of the 
present or imperfect indicative, in narrative sentences. 
This is called the historical infinitive, and serves to im- 
part animation to the style. — -Thus, H(Erere homo, versari, 
rubere. " The man hesitated, turned to and fro, blush- 
ed." 



Obs. Grammarians usually explain this by an ellipsis of coepit or 
cceperunt, which may often be supplied. In other cases, how- 
ever, it will not accord with the sense. 



After they had broken into the 
house, they sought the king in 
different directions ; they slew 
some while sleeping, others meet- 
ing them ; they pried into hidden 
places ; they broke open (those 
that were) shut ; they filled all 
parts with uproar and confvr 
sion. — Her mental powers (were) 
of no contemptible character ; she 
could compose verses, tell a pleas- 
ant story. — The king at first 
feared nothing, suspected no- 



Postquam in aedis irrumpo, diver- 
sus rex quasro ; dormio alius, 
alius occurso, interficio ; scru- 
tor locus abdo ; claudo efFrin- 
go ; strepitus et tumultus om- 
nis misceo. — Ingenium (sing.) 
is baud absurdus ; possum ver- 
sus facio, jocus moveo. — Rex 
primo nihil metuo, nihil suspi- 



260 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



thvig. — Tlie enemy, with a sud- 
den shout, began to drive our 
men from the rampart with ar- 
rows and stones. — Here the 
judges laughed, the advocate was 
angry. 



cor. — Hostis, subitus clamor, 
sagitta lapisque noster de val- 
lum deturbo. — Hie judex rideo, 
stomachor patronus. 



XII. In interrogations or exclamations expressive of 
indignation, surprise, &c., the accusative with the in- 
finitive often stands unconnected. In English we would 
supply such phrases as " is it possible 1" " is it credi- 
ble 1" " to think," &c. Thus, Mene incepto desistere vic- 
tam ? " For me, like a vanquished one, to desist from 
my undertaking V 



"Was there ever any poor fellow so 
tmlucky 1 — For thee to have ask- 
ed that office of all others for thy- 
self I — wretched spectacle ! for 
the glory of the city to be a sub- 
ject of mockery. — What ! for me 
to have given letters so often for 
Rom,e, when I gave none for thee ? 
— For me to be dispensing jus- 
tice at Laodicea, when Plotius is 
dispensing it at Romel — {Is it 
possible) for a Roman to speak 
so much like a Greek 1 



Adeone sum homo infelix quis- 
quam. — Tunc tu potissimum 
iste pars {plur.) deposco! — 
spectaculum miiser ! ludibrium 
{dat.) sum urbs gloria! — Hui ! 
totiesne ego litera do Roma, 
cum ad tu nullus do 1 — Jus La- 
odicea ego dico, cum Roma 
Plotius dico 1 — Homone Roma- 
mis tam Greece loquor 1 



XIII. There are many verbs in Latin which seem to 
require an accusative with the infinitive as their imme- 
diate object, but which nevertheless take the subjunc- 
tive with ut. It will be found, how^ever, that most of 
these verbs are of such a nature, that the relation of de- 
sign and purpose, which ut expresses, may be consider- 
ed as existing between the leading verb and the de- 
pendant proposition. Thus, 

1. Ut is used with verbs of endeavovring, aiming, ac- 
complishing, &c. ; a.s,facere, efficere, perjicere, studere, 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



261 



agere^ operam dare^ meditari, curare^ contendere^ niti^ 
videre ("to take care"), &c. Some of these are 
also joined with an infinitive ; but ut alone must 
be used when the sense points to some future pe- 
riod in which an effect is to be produced. 



Obs. As both quod and ut are rendered into English by " that,'" it 
may be observed as a rule for distinguishing them, that ut al- 
ways denotes a purpose, or a consequence and result ; quod i& 
either explanatory, or denotes a cause. 



If he has done everything to 
cure, the physician has perform- 
ed his part. — The sun causes ev- 
erything to flourish and grow to 
maturity. — Before old age, I took 
pains to live well ; in old age, to 
die well. — Chrysippus has neat- 
ly said, as {he has said) many 
things, that he who runs in a 
stadium ought to strive and con- 
tend, as much as he can, to con- 
quer, but ought by no mea?is to 
trip up him with whom, he is con- 
tending. 

Scarcely ever can a parent pre- 
vail on himself to conquer nature, 
so as to banish love towards his 
children from his mind. — Every 
animal loves its own self, and, as 
soon as it has arisen, strives to 
preserve itself. — We must take 
care, therefore, to use that liberal- 
ity which may benefit our friends, 
may harm no ane. — If thou sail 
immediately, thou wilt overtake 
me at Leucas ; but if thou wish- 
est to recruit thyself thou wilt 
take care to have a proper ship. 



Si omnis facio ut sano, perago 
medicus pars (plur.) suus. — 
Sol efficio ut omnis floreo et 
pubesco. — Ante senectus euro 
ut bene vivo; in senectus, ut 
bene morior. — Scite Chrysip- 
pus, ut multus. Qui stadium, 
inquam, curro enitor et conten- 
do debeo quam maxime pos- 
sum, ut vinco ; supplanto is 
quicum certo nullus modus de- 
beo. 



Nunquam fere parens possum an- 
imus induco, ut natura ipse vin- 
co, ut amor in liberi ejicio ex 
animus. — Omnis animal sui ip- 
se diligo, ac simul ut orior is 
ago ut sui eonservo. — Video 
{gerund) sum igitur ut is liber- 
alitas utor qui prosum amicus, 
obsum nemo. — Si statim navi- 
go, ego Leucas consequor ; sin 
tu confirmo volo, navis idoneus 
ut habeo video. 



Remark 1. Besides the sense of effecting, facio is used with ut and 
a subjunctive, as a periphrasis for a verb of action. Thus, Invitus 



262 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



quidem feci ut L. Flaminium e senatu ejicerem {Cic, de Sen., 12), 
equivalent to invitus eject. 

Remark 2. Facere, used of writers in the sense of " introduces" or 
"represents," is joined with a participle. Thus, Xenophon facit 
Socratem disputantem. " Xenophon represents," &c. 

Remark 3. Fac, in the sense of " suppose" or " granting," takes 
the infinitive ; as, Fac animos noti remanere post mortem. — EJficio, in 
the sense of " proving," takes an infinitive ; as, Diccearchus vult ef- 
Jicere, animos esse immortales. 



2. After verbs of beggings demanding^ admonishing^ and 
commending (including those of advising., urging., 
encouraging., intrusting with a commission., and oth- 
ers of a similar meaning), ut with the subjunctive 
is used, where not merely the object, but also the 
purpose of the request or. exhortation is contem- 
plated. 



1. I admonish scholars to love their 
preceptors not less than their 
studies, and to regard them as 
the parents, not, indeed, of their 
bodies., but of their minds. — I 
strongly exhort thee to read care- 
fully, not only my orations, but 
also these treatises on philoso- 
phy. — It is the impulse of na- 
ture thai human society should 
study to procure those things 
which suffice for refinement a?id 
for support. — If we are not in- 
duced to be honest men by the 
beauty of virtue itself, but by 
some benefit and profit, we are 
not honest, but cunning. 

2. We have not ceased to admonish 
and exhort Pompey to avoid this 
great infamy ; but he has left no 
room either for prayers or admo- 
nitions. — / have very lately writ- 
ten a book on the best style of 
oratory, which I ivill thy {slaves) 



Discipulus moneo ut praeceptor 
suus non minus quam ipse stu- 
dium amo, et parens sum, non 
quidem corpus, sed mens credo. 
— Magnopere tu hortor, ut non 
solum oratio meus, sed hie eti- 
am de philosophia hber diligen- 
ter lego. — Natura impello ut 
homo coBtus studeo paro is qui 
suppedito ad cultus et ad vic- 
tus. — Si non ipse honestas mo- 
veo, ut bonus vir sum, sed util- 
itas aliquis ac fructus, callidus 
sum non bonus. 



Pompeius moneo et hortor non de- 
sisto, ut magnus hie infamia fu- 
gio : sed plane ncc preces nos- 
ter nee admonitio relinquo lo- 
cus. — Liber proxime scribo de 
bonus genus dico, qui volo tuus 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



263 



to copy and send thee. — When 
the Athenians sent to Delphi to 
consult what they should do re- 
specting their affairs, the Pythia- 
answered that they should fortify 
themselves with wooden walls. 



lit describo, et ad tu mitto. — 
Quum Atheniensis Delphi mit- 
to consulo (supine), quisnam fa- 
cio de res suus, Pythia respon- 
deo, ut mcenia ligneus sui mu- 
nio. 



XIV. Among the verbs just enumerated, there are 
some which take the accusative with the infinitive, 
when what is said is considered as the object of the 
verb ; and ut with the subjunctive, when there is refer- 
ence to a future time at which anything is to take 
place. 

XV. So moneo, admoneo, in the sense of " apprize," 
" remind," or " inform," take an infinitive ', as, Moneo 
te hoc falsum esse : in the sense of " admonish" or 
" exhort to an action," they have ut or ne with the 
subjunctive ; as, Moneo ut quiescant. 

XVI. PersuadeOj in the sense of " convince of some 
truth," takes the infinitive j as, Persuasit mihi hoc ve- 
rum esse; but in the sense of "succeed in exhorting to 
some action," it is followed by the subjunctive j as, 
Quis tibi jjcrsuasit ut hoc faceres ? 

XVII. JVuntio^ scribo, and even dico, are also used 
with the subjunctive, when they imply an injunction or 
intention that anything should be done. 



/ suggest this one thing to thee, 
that thou wilt never find any 
more convenient time for secu- 
ring the friendship of a most il- 
lustrious and liberal man, if thou 
lose this. — Mithradates persua- 
ded Datames, by harassing the 
king^s provinces, storming his 
forts, (and) taki?ig great booty, 
that he had undertaken an inter- 
minable war against the king. — 
As fas as tlicrc is any ivritten 



Hie tantum moneo, hie tempus si 
amitto, tu amicitia confirmo 
(gerundive) clarus atque mu- 
nificus vir nullus unquam ma- 
gis idoneus reperio. — Rex pro- 
vincia vexo, castellum expug- 
no, magnus praeda capio, Mith- 
radates Datames persuadeo, sui 
infinitus adversus rex suscipio 
bellum. — Qui litera exsto prodi- 



264 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



docum€7it, Pherccydes of Syros 
was the first who said that the 
souls of men are immortal. — 
Caesar was warned hy the harus- 
pex not to cross over into Africa. 
— He selects a centurion, to an- 
nounce to the kings not to con- 
tend in arms. — I will order him 
to find another condition for his 
son. 



tus, Pherecydes Syrius primus 
dico animus homo sum sempi- 
ternus. — Caesar ab haruspex 
moneo ne in Africa transmitto. 
— Centurio deligo, qui rex nun- 
tio, ne arma discepto. — Dico, 
ut alius conditio filius invenio 
suus. 



XVIII. The verbs of commanding, such as imperare^ 
mandare., prczscribere^ prcBcipere., edicere (where it means 
to make a proclamation of something to be done), take 
the subjunctive, according to what has already been 
said. 

XIX. Jubeo is an exception, and takes an accusative 
with the infinitive, unless it be used absolutely, with- 
out the person being expressed. 



1. Mando, Pr 

CcEsar had given a strong charge 
to Trebonius, not to suffer the 
town to be taken by storm. — Cce- 
sar gives it in charge to Voluse- 
nus, when he had explored every- 
thing, to return as soon as pos- 
sible to him. — I will give as a 
first precept to him whom I am 
instructing, carefully and thor- 
oughly to make himself acquaint- 
ed with whatever causes he is go- 
ing to plead. — Piso dared, in 
conjunction with that compeer of 
his, whom, however, he desired 
to surpass in every vice, to make 
proclamation that the senate 
should resume their {ordinary) 
dress. 



(BcipiOy Edico, 

Caesar Trebonius magnopere man- 
do, ne per vis oppidum expug- 
no patior. — Mando Caesar Vol- 
usenus, uti exploro omnis {ab- 
lat. absol.), ad sui quam primum 
reverter. — Hie is qui instituo 
primus praecipio, quicunque cau- 
sa ago ut is di^igenter penitus- 
que cognosco. — Edico audeo 
Piso cum ille suus par, qui tam- 
en omnis vitium supero cupio, 
ut senatus ad vestitus redeo. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



265 



2. Impero. 



A pestilence having attacked the 
city, compelled the senate to com- 
mand the decemviri to inspect the 
Sibylline books. — Hannibal im- 
mediately commanded as many 
venomous serpents as possible to 
be collected alive, and to be put 
into earthenware vessels. — The 
dictator having ridden around on 
horseback, and having observed 
what was the form of the camp, 
commanded the tribunes of the 
soldiers to order the baggage to 
be cast together into one heap. 



Pestilentia civitas adorior, cogo 
senatus impero decemvir ut li- 
ber Sibyllinus inspicio. — Han- 
nibal statim impero quam plu- 
rimus venenatus serpens vivus 
coUigo, isque in vas fictilis con- 
jicio. — Dictator, equus circum- 
veho (perf part, pass.), contem- 
plorque quis castra forma sum, 
tribunus miles impero ut sarci- 
na in unus locus conjicio jubeo. 



3. Jubeo, Veto. 



It happened that Alexander had or- 
dered the sepulchre of Cyrus to 
be opened, in which his body was 
deposited, for which he wished to 
perform funeral ceremonies. — 
Lycurgus ordered the Lacedcemo- 
nian virgins to be married with- 
out dowry, that wives, not for- 
tunes, might be chosen by the 
men. — Augustus forbade the po- 
ems of Virgil to be burned, con- 
trary to the modesty of his will. 
— When thou dost forbid me to 
assent to what is unknown, do 
thou take so much upon thyself 
as to unfold the nature of all 
tilings, form the morals, fix the 
limits of good and evil, and define 
on what course of life I am to 
enter ? 



Forte sepulchrum Cyrus Alexan- 
der jubeo aperio, in qui condo 
is corpus, qui do volo inferiae. 
— Lycurgus Lacedsemonius vir- 
go sine dos nubo jubeo, ut uxor 
eligo a vir, non pecunia (plur.). 
— Augustus carmen Virgilius 
cremo, contra testamentum is 
verecundia, veto. — Tu, quum 
ego incognitus assentior veto, 
tantus tu arrogo ut natura res 
omnis evolvo, mos fingo, finis 
bonus malusque constituo, quis 
vita ingredior definio 1 



XX. Ut with the subjunctive mood must be used 
after the phrases Jitj fieri non potest^ accidit (chiefly of 



266 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



disagreeable things), incidit, occurrit^ contingit (chiefly 
of desirable things), evenit^ usu venit^ rarum est^ sequitur^ 
futurum est, extremum est, reliquum est, relinquiiur, restat, 
super est, caput est, &c. 



1 . Fit, Fieri non potest, Contingit, Evenit, XJsuvenit. 

Fio, nescio quomodo, ut magis in 
alius cerno quam in egomet ip- 



, It happens somehov) or other, 
that, if any fault is committed, 
we perceive it more readily ni 
others than in ourselves. — It may 
happen that a man may think 
justly, and not be able to express 
tersely what he thinks. — It hap- 
pens to most men, that, through 
the assistance which the art of 
writing gives, they relax their 
diligence in committing to mem- 
ory. — It is the fortune of the wise 
man alone to do nothing against 
his will. 
. It very often happens that utili- 
ty is at variance toith virtue. — 
An instance occurred in our fa- 
ther'' s memory, that a father of a 
family, who had come from Spain 
to Rome,_ and had left a wife in 
the province, married ajwther at 
Rome, and did Jiot send a notice 
{of divorce) to the former wife. — 
It happens in the case of poems 
and pictures, and many other 
things, that the unskilful are de- 
lighted, and praise those things 
which are not deserving of praise. 



se si quis delinquo. — Fio pos- 
sum ut recte quis sentio, et is 
qui sentio polite eloquor non 
possum. — Plerique accido, ut 
praesidium literse diligentia in 
perdisco lemitto. — Solus hie 
contingo sapiens, ut nihil facio 
in Vitus. 



Perssepe evenio ut utilitas cum 
honestas certo. — Memoria pa- 
ter usuvenio, ut paterfamilias, 
qui ex Hispania Roma venio, 
quum uxor in provincia relin- 
quo, Roma alter duco neque 
nuncius prior remitto. — In poe- 
ma et pictura usuvenio, in ali- 
usque complures, ut delecto im- 
peritus laudoque is qui non lau- 
do {part, in dus) sum. 



2. Rarum est, Sequitur, Extremum est, Restat, Superest, 
Caput est, &c. 



1. It is best to speak every day in 
the hearing of a number of per- 
sons, especially those about whose 
opinion we arc most anxious ; for 



Bonus sum ut quotidie dice audio 
plus, maxime de qui sum judi- 
cium solicitus ; rarus sum enim 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



267 



it is seldom the case that any 
man stands in sufficient awe of 
himself. — As fortune docs not 
answer in every point to one who 
undertakes many things, the con- 
sequence is, that he to whom some 
things have turned out contrary 
to his plans, becomes impatient 
of men and things. — Since thou 
art greatly esteemed by me, and 
I am dear to thee, it remains for 
us to rival each other in acts of 
kindness. 

I, who could once assist obscure 
or even guilty men, cannot now 
promise my aid to Nigidius, the 
one most learned and most irre- 
proachable of all men. It re- 
mains, therefore, that I console 
thee, and adduce the reasons by 
which I may endeavour to divert 
thee from thy troubles. — The last 
thing is, that I entreat and im- 
plore thee to be Tnagnanimous, 
and remember not only what thou 
hast received from other great 
men, but also what thou thyself 
hast produced by thy genius and 
study. — It is the main thing in 
an orator to seem to those before 
whom he pleads such as he him- 
self would wish. 



ut satis sui quisquam vereor. — 
Ut fortuna multus tento non 
ubique respondeo, sequor ut is 
qui contra quam propono {plu- 
pcrf.) aliquis cedo impatiens ho- 
mo resque sum. — Quum et tu a 
ego plurimus fio et ego tu sum 
carus, resto ut officium certo 
inter ego. 



Qui antea aut obscurus homo 
aut etiam sons opitulor pos- 
sum, nunc Nigidius, unus om- 
nis doctus et sanctus, auxiUum 
polhceor non possum. Rehqu- 
us sum igitur ut tu consolor, et 
afFero ratio qui tu a molestia 
Conor abduco. — Extremus ille 
sum ut tu oro et obsecro ani- 
mus ut maximus sum, nee is 
solum memini, qui ab alius 
magnus vir accipio, sed iUe eti- 
am qui ipse ingenium studium- 
que pario. — Caput sum orator 
(genit.) ut ille apud qui ago talis 
qualis sui ipse opto videor. 



XXI. After the words which denote willingness, un- 
willingness, or permission, such as volo, nolo, malo, per- 
mitto, patior, sino, licet (which commonly take the ac- 
cusative with the infinitive) ; and after verhs of asking, 
advising, reminding, as rogo, oro, precor, moneo, admoneo, 
commoneo, suadeo, the subjunctive alone is often used 
without ut ; most frequently of all, after /ac, velim, no- 
lim., malim, and licet, neccsse est, and oportet. Thus, Tu 



268 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



velim animo sapienti fortique sis. "I wish thee to be of 
a wise and resolute spirit." — Spem bonam fac habeas, 
" See that thou entertain favourable hope." 



1. Opto, Volo, Malo, Patior, with the Infinitive^ or the 
Subjunctive with Ut. 



Those who gave to Greece the forms 
of her republics, wished the bod- 
ies of the youths to be strength- 
ened by toil. — When I shall have 
praised some one of thy friends 
to thee, I wish that he should 
know that I have done it. — I wish 
that thou answer me whether any 
one, except thee alone, of the whole 
college, dared to propose the law. 
— I will never wish from the gods, 
Romans, for the sake of lessen- 
ing my own odium, that you may 
hear that Lucius Catiline is lead- 
ing an army of enemies, but yet 
you will hear it in three days. — 
Caligula wished that the Roman 
people had {but) one neck. — Na- 
ture does not allow that we in- 
crease our own means by the 
spoils of others. — Augustus did 
■not allow himself to be called sov- 
ereign even by his children or 
grandchildren. 



Ille qui Graecia forma respublica 
do, corpus juvenis firmo labor 
volo. — Quum aliquis apud tu 
laudo tuus familiaris, volo ille 
scio ego is facio. — Volo uti ego 
respondeo, numquis ex totus 
collegium lex audeo fero praeter 
unus tu. — Nunquam ego a deus 
immortalis opto, Quirites, in- 
vidia meus levo (gerundive) 
causa, ut Lucius Catilina duco 
exercitus hostis audio ; sed tri- 
duum tamen audio. — Opto Ca- 
ligula ut populus Romanus unus 
cervix habeo. — Natura non pa- 
tior ut alius spolium facultas 
noster augeo. — Augustus domi- 
nus sui appello, ne a liberi qui- 
dem aut nepos suus patior. 



2. HoRTOR, MoNEo, Fac, Mando, &c., with the Subjunc- 
tive unaccompanied by Ut. 



1. There are letters extant of Cice- 
ro to his brother Quintus, then 
administering, with indifferent 
reputation, the proconsulship of 
Asia, in which he exhorts and 
admonishes him to imitate his 
neighbour Octavius in good trcat- 



Exsto epistola Cicero ad Quintus 
frater, idem tempus parum 
secundus fama proconsulatus 
Asia administro, qui is hortor 
et moneo, imitor in promereor 
(gei-undive) socius vicinus suus 



PARTICIPLES. 



269 



ment of the allies. — When the 
Locrians were going to transport 
the money from the temple, which 
xoas without the city walls, into the 
city, a voice was heard from the 
shrine by night {warning them) 
"to refrain; that the goddess 
would defend her own templet — 
Thou hast heard what Cotta, what 
the pontiff thinks : give me now 
to understand what thou thinkcst. 
2. See that thou be in good health, 
and love me in return, and up- 
hold my dignity if I deserve it. — 
/ icould rather that a wise enemy 
should fear thee than foolish citi- 
zens praise thee. — Caesar gives 
it in charge to Labienus to visit 
the Remi and other Belgce, and 
keep them in their allegiance. — 
Beware of doubting that I do ev- 
erything which I think is for thy 
interest, or even which thou wish- 
es t, if I can in any way do it. — 
Beware of thinking that, becmise 
I write in a jocose strain, I have 
laid aside anxiety for the repub- 
lic. — Thou ought est to love me 
myself, not mine, if we are to be 
true friends. — Whatever comes 
into existence, of whatever kind 
it is, must needs have a cause in 
nature. 



Octavius. — Quum Locrenses 
ex templum qui extra urbs sum 
pecunia in urbs transfero volo, 
noctu audio delubrum vox, 
" Abstineo manus ; dea suus 
templum defendo." — Habeo 
quis Cotta, quis pontifex sen- 
tio : facio ergo nunc intelligo tu 
quis sentio. 



Facio valeo, egoque mutuo diligo, 
dignitasque meus si mereor tu- 
eor. — Malo tu sapiens hostis 
metuo, quam stultus civis lau- 
do.— Caesar Labienus mando, 
Remus reliquusque Belga adeo, 
atque in officium contineo. — lUe 
caveo dubito quin ego omnis fa- 
cio, qui intersum tuus aut etiam 
volo tu existimo, si ullus modus 
facio possum. — Caveo existimo 
ego, quod jocose (comparative) 
scribo, abjicio cura respublica. 
— Ego ipse non meus amo 
oportet, si verus amicus sum. 
— Quisquis orior, qualiscunque 
sum, causa habeo a natura ne- 
cesse sum. 



PARTICIPLES. 



I. Participles are employed in Latin to mark a num- 
ber of relations, which in English are expressed by- 
particles. 

II. The participle is used (provided that it refer to 
some subject mentioned in the leading proposition of 

Z2 



270 



PARTICIPLES. 



the sentence) instead of a verb and particle, in explan- 
atory and adversative clauses, supplying the place of 
as, when, although. 

III. The adversative particles, quamquam, quamvis, 
etiam, vel, may also be added to mark the sense more 
strongly. 

Curio, ad focum sedenti (as he sat), magnum auri pondus Samnitcs 

attulerunt. 
Dionysius tyrannus, Syracusis expulsus (when he was expelled)^ 

Corinthi pueros docehat. 
Risus interdum ita repente erumpit, ut eum cupientes (though we 
desire it) tenere nequeamus. 



No one, when he looks at the whole 
earth, will doubt concerning the 
providence of God. — The limbs 
of Alexander, when he had scarce- 
ly entered the river, began to shiv- 
er and be rigid. — The king com- 
mands Philip to read the epistle 
of Parmenio, nor did he remove 
his eyes from his countenance as 
he read it. — Alexander, though 
tracing it with all his care, could 
not ascertain to what country Da- 
rius had gone. — The litter in 
which Tiberius was travelling 
being obstructed by brambles, he 
almost beat to death the pioneer, 
a centurion of the first cohorts, 
when he was stretched upmi the 
ground. — All things delight us 
more when withdrawn than when 
"Uninterruptedly enjoyed. 



Nemo, cunctus intueor terra, de 
divinus providentia dubito. — 
Alexander, vix ingredior flu- 
men, subito horreo artus et 
rigeo ccepi. — Rex epistola Par- 
menio Philippus lego jubeo, nee 
a vultus lego moveo oculus. — 
Alexander, qui regio Darius pe- 
to (subj.) omnis cura vestigo, 
tamen explore non possum. — 
Lectica qui veho Tiberius ve- 
pris impedio {ablat. absoL), ex- 
plorator via, primus cohors cen- 
turio, sterno humi, psene ad nex 
verbero. — Omnis ego desidero 
magis quam assidue percipio 
delecto. 



Remark 1. The most common use of the participle is to connect 
with the main proposition a clause denoting the time of an event ; 
as, Regem forte inambulantem homo adiit. — Domum reversus literas 
inveni tuas. 

Remark 2. With verbs of hearing and seeing, and others of simi- 
lar meaning, the participle js often used where, in English, the infin- 
itive is more common ; as, I'tmoleon lumina oculorum amisit, quam 



PARTICIPLES. 



271 



calamitatem iia moderate tuUt, ut nemo eum querentem audierit (Nep.), 
"heard him complain." — Audivi eum canentem. "I heard him sing." 
This mode of expression may be resorted to where the accusative 
with the infinitive would be ambiguous. Thus, Audw eum dicere 
might mean " I hear that he sa3^s," or " that he is speaking." The 
infinitive, however, is by no means uncommon. 



IV. The participles of the perfect and future passive 
are used to supply the place of substantives, express- 
ing the action of the verb, when these either do not 
exist in the Latin language, or are not in common use. 

V. The participle of the perfect is chosen when the 
action is to be represented as completed j the future, 
when it is conceived as still incomplete. 

VI. This is done not only through all the cases, but 
with the prepositions ad, ante, oh, post, propter, ah, ex, 
and sine. 



1. Who can think that quickness 
of talent was wanting to Lucius 
Brutus, who guessed so acutely 
about the kissing of his mother, 
according to the oracle of Apollo? 
— Nothing was so pernicious to 
the Lacedamonians as the aboli- 
tion of the discipline of Lycur- 
gus. — Quinctius Flaminius came 
as ambassador to Prusias, whom 
both the reception of Hannibal 
and the stirring up of a war 
against Eumenes had rendered 
suspected by the Roman people. 
— Ccesar and Pompey were not 
free from the suspicion of having 
crushed Cicero: 

2. The consciousness of having 
spent life well, and the remem- 
brance of many benefits, is most 
pleasing. — There are five books 
of the Tusculan Questions: the 
first of which is concerning the { 



Quis puto celeritas ingenium L. 
Brutus desum, qui de mater 
suavio, ex oraculum Apollo, 
tam acute conjicio 1 — Lacedse- 
monius nuUus res tantus sum 
damnum, quam disciplina Ly- 
curgus toUo. — Ad Prusias le- 
gatus Quinctius Flaminius ve- 
nio, qui suspectus Rom anus et 
recipio Hannibal, et bellum ad- 
versus Eumenes moveo reddo. 
— Non careo suspicio opprimo 
Cicero Caesar et Pompeius. 



Conscientia bene ago vita mul- 
tusque benefactum recordatio 
jucundus sura. — Sum quinque 
liber Tusculanus disputatio, qui 
primus sum de contemno mors ; 



272 



PARTICIPLES. 



contempt of death ; the second, con- 
cerning the endurance of pain ; the 
third, concerning the alleviation of 
mental distress. — There was a re- 
port that Themistocles took pois- 
on, as he despaired of being able 
to perform what he had promised 
Xerxes respecting the reduction 
of Greece. 

. Aratus of Sicyan came to Ptole- 
my, who was then upon the 
throne, the second (king) after 
the foundation of Alexandrea, 
and asked money, that he might 
free his country. — There was 
greater sorrow from the loss of 
the citizens, than joy in the ex- 
pulsion of the enemy. — Conon 
derived more sorrow from the 
burning and destroying of his 
native place by the Lacedcemo- 
nians, than joy from its recov- 
ery. — Regal power was exer- 
cised at Rome from the building 
of the city to its emancipation, 
two hundred and forty-four years. 
— About eighty years after the 
capture of Troy, the descendants 
of Pelops arc expelled by the Her- 
aclidcB. 



secundus de tolero dolor ; de 
aegritudo lenio tertius. — Sum 
fama venenum sumo Themis- 
tocles, quum sui qui Xerxes de 
opprimo Graecia polliceor praes- 
to possum despero. 



Aratus Sicyonius ad Ptolemeeus 
venio, qui tum regno, alter post 
Alexandrea condo, petoque pe- 
cunia ut patria libero. — Magnus 
ex civis amitto dolor, quam lae- 
titia fundo hostis sum. — Co- 
non plus tristitia ex incendo et 
diruo a Lacedaemonius patria, 
quam laetitia ex recupero capio. 
— Regno (passive impersonal) 
Roma, ab condo urbs ad libero, 
annus CCXLIV. — Annus fere 
octogesimus post Troja capio, 
Pelops progenies ab Heraclidae 
expello. 



VII. The prepositions ante and post are used with 
the names of persons and the offices held by them, to 
denote the time before or since they held their office. 



Cato died exactly a hundred and 
eighty-three years before Cicero 
was consul. — Curius had lived 
with Decius, who, five years be- 
fore he was consid, had devoted 
himself f 01' the republic. — A hoard 



Cato rnorior annus centum octo- 
ginta tres ipse ante Cicero con- 
sul. — Vivo Curius cum Decius, 
qui, quinquennium ante is con- 
sul, sui pro respublica devoveo. 



PARTICIPLES. 



273 



is fixed up, in which it is appoint- 
ed that, after the proconsulship of 
Marcus Brutus, Crete should 
not be a province. — Scipio died 
the year before Cato was censor. 



— Affigo tabula, qui statuo ne, 
post M. Brutus proconsul, sum 
Greta provincia. — Annus ante 
Cato censor morior Scipio. 



Remark. The English without, with a verbal substantive, is ex- 
pressed in Latin, not by sine, but by nisi or non, or by nullus with 
the participle. Thus, Casar eo:ercitum nunquam per insidiosa itinera 
duxit, nisi perspeculatus locorum situs, " without exploring the local- 
ities." — This is especially the case with the ablative absolute ; as, 
Natura dedit usuram vitce, nulla pr£estituta die, " without fixing any 
day of payment." 



VIII. The participle of the future active is used to de- 
note the purpose of an action, where in English we rath- 
er employ the infinitive Avith to ; as, Alexander ad Jovem 
Hammonem pergit, consulturus de origine sua. " Alex- 
ander proceeds to Jupiter Hammon, to consult him about 
his origin." 



Obs, 1. This participle is also often used to supply the place of the 
particles since, when, although, &c. ; as, Plura locuturos abire 
nos jussit, " when we were going to speak." — Panem date 
homini perituro nisi subveriiatis, " since he must perish unless 
you aid." — To express this sense, quippe or utpote is often in- 
serted. 

Obs. 2. It is to be observed, that the genitive plural of these par- 
ticiples is not in use, probably on account of their sound, except 
futurorum and futur arum. 



Alexander restrained his soldiers 
from the devastation of Asia, al- 
leging that those things ought 
not to be destroyed which they 
came to possess.^ — The king sent 
HephcBstion into the region of 
Bactriana, to provide supplies 
for the winter. — It is a mourn- 
ful circumstance that a youth of 
so much promise has been cut off 
in his prime, when he xoould have 



Alexander miles a populatio Asia 
prohibeo, non perdo is sum prae- 
fari, qui possideo venio. — Rex 
Hephaestion in regio Bactria- 
nus mitto, commeatus in hiems 
paro. — Tristis sum quod in flos 
primus tantus indoles juvenis 
extinguo, summus consequor si 



274 



PARTICIPLES. 



attained the highest excellence if 
his virtues had reached maturi- 
ty. — He is a fool, who, when he 
is going to buy a horse, does not 
exami?ie (the animal) itself, but 
its housing and bridle. — Arsa- 
nes ravages Cilicia with fire and 
sword, that he may make a des- 
ert for the enemy ; he spoils 
whatever can be of use to the foe, 
intending to leave the soil, which 
he could not defend, barren and 
naked. 



virtus is maturesco. — Stultus 
sum qui equus emo non ipse 
inspicio, sed stratum is ac frae- 
num (plur.). — Arsanes ignis fer- 
rumque Cilicia vasto, ut hostis 
solitudo facio : quisquis hostis 
usus sum possum corrumpo, 
sterilis ac nudus solum qui tu- 
eor nequeo relinquo. 



IX. In the cases hitherto supposed, the participle has 
supplied the place of a proposition, the subject of which 
is a noun contained in the leading proposition. If, 
however, a new subject is introduced, it is put with 
the participle in the ablative, independent of the lead- 
ing proposition ; and this construction is then termed 
the Ablative Absolute. 

X. The most common use of the ablative absolute is 
for specifying time ; so that in such instances it is 
merely a branch of the rule technically termed " time 
when.'''' (Vid. page 140.) 

Pythagoras, Tarquinio regnante, in Italiam venit. " Pythagoras 

came to Italy when Tarquin was reigning. ^^ 
Regibus exterminatis, lihcrtas in republica constituta est. " Kings 

being driven out, freedom was established in the state." 



When pleasure rules, all the 
greatest virtues must be pros- 
trate. — Pompey, on the capture 
of Jerusalem, touched nothing 
that belonged to that temple. — In 
the three hundred and second 
year after Rome loas built, the 
form of government was changed 
again, the supreme power being 
transferred from the consuls to 



Magnus virtus jaceo omnis ne- 
cesse sum, voluptas dominor. 
— Pompeius, capio Hierosoly- 
ma (plur.) ex ille fanum nihil 
attingo. — Annus trecentesimus 
alter quam condo Roma, iterum 
muto forma civitas, ab consul 
ad decemvir transfero imperi- 



PATRICIPLES. 



275 



the decemviri. — A very great 
earthquake took place in the 
reign of Tiberius Ccesar, twelve 
cities of Asia having been level- 
led in one night. 
2. When the tribunitian power had 
been granted by the senators to 
the people, arms dropped {from 
their hands), faction was extin- 
guished, and that balance of pow- 
er was discovered, in which alone 
the safety of the state coyisistcd. 
— They say that ALschines, at 
the request of the Rhodians,read 
his own oration, and then that of 
Demosthenes, each with the loud- 
est applause. — A yoke is made 
of three spears, two being fixed 
in the ground, and one tied across 
above them. — Democritus, when 
his eyesight was lost, could not 
distinguish black and white ; but 
he could good and evil, justice 
and injustice, honourable and 
base things, useful and useless. 



um. — Magnus terra exsisto 
motus Tiberius Caesar princip- 
atus, duodecim urbs Asia unus 
nox prosterno. 

Concede plebs a pater tribunitius 
potestas, arma cado ; restinguo 
seditio, et invenio temperament- 
um in qui unus sum civitas sa- 
lus. — .^schines aio, peto Rho- 
dius, lego oratio suus, deinde 
Demosthenes, summus uterque 
clamor. — Tres hasta jugum fio, 
humus figo duo superque is 
transversus unus deligo. — De- 
mocritus, liunen (plur.) amitto, 
albus et ater discerno non pos- 
sum, at vero bonus, mains ; 
Eequus, iniquus ; honestus, tur- 
pis ; utilis, inutilis, possum. 
{All these adjectives are to be 
put in the plural, neuter gen- 
der.) 



Remark 1. Care must be taken, in the use of the ablative absolute, 
not to employ it either of the subject of the proposition or of the 
object ; the former will be in the nominative, the latter in the accu- 
sative, or one of the obhque cases under government. 

Remark 2. Another ablative should not be placed in apposition 
with the ablative absolute. We may say Porcia marito invento 
dixit, " having found her husband ;" but not marito cogitante in- 
vento, " having found her husband wrapped in thought ;" tliis 
should be expressed by quum mariium cogitantem invenisset. 

Remark 3. The Latins also avoided any reference, by means of a 
preposition and pronoun, to the subject of the proposition, in the 
construction of the ablative absolute. Thus, they said Ccesar, Pom- 
peio victo, in Asiam profcctus est ; not victo ab eo. The position of 
the clause Pompcio victo, between the nominative Ccesar and the 
verb profectus est, sufficiently indicates by whom Pompey was over- 
come. 

Remark 4. Sometimes, instead of the ablative absolute being em- 
ployed, the substantive and participle are, with peculiar elegance 
and precision, put under the government of the verb in the succeed- 
ing clause. Thus, Regulum captuni Carthaginem miserunt. " Hav- 



276 



PARTICIPLES. 



ing taken Regulus prisoner, they sent him to Carthage." 
of Regulo capto, Carthaginem cum miserunt. 



Instead 



XI. The ablative absolute expresses the relation, 
also, of cause and motive, and likewise opposition. 
Hence it is often to be rendered by the aid of the 
particles as^ because^ while^ although^ when^ &c. 



, Eclipses are not visible every- 
where, sometimes on accowit of 
the clouds, more frequently he- 
cause the sphere of the earth op- 
poses. — The old Romans all 
wished that kingly power should 
he exercised, as the charm of lib- 
erty had not yet been experienced. 
— When a vessel has been put in 
rapid motion, after the rowers 
have stopped, the vessel itself re- 
tains its movement and progress, 
though the force and impulse of 
the oars have been suspended. 
This not only cannot be praised, 
hut not even be allowed, that we 
should not defend even those who 
are most completely strangers to 
us, though our own friends ac- 
cuse them. — Ccelius writes that 
Caius Flaminius fell at Thras- 
ymenus, to the severe injury of 
the republic, by neglecting the 
rites of religion. — What I am 
saying tends to this, that, though 
everything is lost. Virtue may 
seem able to support herself. — 
Scipio, by the overthrow of two 
cities, destroyed not only actual, 
but future loars. 



Echpsis non ubique cerno, ah- 
quando propter nubila, saepe 
globus terra obsto. — Romanus 
vetus regno omnis volo, liber- 
tas dulcedo nondum experior. 
— Concito navigium, quum re- 
mex inhibeo, retineo tamen ipse 
navis motus et cursus suus, in- 
termitto impetus pulsusque ra- 
mus. 



Hie non modo non laudo, sed ne 
concede quidem possum, ut am- 
icus noster accuse non etiam 
ahenissimus defendo. — C. Fla- 
minius Cselius, religio negligo, 
cado apud Thrasymenus scribo, 
cmn magnus respublica vulnus. 
— Hie eo pertineo oratio, ut, 
perdo res omnis, tamen ipse 
virtus sui sustento possum vid- 
eo. — Scipio, duo urbs everto, 
non modo preesens verum eti- 
am futurus bellum deleo. 



XII. Instead of a participle, a substantive may be 
used, which expresses the action of a verb j as, for 



PARTICIPLES. 



277 



example, dux^ adjutor, auctor^ testis^ comes^ judeXy inter- 
pres, magister, magistra ; and names of office, such as 
consul, prcetor, imperator, rex, &:c. This construction is 
adopted chiefly to denote time. Thus, Cicerone con- 
sule. "In the consulship of Cicero." More literally, 
" Cicero being consul." 



Obs. Some grammarians, without any necessity, supply in such 
constructions the participle existente ; or, if a plural be required, 
existentihus. In truth, however, there is no ellipsis whatever 
here, for the mind supplies the hnk which is wanting without 
the intervention of words. 



1. When Nature and Virtue are 
our guides, no error can possibly 
be committed. — Under the com- 
mand of Pausanias, Mardonius 
toas driven from Greece, with 
two hundred thousand foot and 
twenty thousand horse. — A spa- 
cious house often becomes a dis- 
grace to its owner, if it be with- 
out visiters, and especially if it 
used once to be frequented when 
it had another owner. — An oath 
is a religious affirmation ; ivhat 
thou hast promised, therefore, as 
if with the attestation of God, 
must be observed. 

2. Wisdom is the only thing which 
banishes sorrow from our minds ; 
which suffers us not to shudder 
with fear ; under the instruction 
of which we can live in tranquil- 
lity. — Augustus^ was born in the 
consulship of Cicero and Anto- 
nius, on the ninth (day before) 
the Calends of October, a little 
before sunrise. — Thales the Mi- 
lesian was the first who predict- 
ed an eclipse of the sun, which 



Natura et Virtus dux erro (pres. 
infin. pass.) nullus modus pos- 
sum. — Pausanias dux, Mardo- 
nius cum ducenti mille pedes, 
et viginti mille eques Graecia 
fugo. — ^Amplus domus dedecus 
dominus ssepe fio, si hospes 
careo, et maxime, si aliquan- 
do, alius dominus, soleo fre- 
quento. — Sum jusjurandum re- 
ligiosus affirmatio ; qui igitur, 
Deus testis, promitto, is teneo 
sum. 



Sapientia sum unus qui mcestitia 
pello ex animus, qui ego ex- 
horresco metus non sino, qui 
praeceptrix in tranquillitas vivo 
(pres. infin. pass.) possum. — 
Nascor Augustus, Cicero et 
Antonius consul, nonus Calen- 
dae Octobris, paullo ante sol ex- 
ortus. — Primus omnis Thales 
Miiesius praedico sol defectus, 



Aa 



278 



PARTICIPLES. 



took place in the reign of Alyat- 
tes, — A peroration of Galba is 
extant, which, when we were 
hoys, was so much esteemed that 
we even got it by heart. 
3. Know that no one dined in the 
consulship of Caninius ; that no 
crime was committed in his con- 
sulship. — Brutus created, for his 
own colleague, Valerius, by whose 
aid he had expelled the kings. — 
My father Hamilcar went into 
Spain as commander when I was 
a little boy not more than nine 
years old. — Augustus travelled 
frequently into the eastern and 
western provinces, accompanied 
ly Livia. — Lentulus, Cethegus, 
and other men of illustrious 
name, were put to death in pris- 
on by the authority of the senate. 
— Isocrates arose, when Gorgias, 
Protagoras, and the others whom 
I have mentioned, were already 
old men. 



qui Alyattes rex fio. — Exsto 
Galba peroratio, qui tantus iii 
honor puer ego sum, ut is eti- 
am edisco. 

Caninius consul scio nemo pran- 
deo, nihil is consul malus { gen- 
it. )fiO. — Brutus coUega sui creo 
Valerius, qui adjutor, rex ejicio. 
— Pater mens Hamilcar, pueru- 
lus ego, utpote non amplius no- 
vem annus nascor, in Hispania 
imperator proficiscor. — Saepe 
Augustus in occidens atque 
oriens meo, comes Livia. — 
Lentulus, Cethegus, et alius 
clarus nomen vir, auctor sena- 
tus, in career neco. — Exsisto 
jam senex Gorgias, Protagoras, 
caBterique qui paullo ante dico, 
Isocrates. 



XIII. The Latins having no present participle from 
esse in current use, the adjective alone often supplies 
the place of a participle. — Thus, Dis propitiis. " The 
gods being propitious." — Illis consciis. " They being 



conscious. 



The effects of lightning are won- 
derful : money is melted, while 
the purse is entire : the sword is 
liquefied, while the scabbard re- 
mains. — Ships cannot enter the 
harbour of Alcxandrca against 
the will of those by whom the 
Pharos is held. — We knoic that 
the muscles are diseased wlien 



Mirus fulmen opus ; loculus (^j/^r.) 
integer, conflo argentum .- ma- 
neo vagina gladius liquesco. — 
Is invitus a qui Pharos teneo, 
non possum navis intro in por- 
tus Alexandrea. — ^ger scio 
nervus sum, ubi invitus ego 



PARTICIPLES. 



279 



they move against our will. — 
The sons of Tiberius Gracchus, 
grandsons of Scipio Africanus, 
died in the lifetime of their moth- 
er Cornelia, daughter of Africa- 
nus. 
2. There is a difference between the 
case of a man who is oppressed 
hy calamity, and of one who seeks 
better things when his affairs are 
in no respect unprosperous. — 
Octavius died suddenly, as he 
was leaving Macedonia, before 
he could declare himself a candi- 
date for the consulship, leaving 
behind him Octavia the elder, 
Octavia the younger, and also 
Augustus. — Mithradates carried 
on war with the Romans for for- 
ty-four years, with various suc- 
cess. — It is certain that an eclipse 
of the sun does not take place ex- 
cept at the very change of the 
moon, and of the moon only when 
full 



moveo. — Tiberius Gracchus 
liberi, Scipio Africanus nepos, 
vivus adhuc mater Cornelia, 
Africanus filia, vita habeo ex- 
itus. 

Alius causa sum is (geriit.) qui 
calamitas premo, et is qui res 
bonus quaero nullus suus res 
adversus. — Decedo Macedonia 
Octavius, priusquam profiteor 
sui candidatus consulatus pos- 
sum, mors obeo repentinus, su- 
perstes Octavia major, et Oc- 
tavia minor, itemque Augus- 
tus. — Mithradates bellum cum 
Romanus per quadraginta qua- 
tuor annus varius victoria gero. 
— Sol defectus non nisi novis- 
simus fio Luna, Luna autem 
non nisi plenus, certus sum. 



XIV. The want of a past participle active in Latin 
may be supplied by the ablative absolute of the perfect 
participle passive, or else by quum with the pluperfect 
subjunctive. (Vid. page 248.) 

XV. The best means, however, of supplying this de- 
ficiency is by the past participle of a deponent verb. 



1. Ablative Absolute of the Perfect Pc 



1. Others find fault with what Oc- 
tavianus said and did, as if, 
having lost his fleet by a tem- 
pest, he had exclaimed that he 
would gain the victory even 
against the ivill of Neptune. — 



Alius dictum factumque Octavia- 
nus criminor, quasi classis tem- 
pestas perdo, exclamo ; etiam 
invitus Neptunus victoria sui 



280 



PARTICIPLES. 



The father of Tiberius remained 
alone in ike party of Antonius, 
and escaped first to Proeneste, 
and then to Naples ; and having 
in vain offered emancipation to 
the slaves, he fled into Sicily. — 
Seneca relates that Tiberius, hav- 
ing suddenly called for his at- 
tendants, and no one answering, 
rose, and, his strength failing 
him, fell not far off from the bed. 
2. About twenty-seven senators fol- 
lowed Vibius Virrius home, and 
feasted with him ; and having 
abstracted their minds as much 
as they could, by means of wine, 
from the sense of the impending 
evil, they all took poison. — Phy- 
sicians having found the cause 
of a disease, think that the cure 
is found. — Darius, having heard 
the news of the ill health of Alex- 
ander, marched with the greatest 
rapidity to the Euphrates. — Thc- 
opompus, the Lacedamonian, hav- 
ing changed garments with his 
wife, escaped from custody as a 
woman. 



adipiscor. — Tiberius pater, so- 
lus Antonius in pars permaneo, 
ac primo Praeneste, deinde Ne- 
apolis evado, servusque frustra 
ad pileus voco, in SicUia profu- 
gio. — Seneca scribo Tiberius, 
subito voco minister, ac nemo 
respondeo, consurgo, nee pro- 
cul a lectulus, deficio vires, 
concido. 

Vibius Virrius septem et viginti 
ferme senator domus sequor, 
epulorque cum is ; et quantum 
facio possmn, alieno mens vi- 
num ab imminens malum sen- 
sus, venenum omnis sumo. — 
Medicus, causa morbus inve- 
nio, remedium invenio puto. — 
Darius, nuntius de adversus 
valetudo Alexander accipio, 
magnus celeritas ad Euphrates 
contendo. — Theopompus Lace- 
dsemonius, permuto cum uxor 
habitus, e custodia ut mulier 
evado. 



2. QuuM with the Pluperfect Subjunctive. 



Fabius, having pitched his camp 
five hundred paces off, determin- 
ed to attack Arpi on that point at 
which he saw that the guard was 
most negligent. — They fought, 
first of all, in the dark and nar- 
row places, the Romans having 
occupied not only the streets, but 
even the houses nearest to the 
gate, that they might not be aim- 
ed at and wounded from above. — 
The ambassadors having brought 



Fabius, quum a quingen^i passus 
castra pono, qui pars maxime 
neglectus custodia video, is po- 
tissimum Arpi aggredior statuo. 
— Pugno (passive impersonal) 
primo in tenebrosus angustus- 
que via, quum Romanus non via 
tantum sed tectum etiam prox- 
imus porta occupo, ne peto su- 
perne ac vulnero possum. — 
Quum nihil legatus, qui satis 



PARTICIPLES. 



281 



hack no intelligence which in- 
volved an immediate cause of 
war, the prcetor Atilius was sent 
with a fleet to Greece for the pro- 
tection of the allies. — The gar- 
ment of the Vestal having caught 
as she went down into the sub- 
terranean chamber she turned 
and gathered it up; and when 
the executioner gave her his hand, 
she turned away and started back. 
— Scipio having put on his gar- 
ments and shoes, went out of the 
chamber, and, having walked a 
little in the portico, saluted Lcz- 
lius on his arrival. 



maturus causa bellum habeo, 
refero, Atilius praetor cum clas- 
sis mitto in Graecia, ad socius 
tueor (gerundive). — Virgo Ves- 
talis (dative) descendo in sub- 
terraneus cubiculum, quum hae- 
reo stola, verto sui ac recoUigo, 
quumque is carnifex manus do, 
aversor et resilio. — Scipio, cal- 
ceus et vestimentum sumo, e 
cubiculum egredior, et, quum 
paululum inambulo in porticus, 
Laelius advenio saluto. 



Remark. The ablative of the participle of the perfect passive 
sometimes supplies alone the place of the whole construction of the 
ablative absolute, the following proposition being considered as a 
noun of the neuter gender, and the subject of the participle. This 
use is confined, however, to a few participles ; as, audita, cognito, 
comperto (passive), explorato, desperato, nunciato, cdicto. — Thus, Alex- 
ander audito Barium appropinqiiare, cum exercitu obviam ire constituit. 
" Alexander, having heard that Darius was approaching, resolved to 
meet him with an army." 



XVI. The participle passive in dus has in the nomi- 
native case (and, in the construction of the accusative 
with the infinitive, in the accusative also) the significa- 
tion of necessity^ less frequently of possibility. Thus, 
laudandus is one who must be praised, or ought to be 
praised. 



1. Present JVecessity or Propriety. 
1. Law is a supreme rule, implant- Lex sum ratio summus, insero in 



ed in (our) nature, which com- 
mands those things that ought to 
he done, and forbids the opposite. 
-^Every state must be ruled by 
some counsel, in order that it { 
ma.y he permanent ; and that i 



natura, qui jubeo is qui facio 
sum, prohibeoque contrarius. — 
Omnis respublica consilium qui- 
dam rego sum, ut diuturnus 
sum ; is autem consilium aut 



A a2 



282 



PARTICIPLES. 



counsel mxist either he allotted to 
one or to certain select persons, 
or must he undertaken by the 
multitude and by all. — Many 
writers, speaking of the Trojan 
{times), call the country of the 
Myrmidons Thessaly ; the tragic 
writers do it more frequently, but 
it should by no means be allowed 
them. 
2. The same things must be done 
in the senate on a less ample 
scale, for we must leave many 
others an opportunity of speak- 
ing, and we must avoid the sus- 
picion of a display of talent. — 
The beauty of the world, and the 
regularity of the celestial phe- 
nomena, compel us to confess, 
both that there is some superior 
and eternal nature, and that it is 
to be venerated and admired by 
the human race. — The exploits 
of the Romans are not to be com- 
pared either with {those of) the 
Greeks, or those of any other na- 
tion. — It does not seem to me 
that another topic should be 
sought for because these men 
have come, but we should say 
something worth their hearing. 



unus tribuo sum, aut delectus 
quidam, aut suscipio sum mul- 
titudo atque omnis. — Multus 
scriptor de Iliacus dico Myrmi- 
don regio Thessalia voco ; Tra- 
gicus frequenter is facio, qui 
minime is concede. 



Idem in senatus sed parvus appa- 
ratus ago ; multus enim alius 
relinquo dico locus, vito etiam 
ingenium ostentatio suspicio. — 
Sum pragstans aliquis aeternus- 
que natura, et is suspicio admi- 
rorque homo genus, pulchritu- 
de mundus ordoque res cceles- 
tis cogo confiteor. — Res gestus 
Romanus neque cum Graecus, 
neque ullus cum gens sum con- 
fero. — Non ego video, quod hie 
venio, alius ego sermo sum 
quaero, sed dico dignus aliquis 
hie auris. 



2. Past or Contingent 
Seleucus, Lysimachus, Ptolemy, 
were at hand, already powerful 
in resources, with whom Eu- 
menes had to fight. — 1 should 
long have had to look out for a 
son-in-law to Arulenus Rusti- 
cus, if Minucius Acilianus had 
not been prepared, and, as it 
were, provided. — Tiberius ab- 



J^ecessity or Propriety. 

Immineo Seleucus, Lysimachus, 
Ptolemseus, opes jam valeo, 
cum qui Eumenes sum dimico. 
— Diu ego quaero sum Arule- 
nus Rusticus gener nisi para- 
tus et quasi provisus sum Mi- 
nucius Acilianus. — Sermo Grae- 



PARTICIPLES. 



283 



stained from the Check lan- 
gxuLge, and chiefly in the sen- 
ate ; to such a degree, indeed, that 
when he was going to mention 
monopolium, he begged pardon, 
first of all, for being obliged to 
use a foreign word. — How could 
Lacedcemon enjoy good and just 
laws, when any one who had been 
bom of the royal family must be 
taken as king 1 — It is more mis- 
erable to be consumed by old age 
than to resign for our own coun- 
try, rather than in any other 
way, the life which, after all, it 
would be necessary to resign. 



cus Tiberius, maximeque in 
senatus, abstineo ; adeo' qui- 
dem ut, monopolium nomino, 
prius venia postulo, quod sui 
verbum peregiinus utor sum. — 
Quomodo fio possum ut Lace- 
daemon turn bonus utor justus- 
que lex, quum sum habeo rex 
quicunque genus regius nascor 1 
— Magis is miser, eonsumo se- 
nectus quam is vita, qui tamen 
sum reddo, pro patria potissi- 
mum reddo. 



3. Future J\''ecessity or Propriety. 



If the Gauls attempt to make war, 
we shall have to recall Marius 
from the shades. — It will be ne- 
cessary to heal the very heavy 
wound of Spurinna, who has lost 
his son while absent, by some 
powerful lenitive. — When the 
studies of the youth are to be 
extended beyond his paternal 
threshold, it will be necessary to 
look out for a Latin rhetorician, 
the severity and purity of whose 
school is ascertained. — Those 
who aim at the highest things 
will go higher than those who,- 
despairing of reaching the point 
they wish, stop immediately at 
the lowest point. For this rea- 
son I shall be more entitled to 
excuse, if I do not pass over even 
trifling things. 



Si Gallus bellum facio conor, ex- 
cito ego sum ab inferus Marius. 
— Gravis Spurinna vulnus qui 
filius amitto absens, magnus al- 
iquis foment um medeor sum. — 
Quum studium juvenis extra 
paternus limen profero sum, 
jam circumspicio sum- rhetor 
Latinus, qui schola severitas 
castitasque consto. — Alte eo 
qui ad summus nitor, quam qui 
desperatio quo volo evado pro- 
tinus circa imus subsisto. Quo 
magis impetro sum venia si ne 
minor quidem praetereo. 



XVII. With do and trado^ mitto and permitto^ accipio 



284 



GERUND. 



and suscipio, and similar verbs, the purpose for which 
anything is given, &c., is expressed passively by the 
participle in dus j as. Rex Harpago Cyrum infantem oc- 
cidendum tradidit. " The king delivered the infant 
Cyrus to Harpagus to put to death." 



Lucius Tarquinius vowed the erec- 
tion of a temple in the Capitol 
to Jupiter, Best and Greatest, in 
the Sabine war. — I am not dis- 
pleased that my letter has been 
circulated ; nay, I have even giv- 
en it myself to many persons to 
copy. — In order that the city 
might be more easily approached, 
Augustus distributed to men wKo 
had obtained triumphs the (charge 
of) paving the roads out of the 
money of the spoils. — Mummius 
was so ignorant, that, after the 
capture of Corinth, when he had 
contracted for the freight of pic- 
tures and statues of the most em- 
inent artists to Italy, he ordered 
notice to be given to the con- 
tractors, that, if they lost them, 
they should give new ones in^ 
stead. 



JEdes in Capitolium Jupiter, Bo- 
nus Magnus, bellum Sabinus 
facio voveo Tarquinius. — E pis- 
tola meus pervulgo non moleste 
fero, quin etiam ipse multus do 
describo. — Quo facile urbs adeo, 
Augustus triumphalis vir ex 
manubialis pecunia, via sterno 
distribuo. — Mummius tam ru- 
dis sum, ut, capio Corinthus, 
quum magnus artifex perfeetus 
manus tabula ac statua in Italia 
porto loco, jubeo praedico con- 
duco {pres. part.) si is perdo 
novus reddo. 



GERUND. 



I. The Gerund is nothing more, in reality, than the 
neuter singular of the participle in dus. 

IL It governs the case of its verb, and, in respect to 
signification, supplies the place of a declinable infini- 
tive of the present active, since it expresses the action 
or state of the verb, as a verbal substantive. 

III. The relation of the gerund to the real participle 
in dus is the following. As the gerund has an active 



GERUND. 285 

sense, this active construction may, without any altera- 
tion of sense, be changed to passive. Thus, consilium 
scribendi epistolam^ " the design of writing a letter," 
may be altered to consilium scribendce epistolce, "the de- 
sign of a letter to be written," or " that a letter be 
TVTitten." 

IV. What is the accusative in the active construc- 
tion, is put, in the passive, in the case in which the ge- 
rund stood, and the participle agrees with it. Thus, in 
scribendo epistolam becomes in scribenda epistola^ and ad 
scribendum epistolam becomes ad scribendam epistolam, 

V. This change may take place wherever no ambi- 
guity is likely to arise from the gender not being dis- 
tinguishable. It should not be practised when the ac- 
cusative which the gerund governs is the neuter of a 
pronoun or an adjective ; for example, we should say 
studium illud efficiendi, not illius ; and cupido plura cog- 
noscendi, not plurium cognoscendorum. 



1. Gerund in DuM. 
VI. The gerund in dum is used in the nominative, or 
in the accusative before the infinitive, with the verb 
sum, in the sense of necessity or propriety ; and the 
person on whom the duty or necessity rests must be 
expressed in the dative, not in the ablative with ab. 
Thus, Laudandum est mihi. " I must praise." — Bico 
laudandum esse mihi. " I say that I must praise." 



An orator must observe what is be- Orator quis decet video sum, noii 



coming, not in sentiment only, 
but also in words^ — Young men 
ought to acquire, old men ought 
to enjoy. — The disciples of Py- 
thagoras were obliged to be five 
years silent.— It must either be 
denied that a God exists, or 
those who admit it micst confess 



in sententia solum, sed etiam 
in verbum. — Juvenis pare, se- 
nex utor sum. — Pythagoras dis- 
cipulus qiiinque annus taceo 
sum. — Aut nego Deus sum, aut 
qui Deus sum concedo, is fateor 



286 



GERUND. 



that he is engaged in something. 
— No one ever consulted a sooth- 
sayer how {one) ought to live with 
parents, children, and friends. — 
If Deiotarus had not turned back 
from his journey, he would have 
had to sleep in the room which the 
next night fell in.-^—We ought to 
have resisted Ccesar when he was 
weak. — Each one must exercise 
his own judgment. — We must 
penetrate to the city through the 
defile. 



sum is aliquis facio. — Nemo un- 
quam haruspex consulo, quem- 
admodum sum sui cum parens, 
cum liberi, cumque amicus vi- 
vo. — Si Deiotarus ex iter non 
reverto, in is conclave is cubo 
sum, qui proximus nox corruo. 
— Imbecillus Caesar resisto sum. 
— Suus quisque judicium utor 
sum. — Per angustiae ego ad 
urbs penetro sum. 



VII. The gerund in di, or the genitive of the gerund, 
is used after a substantive, and after relative adjec- 
tives. 

VIII. Such substantives are, among others, ars, causa, 
consilium, consuetudo, cupiditas, facultas, occasio, tempus, 
potestas, spes, studium, voluntas, &c. 

IX. The ablatives causd and gratia are also joined 
with the gerund in di. 

Beate Vivendi cupiditate omncs incensi sumus. " We are all in- 
flamed v^ith the desire of living happily." 

Epaminondas studiosus erat audiendi. " Epaminondas was desi- 
rous of hearing." 



Avaricious men are not only tor- 
mented with the passion for ac- 
quiring, but also with the fear 
of losing. — Frugality is the sci- 
ence of avoiding superfluous ex- 
penses, or the art of using prop- 
erty with moderation. — In pro- 
portion as any one speaks well, 
so he most dreads the difficulty 
of speaking. — The Gerrnans do 
not occupy themselves with agri- 
culture, nor has any one a fixed 
amount of land, or exclusive 
houndaries, lest they change their 



Avarus homo non solum libido 
augeo crucior, sed etiam amit- 
to metus. — Parsimonia sum 
scientia vito sumtus supervac- 
uus, aut ars res familiaris mod- 
erate utor. — Ut quisque optima 
dico, ita maxime dico diflicul- 
tas pertimesco. — Germanus 
ager cultura non studeo, neque 
quisquam ager modus certus 
aut finis proprius habeo ; ne 



GERUND. 



287 



love of making war for agricul- 
ture. — A great part of the Baby- 
lonians had stationed themselves 
on the walls, eager to become ac- 
quainted with Alexander. — Habit 
and practice both sharpen acute- 
ness in understanding, and 
quicken the rapidity of expres- 



studium bellum gero agricultu- 
ra commuto. — Magnus pars 
Babylonius consisto in murus, 
avidus cognosce Alexander. — 
Consuetudo exercitatioque et 
intelligo prudentia acuo, et elo- 
quor celeritas incito. 



Gerund changed into the Participle in Dirs. 



A desire seized Romulus and Re- 
mus of founding a city on the 
spot where they had been expo- 
sed and brought up. — Hannibal 
increased his reputation by his 
bold attempt of crossing the Alps. 
— All judicial proceedings have 
been devised for the sake of ter- 
minating controversies or pun- 
ishing crimes. — Either pleas- 
ures are foregone for the sake of 
obtaining greater pleasures, or 
pains are undergone for the sake 
of escaping greater pains. — The 
dijfficulty of supporting an office 
through loeakness is wholly in- 
applicable to the majesty of God. 
— It is not denied that Demos- 
thenes possessed great power of 
eloquence ; but it is also ascer- 
tained that he was very fond of 
hearing Plato. — / rejoice that 
thou art desirous of bringing 
about peace between the citi- 
zens. 



Romulus et Remus cupido capio 
in is locus, ubi expono atque 
educo, urbs condo. — Hannibal 
opinio de sui augeo, conatus 
tam audax trajicio Alpes. — 
Omnis judicium aut distraho 
controversia, aut punio malefi- 
cium causa reperio. — Aut vo- 
luptas omitto magnus voluptas 
adipiscor causa, aut dolor sus- 
cipio magnus dolor effugio cau- 
sa. — Sustineo munus propter 
imbecillitas difficultas minima 
cado in majestas Deus. — Non 
nego Demosthenes summus vis 
habeo dico, sed consto quoque 
is Plato studiosus audio sum. 

. — Pax inter civis concilio tu 
cupidus sum leetor. 



X. The dative of the gerund, or the gerund in c?o, 
is used after adjectives Avhich take a dative, especially- 
after utilis, inutilis^ noxius, aptus^ idoneus, par ; and 



288 



GERUND. 



after substantives and verbs, to express the purpose 
and design. 

XI. The participle in dus may be used for the ge- 
rund, as explained in § III. and IV. 



1. Gerund in Do. 



Iron, when red, is not fit for ham- 
mering. — Coarse papyrus is 7iot 
fit for writing. — This water is 
good for drinking. — Who is so 
fit for running as I? — No seed 
is good for sowing after four 
years. 



Rubeo ferrum non sum habilis tun- 
deo. — Charta emporeticus inu- 
tilis sum scribo. — Hie aqua sum 
utilis bibo. — Quis sum tam ido- 
neus curro quam ego 1 — NuBus 
semen ultra quadrimatus utilis 
sum sero. 



Remark 1. To express, however, the purpose or design, the accu- 
sative with ad is more common, at least in Cicero. 

Remark 2. The dative of the gerund is often joined with esse, 
when this latter is used in the sense of " serving for," " being ade- 
quate to." In such constructions, most grammarians suppose an el- 
lipsis of idoneus. It may, however, be considered as analogous to 
the expression esse auxilio alicui. So we have Non est solvcndo. 
"He is not able to pay." — Divites qui oneri ferendo essent. "The 
rich, who were able to bear burdens." — Rempublicam esse gratice 
referenda. " That the repubhc was in a state to repay the obhg,a- 
tion." 



2. Gerund in Do changed to Participle in Dus. 



Dry wood is a proper material for 
eliciting fire. — The spring, as it 
were, represents youth, and ex- 
hibits the promise of the future 
fruits ; the rest of the time is 
adapted for reaping and gather- 
ing the fruits. — There are some 
games not without their use for 
sharpening the vnts of boys. — 
Cleanthes dreio water, and hired 
out his hands for watering a gar- 
den. — A great quantity of stones 
was at hand, which old Tyre sup- 
plied ; wood was brought down 
from Mount Libanus for con- 
structing rafts and towers. — 



Lignum aridus materia sum ido- 
neus elicio ignis (plur.). — Ver 
tanquam adolescentia significo, 
futarusque fructus ostendo ; re- 
liquus tempus (plural) demeto 
fructus et percipio accommoda- 
tus sum. — Sum nonnullus acuo 
puer ingenium non inutilis lu- 
sus. — Cleanthes aqua haurio, et 
rigo hortulus loco manus. — 
Magnus vis saxum ad manus 
sum, Tyrus vetus pr8ebeo (ab- 
lat. absoL); materies ex Liba- 
nus mons, rates et turris facio, 



GERUND. 



289 



The Transalpine Gauls took pos- 
session of a spot not far from 
thence for the building of a town, 
where Aquileia now stands. 



veho. — Galius Transalpinus, 
baud procul inde ubi nunc Aqui- 
leia sum, locus oppidum condo 
capio. 



XII. The accusative of the gerund, or gerund in dum, 
is always dependant on prepositions, and most com- 
monly on at/, " to," or inter, " amid," " during." 

XIII. The participle in dus may be used when the 
gerund has an accusative. 



1. Gerund in Dum. 

We are inclined not only to learn, 
but also to teach. — To think well 
and to act rightly is sufficient 
for a good and happy life. — As 
the ox was horn for ploughing, 
the dog for tracking, so man was 
horn for two things, for under- 
standing and acting. — Ccesar 
was blamed, because, during the 
performance, he occupied himself 
in reading letters and memorials. 
— The riper the berry of the olive, 
the fatter is the juice, and the less 
pleasant; and the best time for 
gathering is when the berry be- 
gins to grow black. — Alexander, 
having taken the cup, handed the 
letter to his physician, and while 
he drank, fixed his eyes upon his 
countenance as he read it. 



Non solum ad disco propensus 
sum, sed etiam ad doceo.— 
Bene sentio, recteque facio, sa- 
tis sum ad bene beateque vivo. 
— Ut ad aro bos, ad indago 
canis, sic homo ad duo res, ad 
intelligo et ago nascor. — Repre- 
hendo Caesar, quod, inter spec- 
to, epistola libellusque lego va- 
co. — Quanto maturus oliva bac- 
ca, tanto pinguis succus, minus- 
que gratus ; bonus autem astas 
ad decerpo, incipio bacca ni- 
gresco. — Alexander, accipio 
poculmn, epistola medicus tra- 
de, atque ita inter bibo oculus 
in vultus lego intendo. 



2. Participle in Dus, 



He who knows himself will be con- 
scious that he has something di- 
vine, and will understand what 
great means he has for acquiring 
wisdom. — Pythagoras went to 
Babylon, to learn the motions of \ 

Bb 



Qui sui ipse novi (suhj.), aliquis 
sentio sui habeo divinus, intel- 
ligoque quantus instrumentum 
habeo ad adipiscor sapientia. — 
Pythagoras Babylon ad perdis- 
co sidus motus origoque mun- 



290 



GERUND. 



the heavenly bodies, and the ori- 
gin of the world ; thence he di- 
rected his course to Crete and 
Lacedcemon, to become axquaint- 
ed xoith the laws of Minos and 
Lycurgus. — The eyelids, which 
are the coverings of the eyes, very 
soft to the touch, are most skil- 
fully formed, both for enclosing 
the pupils, lest anything should 
fall upon them, and for opening 
them. — No one is more unyield- 
ing in granting pardon than he 
who has often deserved to ask for 
it. — Similarity of character is 
the firmest bond for forming 
friendships. 



dus proficiscor : inde Creta et 
Lacedaemon, ad cognosce Mi- 
nos et Lycurgus lex, contend©. 
— Palpebra, qui sum tegmentum 
oculus, mollis tactus, apte facio 
et ad claudo pupulus ne quis 
incido, et ad aperio. — Nemo ad 
do venia difficilis sum, quam 
qui ille peto saepius mereo. — 
Ad connecto amicitia vel tenax 
vinculum mos similitude. 



XIV. The ablative of the gerund is used, 1. With- 
out a preposition, as an ablative of the instrument. 2. 
Depending on the prepositions ab^ c/e, ex^ and in. 

XV. In both these cases the participle in dus may be 
used, when the gerund has an accusative. 



1. Without a 

By gradually receiving into the 
rights of citizenship the Italian 
allies, who had either not taken 
arms or laid them doion soon, 
the forces of the city were re- 
cruited. — I indeed think that vir- 
tue is given to meyi, by instruct- 
ing and persuading {them), not 
by threats, and violence, and fear. 
— Socrates, by questioniyig and 
interrogating, used to draw forth 
the opinions of those with whom 
he discoursed. — The laws of Ly- 
curgus train youth in labour, by 
hunting, running, being hungry, 
being thirsty, being pinched with 



Preposition. 

Paulatim recipio in civitas socius 
Italicus, qui arma aut non capio 
aut cito depono, vis civitas refi- 
cio. — Equidem puto virtus ho- 
mo instituo et persuadeo non 
minae et vis ac metus trado. — 
Socrates percunctor atque in- 
terrogo elicio soleo is opinio 
quicum dissero. — Lycurgus lex 
erudio juventus venor, curro, 



GERUND. 



291 



cold, and being violently heated. 
— By doing nothing, men learn 
to do ill. 



esurio, sitio, algeo, et aestuo. — 
Nihil ago homo male ago disco. 



2. With a 

It is right that a man should be 
both munificent in giving and 
not severe in exacting. — Anger 
should especially be forbidden in 
-punishing. — That commander 
cannot keep an army under con- 
trol who does not control him- 
self, nor be severe in judging 
who does not choose that others 
should be severe judges towards 
him. — There is no evil so great 
that I do not think it is impend- 
ing ; but I desist, inasmuch as 
there is more evil in fearing than 
in the thing itself which is fear- 
ed. — In the department of phi- 
losophy, the high station of Plato 
did not deter Aristotle from wri- 
ting ; nor did Aristotle, by his 
admirable knowledge and copi- 
ousness, throw a damp upon the 
studies of others. 



Preposition. 

Convenio quum indo munificus 
sum, tum in exigo non acerbus. 
— Prohibeo maxime sum ira in 
punio. — Non possum exercitus 
is contineo imperator, qui sui 
ipse non contineo, neque seve- 
rus sum in judico, qui alius in 
sui severus sum judex non vo- 
lo. — Nullus sum tantus malum 
qui non puto impendeo : sed 
quum plus in metuo malum, 
sum quam in ipse ille qui timeo, 
desino. — Nee Aristoteles in 
philosophia deterreo a scribo 
amplitude Plato, nee ipse Aris- 
toteles, admirabilis quidam sci- 
entia et copia ceteri studium res- 
tinguo. 



3. Participle in Dus. 



Virtue is seen, most of all, in de- 
spising and rejecting pleasure. 
— The body must be exercised, 
that it may obey the reason, in 
executing business and enduring 
labour. — It is a difficult subject, 
and much and often inquired 
into, whether, in conferring a 
magistracy, or enacting a law, 
or trying a culprit, it were bet- 
ter to vote secretly or openly. — 
'Many persons xtse, care in get- 



In voluptas sperno ac repudio 
virtus vel maxime cerno. — 
Exerceo ( participle ) corpus 
sum, ut obedio ratio possum, in 
consequor negotium et in labor 
tolero. — Difficihs res, ac mul- 
tum et saepe quaere, suffragium, 
in magistratus mando, aut reus 
judico, aut lex scisco, clam an 
palam fero mehor sum. — Mul- 
tu8 in equus paro adhibeo cura, 



292 



SUPINES. 



Hng horses, (but) are negligent 
in choosing friends. — It has 'been 
established by the civil code, that, 
in the sale of estates, the faults 
which were known to the seller 
should he mentioned. — Who does 
not know that the chief power of 
the orator consists in exciting 
men''s minds either to anger, or 
hatred, or grief, or in recalling 
them from these same emotions 
to mildness and pity 7 



in amicus eligo negligens sum. 
— Sancio jus civilis, ut in prae- 
dium vendo vitium dico, qui no- 
tus sum venditor. — Quis nescio 
maximus vis existo orator in 
homo mens, vel ad ira, aut ad 
odium, aut dolor incito, vel ab 
hicce idem permotio ad lenitas, 
miserieordiaque revoco 1 



SUPINES. 

I. The two Supines are properly the accusative and 
ablative of an old verbal substantive of the fourth de- 
clension. 

II. The supine in um governs the case of the verb. 

III. The supine in um is used with verbs which ex- 
press motion to a place ; such as ire, proficiscij conten- 
dere, &c., in order to express the object; as, Cubitum 
ire, " To go to lie down." 

IV. The Latin writers, however, use in general the 
gerund with ad more than the supine. 



Supine 

1. Fabius Pictor was sent to Del- 
phi, to the oracle, to inquire by 
what prayers and entreaties 
the Romans might appease the 
gods. — The Helvetian war being 
ended, the ambassadors of al- 
most all Gaul assembled about 
CcBsar to offer congratulations. 
— The cocks understand the 
stars, and distinguish in the 
daytime the spaces of three hours 
by their note : they go to roost 



in Um. 

Fabius Pictor Delphi ad oraculum 
mitto, sciscitor quis preces sup- 
pliciumque deus possum placo 
Romanus. — Bellum Helvetius 
{gen. plur.) conficio, totus fere 
Gallia legatus ad Caesar gratu- 
lor convenio. — Gallus gallina- 
ceus novi sidus, et terni distin- 
guo hora interdiu cantus : cum 
sol cubo 60, quartusque cas- 



SUPINES. 



293 



with the sun, and at the fourth 
military watch recall us to care 
and labour. — The commanders 
of the King of Persia scut am- 
bassadors to Athens, to complain 
that Chabrias was carrying on 
war, along with the Egyptians, 
against the king. 
. Not only old inhabitants of Ag- 
rigentum came to Verres to pur- 
chase the seyiatofs place, but also 
new ones ; and it happened that 
a new one outbid {the old), and 
carried off the prcetor's letters. — 
The people of Veii, subdued by 
their unsuccessful battle, send 
negotiators to Rome to implwe 
peace. — The Saguntines request- 
ing that, as far as they could (do 
it) safely, they might go to see 
Italy, guides were given them. — 
Hannibal, unconquered in Italy, 
was recalled to defend his coun- 
try. 



trensis vigilia ad cura laborque 
ego revoco. — Praefectus rex 
Persa legatus mitto Athenae 
queror, quod Chabrias adver- 
sum rex bellum gero cum 
^g3^tius. 



Verres emo locus senatorius non 
solum vetus Agi'igentinus, sed 
etiam novus : fioque ut pretium 
(ablat.) novus vinco, literaeque a 
praetor aufero. — Veiens, adver- 
sus pugna subigo, pax peto ora- 
tor Roma mitto. — Peto Sagun- 
tinus, ut, quatenus tuto possum, 
Italia specto eo, dux do. — Han- 
nibal, in Italia invictus, patria 
defendo revoco. 



Remark. Perditum ire, " to go about to destroy," is little different 
from perdere. Thus, Sail., Cat., 52 : Ne dum paucis sceleratis par- 
cunt, bonos omnes perditum cant. — In Cicero it does not occur, unless, 
perhaps, we ought to read (in the first epistle ad Terent.) '■'■ puerum 
perditum eamus^^ for the common ^'puerum perditum perdamus.''^ 
According to the analogy of this expression, which, from its fre- 
quent occurrence in the comic poets, appears to have been much 
used in common life, ire serves to make a periphrasis with the su- 
pines of other verbs ; as, raptum and ercptum eunt, in Sallust, for 
eripiunt ; ullum ivit, in Tacitus, &c. 



V. The second supine, or the supine in w, is used 
after substantives ; such as fas^ nefas^ and opus ; and 
after the adjectives " good" or " bad," " pleasant" or 
" unpleasant," " worthy" or " unworthy," " easy" or 
" difficult," and others of similar meaning ; as, honeS" 
tus^ turpis., jucundus^ facilis^ incredibilis, memorahilis, 
&c. — Thus, Pleraque dictu quam re faciliora sunt. 
Bb2 



294 



SUPINES. 



"Most things are easier to be spoken of than in reali- 
ty." — Hoc est jucundum auditu. " This is pleasing to 
be heard." 



The more brief a narrative is, the 
more perspicuous and easy to be 
understood will it become. — It 
is difficult to express how much 
courtesy and affability of conver- 
sation win the minds of men. — 
Wickedness quickly steals upon 
us ; virtue is difficult to be found, 
and needs a ruler and guide. — 
What is so pleasant to know and 
hear as a discourse adorned with 
wise sentiments and weighty 
words ? — / am at a loss what to 
do ; thou wilt do what seems best 
to thee. — Hannibal {incredible to 
relate) in two days and two nights 
reached Adrumetum, which is dis- 
tant from Zama about three hun- 
dred miles. — The human mind 
can be compared with no other 
than with God himself, if this is 
proper to be said. 



Quo brevis eo dilucidus et cognos- 
ce facilis narratio fio. — Difficilis 
dice sum quantopere concilio 
animus homo comitas affabili- 
tasque sermo. — Cite nequitia 
subrepo, virtus difficilis invenio 
sum, rector duxque desidero.— . 
Quis sum tam jucundus cog- 
nosco atque audio, quam sa^ 
piens sententia gravisque ver, 
bum orno oratiol — Egeo consil- 
ium : qui bonus facio video fa- 
cio. — Hannibal (incredibilis di- 
ce) biduum et duo nox Adrume- 
tum pervenio, qui absum a Zama 
circiter mille passus trecenti. — 
Humanus animus cum nullus 
alius, nisi cum ipse Deus, si hie 
fas sum dico, compare possum. 



Remark 1. Only a few supines are used by the best prose wiiters 
in this v^ay ; such as dictu, auditu, cognitu, factu, inventu, &c. — Later 
prose authors, however, have considerably enlarged their number ; 
and it cannot be denied that, by their use, the Latin expression 
gains greatly in conciseness. 

Remark 2. The best writers use ad and the gerund, or sum and 
the infinitive, with facilis, difficilis, and jucundus ; as, facile ad intel- 
ligendum, ad judicandum ; or facile est invenire, judicare, &c. 

Remark 3. With dignus the poets use the infinitive, and are fol- 
lowed by later prose writers. Thus we have in Quintilian, " Lyri- 
corum Horatius fere solus legi dignus.'^ The most common con- 
struction of dignus, however, is with qui and the subjunctive, as has 
already been remarked. 



USAGE OF INTERJECTIONS. 



295 



USAGE OF INTERJECTIONS. 

I. With the interjections 0, Heu, and ProA, an ac- 
cusative is used of the thing or person wondered at, 
&c. ; as, fallacem hominum spem ! " O deceitful hope 
of mortals !" 



Obs. 1. The accusative of personal pronouns may be used so 
alone ; as, Me miserum ! " Unhappy me !" and even of other 
words ; as, Hominem gravem et civem, egregium ! 

Obs. 2. The interjection has nothing to do with the government 
of the accusative here (for interjections, strictly speaking, gov- 
ern no cases), neither is it necessary to resort, as some do, to 
an eUipsis of a verb (such as sentio, video, &c.) : the strong 
feeling intended to be conveyed calls at once, without any 
formal government, for a case that marks direct and inmiediate 
action. 



O mighty power of error ! — glo' 
rious day, when I shall go to 
that divine assembly and compa- 
ny of minds ! — Ah miserable 
m« / why am I compelled to 
blame the senate, which I have 
always praised ? — O senseless 
that thou art, if thou fearest 
death when it thunders I — the 
cunning fellows ! with how few 
words do they think the business 
brought to a close ! — We have 
sent ambassadors, alas ! misera- 
ble me ! — Blind one that I am, 
in not having seen these things 
before I — This man ! this degree 
of effrontery ! — In the name of 
heaven and earth I 



vis maximus error !— prae- 
clarus dies, quum ad iUe divi- 
nus animus consilium coetus- 
que proficiscor !— Heu ego mi- 
ser ! cur senatus cogo qui laudo 
semper reprehendo "? — tu de- 
mons, si tunc mors timeo quum 
tono ! — acutus homo ! quam 
pauci verbum puto negotium 
conficio ! — Mitto legatus ; heu 
ego miser ! — Ego caecus ! qui 
hie ante non video (subj.). — 
Hicce homo ! hicce impuden- 
tia ! — Proh deus homoque {gen. 
plur.) fides ! 



II. The interjections en and ecce are commonly join- 
ed with a nominative case j as, Ecce tuce literce ! — En 
nova turba ! 



296 USAGE OF INTERJECTIONS. 

Obs. With this nominative we may supply, as some do, such a 
verb as adsunt, adest, apparent, apparet, &c. This, however, 
seems hardly necessary, as the emotion with which the words 
are uttered in these and similar instances naturally gives rise 
to elliptical modes of speech. 



III. The accusative is also used with en and ecce ; as, 
Ecce miserum hominem ! — En promissam pecuniam ! 
This, however, is chiefly in comedy ; as, ecce me, eccil- 
lum (ecce ilium) ; cecum (ecce eum), &c. 

IV. Hei and vcb are usually followed by a dative j as, 
Hei mihi! "Wo is me!" — V(b victis I "Wo to the 
vanquished !" 



PART II 



1. ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 

2. MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES TO BE RENDERED INTO 

LATIN. 



ON the: 
AHRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 

I. Comparative Arrangement.* 

I. The superiority which a transpositive language possesses over 
one which is analogous in respect to the collocation of words, it can 
hardly be necessary to evince, even to the junior student of classic 
literature. He must have remarked, that in Latin the arrangement 
of words in a clause may be varied at pleasure, whereas in English 
we are frequently confined to one order. Whether we say Hanni- 
balem vicit Scipio, or Scipio vicit Hannibalem, or Scipio Hannibalem 
vicit, the meaning is the same. But if we say " Scipio conquered 
Hannibal," we state the fact. If we alter the order, and say " Han- 
nibal conquered Scipio," we affirm the reverse ; and if we say 
•' Scipio Hannibal conquered," or " Hannibal Scipio conquered," we 
state an ambiguous proposition. 

H. When we say that the meaning is the same, in whatever or- 
der the Latin words may be arranged, we would not be understood 
to signify that the three forms may in all cases be indiscriminately 
adopted, without in the least degree hurting the conception, or that 
in all instances they are equally apposite. Our observation regards 
solely the expression of the primary sentiment. To illustrate the 
difference, let us take the following : Ad Arhela Darium vicit Alex- 
ander. If the question were, "Who conquered Alexander 1" the 
answer should be, Alexander ad Arhela Darium vicit. If the question 
were, "Whom did Alexander conquer"?" it would be answered, Da- 
rium ad Arbela Alexander vicit. If it were inquired, " Where did 
Alexander conquer Darius'?" the answer should be, Ad Arbela Alex- 
ander Darium vicit. If the question were, " Did Alexander take, or 
did he conquer Darius'?" the answer would be, Vicit Darium Alex- 
ander. The natural anxiety of the speaker to satisfy the curiosity 
of the inquirer would, in these several circumstances, dictate the 
correspondent arrangement. 

* Crombie's Gymnasium, vol, 1, p. xxx., seqq., &th ed. 



300 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 

III. Our collocation in English, generally considered, has been 
aptly enough denominated the order of intellect. The arrangement 
in Latin is more adapted to imagination and feehng. The language 
of the Romans consists of periods ; ours is composed of sentences. 
Hence the Enghsh has more simplicity, the Latin greater strength.- 
We begin with the agent, from him we proceed to the act, and from 
it to the person or thing acted upon. This may be called the meta- 
physical order ; it is the order of time, and to this arrangement we 
are generally confined. The flexibility of the Latin language ena- 
bled the speaker or writer to adopt any collocation which the subject 
prescribed, or which he deemed conducive to the attainment of his 
purpose. If the subject was familiar, and the language colloquial, it 
approached pretty nearly to the Enghsh arrangement. Thus, 

" Continue ad te properans, percurro ad forum, ut dicam tihi licsc : 
Ubi te non invenio, ibi asctndo in quendam excelsum locum : 
Circumspicio ; nusquam. Forte ibi hujus video Byrrhiam ; 
Rogo; negat vidisse^ {Terent., Andr., 2, 2, 19.) 

If the style be didactic, or the subject historical, it is, according to 
our conceptions of natural order, more inverted. Thus, " Ubi eo 
ventum est, quacungue incedit, armata multitudo pavorem ac tumultum 
facit; rursus ubi anteire primores civitatis vident, quicquid sit, haud 
temere esse rentur. Nee minorem motum animorum RomcB tarn atrox 
res facit, quam Collaticc fecerat. Ergo ex omnibus locis urbis in forum 
curritur.'''' {Liv., 1, 59.) 

If the language be addressed to the feelings, or the imagination 
chiefly, the arrangement is nearly the reverse of ours. Here the Latin 
order possesses a most decided superiority. The most conspicuous 
words in every sentence, it is to be observed, are the first and the 
last. By the former our attention is excited, and on the latter it 
rests. Hence, if the speaker were reasoning on his arrangement, he 
might conclude it to be a matter of indifference whether he placed 
the chief image which he was to present to his auditory in the 
very beginning or at the very end of the sentence. But, under the 
influence of vehement passion, his ardent mind stops not to reason. 
The object, be it what it may, which most forcibly affects his feel- 
ings or seizes his imagination, that he presents first to his auditory. 
The following passage from Cicero, while it exemplifies this obser- 
vation, will serve also to illustrate the difference between the Latin 
and English arrangement in oratorical language : " Rcmpubiicam, 
Quirites, vitamque onmium vestrum, bona, fortunas, conjuges, liberos- 
que vcstros, atque hoc domicilium clarissimi imperii, fortunatissimam 



ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 301 

pulcherrimamque urbem, hodierno die, deorum immorialium summo erga 
vos amore, laboribus, consiliis, pericidisque meis, ex Jiamma et ferro, ac 
pcene ex faucibus fati ereptam, et vobis conservatam ac restitutam vide- 
tis.'" {Or. in Cat., 3, 1.) — It is impossible to conceive a period more 
perspicuously, more beautifully, more impressively constructed than 
the preceding. Not a clause can be transposed, not a word displa- 
ced, without violence to the beauty, the strength, or the hamiony of 
the period. He first seizes the attention by presenting an image, 
above all others interesting to a Roman auditory — Rempublicam. 
He then proceeds to enumerate a series of objects, calculated in 
succession to awaken in the hearts of his hearers the most lively 
emotions — "rf^am," " Jona," " fortunas,''^ " conjuges,^^ ^' liber os que.'' ^ 
Then he completes the group, by exliibiting an object endeared to 
them all by a thousand ties — "the city of Rome," "the capital of the 
empire," "the mistress of nations." Still suspending the interest 
of his auditory, and postponing the statement of the important and 
interesting fact, he proceeds to specify the means by which it was 
accomphshed. Then, after directing their attention to the benign 
interposition oi'the immortal gods, as the great authors of the event, 
he finishes the picture by exhibiting the whole, as rescued that day 
from conflagration and impending destruction. — Let the reader now 
compare the original with the translation. " To-day, Romans, you 
behold the commonwealth, your lives, estates, fortunes, your wives 
and children, the seat of this most renowned empire, this most fair 
and flourishing city, preserved and restored to you from fire and 
sword, and almost snatched from the jaws of fate, by the distin- 
guished love of the immortal gods towards you, and by my toils, 
counsels, and dangers." 

IV. It has been matter of controversy, whether the arrangement 
which obtains in transpositive, or that which is found in analogous, 
languages, should be deemed the natural order. The Abbe Batteux 
contends that the order in French, and, consequently, in all analo- 
gous languages, is the inverted order ; and that the arrangement of 
words in Latin, and, therefore, in all transpositive languages, is the 
natural arrangement. This doctrine will be found, on examination, 
to be the true one. If man were purely an intellectual being, the 
metaphysical arrangement would be that which his words would 
most probably assume. But pure intelligence is not the character 
of man. He is endowed with imagination, with appetites, also, and 
passions too prone to seize, with heedless avidity, whatever object is 
conceived to be subservient to their gratification ; and experience 
proves but too plainly that whatever the heart most eagerly covets, 
Cc 



302 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 

the tongue is always most impatient to express. " Arma, viri,ferte 
arma,'' was the language of ^neas in a moment of peril. " A 
horse, a horse, my kingdom for a horse!" was the exclamation of 
Richard the Third in the instant of alarm. This is the language of 
passion, or, in other words, of nature. 



2. Latin Arrangement. 

Rule I. In historical narration, and didactic composition of every 
kind, the subject is generally put before the verb ; as, Deus mundum 
gubernat. 

Exception 1. When the subject is closely connected with the suc- 
ceeding clause, and is by it either limited or explained, it follows 
the verb. Thus, " In duobus exercitibus erant trigemini fratreSj 
nee (Ztate nee viribus dispares." — " Erant omnino itinera duo, qui- 
hus itineribus dorno exire posscnt.'''' 

Exception 2. When the author wishes the attention of the reader 
to rest on the subject, the nominative then follows the verb, 
and generally concludes the sentence or clause. This excep- 
tion will be particularly illustrated hereafter. In the mean 
time, we quote the following examples from Cicero's second 
Philippic. " Doletis tres exercitus populi Romani inter fectos : in- 
terfecit Antonius. Desideratis clarissimos cives ; eos quoque eri- 
pnit Antonius. Aucioritas hujus ordinis afflicta est ; afflixit An- 
tonius. 

Rule II. Agi'eeably to the general principle of Latin arrange- 
ment, by w^hich the subject precedes the predicate, the adjective 
ought to follow the substantive. But, with a few exceptions, and all 
of these not universally observed, the place of the adjective and 
participle is entirely arbitrary. In the following cases, however, the 
adjective is generally put before the substantive. 

1. Wlien the adjective is any one of the following words, primus^ 
medius, idtirnus, cxtrctmis, summus, infimus, ivius, suprcmus, re- 
liquus, cceterus, denoting prima pars, media pars, &c., it is gen- 
erally put before the substantive. Thus, *' Summus mojis." 
(CcBs.)—'' Extremo libro." (Cic., Off., 3, 3.) 

2. When the substantive governs another in the genitive, the ad- 
jective generally precedes both ; as, ** Propria vcri inqtiisitio.^* 
(Cic., Off., 1, A.)— ''Duo Platonis prcucepta.'' {Ctc., Off., 1, 25.) 
— " Vera autem animi magnitndo.'''' (Cic.) 

3. When the substantive is governed by a preposition, the adjec- 



ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 303 

tive is frequently put before the substantive ; as, " Hac in guces- 
tione.'^ (Cic.) — ^^ Magna ex parte. ''^ {Id.) — '■'■ Quam ad speni.^^ 

(CCES.) 

4. For the sake of euphony ; as, " Qui adipisci veram gloriam 
volet" (Cic, Off., 2, 13), rather than ''gloriam veram volet." 

6. The pronouns is, ilk, hie, iste, are very generally placed before 
the substantive ; and, if used substantively, are placed before 
the participle. This arrangement not only renders the refer- 
ence more pointed, but also increases the strength, and gener- 
ally improves the melody of the clause. We therefore say, 
"■ Hoc tempore." (Cic.) — '' Ea iempestate." (Sail.) — '' Hac re." 
(CcBs.) — '' Eo regnante." (Liv.) 

Rule III. The Relative generally follows the antecedent, and 
should be placed as near to it as possible. Thus, "Ex quatuor 
autem locis, in quos honesti naturam vimque divisimus, primus ille, qui 
in veri cognitione consistit." (Cic, Off., 1, 6.) 

Rule IV. Agreeably to the preceding rule, the relative is gener- 
ally the first vf ord of its own clause ; and when it is taken for et 
ille, et hie, et is, or for these pronouns singly, its place is uniformly 
the first. The reference is thus more clearly marked ; and, accord- 
ingly, this arrangement is favourable to perspicuity and strength. 
Thus, "Quod ubi Ccesar resciit." (Cces., B. G., 1, 28.) — "Qui si 
jussissent." (Cces., B. G., 1, 26.) — " Qui cum eum in itinera conve- 
nisscnt" (Id., ib., 1, 28) ; equivalent to " Et cum illi eum in itinere 
convenissent." So also with the relative adverb ; " Quo cum perve- 
nissent." (Liv.) 

Rule V. It is a general rule, that what is governed precedes that 
by which it is governed. Thus the genitive precedes the noun that 
governs it : " Omnium animantium formam vincit hominis figura ;" 
the accusative the verb that governs it : hosiem fudit ; helium scrip- 
turus sum ; the infinitive the verb by which it is governed : discere 
voloi", the ablative the comparative on which it depends : nihil est 
agricultura melius, &c. 

1. In this, however, much depends on the idea expressed by the 
governed or governing word being more strongly impressed on 
the mind. Thus, " Fratris tui mors acerbissima mihi fuit," and 
" Mors fratris tui," &c., are both equally correct, according as 
the idea of the person or the death takes precedence in the 
mind. — A genitive, however, which expresses an objective rela- 
tion, usually follows the noun on which it depends. Thus, 



304 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 

" Quod, is, qui uno die, tola Asia, tot in civitatibus, una nuntio 
atque una significatione literanim, cives Romanos necandos truci- 
dandosque denotavif'' {Cic, L. Man., 3), " notice hy letters," 
not "wwa literanim significatione.''^ So {Id. in Verr., I, 40), 
" Offensionem negligentiae vitare,'^ " offence by my negligence." 

2. Causa and gratia foUow the genitive ; as, glories causa ; bono- 
rum gratia. Exceptions to this are very rare in Cicero, but 
more common in Livy. On the contrary, the possessive pro- 
noun always precedes causa ; as, med causa, iud causa, &c. 

3. Prepositions, as the name imports, generally precede the 
word which they govern, and are therefore exceptions from the 
rule. 

Rule VI. The verb generally closes the sentence. " Verbo sen- 
sum claudere,^^ says Quintilian, " multo, si compositio patiatur, opti- 
mum est. In verbis enim sermonis vis inest. At si id asperum erit, 
cedat hac ratio numeris" (9, 4). 

Rule VII. Adverbs are generally placed immediately before the 
words which they are intended to modify ; as, " Leviter cegrotantcs 
leniter curant." {Cic, Off., 1, 24.) 

1. Words closely connected in sense with that which the adverb 
qualifies, are often placed between them. Thus, " Non tarn in 
bellis et prceliis quam in promissis et fide firmiorem." 
% Non, when it belongs to a single word of the proposition, al- 
ways stands immediately before it ; as, " Non te reprehendo, sed 
fortunam.'" If, however, the negative belongs to the proposition 
generally, not to any specific word, non stands before the verb, 
and before the finite verb if an infinitive depends upon it. 
Thus, ** Cur tantopere te angas, intelligere sane non possum.^' 

Rule VIII. Conjunctions generally introduce the clause to which 
they belong. Thus, " At si dares hanc vim."* {Cic.) — " Sed profecto 
in omni re for tuna dominatur." (Sail.) 

Exception 1. The enclitic conjunctions que, ve, ne, are always suf- 
fixed, the first two to the latter of the two words which they 
serve to couple ; as, " Albus atervc," " boni malique ;" and the 
last to the subject which the question chiefly regards ; as, Lo- 
quarne 1 " Shall I speak ?" — Egone loquar 1 " Shall I speak I" 

Exception 2. The conjunctions autem, enim, vero, quoque, quidem, 
are always placed after the introductory word of the clause, 
generally in the second place, sometimes in the third. Hence 
they are called postpositive conjunctions. — Etiam, igitur, and 



ON THE ARRANGEMENT OP WORDS. 305 

tamen are more frequently assigned to the second or third 
place than to the first. Of these, indeed, igitur is uniformly, 
by Cicero, used as a postpositive conjunction. " Ha disciplince 
igitur :' {Cic, Off., 1, 2.)—'' Placet igitur:' {Id., ib.)—" Quo- 
niam igitur.'" {Id., ib., 1, 9.) Tacitus, Nepos, and Sallust have, 
in one or two passages, used it prepositively. Etiam, also, is 
much more frequently used as a postpositive than as a preposi- 
tive conjunction. — Tamen frequently introduces a clause, though 
it more generally is placed second or third, and sometimes even 
at the very end of a sentence. 

Rule IX. Words connected in sense should be as close as possi- 
ble to each other ; and the words of one clause should never be 
mixed with those of another. 

When Horace says " Terrarum dominos evehit ad deos,''' it is not 
easy to ascertain, at first view, whether terrarum dominos re- 
fers to the Romans or the gods. — Again, if we say " Vidistin' 
hominem malum qui hoc mihi dedit ?" punctuation alone can de- 
termine whether we mean ''didst thou see the wicked man who 
gave me thisl" or "didst thou see the man who caused me 
this mischief?" and it is quite unnecessary to observe that no 
sentence should be so constructed that its meaning shall depend 
on punctuation only. If the former of the two senses be in- 
tended, we should say " Hominem malum vidistin\ qui hoc mihi 
dedit ?" if the latter, " Hominem vidistin' qui hoc malum mihi 
dedit ?" — Tibullus says, " Vidi ego qui juvenem seros desisset 
amores'' (1, 5, 47). Here the word juvenem, which belongs to 
the primary and antecedent clause, is improperly thrust into the 
relative clause. The syntactical arrangement is, " Ego vidi ju- 
venem, qui desisset seros amores.^' 

Rule X. Circumstances, that is, the " cause," the " manner," 
the " instrument," the " time," the " place," are expressed before 
the predicate. " Eum ferro occidi." — " Ego te ob egregiam virtutem 
semper amaviy — " Quum Brundisium venissem:' 

Rule XI. An aggregate of particulars, to which any addition is 
to be expressed, or from which any exception is to be signified, gen- 
erally precedes the addition or the exception. " Ego, prater ceteras 
tuas vir lutes, humanitatem tuam admiror.''"' {Cic.) — In the following 
sentence Cicero has departed from this arrangement, in order to 
place the relative as near as possible to its antecedent : " Omnium 
civitatum totius SicilicE legationes adsunt prater duas civitates, qua- 

Cc2 



306 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 

rum duarum duo crimina vel maxima minuerentur,^^ &c. {Cic, Or. 
in Q. CcBcil.) 

Rule XII. The proper name should precede the name of the rank 
or profession ; as, Cicero orator ; Hannibal dux. 

Rule XIII. The vocative, as a mark of distinction, should either 
introduce the sentence, or be placed among the first words. " Credo, 
vos, Judices.^^ {Cic.) — " Si tibi, fratcr, ista contigissent." {Id.) 

Rule XIV. When there is an antithesis, the words chiefly oppo- 
sed to each other should be as close together as possible. "Appetis 
pecuniam, virtutem abjicis.^^ — "/w provinciam profectus es pauper, 
dives Romam rediisti.^'' — ^^ Excludor ego, ille recipitur." 

Rule XV. It is a general rule that sentences, especially in the 
higher department of prose, should be so constructed that, while in 
each clause and member we proceed successively from shorter to 
longer words, the several clauses and members should gradually in- 
crease in length, as we advance towards the close of the sentence. 
To this rule, both as it respects the length of single words, as 
well as that of clauses and members, no writer w^as ever more 
attentive than Cicero. Whenever the dignity of the subject 
requires a certain elevation of style, this gradual swell, as we 
approach the close of the period, imparts dignity and strength 
to the sentence, and, if skilfully managed, renders its cadence 
flowing and harmonious. In other circumstances, however, this 
studied and artificial structure would be highly unsuitable. 
Plain and famiUar subjects require a diction simple and easy. 
Nay, even in cases where this structure is adapted to the sub- 
ject, its constant recurrence would render the style too stately 
and affected, while it would fatigue the ear by a monotonous 
uniformity. Continued elaboration is unnatural and tiresome. 
Rule XVI. As a corollary to the preceding rule, it follows- that a 
sentence ought not to conclude with a monosyllable. — Still, though 
this be a general, it is by no means a universal rule. The following 
cases furnish a few exceptions : 

1. When, by ellipsis, the final m, without its vowel, in the word 
immediately preceding the monosyllable, is cut off; as, "In 
Asia continenter vixisse laudandum est.^'' — " Hodierno die vobis 
judicandum est.^' 

2. When, by a synaloepha, the final vowel, in the word immediate- 
ly preceding the monosyllable, is eUded ; as, '* Atque homine li- 
hero esty — " Interfcctum jure concedas 7iecesse esty 



ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 307 

3. When the monosyllable is an auxiliary verb ; as, " Domi sues 
condemnatus esty — " laternecioiu civium dijudicatm sint.'''' 

4. When the subject sinks, or proceeds from greater to less, the 
words may gradually decrease in length, and the sentence end 
in a monosyllable. Thus, in the following passage of Horace, 
" Parturiunt monies ; nascetur ridiculus ■mus,^'' an anticlimax is 
intended, and the structure of the verse must be regarded as a 
beauty. — In Virgil's '' procumbit humi bos,'' the sound is pur- 
posely made an echo to the sense. 

Rule XVII. Euphomj frequently requires a deviation from several 
of the preceding rules. Thus, 

1. Euphony forbids the concurrence of vowels, when they pro- 
duce a disagreeable hiatus, or mouthing. 

2. A concurrence of harsh consonants should be avoided. The 
harsher articulations are those of D, K, C, G, Q, R, S, T, the C 
and G being sounded hard by the Romans, not soft, as we do at 
the present day. — Thus it requires a strong and almost painful 
effort to pronounce " u?a; strepitus,'" ^^ post stragem,'" ^^ trans 
stramineum,"" &c. 

3. Monosyllables in succession should be avoided. Hence in Vir- 
gil {JEn.y 12, 833) the following is faulty : " Do quod vis, et me 
victusque volensque remitto." Here are no fewer than five mon- 
osyllables, which produce a subsultory and unpleasant effect. 
The verse seems to hop or start rather than move smoothly or 
gracefully along. 

4. A continuation of two long words should also be avoided. 
They fatigue the reader, and make the sentence drag. 

5. A continued repetition of the same letter, whether it be initial, 
middle, or final, should be avoided. Nothing, scarcely, can be 
more offensive to the ear than the following passage (quoted by 
the Auctor ad Herennium) from an ancient poet : " Tite, tute 
Tati, tibi tanta tyranne tulisti^ The following clause from Ci- 
cero is, on this ground, somewhat objectionable : " Privato ilia 
judicio transacto aut delato.'' {Cic. in Verr.) 

6. A repetition of the same syllable or syllables in close succes- 
sion, or at short intervals, should be avoided ; as, " monei et 
hortatur i" ^^ per perbreve tempus f '•'• fortunatam natam me 
consule Romam V ^^ pleniore ore'' {Cic, Off., 1, 18); ^^ negligens 
est gens" {Liv., 5, 46) ; " qucB praterea prceviderim prcBtereo'* 
{Cic, Ep. ad Fam., 6, 6.) 



308 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 

7. Verse ought not to be mixed with prose. " Versum fugimus 
in oratione," is the remark of Cicero. 

8. A sentence concluding Uke a hexameter is particularly faulty : 
" Veteres fidosque clientes." — " Forsan multi vincerent, si vincere 
posse putdrent.'" — In the beginning of a sentence it is less stri- 
king, and therefore more pardonable ; as, " Facturusne o-pera 
prettum slm,y {Liv., Praf.) This, indeed, is not an error 
against euphony, but it savours of affectation, and betrays a 
want of taste. 



ENGLISH EXERCISES, 



TO BE RENDERED INTO LATIN. 



1. 

The Athenians were building^ the walls'^ of their city. This thing 
the Lacedczmonians took amiss ^ hut Themistocles deceived them by the 
following stratagem : he went to Sparta as an ambassador, and denied 
to the Lacedcemonians that the walls were building.^ ^' But,^^ says he, 
" if you do not believe me, send trusty men,^ who may inspect^ the city^ 
and in the mean time do you detain me." They did so. 

2. 

Themistocles at the same time secretly despatched a messenger to the 
Athenians, advising theni^ to detain the Lacedaemonian inspectors at 
Athens, by whatever means'^ they could, until they had built^ their walls, 
and had recovered him.^^ The Athenians did as he advised them. The- 
mistocles accordingly was recovered; the Lacedcemonian inspectors 
were restored; and Athens was fortified, against the will of the Laceda- 
monians. ' ' 

3. 

The father of a family came one day^"^ to Aristippus the philosopher, 
and asked him to undertake the education^^ of his son. The philosopher 
demanding five hundred drachms as^^ cl fee, the father, who was a very 
covetous man, was frightened at the price, and told the philosopher that 
he could purchase a slave for less money.^^ " Do so," said Aristippus, 
*^and then you will have two.^'' 

4. 

Hasdrubal passed over^*" into Italy with a great army ; and, if he had 
been able to join^"^ his brother Hannibal, the Roman empire would have 

1. ^dificabant. — 2. Moeiiia. — 3. Moleste ferebant. — 4. iEdiiicari, 
— 5. Certos homines. — 6. Explorent. — 7. Eosque monuit ut. — 8. 
Quacunque ratione. — 9. ^dificassent. — 10. Et seipsum recepissent. 
— 11. Lacedaemoniis invitis. — 12. Quodam die. — 13. Ut erudiendum 
susciperet. — 14. Pro. — 15. Minoris. — 16. Trajecit. — 17. Sese jun- 
gere. 



310 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

been ruined.^ But Claudius Nero, having left part of his army in his 
camp, hastened to Hasdruhal with a few chosen troops, and joined^ his 
colleague Livius at^ the River Metaurus. These tioo together van- 
quished Hasdrubal. 

5- 

After him Julian obtained the government,^ and made war on the 
Parihians, in which expedition I myself was present.^ He took several 
towns of the Persians by storm, and received others on surrender. Re- 
turning victorious, he was slain by an enemy on the sixth day before the 
Calends of July, and in the seventh year of his reign. He was a man 
of great eloquence, and had a very retentive^ memory. He was suc- 
ceeded by'' Jovian, who was elected emperor by the army. 

6. 

Tiberius Sempronius Gracchus, descended from a very noble family, 
would not suffer^ Scipio Asiaticus, though an enemy, ^ to be carried to 
prison. The latter,^'^ when he was prMor, subdued Gaul; in his first 
consulship he conquered Spain, and in his second^^ Sardinia. When 
he was capitally^^ impeached by the people, Sempronius swore that he 
was not deserving of death ; and that, if he were banished, he would go 
into exile along with him. Upon this^^ he was acquitted. 

7. 
A war having arisen between the Romans and Albans, under the con- 
duct of Hostilius and Fufetius, before they came^^ to a battle, it was de- 
termined^^ to finish the affair by the combat of a few. There happened 
to Z>ei6 among^'^ the Romans three brothers, born at one Unh,^^ by name 
Horatii, and also^^ three such among the Albans, named Curiatii, equal 
to them in age and strength. It was agreed,^^ therefore, that these 
should fight for the mastery, ^^ and that the people to whom^^ the victors 
belonged should have the supremacy. 

8. 
They engaged ; and, after many wounds given and received on hath 
sides, two Romans fell,^^ and the three Albans were grievously wounded. 
The single Horatius,^* who remained^ untouched, but was not a match^ 



1. De Romano imperio actum foret. — 2. Sese conjunxit. — 3. 
Apud. — 4. Imperii potitus est. — 5. Egomet interfui. — 6. Tenacissi- 
ma. — 7. Huic successit. — 8. Noliiit pati. — 9. Inimicum. — 10. Hie. 
— ll..Altero.-^12. Capitis. — 13. Quare.— 14. Ventiim est. — 15. 
Placuit. — 16. Forte erant. — 17. Apud. — ^18. Fratres trigemini. — 19. 
Itidemque. — 20. CoTiivenit.^-21. De principatu. — 22. Utriuscunqne. 
— 23. Corruerunt. — 24. Unus Horatius. — 25. Adhuc. — 26. Impar. 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 811 

for the Albans all together,^ in order to divide their strength and attack 
them siiigly, pretended flight. They followed him, one after another^ 
as their strength and the pain of their loounds permitted ; and as they 
came up? he slew one ly oneA The Roman was accordingly the victor, 
and the two states were united under one name. 

9. 

Curius Dentatus, having subdued the Samnites, said in an assem- 
bly,^ " / have taken such a quantity of land,^ that it would have been a 
desert if I had not taken such a number of men ;'^ moreover, I have ta- 
ken such a number of men, that they would have perished by famine if 
I had not taken such a quantity of land.- ^ He divided^ the fields among 
the soldiers, giving unto each one fourteen acres,^ and reserved as 
many for himself saying that no man ought to be a general who 
would not^° be content with the share of a common soldier. 

10. 

No man was ever milder than Scipio Africanus ; and yet, from an 
opinion^^ that some rigour was necessary for establishing^^ military dis- 
cipline, he was on one occasion^^ cruel to his countrymen. For, after 
having conq^iered Carthage, and having reduced under his own power 
all those who had gone over to the Carthaginians, he punished^'^ the Ro- 
man deserters^^ with more severity than the Latin. The former^^ he 
crucified as runagates^'' from their country, and the latter he beheaded^^ 
as perfidious allies. 

11. 

When Po7 sena, king of the Etrurians, was endeavouring^^ to re-es- 
tablish Tarquinius Superbus on his throne, and had taken the Janicu/- 
lum at the first assault,^'^ Hor alius Codes, a man of the greatest cour- 
age, posted himself ^^ at the extremity of the Suhlician bridge, and alone 
withstood the whole force of the enemy till the bridge was broken down^ 
behind him. He then threw'^ himself into the Tiber, and swam over to 
his friends, unhurt either by his fall or the darts of the enemy. 

12. 

The Greeks, after the victory, determined to sail^"^ to the Hellespont, 
and to demolish^ the bridge, that the king might not escape. Themis- 

1. Universis. — 2. Alius post alium. — 3. Advenerunt. — 4. Singu- 
los. — 5. Concione. — 6. Tantum agri. — 7. Tot homines.— 8. Disper- 
tivit. — 9 Dena quaterna jugera, — 10. Qui noUet. — 11. Ratus.— 12. 
Ad firmandam. — 13. Quodam tempore.— 14. Animadvertit in. — 15. 
Transfugas. — 16. Illos.— 17. Fugitivos. — 18. Securi percussit. — 19. 
Conaretur. — 20. Prim.o impetu. — 21. Sese constituit. — 22. Dirutus 
esset. — 23. Misit. — 24. Navigare. — 25. Diruere. 



312 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

tocles dissuaded them from thts,^ saying that the king, being intercept- 
ed, would renew the battle ; and that despair sometimes achieves what 
courage cannot.^ At the same time he sent a eunuch to the king, ac- 
quainting him? that, if he did not escape'^ quickly, the bridge would 
l^ demolished. Darius therefore fled, and Themistoclcs thus pre- 
served the victory to the Athenians. 

13. 

A certain youth had for a long time frequented the school of Zeno 
the philosopher. When he returned home, his father asked him what he 
had learned.^ The son modestly answered that he would show him that 
hy his conduct.'' The father was grievously offended, and beat him. 
The son remained perfectly composed,^ and said, "/ have learned to 
hear afathefs anger with patience.''^ 

14. 

In the reign of Augustus, a dolphin, it is said,^ contracted an attach- 
ment to^° the son of a poor man, who used to feed him with bits of 
bread. Every day the dolphin, when called by the boy, swam to the sur- 
face of the water ; and, after being fed from his hand, carried the boy 
on his back from the shore at Baice^^ to a school at Puteoli,^^ and 
brought him back in the same mariner. The boy having died, the dol- 
phin coming^^ several times to the usual place, and missing^^ him, is 
said to have also died of grief . 

15. 

Publius Scipio, surnamed^^ Africanus from the conquest of Africa, 
is believed to have been the son of Jupiter. For, before he teas con- 
ceived, a serpent of huge size appeared in his mothers bed ; and, when 
he was an infant,^^ a snake, having twisted itself around him, did not 
do him any harm. He never undertook any expedition till he had sat" 
for some time in the chapcV^ of Jupiter, as if he had been recciving^^ di- 
vine counsel. When he ivas eighteen years of age he saved the life of 
his father at Ticinum, and when he was twenty-four years old he was 
sent to Spain as prcetor, and took Carthage on the very day on which 
he arrived. 

16. 

A maiden of very great beauty, whom he had taken captive in the war, 

1. Hoc iis dissuasit. — 2. Non possit. — 3. Eum certiorem faciens. 
— 4. Effiigisset. — 5. Fore. — 6. Quid didicisset. — 7. Moribus suis. — 
8. Omnino tranquillus. — 9. Uti fcrtur. — 10. Erga. — 11. Baiano. — 12. 
Puteolos. — 13. Vcntitans. — 14. Desiderans. — 15. Cognominatus. — 
16. Infantem. — 17. Sedisset. — 18. Cella. — 19. Acciperet. 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 313 

he forbade to he brought into his presence,^ and ordered her to be re- 
stored to her father and her betrothed lover. ^ Having defeated Hasdru- 
hal and Mago, the brothers of Hannibal, he drove them out of Italy, and 
formed an alliance^ with Syphax, king of the Mauritanians . Having 
returned home victorious, he was elected consul before he was of the legal 
age ,•■* and, being sent into Africa, he conquered Hannibal, who had been 
compelled to return to Carthage for the defence of his country. Being 
falsely accused of extortion by Petillius the tribune, he went^ into vol- 
untary exile, where he spent the remainder of his days.^ 

17. 
Xerxes, before the naval engagement in which he was defeated by 
Themistocles, had sent four thousand armed men'' to Delphi to plun- 
der^ the Temple of Apollo; just as if he were carrying on^ war, not only 
with the Greeks, but also with the immortal gods. This body of men 
was entirely destroyed by rain^° and thunder. Historians say^^ that this 
was done in order that he might understand how insignificant^^ is the 
strength of men against the immortal gods. The wicked forget^^ that 
to war against Heaven is to court their own destruction.^'^ 

18. 
Xenophon, the disciple of Socrates, was qffering^^ a solemn sacrifice^ 
when he heard that his elder son was slain at Mantinea.^^ He did not, 
however, desist,^'' but only laid down his crown, and asked how he had 
fallen.^^ When lie understood that his son had died in the field of bat- 
tle,^^ fighting bravely in defence of^ his country, he calmly^^ replaced 
the crown upon his head, calling the gods to witness that he received^ 
more pleasure from the bravery, than pain from the death, of his son. 

19. 

M. Aurelius, the Roman emperor, applied io^^ the study of wisdom, 
and attended the lectures of^"^ Sextus the philosopher for that purpose. 
When he was going out of the palace one day, Lucius the philosopher, 
who had lately come to Rame, met him,^ and asked him whither he was 
going, and on what business. Marcus answered, " It is becoming^^ 
even for an old man to learn ; and I am going to Sextus, to learn those 

1. Conspectum. — 2. Sponso. — 3. Amicitiam conjunxit. — 4. Ante 
annos. — 5. Concessit. — 6. Reliquam aetatem. — 7. Armatorum. — 8. 
Qui diriperent. — 9. Gereret. — 10. Imbribus. — 11. Ferunt. — 12. Quam 
nullae. — 13. Haud secum reputant. — 14. Sibi exitium petere. — 15. 
Faciebat. — 16. Ad Mantineam. — 17. Cessavit. — 18. Cecidisset. — 
19. Acie. — 20. Pro. — 21. Placide. — 22. Capere. — 23. Incumbebat 
in. — 24. Audiebat. — 25. Ei obviam factus est. — 26. Decorum est. 
Dd 



314 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

things which I do not yet know.'''' Lucius, raising his hands to heaven, 
exclaimed, *' Jupiter ! a Roman emperor, now in his old age, goes to 
schooP like a boy /" 

20. 
When Plato had come to the Olympic games, the most crowded^ of all 
the assemblies in Greece, he boarded and lodged in the company ofi per- 
sons of whom he knew nothing, and to whom he was unknown. While 
he remained at Olympia, he so captivated, and attached'^ them to him by the 
sweetness of his manners, and by his conversations, which were free 
from^ all affectation of wisdom, that they rejoiced exceedingly in the so- 
ciety^ of such a man. He made no mention, however, of the Academy 
or of Socrates ; he told them merely that he was named Plato. 

21. 
When the games were over, and they had come to Athens, Plato re- 
ceived them very kindly.'^ Being very desirous to see the philosopher, 
they said, *' Show us that namesake of yours, ^ the philosopher Plato, the 
disciple of Socrates, whose reputation^ is everywhere so great. Take 
us^^ to the Academy.'" He, softly smiling, as he used to do, said, "J 
am the man."^^ His visiter s^^ were struck with amazement when they 
found that they had been the companions of Plato so long without 
knowing him. 

22. 
Dion, being banished from Syracuse by Dionysius the tyrant, went 
to^^ Megara. Here, when he wished to have an interview wilh^^ The- 
odorus, the chief man of the city, and had gone to his house for that pur- 
pose, being detained a long time at the gate, and, after all, refused ad- 
mittance,^^ he said to his companion, calmly, " This must be borne with 
patience; perhaps we also, when we were in authority, ^^ sometimes did 
such things.^' By this tranquillity of mind, he rendered the circum- 
stances of his banishment^'' far more tolerable. 

23. 

Aristides among^^ the Athenians, and Epaminondas among the The- 

hans, are said to have been such lovers^^ of truth, that they never told a 

lie even in joke. Atticus, likewise, with whom Cicero lived in the 

greatest intimacy, neither told, nor could beo.r,^ a lie. *'/ hate that 

1. Petit scholam. — 2. Frequentissimum. — 3. Contubernium iniit 
cum. — 4. Ita sibi devinxit. — 5. Alienis ab. — 6. Convictu. — 7. Per- 
humaniter. — 8. Tibi cognominem. — 9. Fama. — 10. Due nos. — 11. 
Ille. — 12. Hospites. — 13. Petiit. — 14. Convenire. — 15. Denique in- 
troire prohibitus. — 16. In magistratu. — 17. Conditionem exsilii.— • 
18. Apud. — 19. Adeo amantes. — 20. Pati poterat. 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 315 

man,^^ Achilles used to say, " as much as I do^ the gates of Pluto, 
who says one thing^ and thinks another^^ ^^ Liars, ^^ Aristotle was 
wont to observe, '^ gain'*' this, that, when they have spoken the truth, 
they are not believed.''''^ Simplicity and sincerity are most suited to the 
nature of man. 

24. 

Ptolemy, having conquered Demetrius, gained^ greater glory from 
his moderation than from his victory ; for he dismissed the friends of 
Demetrius, not only with all their property, bv^ also with valuable pres- 
ents, saying tJiat he had not begun the war for the sake of plunder. 
Not long afterward,' Ptolemy, having engaged with Demetrius a second 
time,^ was himself defeated ; and, having lost his fleet, fled into Egypt. 
Demetrius, in return for his kindness, seni^ him his son, his brother, 
and all his friends, together with their property. ^^ 

25. 

When Augustus Ceesar was supping with^^ Vedius Pollio, one of the 
slaves broke a crystal vessel. Vedius immediately ordered him to be put 
to death; nor was he to die^^ by a common death; for he ordered him to 
be thrown into a fish-pond full of lamprey s.'^^ The boy, terrified, fled to 
the feet^^ of Ccesar for protection. The emperor, shocked^^ at the bar- 
barous order of Pollio, commanded that the boy should be set at liberty, 
all the crystal vessels to be broken, and the fish-pond to be filled up. 
" What !'^ said he, ^^ because your vessel has been-broken, shall there- 
fore^^ the bowels of a human creature^'' be torn in pieces V^ 

26. 

When Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, had made war on the Ramans, and 
when he was distant from the Roman army only a few miles, '^^ the phy- 
sician of Pyrrhus came by night into the camp of Fabricius, promising 
to cut ojf' 3 the king by poison if a reward should be given him propor- 
tioned fo^o the magnitude of the service. Fabricius immediately caused 
him tff be carried bae.k^^ to Pyrrhus, saying that it was disgraceful to 
contend with an enemy by poison, not by arms. On this the king is re- 
ported to have said, " The sun can be more easily diverted from his 
course than Fabricius be seduced from the path of honour.'''''^ 

1. iEque ac. — 2. Aliud. — 3. Aliud. — 4. Consequuntur. — 5, lis 
non credatur. — 6. Sibi comparavit. — 7. Haud multo post. — 8. Ite- 
nun. — 9. Remisit. — 10. Bonis. — 11. Apud. — 12. Nee periturus erat. 
— 13. Muraenarum plenam. — 14. Ad pedes. — 15. Commotus. — 16. 
Ideone. — 17. Hominis. — 18. Faucis tantum millibus passuiim. — 19. 
Se sublatumm esse. — 20. Pro. — 21. Reducendum curavit. — 22. Ab 
honestate. 



316 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

27. 

Pisistratus the tyrant conducted himself with the greatest equity in 
the government^ of Athens, which he had unjustly seized ; and, except 
that he was fond of ruling,'^ no citizen was better than he. If he saw 
any persons walking about idle in the market-place, he called them to 
him, and asked them why they were idle. If they answered that they 
had neither cattle^ nor corn, he gave them some, and bade them go and 
workA When he appeared in public, two or three boys accompanied him 
with money to give to the poor.^ 

28. 

Gillias of Agrigentum,^ a man richer in mind than in wealth, was 
constantly employed rather in expending'' than in getting money. He 
erected buildings for public purposes ;^ he exhibited^ shows to the people ; 
he supplied the poor with food ; he ga,ve dowries to young women ; he 
entertained strangers in the kindest manner ; and at one time fed and 
clothed five hundred horsemen, who had been driven on shore^^ near his 
house by a storm. In short, whatever Gillias possessed, he seemed to 
consider as the common patrimony of all menM 

29. 

Antisthenes the philosopher used to exhort his scholars to pay great 
attention to their studies ;'^ but few of them complied with his advice. 
At last, being in a passion, he turned them all away. Diogenes, how- 
ever, who was one of the number, being inflamed with a great desire to 
hear the lectures of^^ the philosopher, came frequently to his school, and 
resolutely stuck to him.^'^ Antisthenes threatened that he xcould break 
his head^^ with a staff which he used to carry ; and when he saw that 
Diogenes was not frightened away by this threat, he one day did actu- 
ally^^ beat him. 

30. 

Diogenes, however, did not go away. " Strike,^^ said he, " if yoii 
please ;i' I present to you my head ; but you will not find any staff so 
hard that it will drive^^ me from your school. I love you, and am desi- 
rous to hear you. I have prevailed on myself to submit^^ to anything 
for the sake of knowledge.^'' Antisthenes, perceiving that he was very 

1. In principatu. — 2. Praeterquam quod dominandi studiosus erat. 
— 3. Jumenta. — 4. Ad operam sese confeire. — 5. Egenis. — 6. Agri- 
gentinus.— 7. In eroganda. — 8, In usus publicos. — 9. Edebat. — 10. 
In littus compiilsos. — 11. Pro patrimonio omnium communi. — 12. 
Ut diligenter in studia incumberent. — 13. Audiendi. — 14. Ei adhaere- 
bat. — 15. Ei caput diminuturum. — 16. Revera. — 17. Si tibi placet. 
— 18. Qui abigat. — 19. In aniraum induxi ut patiar. 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 317 

/oni of learyiing, took him back,^ and conceived a great affection for 
him. " Nature,''^ says Tally, " has implanted in man an insatiable de- 
sire to search for truth, that he may become'^ wiser and better.''^ 

31. 

Themistoclcs, having conquered the Persians in a naval fight, said, in 
an assembly at Athens, that he had a plan in contemplation^ which 
would be serviceable to the state, but that it was necessary it should not 
be made public. He therefore demanded a person^ to whom he might 
communicate it, and Aristides was appointed for that purpose.^ He 
then told Aristides that the fleet of the Lacedczmonians, which had gone 
into harbour^ at Gytheum, might be secretly set on fire, and thus the 
naval power'' of the Lacedcemonians be destroyed. 

32. 

Aristides, having heard this, returned to the assembly, and told them 
that the plan of Themistoclcs was indeed a very useful one, but by no 
means honourable. The Athenians, judging that to be unprofitable 
which was^ not honourable, rejected,^ on the authority of Aristides, a 
plan which they had not even heard. We are born for^^ justice ; nor 
is right founded^^ on opinion, but in nature. Cicero observes^^ that 
justice is the queen of virtues. Let it, then, be a fixed principle with 
us,^^ that what is dishonourable is never useful. 

33. 

Anaxagoras of Clazomence}^ was illustrious not only for his wealth 
and the nobility of his birth, but also for the greatness of his mind. In 
order that he might deliver up^^ himself entirely to the study of philoso- 
phy, he surrendered his patrimony to his friends^^ and went to Athens, 
the nurse^'^ of literature at that time. There Pericles became his schol- 
ar ; a man of exalted mind, of uncommon eloquence, and very bountiful 
to the poor. It happened, however, that, being much engaged^^ in pub- 
lic affairs, Pericles seemed to neglect his master Anaxagoras. 

34. 

7%g old man, perceiving this, went to bed,^^ and, wrapping up his 
head, determined to starve himself to death. Pericles, having heard this 
circumstance, flew to his master, and with tears besought him to live, 
and to preserve to him that wisdom and that light which had been of so 

1. Rursus admisit. — 2. Quo evadat. — 3. In animo. — 4. Ut aliquis 
sibi daretur. — 5. Rem. — 6. Subducta esset. — 7. Opes. — 8. Esset. — 
9. Repudiarunt. — 10. Ad. — 11. Constitutum est. — 12. Docet. — 13. 
Maneat ergo apud nos. — 14. Clazomenius. — 15. Traderet. — 16. 
Suis. — 17. Cultrices. — 18. Implicitus. — 19. In lectum se contulit. 
Dd 2 



318 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

much service^ to him. Anaxagoras, uncovering his head, mildly said, 
"Pericles, those who have need of a lamp feed^ it with oiV^ From that 
time Pericles paid great attention to Anaxagoras, and, indeed, not long 
aftenvard saved his life. 

35. 
Marcia, the daughter of Cato, when she was lamenting her deceased 
husband, being asked what was to be the last day of her grief, replied that 
the last day of her life would be the last day^ of her grief And Valeria, 
the sister of the MessalcB, being asked why she would marry^ no one, 
her hMsband Servius being dead, answered, ^^ My husband Servius al- 
ways lives to we." The wife of Phocian said to a lady^ who was os- 
tentatiously showing her all her jewels,^ "My greatest ornament is 
Phocian, a poor man, indeed, but now for twenty years general of the 
Athenians.'^ 

36. 
When King Porsena was besieging Rome, and thought that he should 
soon take the city, C. Mucius, a youth of daring spirit, determined to in- 
troduce himself into"^ the cg,mp of the enemy, and to slay the king. Fear- 
ing,^ however, lest, if he should go without the order of the consuls, he 
might be reckoned a deserter,^ he went to the senate and spoke thus : 
"7 intend, oh fathers, to cross the Tiber ; and, if I can, to enter^° the 
camp of the enemy ; not, however, as a plunderer,u but as the deliverer of 
my country. Plunder is not in my thoughts ;^^ if the gods assist me, I 
meditate greater things. ^^ 

37. 

The fathers approve the design, and he accordingly^^ sets out with a 
sword concealed under his garment. When he came into the camp of the 
enemy, he posted himself in the thickest part of the crowd, near the king's 
tribunal. It happened^'^ at that time that pay teas giving^^ to the sol- 
diers, and they were going up to the secretary^^ to receive it, who was 
sitting beside the king, nearly in the same dress. Feanng^"^ to ask 
which of the two was the monarch, lest he might discover himself to be a 
Romun, he killed the secretary instead of '^ Porsena. 

38. 

When he was making his way through the crowd with the bloody 

1. Tantum profuissent.— 2. Alunt. — 3. Futurum ultimum etiam. 
— 4. Nubere. — 5. Cuidam mulieri. — 6. Gemmas. — 7. Intrare. — 8. 
Metuens.— 9. Pro transfuga.— 10. Inire.— 11. Attamen baud preedo. 
— 12. Animo.— 13. Adeoque.— 14. Forte.— 15. Dabatur.— 16. Scri- 
bam.— 17. Timens.— 18. Pro, 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 319 

sword, he was seized by the king^s life-guards^ and brought before the 
tribunal. Fearing nothing, he said, ^'■I am a Roman citizen; they call 
me C. Mucins. I, an enemy, wished to kill an enemy ; nor is my mind 
less prepared for bearing death than it was for taking away your life. 
To do and to suffer brave things is the property of a Roman.^ Three 
hundred youths of us have conspired against you; it behooves you, 
therefore, to prepare'^ your self. ^^ 

39. 
When the king, enraged and terrified, was ordering him to be burn' 
ed^ unless he should quickly disclose the plot of the Roman youths, Mu- 
cius thrust his hand into a pan of coals, ^ and said, " Behold hoio con- 
temptible^ is the body to those who have glory in view." When he was 
holdiyig his hand in the fire, seemingly"^ without any sense of pain, the 
king, amazed at his fortitude, sprung'^ from his seat and ordered him 
to be set at liberty.^ Next day he sent ambassadors to Rome to offer 
terms of peace. 

40. 
Alcibiades, when he was yet a boy, called^^ one day on his uncle Per~ 
ides, and found him sitting by himself, thoughtful^^ and sad. The boy 
asked him the cause. '^ I have," replied Pericles, " by an order of the 
city, erected the porch of Minerva^ s Temple ;'2 and, having expended a 
vast sum of money^^ on the work, I know not how to give in my ac- 
count."^* " Contrive rather," said Alcibiades, very promptly, " how 
you may not give it in." Accordingly, this sagacious and eminent 
man followed the advice of the boy, and so managed the matter that the 
Athenians, being involved in^^ a war with their neighbours, had no 
leisure^^ to call for accounts. 

41. 
When the Romans were carrying on war against the Latins and the 
Tusculans, the consuls T. M. Torquatus and S. Decius published an 
edict,^"^ that no one should fight with the enemy without their order. It 
happened that, among the other captains of companies^^ who had been 
sent to different parts to explore the situation of the enemy, T. Manlius, 
son of the consul, came near the post'^^ of the Tusculan cavalry, which 
Metius, a man illustrious for his birth and his exploits, commanded. 

1. A regiis satellitibus. — 2. Romanum est. — 3. Accingere. — 4. 
Cremari. — 5. Foculum. — 6. Vile. — 7. Ut videbatur. — 8. Prosiluit. — 
9. Dimitti. — 10. Adiit. — 11. Altius cogitantem. — 13. Propylaea Mi- 
nervae. — 13. Ingente pecunia. — 14. Rationem reddam. — 15. Impli- 
cati. — 16. Non vaearent. — 17. Edixerunt. — 18, Turmarum praefec- 
tos. — 19. Stationem, 



320 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES, 

When he saw the Roman horse, and the son of the consul marching^ hc' 
fore them, he instantly rode up to them, and challenged Manlius to sin- 
gle combat.^ 

43. 
The courage of the youth was roused'^ by this challenge ; and, forget- 
ting his father'' s command, he rushed to the contest. At the first onset 
he dismounted''' the Tusculan, and stabbed him through^ the heart. He 
then returned to his father with the spoils of his enemy. " Challenged,^* 
said he, "by a Tusculan, I slew him, and have brought you the spoils.''* 
The father ordered the soldiers to be assembled, and in their hearing^ 
addressed his son thus : " Titus Manlius, you have slighted"^ the con- 
sular authority ; you have fought contrary to orders ;^ and if others 
should imitate your example, the Roman state would soon be ruined. In 
order, therefore, that the republic may sustain no injury from your con- 
duct, you must be punished capitally^ for your offence.** The gallant 
youth accordingly suffered death for^^ his excessive bravery. 

43. 

When Porcia, the daughter of Cato of Utica, heard that her husband 
Brutus had been conquered and slain at Philippi, she called for^^ a 
sword to kill herself. This not being given her, she took some burning 
coals^^ and swallowed them. Before this time, indeed, she had disci- 
plined herself ^^ for enduring the pain of death with fortitude. The day 
before^'^ Ccesar was slain by the co7ispiralors, she called for a razor, as 
if to pare her nails ;^^ and, having received it, she laounded herself se- 
verely with it, as if it had accidentally slipped from her hand. 

44. 

The maid-servants immediately raised a cry, and Brutus came into 
the bedchamber^^ to inquire the cause. When he began to chide her for 
thus doing the office^"^ of a barber, " / did not,** said she, " infiict^^ this 
wound by chance, but designedly ;^^ it is a sure evidence of my love to- 
wards you ; for I wished to try whether I had spirit enough"^ to seek 
death by the sword if your noble purpose^^ should not turn out accord- 
ing to your wish.**^^ Brutus affectionately^^ embraced her; then rais- 

1. Incedentem. — 2. Ad singulare certamen. — 3. Motus est. — 4. 
Equo dejecit. — 5. Transfixit. — 6. Quibus audientibus. — 7. Contemp- 
sisti. — 8. Edictum. — 9. Capite. — 10. Poenas dedit morte. — 11. Po- 
poscit. — 12. Carbones. — 13. Sese erudiverat. — 14. Pridie quam. — 
15. Ad ungues resecandos. — 16. Cubiculum. — 17. Quod officium 
obiisset. — 18. Intuli. — 19. De industria. — 20. Satis animi. — 21. 
Generosiun propositum. — 22. Tibi ex sententia. — 23. Amanter. 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 321 

ing his hands to heaven, he fervently prayed that the gods would make 
him worthy of so excellent a vnfe. 

45. 
Cacinna Patus, the husband of Arria, was sick ;' her son also was 
sick, each, as it seemed, irrecoverably. The son died ; a youth of un- 
common beauty, of great modesty, and very dear to his parents. Arria 
prepared for his funeral, and conducted it in such a manner^ that her 
husband knew nothing of it. Nay, as often as she entered his bedcham- 
ber, she pretended that her son was alive, and was better.^ When he 
asked her what the boy was doing, she used to answer, " He has rested 
well, and has eaten his victuals'^ with pleasure." At last, when her 
tears, long restrained, overcame^ her and burst forth, she retired to her 
chamber and gave herself up to grief. 

46. 
When she had her fill of crying,^ she returned to her husband with 
a composed countenance, and endeavoured to sooth his grief for the loss 
of their son. After Scribonianus, who had made war on Claudius, was 
slain, Pcetus, who had been of his party ^ was dragged to Rome. When 
he was going to embark, Arria entreated the soldiers that she might be 
put on board along with him. " You are going to furnish him," said 
she, '* with servants, from whose hands he may receive his food, by 
whom he may be dressed, and by whom he may be undressed.^ All these 
things I alone will perform."^ She did not, however, obtain her request. 

47. 
Arria therefore hired^° a fishing-boat and followed the ship. When 
she came to Rome, and, despairing of her husband's safety, seemed deter- 
mined to die,^^ she was very strictly watched by her friends. Perceiving 
this, she said, " Ye lose your labours ;'2 for ye may make^^ me die pain- 
fully, but ye cannot prevent me from dying." At the same time, start- 
ing up^^ from her chair, she knocked^^ her head with great violence 
against the wall, and fell. Stunned for a little,^^ upon recovering she 
said, " I told you that I would find a hard death if you should deny me 
an easy one." 

48. 
After PcBtus vjas put to death, if Arria had pleased^'' to survive her 

1. ^grotabat. — 2. Et ita duxit. — 3. Atque melius se habere. — 4. 
Cibum sumpsit. — 5. Vicissent. — 6. Lacrymis satiata. — 7. Qui ejus 
partes secutus erat. — 8. Exuatur. — 9. Ipsa praestabo. — 10. Con- 
duxit. — II. In mortem esset intenta. — 12. Nihil agitis. — 13. Potes- 
tis efficere ut. — 14. Exsiliens. — 15. Impegit. — 16. Sopita paullisper. 
— 17. Arriae si placuisset. 



322 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

husband, she would have been allowed to live, being the very intimate 
friend^ of Blessalina, the wife of Claudius ; but she preferred dying 
with her husband. Nay,^ that she might rouse him to meet death like a 
man,^ she first plunged the dagger into her own breast; then, extracting 
it from the wound, she held it out to him, and said, ^^Patus, it does not 
painy Conjugal affection is ordained'^ by nature to mitigate the sor- 
rows and ease the labours of human life. It makes adversity less,^ and 
prosperity greater. Domestic pleasures are unquestionably preferable 
to all others. 

49. 

When Solon saw one of his friends, one day, very sorrowful, he took 
him up to the citadel, and bade him take a view of the houses lying un- 
der^ his eye. When he observed that he had done so, " Think,''^ said he, 
^'with yourself, how many griefs have been, now are,'' and will afterward 
be, under these roofs ; and cease to lament, as peculiar^ to yourself, those 
evils which are common to all mankind." The same person used to say, 
that if all the misfortunes of men were collected into one place, every 
one, after inspecting the mass, would choose rather^ to bear his own than 
his neighbours evils. 

50. 

About^^ this time a much heavier disaster befeW^ Priam, king of 
Troy. Refusing^^ to restore Helen, the wife of Menelaus, king of 
Sparta, who had been carried o^'^ by his son Paris or Alexander, he 
was stripped^'^ of his kingdom by the Greeks, after a siege of ten years, 
and at the same time lost his life. Troy was destroyed in the four hun- 
dred and thirty -sixth year before the building of Rome,^^ and one thou- 
sand one hundred and eighty-four years before the birth of Christ, 
^neas, a Trojan of great piety, whom the Greeks had spared, left his 
country, and, after a variety of adventures,^^ both by sea and land, ar- 
rived in Italy, and succeeded Latinus, king of the Latins, whose daugh- 
ter he had married.^"^ 

51. 

CrcBsus, king of Lydia, had a son of uncommon beauty and excel- 
lent^^ genius, but he was dumb ; the father had tried all means to cor- 
rect^^ this defect, but all the arts of the physicians had been of no ser- 

1. Quia Messalinae amiciti^ erat conjunctissima. — 2. Quinimo. — 
3. Ad mortem virili animo oppetendam. — 4. Constitutus est. — 5. 
Minuit. — 6. Subjectas. — 7. Versentur. — 8. Propria. — 9. Fore ut 
quisque mallet. — 10. Sub. — 11. Evenit. — 12. Nolens. — 13. Abrep- 
tam. — 14. Orbatus est. — 15. Ante Romam conditam. — 16. Varios 
casus. — 17. Duxerat. — 18. Praestantis. — 19. Ad emendandum. 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 323 

viceA When the army of the Persians had taken Sardis, and a sol- 
dier, rushing on Croesus with a drawn sword, was going to stab him, 
not knowing'^ him to he the king, the youth, alarmed^ for the safety of his 
father, made a great and sudden efforf^ to speak; and, rupturing the 
string^ of his tongue, cried out, " Do not kill my father Crasus^ 

52. 

A stag, blind of one eye,^ was feeding on the seashore. In order 
more effectually to provide for his safety, fearing no danger from the 
sea,'' he always turned the whole^ eye towards the land. A ship acci- 
dentally sailing past, the sailors spied him, and one of them aimed^ an 
arrow at him, and killed him. Finding himself mortally wounded, he 
exclaimed, " Ah, wretch, what an error have I committed ! How has the 
event^^ disappointed my expectation ! I feared the land, from which no 
Jiarm has happened to me, and trusted to the sea, whence death has come 
upon 7?ie."^' The fable teaches us that those things which we consider 
as useful and profitable frequently bring upon us calamity'^^ and sorrow. 

53. 

Epaminondas was, xoithout dispute, the chief man,^^ not only among 
the Thebans, but also among all the Greeks of his own time. Before the 
Thehans employed^^ him as their general, they performed no memorable 
action ; and, after his death, were remarkable only for the disasters^^ 
which they suffered. How bravely and how willingly he laid down^^ his 
life for his country, the following circumstances^"^ sufficiently bear wit- 
ness. When he was, with his army drawn up in battle order, going to 
attack Mantinea, a city of Arcadia, the Lacedemonians, who were intent 
on his destruction,^^ assailed him singly ; nor did they desist^^ until 
they saw him fall. 

54. 

When his friends had carried him^^ to the camp, he remained for some 
time senseless ;^^ but, coming to himself, and feeling that he had re- 
ceived a mortal wound, he asked the bystanders if^^ his shield^ was 
safe. When, with tears, they assured?^ him that it was safe, he ex- 
pressed a desire to see it.^ The shield, therefore, was brought to him, 
and he kissed it, as having been the companion of his laborers and his 

1. Nihil profecerant. — 2. Ignorans. — 3. Timens. — 4. Summopere 
et repente nisus est. — 5. Vinculo. — 6. Altero oculo captus. — 7. E 
mari. — 8. Integrum. — 9. Collineavit. — 10. Casus. — 11. Me oppres- 
sit. — 12. Cladem. — 13. Princeps extitit. — 14. Usi sunt. — 15. Cladi- 
bus. — 16. Profuderit. — 17. Hae res. — 18. Perniciem. — 19. Abstite- 
runt. — 20. Detulissent.— 21. Omni sensu carebat. — 22. Num. — 23. 
Clypeus. — 24. Conlirmassent. — 25. Eum velle videre di^dt. 



324 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

glory. He ashed, them if^ the enemy were conquered, and they answer- 
ed " Yes.^^ ^^ It is well,'''' said he; "J have lived long enough, for I 
die unconquered.''^ He then ordered the spear to be extracted from the 
wound, and instantly expired. 

55. 
A hungry^ fox, seeing some bread and meat, which had been left by 
shepherds in the hollow of a tree,^ went in and ate them ; but his belly 
being swelled, and he not being able to get out, he began to groan and 
lament his condition. Another^ fox, that chanced to be passing by, 
hearing his groans, came up,^ and asked him the cause. Having learn- 
ed^ what had happened, he said, " You must remain here till you become 
such as you were when you entered, and then you will easily get out." 
The fable teaches that time removes difficulties. 

56. 

An old man, having cut some sticks'^ in a wood, was carrying them 
home. Having travelled^ a considerable way, and being fatigued, he 
laid doion the sticks, and began to think of the evils of his condition, old 
age, weakness,^ and poverty. At last, weary^^ of life, he called on death 
to come and release him from his toils. Death heard the old man's 
prayers,^^ and instantly made his appearance, asking him, at the same 
time, what he wanted. The old man, much frightened, replied, ^^ I called 
you only^^ to lift up my burden and put it on my back.^'' The fable 
shows that, even in the worst circumstances, almost all men prefer life to 
death. 

57. 

A lady of illustrious birth being condemned for a capital crime,^^ the 
prcBtor delivered her to the triumvir to be put to deatk^^ in prison. The 
jailer, moved to compassion, did not immediately strangle her, acccrrding 
to the sentence,^^ but wished rather that she should die of hunger. He 
therefore suffered no victuals to be given to her ; nor did he allow her 
daughter, whom he permitted to visit hcr,^^ to enter the jail until he had 
carefully searched her.^"^ After several days had passed, and. she still 
lived, the keeper, by narrowly^^ watching the daughter, discovered that 
she supported her mother by giving her suck ."^ This circumstance be- 
ing communicated to the judges, her mother received a pardon, as a re- 
ward of her daughter's singular affection. 

1. An. — 2. Esuriens. — 3. In cava arbore. — 4. Altera. — 5. Acces- 
sit. — 6. Edocta.— 7. Ligna. — 8. Progressus. — 9. Debilitatem. — 10. 
Peitaesus. — 11. Preces. — 12. Ad nihil aliud nisi ut. — 13. Capite. — 
14. Necandam. — 15. Ex decreto. — 16. Cui aditum pcrmisit. — 17. 
Excussisset. — 18. Curiosius. — 19. Suo lacte sustentare. 



MISCELLA.NEOUS EXERCISES. 325 

58. 

Demetrius Poliorcetes had taken the city of Megara. Upon his ask- 
ing Stilpo the philosopher if he had lost anything,^ the other answered^ 
" / have lost nothing, for all my property is still miney^ Yet- his patri- 
mony had been plundered, his sons carried off,^ and his country taken. 
He affirmed, notxoithstanding, that he had suffered^ no loss ; for that he 
still possessed true xoealth,^ namely, learning and virtue, which the ene- 
my, he said, could not take from him. " The things of which the sol- 
diers have plundered me,'''' said the philosopher, " I have never regarded 
as my own^^ No man can call that his over which fortune possesses 
any power :' it may he his to-day, and to-morrow in the possession of 
another. 

59. 

Alexander the Great, having conquered Darius at Issus,^ sent some^ 
of his people to acquaint^^ Darius' s mother a7id his wife, whom he had 
taken prisoners, that he was comi?ig to see them.^^ Soon after he sent 
the message, he entered their tent, accompanied hy Hephcestion, who 
was of the same age with the king, hut superior to him in person}^ Ac- 
cordingly, the royal captives, ^^ thinking that Hephastion was the king, 
made their oheisance,^^ after the inanner of the Persians. The mother 
of Darius, being informed of her mistake,^^ threw herself at Alexander's 
feet and begged his forgiveness. The monarch, raising her with his 
hand, courteously replied, " You have made no mistake,^^ for this also 
is Alexander.'''' 

60. 

Rhacoccs, by birth a Mardian, had seven sons, the youngest of whom^ 
by name Cartomes, a youth daring beyond his years, was daily doing 
some mischief or other to his brothers. When his father had repeated- 
ly^"^ admonished him to no purpose, the judges, who, by order of the King 
of Persia, used to travel through the provinces for the administration 
of justice, '^^ happened to travel into that part of the country where Rha- 
coces dicelt. Having heard of their arrival, he took his son, and, bind- 
ing his hands behind his back, dragged him before the judges,^^ and de- 
manded that he should be capitally punished^^ for his contumacy. The 

1. Numquid amisisset. — 2. Adhuc mecum sunt. — 3. Abducti. — 4. 
Cepisse. — 5. Opes. — 6. Pro meis. — 7. Quod in fortuna est positum. 
— 8. Ad Issum. — 9. Quosdam. — 10. Qui docerent. — 11. Ad eas in- 
visendas. — 12. Corporis habitu. — 13 Reginae captivae. — 14. Vene- 
ratae sunt.— 15. De errore monita.— 16. Nihil errasti.— 17. Saepenu- 
mero. — 18. Ad jus dicendum. — 19. Ad judices. — 20. Ut capite pee- 
nas persolveret. 

E E 



326 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 

judges, amazed at this strange demand,^ did not pronounce sentence f 
but took^ them both to Artaxerxes the king. 

61. 
When Rhacoces appeared before the king, he requested that his son 
might be punished with death.^ " Will you, then," said the monarch, 
^'■be able to bear^ the sight of a dying son V " Yes,'* said he; '■'■when 
I cut off the bitter shoots of my lettuce,^ the mother plant^ suffers no in- 
jury, but, on the contrary, flourishes the more ; so, when I shall be freed 
from this son of mine, matters will go on the better,"^ and I shall live in 
peace." Artaxerxes praised him highly,^ and ordered him to be seated 
among the judges, saying, that he who pronounced^ sentence on his ovm 
son with such justice, wo^ild doubtless be an impartial judge in the case 
of others.^^ The king, at the same time, dismissed the son, with a suit- 
able admonition.^^ 

62. 
When Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, returning from Sicily, was sailing^^ 
past Locri, he robbed the Temple^^ of Proserpina ; and, having carried 
the money on board his ships, ^^ he himself set out by land. What hap- 
pened 1^^ His fleet next day was torn to pieces^^ by a dreadful storyn, 
and the ships which contained the sacred treasure were thrown ashore^'' 
on the coast of Locri. Taught by this disaster the existence of a God,^^ 
he ordered all the money to be searched for,^^ and carried back to the 
temple. After this, nothing ever prospered^^ with him. He was driven 
out of Italy, and died by an ignoble death, being killed by a poor old 
woman^^ when he was attacking the city Argos. 

63. 
Cleanthes had a very dull and slow'^ understanding, and was, be- 
sides, in indigent circumstances. But, after a love of wisdom had 
seized his mind, he overcame the slowness of his understanding by 
study and diligence, attending^^ Zeno in the daytime, and earning in 
the night a little money, by drawing water from a well for the use^'^ of a 
gardener. They say that he was once called before^ the judges, be- 
cause, though of a robust body, he seemed to follow no occupatio?^^ by 

1. Inusitata postulatione. — 2. Deduxerunt. — 3. Capite plectere- 
tur. — 4. Sustinebis. — 5. Lactucarum. — 6. Mater eoruni. — 7. Res 
sese eo melius habebunt. — 8. Eum laudibus extulit. — 9. Tulisset. — 
10. In aliis. — 11. Apte admonitum. — 12. Praeterveheretur. — 13. 
-^dem. — 14. In naves. — 15. Evenit. — 16. Lacerata est. — 17. Ejectae 
sunt. — 18. Deum esse. — 19. Conquiri. — 20. Prospere cessit. — 21. 
Ab anu paupercula. — 22. Valde obtusum tardumque. — 23. Operam 
dans. — 24, In usum. — 25. Ad. — 26. Artem. 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 327 

which he might get his bread} But, when he brought the gardener for 
whom he drew the water as a witness of the manner in which he gained 
a livelihood,^ he was not only dismissed, but also presented'^ with ten 
mince, which, however, he would not accept. 

64. 
Socrates, the most celebrated philosopher of all antiquity,^ was wont 
to say that nothing should be asked from the gods, save that they would 
he pleased to give us what is good for us.^ Being consulted by a young 
m,an whether he should take^ a wife or refrain from marriage, he an- 
swered tliat, whichever of the two things'^ he should do, he would^ repent 
of it. When the Athenians had passed the horrid^ sentence on his life, 
he took the poison out of the executioner^ s^° hand with a resolute mind 
and ujialtered countenance. When he was applying^^ the cup to his 
lips, and when his wife, bursting into tears,'^^ cried out that he died in- 
nocent, " What, then," said he, " would you have^-^ me die guilty V 

65. 
While Philip was preparing war agaiiist the Mtolians, Demetrius, 
king of Illyria, who had lately been conquered by Paulus the consul, ad- 
dressed^^ him in the most suppliant terms, complaining of the injustice 
of the Romans, who, not contented with the possession of Italy, were 
grasping^^ at the sovereignty of the world, arid waging war with every 
king. " Aspiring,"^^ said he, " to the government of Sicily, Sardinia, 
and Spain, they have attacked the Carthaginians ; nor have they any 
other coMse for their hostility against me than that my territories are 
adjacent to their own.'''' He added, in order to induce Philip to resist 
the ambition of the Romans, that he surrendered to him his right to the 
kingdom, which they had injuriously seized,^"^ better pleased, he said, 
should he see it in the hands of an ally than under the dominion of an 
enemy. 

1. Qua victum quaereret. — 2. Quaestus sui testem. — 3. Donatus. 
— 4. Inter antiques. — 5. Ea quae profutura essent. — 6. Ducere. — 7. 
Utruracunque. — 8. Fore ut. — 9. Diram. — 10. Carnificis. — 11. Cum 
admoveret. — 12. In lacrimas effusa. — 13. Visne. — 14. Aggressus 
est. — 15. Captarent. — 16. AfFectantes. — 17. Occupassent. 



THE END. 



BOOKS FOR SCHOOLS, COLLEGES, ETC., 

PUBLISHED BY 

HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW-YORK. 



anthon's series of classical works. 



LATIN GRAMMAR, PART I. — First 
Latin Lessons, containing- the most im- 
portant Parts of the Grammar of the 
Latin Lang-uage, together with appro- 
priate Exercises in the translating and 
writing of Latin. By Charles Anthon, 
LL.D. 12mo. 

LATIN GRAMMAR, PART II.— An In- 
troduction to Latin Prose Composition, 
with a complete Course of Exercises, 
illustrative of all the important Princi- 
ples of Latin Syntax. By Charles An- 
thon, LL.D. 12mo. 

LATIN PROSODY.— A System of Latin 
Prosody and Metre. From the best 
Authorities, Ancient and Modern. By 
Charles Anthon, LL.D. I2mo. 

ANTHON'S CESAR. — Caesar's Com- 
mentaries on the Gallic War ; and the 
First Book of the Greek Paraphrase ; 
with Eug-lish Notes, critical and explan- 
atory, and Historical, Geographical, and 
Archaeological Indexes. By Chas. An- 
thon, LL.D. 12mo. Map, Portrait, &c. 

ANTHON'S CICERO.— Select Orations 
of Cicero. With English Notes, criti- 
cal and explanatory, and Historical, 
Geographical, and Legal Indexes. By 
Chas. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo. Portrait. 

ANTHON'S SALLUST.— Sallust's Ju- 
g-urthine War and Conspiracy of Cati- 
line. With an English Commentary, 
and Geo^aphical and Historical Index- 
es. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo. 

ANTHON'S HORACE.— The Works of 
Horace. With English Notes, critical 
and explanatory. By Charles Anthon, 
LL.D. New Edition. 12mo. 

GREEK LESSONS, PART I. — First 
Greek Lessons, containing the most im- 
portant Parts of the Grammar of the 
Greek Language, together with appro- 
priate Exercises in the translating and 
vsTiting of Greek, for the Use of Begin- 
ners. By Chas. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo. 

GREEK LESSONS, PART H.— An In- 



troduction to Greek Prose Composition, 
with a complete Course of Exercises, 
illustrative of all the important Princi- 
ples of Greek Syntax. By Charles An- 
thon, LL.D. 12mo. 

GREEK GRAMMAR. — A Grammar of 
the Greek Language, for the Use of 
Schools and Colleges. By Charles An- 
thon, LL.D. 12mo. 

JACOBS'S GREEK READER.— Greek 
Reader. Principally from Jacobs. With 
English Notes, a Metrical Index to Ho- 
mer and Anacreon, and a copious Lexi- 
con. By Chas. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo. 

GREEK PROSODY. —A System of 
Greek Prosody and Metre, for the Use 
of Schools and Colleges ; together with 
the Choral Scanning of the Prometheus 
Vinctus of jEschylus, and the Ajax and 
CEdipus Tyrannus of Sophocles ; to 
which are appended. Remarks on the 
Indo-Germanic Analogies. By Charles 
Anthon, LL.D. 12mo. 



ANTHON'S CLASSICAL DICTIONA- 
RY. — A Classical Dictionaiy, contain- 
ing an Account of the principal Proper 
Names mentioned in Ancient Authors, 
and intended to elucidate all the impor- 
tant Points connected with the Gebg- 
raphy, History, Biography, Mythology, 
and Fine Arts of the Greeks and Ro- 
mans, together with an Account of the 
Coins, Weights, and Measures of the 
Ancients. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 
Royal 8vo. 

DICTIONARY OF ANTIQUITIES.— A 
Dictionary of Greek and Roman Anti- 
quities, from the best Authorities, and 
imbodying all the recent Discoveries of 
the most eminent Gennan Philologists 
and Jurists. Illustrated by a large 
number of Engravings. First Ameri- 
can Edition, corrected and enlarged, 
and containing also numerous Articles 
relative to the Botany, Mineralogy, and 
Zoology of the Ancients. By Charles 
Anthon, LL.D. 8vo. [In Press.] 



A LIFE OF WASHINGTON, IN LAT- 
IN PROSE. By Francis Glass, A.M., 
of Oliio. Edited by J. N. Reynolds. 
12mo. Portrait. 

MAURY ON ELOQUENCE. — Princi- 
ples of Eloquence. By the Abb6 Mau- 
ry. Edited by Rev. Dr. Potter. 18mo. 

GRISCOM'S ANIMAL MECHANISM. 
— Animal Mechanism and Physiology ; 
being a Plain and Familiar Exposition 



of the Structure and Functions of the 
Human System. Designed for Fami- 
lies and Schools. By John H. Griscom, 
M.D. IBmo. Engravings. 

UPHAM'S PHILOSOPHY. — Elements 
of Mental Philosophy. By Thomas C, 
Upham. 2 vols. 12mo. 

UPHAM'S ABRIDGMENT. — Elements 
of Mental Philosophy, abridged. By 
Thomas C. Upham 12mo. 



2 



Books for Schools, Colleges, etc. 



UPHAM ON THE WILL.— Philosophi- 
cal and Practical Treatise on the Will. 
By Thomas C. Upham. 12rao. 

UPHAM ON DISORDERED MENTAL 
ACTION.— Outlines of Imperfect and 
Disordered Mental Action. By Thomas 
C. Upham. l8mo. 

SCHMUCKER'S MENTAL PHILOSO- 
PHY. — Psycholo^ ; or, Elements of a 
new System of Mental Philosophy, on 
the Basis of Consciousness and Com- 
mon Sense. By Dr. Schmucker. 12mo. 

ABERCROMBIE'S INTELLECTUAL 
POWERS. — Inquiries concerning the 
Intellectual Powers, and the Investiga- 
tion of Truth. By John Abercrombie, 
M.D. With Questions. 18mo. 

ABERCROMBIE'S MORAL FEEL- 
INGS.— The Philosophy of the Moral 
Feelings. By John Abercrombie, M.D. 
With Questions. 18mo. 

DYMOND'S ESSAYS.— Essays on the 
Principles of Morality, and on the Pri- 
vate and Political Rights and Obliga- 
tions of Mankind. By Jonathan S. Dy- 
mond. Edited by Rev. G. Bush. 8vo. 

HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. — His- 
tory of Philosophy : being the Work 
adopted by the University of France 
for Use in Colleges and High-Schools. 
Translated and continued by Rev. C. S. 
Henry, D.D. 2 vols, in one, 18mo. 

CAMPBELL'S RHETORIC— The Phi- 
losophy of Rhetoric. By Geo. Camp- 
bell, D.D., F.R.S. A new Edition, 
with the Author's last Additions and 
Corrections, 8vo, 

MONTGOMERY'S LECTURES.— Lec- 
tures on General Literature, Poetry, 
&c. By James Montgomery. I8mo. 

POTTER'S POLITICAL ECONOMY. 
— Political Economy : its Objects, Uses, 
and Principles : considered with refer- 
ence to the Condition of the American 
People. With a Summary for the Use 
of Students. By A. Potter. D.D. 18mo. 

LAWS OF PROPERTY, — Essays on 
Property and Labour, as connected y^ith 
Natural Law and the Constitution of 
Society. By JFrancis Lieber, LL.-D. 

KANE'S CHEMISTRY.— Elements of 
Chemistry : including the most recent 
Discoveries, and Applications of the 
Science to Medicine and Pharmacy, and 
to the Arts. By Robert Kane, M.D. 
Edited, with Emendations and Addi- 
tions, by John William Draper, M.D. 
With about 250 Woodcuts. 8vo. 

POPULAR TECHNOLOGY; or, Pro- 
fessions and Trades. By Edward Ila- 
zen, A.M. Embellished with 81 En- 
gravings. 2 vols, in one, 18mo. 

RENWICK'S CHEMISTRY. First 

Principles «f Chemistry ; being a Fa- 
miliar lutrgdurtion to the Study of that 
Science. By Jaines Rcnwick, LL.D. 
With Questions. 18uio. EngTa^ingB. 



RENWICK'S PRACTICAL MECHAN- 
ICS. — ^Applications of the Science of 
Mechanics to Practical Purposes. By 
James Renwick, LL.D. 18mo. Engs. 

BOUCHARLAT'S MECHANICS. — An 
Elementary Treatise on Mechanics. 
Translated from the French of M. Bou- 
charlat, and amended by Professor E. 
H. Courtenay. 8vo. Plates. 

DANIELL'S PHILOSOPHY'.— Familiar 
Illustrations of Natural Philosophy. Se- 
lected principally from Daniell's Chem- 
ical Philosophy. By James Renwick, 
LL.D. 18mo. Engravings. 

LEE'S GEOLOGY.— Elements of Geol- 
ogy, with a Description of the Geologi- 
cal and Mineral Resources of the Uni- 
ted States, By Dr. C. A, Lee. 18mo. 

COMBE'S PHYSIOLOGY.— The Prin- 
ciples of Physiology applied to the Pres- 
ervation of Health, and the Improve- 
ment of Physical and Mental Education, 
By Andrew Combe, M.D. With Ques- 
tions. 18mo. Engravings. 

PALEY^'S NATURAL THEOLOGY.— 
Paley's Natural Theology. With Notes, 
by Lord Brougham, Sir Charles BeU, 
and Rev. Dr. Potter. 2v. 18mo. Engs. 

A MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. By 
T. Wyatt, M.A. Illustrated by 36 
Plates, containing more than 200 T)T)e3 
drawn from the Natural Shell. 8vo. 

TYTLER'S UNIVERSAL HISTORY, 
— Universal History from the Creation 
of the World to 1820. By Hon. Alex. 
Eraser Tytler and Rev. Dr. Nares. 6 
vols, in three, 18mo. 

ROBERTSON'S AMERICA. — History 
of the Discovery and Settlement of 
America. By William Robertson, D.D. 
With Questions. 8vo, 

ROBERTSON'S CHARLES V.— Histo- 
ly of the Reign of the Emperor Charlee 
V. By William Robertson, D.D. With 
Questions. 8vo. 

KEIGHTLEY'S ENGLAND. —History 
of England, from the Earliest Period to 
1839. By Thomas Keightley. With 
Notes by an American. 5 vols. 18mo. 

GOLDSMITH'S GREECE.— History of 
Greece. By Dr. Goldsmith. Edited by 
Miss Bobbins. I8mo. 

GOLDSMITH'S ROME. — History of 
Rome. By Dr. Goldsmith. Edited by 
H. W. Herbert. 18mo. 

AMERICAN HISTORY. — Tales from 
American History. By the Author of 
" American Popular Lessons." With 
Questions. Svols. 18mo. Engravings. 

PAULDING'S WASHINGTON. — Life 
of Washington. By James K. Paulding. 
2 vols. 18mo. 

*^* Many other works, suitable for use 
as text-books, &c., and already largely 
introduced into schools, colleges, and 
academies, may be found in the pub> 
Ushers' general catalogue. 



ANTHONS SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS 
FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 



In presenting the volumes of this series, as far as it has been comple- 
ted, to the notice of the public, the subscribers beg leave to say a few 
words respecting its general features, and the advantages that are to re- 
sult from it both to students and instructers. 

The plan proposed is to give editions of all the authors usually read in 
our schools and colleges, together with such elementaiy and subsidiary 
works as may be needed by the classical student either at the commence- 
ment, or at particular stages, of his career. 

The editions of the Classical authors themselves will be based on the 
latest and most accurate texts, and will be accompanied by English com- 
mentaries, containing everything requisite for accurate preparation on 
the part of the student and a correct understanding of the author. The 
fear entertained by some instructers, lest too copious an array of notes 
may bribe the student into habits of intellectual sloth, will be found to be 
altogether visionary. That part of the series which contains the text- 
books for schools must, in order to be at all useful, have a more ex- 
tensive supply of annotations than the- volumes intended for college lec- 
tures ; and when these last make their appearance, the system of com- 
menting adopted in them will not fail to meet with the approbation of all. 

The advantages, then, which this series promises to confer are the 
following : the latest and best texts ; accurate commentaries, putting the 
student and instructor in possession of the opinions of the best philolo- 
gists ; together with all such subsidiary information as may serve, not 
only to throw light upon the meaning of the author, but also to give 
rise in the young student to habits of correct thinking and to the for- 
mation of a correct taste. 

Many of the works at present used in our Classical schools are either 
reprints of antiquated editions, swarming with errors, not merely in the 
typography, but in the matter itself; or else they are volu-mes, fair to 
the view, indeed, as far as manual execution is concerned, but either 
supplied with meager and unsatisfactory commentaries, or without any 
commentaries at all. These are the works that drive students to the 
use of translations, and thus mar the fairest prospects of youthful 
scholarship, producing an infinitely stronger habit of intellectual in- 
dolence than the most copious commentary could engender. Indeed, 
to place this matter in its proper light, and to show, within a very 
\ brief compass, how much good the projected series is about to ac- 
complish, it may be sufficient to state, that the printed translations of 
those authors whose works have been thus far published in the series 
meet now with a much less ready sale than formerly ; and are seldom, 
if ever, seen in the hands of those whose instructers have the good 
sense and judgment to give a decided preference to the volumes edited 
by Professor Anlhon. 

The publishers take the liberty to subjoin a few of the communica- 
tions relative to the published volumes of the series, which they have 
received from gentleme-n of high classical reputation in different parts of 
the country. 

Harper & Brothers, 
Mew-York, May, 1839. 82 clifk street. \ 



ANTHON'S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS 

FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 



From H. Humphrey, D.D., Presi- 
dent of Amherst College, at Am- 
herst, Mass. 

1 am very happy to see that you have 
undertaken to furnish tmiform editions 
of the Latin classics for the use of our 
grammar schools and higher seminaries 
of learning. Professor Anihon deserves 
and will receive the thanks of the public 
for the labour which he has so judicious- 
ly and successfully bestowed upon Sal- 
lust, C(zsar, and Cicero. The explan- 
atory notes or commentaries are more co- 
pious and comprehensive than those of 
any other edition I have seen, and much 
letter adapted to the wants of young stu- 
dents. Among the most valuable of 
these notes are those which divert atten- 
tion to the beautiful uses of the moods 
and tenses, and explain the delicate 
shades of msariing and peculiar beauties 
that depend upo?i them, which our lan- 
guage often expresses imperfectly arid 
with difficulty, and which young learn- 
ers rarely regard. The explanations of 
the force and meaning of the particles 
are also very useful. 

The historical, geographical, and oth- 
er ind&xes are also highly valuable, fur- 
nishing the student, as they do, with fe- 
licitous illustrations of the text,andmuch 
general information. 

The text seems to be settled with much 
care and ability. The editions adopted 
as the basis or referred to as authority 
are those in the highest repute among 
scholars. The typograjjhical execution 
is very fine, and this is a high merit. 
The wretched reprints of foreign editioiis 
of the classics, got up in cheap offices, 
on wretched paper, with incompetent 
proof-readers and no editors, to which, 
until within a very few years, our stu- 
dents have been universally condemned, 
have, by taking them young, been as 
successjul in making them uncertain and 
inaccurate scholars as if that had been 
one of the main objects of the publishers. 
School books of all kiiids, instead of be- 
ing the worst {as they often are), should 
be the most carefully printed books we 



H. HOMPHREV. 



From the Rt, Rev. Bishop M'Il- 
VAiNE, President of Kenyon Col- 
lege, at Gambler, Ohio. 

I anticipate the greatest benefits to our 
schools and colleges from the admirable 
edition of the classics which you are now 
publishing, under the .<iupcrintendence 
and illustrated by the copious and learn- 
ed notes of Professor Anthon. What 
your accomplished editor has aimed at 
i?i his Horace, Ccssar, and other volumes 
of the series, few can have been much 
connected with classical institutions in 
this country without learning to be pre- 
cisely the one needful thing to their stu- 
dents. The object is most satisfactorily 
attained. The needed books we have, 
so far as your series has yet been pub- 
lished ; and as to what are yet to come, 
vje have learned from what we have, if I 
may use the words of one of your authors, 
quag a summa virtute siimmoque in- 
genio expectanda sunt, expectare. 
Wishing you the most abundant encour- 
agement in your important enterprise, I 
remain your obedient servant, 

Chas. p. M'Ilvaine, 



From "William A. Duer, LL.D., 
President of Columbia College, in 
the City of New-York. 

From the manner in which this under- 
taking has been so far executed, as well 
as from the established character and 
reputation of Professor Anthon as a 
scholar, his experience as an instructer, 
and the accuracy and judgment previous- 
ly evinced by him as an editor and com- 
mentator, I can entertain no doubt of the 
success of the enterprise, so far as his 
editorial labours and your ow)i skill and 
experience as publishers are concerned ; 
and I trust that, from the increasing 
value of classical studies in the estima- 
tion of the public , this juaiciaus and spir- 
ited effort to facilitate and promote so im- 
portant a branch of education will be 
duly appreciated and liba-ally rewarded. 
I remain, gentlemen, 
Yiur obedient servant, 

W. A. DUEK. 



anthon's series of classical works. 



Letters of Recommendation — continued. 



From the Rev. S. Chapin, D.D., 
^ President of Columbian College, 

at Washington, D. C. 

Prcfessor Anthons editions of Hor- 
ace, Salhcst, Cicero, and Ccesar are so 
extensively known and so justly appre- 
ciated, that to recommend them farther 
woidd seem a work of supererogation. 
No one who examines them, if in any 
degree a competent jud^e, can fail to 
perceive that, in respect to the object 
for which they were desigtied, they are 
works of distinguished merit, and leave 
nothing to be desired ; furnishing as they 
do a tegst than which none probably more 
correct, and a body of notes so luminous, 
copious, and comprehensive as to meet 
all the wants of the young student, while 
the acute judgment, and profound and 
various learning, which they everywhere 
exhibit, cannot but afford delight and 
profit to the most advanced scholar. 
Yours, with sentiments of great respect, 
S. Chapin. 



From the Rev. Hector Humphreys, 
D.D., President of St. John's Col- 
lege, Annapohs, Md. 
The perfect accuracy and uniform- 
ity of the Anthon Classics, with 
the copious and discriminating notes 
and learned disquisitions i?i English by 
which they are illustrated, and, more 
especially, the substantial and tasteful 
manner in which they are printed and 
bound, fitting them for actual service, 
recommend them most strongly to our 
colleges and academies. The copies of 
many existing editions are so slightly 
put together, apparently more for sale 
than for use, and so abound, withal, in 
false readings, that I should be heartily 
glad to see them superseded by the above 
elegant and correct series. 

Hector Humphreys. 

From Gessnkr Harrison, M.D., 
Chairman of the Faculty, and Pro- 
fessor of Ancient Languages m the 
University of Virginia, at Char- 
lottesville, Va. 

I have given a hasty examination to 
Professor Anthon's school edition of 
some of Cicero^s orations, CcBsar^s Me- 
moirs of the Gallic War, and Sallust, 
and am happy to say, that for the use 
of preparatory s -hools, more especially, 
it is, in my opinion, far better suited than 
any other with which I am acquainted. 
There is, indeed, no class of learners 



who may not derive -useful information 
from the copious notes which it contains, 
and which are highly valuable for the 
geographical, historical, and other ?nat- 
ter they convey explanatory of the text. 
The help thus afforded will not only 
serve to lighten the learnen's burden and 
make his task a cheerful one, but both 
directly and indirectly tend to encourage 
to a better way of rendering the Latin 
Classics, and to cherish a taste for their 
study. 

Although I have been able to do little 
more than turn over the pages of Pro- 
fessor Anthon's Greek Prosody, I have 
satisfied myself of its value, aiid hope 
that it may prove greatly useful by pla- 
cing in the hands of the students of Greek 
in schools and colleges, in a very neat and 
convenient form, the means of becoming 
acquainted more readily with a subject 
so unworthily neglected in our country. . . 

The typographical execution and the 
paper i?i all these works are deserving 
of very high praise, a?id entitle the en- 
terprising publishers to the commenda- 
tion of the public. 

Gessner Harrison. 



From the Hon. D. L. Swain, Pres- 
ident of the University of North 
Carohna, at Chapel Hill, N. C. 
/ have examined ivith as much atten- 
tion as paramount engagements have 
permitted, the first three volumes of the 
series of Latin Classics edited by Pro- 
fessor Anthon, and have taken pains to 
ascertain the opinions of others with re- 
spect to them, in whose judgment, on all 
subjects connected with Classical litera- 
ture, I have much more confidence than 
in my own. The residt of this examina- 
tion and inquiry has been to create a lively 
interest in the early and successful com- 
pletion of your enterprise, under the con- 
fident expectation that it will prove alike 
creditable to the editor, the publishers, 
and the country. 

D. L. SwAiN. 

From the Very Rev. Wm. M' Sher- 
ry, S. J., President of George- 
town t.'o-llege, D. C. 
I have examined your editions of Cic- 
ero's Orations, Sallust, and Ccesar, and 
consider them highly creditable to your 
press. The notes contain a variety of 
informatian, and are well calculated to 
improve the student. 

Wm. M'Sherry. 



anthon's -series op classical works. 



Letters of Recommendation — continued. 



From the Rev. B. P. Aydelott, 
President of the Woodward Col- 
lege, at Cincinnati, Ohio. 
From some 'personal acquaintance, but 
much more from general reputation, I 
formed a very high opinion of Professor 
Anthon's abilities to prepare a full series 
of Latin and Greek. Classics for the 
use of schools, colleges, cf-c. Accord- 
ingly, as soon as I could obtain the va- 
rious authors edited by him, I procured 
them, and, upon a careful examinatioyi, 
was so impressed with their superior 
character, as to introduce them as fast 
as possible into the different departments 
of the institution under my charge. 

The various Delphin editions are very 
good, so far as ancient geography, mythol- 
ogy, usages, cf-c, are concerned ; but in 
respect to critical remarks and grammat- 
ical illustrations they are of little worth ; 
they were, in general, however, the best 
we had. 

But besides being abundantly full and 
clear in everything archaeological, Pro- 
fessor Anthon has done more, in the 
editions of the classical authors prepared 
by him, to unfold the grammatical struc- 
ture, and thus throw light upon the mean- 
ing and spirit of the original, than any 
other commentator whom I have consult- 
ed. It is a striking, and, I think, de- 
cisive, proof of their superiority, that the 
students show in their recitations that 
they have read his notes and profit- 
ed by them, which they never seemed to 
me to have done when "using other edi- 
tions. 

Some time ago I commenced a careful 
collation of the Greek Grammar of the 
same author ivith those of Butmann,Val- 
py, SfC, making full votes as I went 
along, with the design of preparing a re- 
vieio of it at the request of the editor of 
an extensively circulated periodical, and 
such was my conviction of its peculiar 
fitness for the use of schools, that I have 
since recommeyided no other to our pu- 
pils. 

I would add that the neatness and 
taste with which Professor Anthon's 
classics are got up (though they are far 
cheaper than the DeljjJnn editions) ought 
to'tform no small recornmendatioti of 
them. Our stude/its purchase, study, 
and preserve them with manifest pleas- 
ure ; and whatever has these effects upon 
the pupil, will certainly do much to pro- 
mote the cause of soimd and thorough 
classical learning. 

B. P. Aydelott. 



From the Rev. J. S. Tomlinson. 
D.D., President of Augusta Col- 
lege, Kentucky. 

I take this opportunity to acknowledge 
the receipt {some time since) of four vol- 
umes of the Classical Series of Profes- 
sor Anthon of New- York ; and, after 
a careful examination of them, I can 
truly say that I am more than pleased ; 
I am delighted with them. The avowed 
object of the publication, that of furnish- 
ing accurate and uniform editions of all 
the classical authors used in colleges and 
schools, is one that, in my judgment, has 
long been a desideratum in literature, 
and I am gratified to find is about to be 
accomplished, especially by one so entire- 
ly equal to the task as Professor An- 
thon has shown himself to be. 

The biographical sketches, commen- 
taries, and annotations with which the 
volumes are accompanied, while they re- 
flect great credit upon the erudition and 
research of the author, cannot fail to en 
hance to the student, in a high degree, 
the attractions and value of classical 
reading. As an evidence of the estimate 
we place upon the series, we have hither- 
to used it as far as it was attainable, and 
shall, with great pleasure, avail ourselves 
of the opportunity noiv afforded to adopt 
the whole of it. Allow me to add, that 
the neat, tasteful, and, at the same time, 
substantial style of the mechaiiical exe- 
cution of the work, fully sustains the 
well-earned reputation, in that respect, of 
the enterprising establishment whence it 
emanates. Respectfully, 

Your obedient servant, 

J. S. TOMUNSON. 



From Alonzo Church, D.D., Pres- 
ident of the University of Georgia. 

As far as time and a press of busi- 
ness would permit, I have examined 
these volumes, arid am much pleased 
with them. They are, I think, well 
adapted to the wants of particularly, 
young stude7its, and luill, 1 doubt not, 
furiiish what has long been a desidera- 
tum in our preparatory schools, viz., 
cheap, yet correct editions of the common 
classics, accompanied loith judicious 
English 7iotes. I do not hesitate to 
say that, were I engaged in giving in- 
struction to youth from these authors, 1 
should prefer the editions of Professor 
Anthon to any which 1 have seen. 

A. Church, 



ANTHON S SERIES OP CLASSICAL WORKS. 



Letters of Recommendation — continued. 



From Jeremiah Day, D.D., LL.D., 

President of Yale College, at New- 
Haven, Conn. 

I estimate highly the impor- 
tance of furnishing for our schools and 
colleges accurate and neat editions of the 
ancient Classics ; and I am much pleas- 
ed with the general appearance and typ- 
ographical execution of the specimens 

which you have given us It would 

be presumptuous in one so little conver- 
sant with the fair fields of elegant litera- 
ture to undertake to pass sentence on the 
finely-wrought productions of so accom- 
plished a scholar as Professor Anthon. 
.... His works have a reputation al- 
ready too well established to need or to 
receive additiorial value from any recom- 
mendation which I can give 

Jeremiah Day. 

From the Rev. B. Hale, D.D., Pres- 
ident of Geneva College, at Gene- 
va. N. Y. 

Your object ' ' to furnish accu- 
rate and uniform, editioris of Classical 
authors, read in colleges and schools, ac- 
companied by a useful body of commen- 
tary, maps," cj-c, is a very useful one, 
and highly deserving of the public pat- 
ronage, and no one, in our country, is 
more competent to the editorial superxn- 
sion of such an undertaking than Pro- 
fessor Anthon. It is fortunate for the 
cause of Classical learning in our coun- 
try, that so learned and enterprising a 
scholar has been brought into co-opera- 
tion with publishers so enterprising. 

So far as I have examined the works 
above mentioiied, they appear to me ex- 
ceedingly well adapted to their end, and 
to do credit both to the editor and the 
publishers. V/e have specified these ed- 
itions in 'the requirements for admission 
to this college. Benjamin Hai.e. 

From the Rev. Joseph Penney, 
D.D., President of Hamilton Col- 
lege, at Clinton, N. Y. 
I have examined with much interest 
and attention Dr. Anthon's editions of 
the ancient classics so far as published by 
you. I think there can be but one opin- 
ion as to the merit of these works, and 
the advantage to our country of so noble 
an enterprise. It is not only honoured 
by the learning of the editor, and the 
ability and taste of the publishers, but 
directly and greatly beyiefited in the vital 
interest of the education of our youth. 



We possess no means of sound mental 
discipline and cultivated taste that can 
supersede the relics of Greece and Rome ; 
and thus to enrich them to the inquiring 
mind, and to adorn them to the eye of 
our studious youth, is a service not like- 
ly to be appreciated as it deserves except by 
those who have toiled through the crowd- 
ed and careless page of former days. I 
earnestly hope that you may be encour- 
aged greatly to extend these labours. 
Joseph Penney. 

From the Rev. J. M. Mathews, 
D.D., Chancellor of the New-York 
University. 

Professor Anthon has rendered an 
important service to the cause of learn- 
ing in this country by his editions of the 
various Classics ; and I am gratified to 
see that your valuable press is employed 
in furnishing them to the public. 

J. M. Mathews. 

From the Rev, D. M'Conaughy, 
. D.D., President of Washington 

College, at Washington, Penn. 

The typographical execution 

is correct and handsome, the binding sub- 
stantial, the notes copious and valuable. 
All agree, that it is not inuch reading, 
but thorough reading, which secures 
knowledge and makes the scholar. To 
this purpose your edition of the classics 
is eminently adapted. If well employed 
by students and i?isiructers, they cannot ] 
fail to make accurate and well-instructed 
scholars ; and must render the study of 
Classic authors more interesting and 
more profitable than it has generally been. 
I hope that you will find extensive pat- 
ronage. D. M'Conaughy. 

From the Rev. Alonso Potter, 
D.D., of Union College, Schenec- 
tady, N. Y. 

I have had occasion to exam- 
ine these editions with some care, and, it 
would be superfluous to add, with great 
pleasure. The reputation of Professor 
Anthon for learning and critical skill, 
and the singular success with which he 
adapts his labours to the wants of the 
student, are too well known and too gen' 
erally appreciated to need any recom- 
mendation. It is proper, however, to 
add that these volumes will be used in 
our classes, and are held in the highest 
esteem. Alonso Potter. 



ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 



From Alpheus S. Packard, A.M., 
Professor of the Greek and Latin 
Languages in Bowdom College, 
Maine. 



Commendatory Letters — continued. 

From James Boyd, LL.D., one of 

the Masters of the High School, 
Edinburgh, in an advertisement 



. . . / introduced into my classes the 
edition of Horace which Dr. Anthon 
prepared, soon after it was published, 
and most cheerfully express my sense 
of its great value to the student, as con- 
taining a full apparatus for a thorough 
understanding and a just appreciation 
of this author. I regard it as in many 
respects the best edition of a Classic to 
which our students have had access. 
His edition of Sallust has become com- 
mon in our preparatory schools, and is 
in the highest repute. From these spe- 
cimens of Dr. Anthonys judgment and 
accurate and copious learning, I should 
feel great confidence in the success of 
similar efforts from his hand. No oth- 
er individual has contributed so largely 
to the cause of classical learning in our 
country. 

Your obedient servant, 

Alpheus S. Packard. 



From Mr. A. H. Weld, Teacher 
of the Ancient Languages in the 
North Yarmouth Seminary, Maine. 

Gentlemen, 
. . . I have examined these volumes 
as they have successively appeared, and 
some of them are now used as text books 
in our institution. At first I feared 
that Professor Anthon's copious notes 
and commeyits might be rather too ^^ la- 
bour saving" for the student ; but, by 
more mature experience, and by actual 
trial of the books, I have become fully 
persuaded that the facilities they afford 
are such as the student needs, and are 
calculated not only to give hiin proper 
encouragement, but to enlarge his views 
and promote his general kiiowledge. 
Very respectfully, yours, 

Allen H. Weld. 



From the Rev. Wm. C. Lakrabke, 
A.M., Principal of the Wesleyan 
Seminary at Readfield, Maine. 

Gentlemen, 
. . . I hn-ve examined the works thor- 
oughly, and am highly pleased with 
thrm. J am inclined, if circumstances 
will admit of it, to introduce the entire 
series in our clas.-.ical department of this 
seminary. 

Yours, respectfully, 
W. C. Larrabee. 



to the fourth London Edition of 
Anthon's Horace. 

The high estimation in which the tal- 
ents, scholarship, and critical acumen 
of Dr. Anthon are held in the literary 
world, and his well-earned celebrity as 
a Classical Editor, render any com- 
mendation of his works, and any apolo- 
gy for their reproduction among our- 
selves, alike superfluous. 

James Boyd. 



From B. Manly, President of the 
University of Alabama, at Tus- 
caloosa. 

From previous familiarity with apor- 
tion of Frofessor Anthonys Seyies of 
the Classics, as well as an exajrdyiation 
of those you have sent, our Professor of 
Ancient Languages and myself agree 
in a high conviction of their excellence 
as editions, and their importance as aids 
to Classical leariiing. The editor of 
the best edition of Horace ever given 
to the public has fully sustained his 
well-earned reputation in these volumes ; 
each possessing its own peculiar merit, 
and all furnishing, in their places, just 
the aid the real student needs, and no 
more. For facilitating, extending, and 
elevating Classical literature, these vol- 
umes deserve to be reckoned among the 
. ablest contributions of any age. Such 
of the Series as are required by our col- 
lege course we shall use in preference to 
others ; and shall recommend them all 
to the schools around us. We shall 
await with anxiety the completion of 
the series. 

Very respectfidly, 

Your obedient servant, 
B. Manly. 



From the Rev. Alfred Saxe one 
of the Principals of the Prepara- 
tory School of the Wesleyan Uni- 
versity at Middletown, Conn. 

. . . / ajn pleased, highly so, indeed, 
with the success I have met with in the 
u^e of Anthon'' s Latin and Greek Les- 
sons. The classes that have lately 
commenced in them do admirably. 
Yours, truly, 

Alfred Saxe. 



UPHAM'S MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, 

EMBRACING 

"the intellect," "the sensibilities," and "the will," 
in three volumes. 

ALSO, AN ABRIDGMENT OF THE SAME IN ONE VOLUME, 

The undersigned respectfully request the attention of the public to the 
philosophical works which they now take the liberty to present to them. 
It is neither their interest nor their wish to express their sense ol the 
value of these works in any undue and exaggerated terms ; but they 
suppose that, as publishers, they may be permitted to commend them te 
the notice of the public, at least so far as they deserve it. It has been 
the object of the author of these volumes, by a long and careful induction 
of facts, to give a connected and full view of the mental operations. He 
has aimed at nothing less than the true philosophy of the human mind. 
Of the intrinsic difficulty of this undertaking, we suppose there can be 
but little or no difference of opinion. And as to the manner in which 
the author has acquitted himself in it, the subsequent testimonials, com- 
ing from men standing high in the public estimation, will enable the 
reader to judge. The demand for a system of mental philosophy is ur 
gent. The teachers in our various seminaries all agree, that a system 
of education, without some knowledge of mental philosophy, cannot be 
considered complete. On the contrary, they seem to regard the knowl- 
edge of the human mind as in some respects more important than any 
other form of knowledge. And we have no doubt that they will cor- 
dially welcome any system which gives evidence in its preparation of 
learning, good judgment, and candour. 

Of the qualifications of Professor Upham for the great task (the results 
of which, in a stereotype, uniform, and cheap edition, we now present 
to the public), as well as of the works themselves, we might leave the 
subsequent testimonials to speak. They say ail we could wish them to 
say ; and the reader can judge whether the writers of them, filling, as 
they do^ very high and responsible stations, are worthy of credence. But 
we venture to intimate to the public, that the most satisfactory testimo- 
nial is to be found in the works themselves. It was our intention to 
point out some things by which these volumes are characterized, and by 
which they are favourably distinguished from other works ; but we con- 
clude, on the whole, to leave this to the examination of the reader. 
We lb ink we run no hazard in saying, that those v/ho will read and 
study them carefully, will see no reasonable and sufficient ground for 
dissenting from the favourable aspect in which they appear in the follow- 
ing statements. 

Harper &, Brothers, 



n New- York, 1340 



82 CLIFF-STREET, 



UPHAM'S SERIES OF PHILOSOPHICAL WORKS 
FOR ACADEMIES AND COLLEGES. 



From Rev. Leonard Woods, D.D., 
Professor of Theology in the The- 
ological Seminary at Andover. 
As I understand that you have it in 
contemplation to publish a new edition of 
the several works on Mental Philosophy 
by Professor Upham, I take the liberty 
to say, that I regard them as among the 
best and most popular works on the va- 
rious subjects which he has treated. He 
is a charming writer, and his views are 
well expressed and well guarded, and 
are adapted to be extensively useful at 
the present day. His Abridgment is 
very much liked by those teachers who 
have used it. Mr. Coleman, principal 
of the High School, or, as it is called, the 
Teachers^ Seminary, in this place, says, 
he finds it much more intelUgible to 
young men, and much more com« 
plete, than any text-book he has used. 
A7id his judgment is worthy of confi- 
dence. 7 'he next edition is to receive still 
farther improvements. I hope you will 
be encouraged and sustained in this un- 
dertaking by a very extensive patron- 
age from an enlightened community. 
Yours respectfully, 
Leonard Woods. 
To the Messrs. Harper. 



candid an inquirer after truth. Most 
sincerely do I wish ample success to the 
author and the publishers of the works 
in question ; especially at a time when 
the public mind is allured by books on 
these subjects in many respects dreamy 
and unintelligible to the great mass of 
readers. 

M. Stuart. 

From Rev. William CocsvirELL, 

D.D., Secretary of the American 

Education Society. 

I fully concur in the opinion of Pro- 
fessor Stuart, expressed in the prece- 
ding certificate, and could add more in 
favour of the works named were it ne- 
cessary. 

William Cogswell. 

Boston, Dec. 6, 1839. 



From Rev. Moses Stuart, Profes- 
sor of Sacred Literature in the 
Theological Seminary at Andover. 

Andover, Dec. 4, 1839. 
/ have read with much satisfaction 
Professor Upham' s works on Intellect- 
ual Philosophy and on the Will. The 
tone and manner of these books must be 
pleasing to all who love calm, dispas- 
sionate, and accurate investigation, and 
moderation in defending one''s own opin- 
ions and canvassing those of others. I 
have no hesitation in sayirig, that I re- 
gard Professor Uphani's books as giv- 
ing the best views of the subjects named 
which we have in the English lang^iage, 
and as worthy of being read and studied 
in the schools and colleges of our country. 
Even those who may differ from him in 
opinioti, will feel no disposition toindulge 
unkind feelings towards so sincere and 



From Rev. S. Luckey, D.D., editor 
of the Christian Advocate and 
Journal, Quarterly Review, &c. 
To Messrs. Harper. 
Gentlemen, 
I am happy to learn that you are about 
to publish a stereotype edition of Pro- 
fessor Upham's works. To this gentle- 
man the literary public are much indebt- 
ed for his " Elements of Montal Phi- 
losophy," a work which was greatly 
needed as a text-book in our colleges a?id 
academies at the time it was first pub- 
lished. It is now used, I believe, in 
most of our literary instittitions ; and 1 
hesitate not to say, it is better adapted 
to the wants of students, in the science 
of which it treats, than any other work 
extant. It cannot but be satisfactory to 
the friends of science, that the worthy 
author has prepared an editio7i of his ex- 
cellent work, with additions a7id improve- 
ments, to be issued in a more perma- 
nent form. Of his Treatise on the 
Will I canyiot speak with the same con- 
fidence, not having read it ; although I 
have heard it well spoken of by compe- 
tent judges. 

S. Luckey. 

Methodist Book- Room, > 

Aew-Vork, 20th Dec, 1839. S 



UPHAM'S SERIES OF PHILCSOPHICAL WORKS. 



Commendatory Letters — continued. 



From Rev. R. E. Pattison, D.D., 
President of Waterville College, 
Maine. 

/ have exammed with care the work on 
Mental Philosophy, in two volumes, by 
Professor Upham, of Bowdoin College, 
and it is with pleasure that I express the 
opinion that the work ivill contribute 
much to the successfid study of that 
difficidt but eminently useful department 
of knowledge. It has the advantage 
over any other one work which has fall- 
en under my observation, that of having 
comprehended the subject. We have 
many profound treatises on separate por- 
tions of mental philosophy ; and those, 
it may be, the most important ; but I 
know of none which surveys the whole 
field but this. I ought to add also that 
its moral influence is exceedingly pure 
and healthful. 

R. E. Pattison. 



From the late Wilbur Fisk, D.D., 
President of the Wesleyan Univer- 
sity, Middletown, Conn. 
. . . Permit me to say, that I have read 
the Treatise Ion the WilQ with a great 
deal of satisfaction. It is certainly a 
much better analysis of this difficult sub- 
ject, in my judgment, than anything I 
have before seen in relation to it. I might, 
if this were a proper time, it is true, 
make some queries on some of the points 
presented in the work ; but, on the whole, 
I cannot but believe it will go far towards 
harmonizing the hitherto discordant 
views connected with this subject. . . . 
W. FiSK. 



From Rev. Henry Chase, Pastor 
of the Mariner's Church in the 
city of New-York. 

Gentlemen, 
Though many able treatises on men- 
tal philosophy had been published from 
time to time, more or less adapted to ad- 
vance the science of which they treat, 
yet a vjork which would present in out- 
line and in sufficient detail c complete 
and systematic view of the powers and 
operations of the mind, had long been a 
desideratum. Such a work was greatly 
needed, as well for the private student 
and man of leisure as for our colleges 
and academies, and it has at length ap- 
peared in the " Elements of Mental 
Philosophy," by Professor Upham. 
This treatise merits the high estimation 



in which it is held. The classification 
of the mental states, both general and 
subordinate, and the arrangement of the 
several parts and subdivisions, are true 
to nature, and present a full view of the 
entire subject without confusion. The 
arguments and illustrations are forcible 
and pertinent, the style is perspicuous 
and pleasing, and the whole evinces ex- 
tensive research and patient investiga- 
tion. Whoever attentively examines 
this work will find that it is character- 
ized by accurate observation, discrimi- 
yiating analysis, logical deduction, and 
remarkable freedom from bias. The 
spirit of candour and the love of truth 
pervade it. It has passed through three 
editions, and the author is now revising 
it, together vjith his Treatise on the 
Will, and preparing the whole for a uni- 
form stereotype edition. Every friend 
of mental science must feel under great 
obligation to Professor Upham for his 
valuable work, and wish him success in 
its publication. 

I am, gentlemen. 
Yours with great respect, 
Henry Chase. 
New- York, Dec. 21, 1839. 



From Rev. N. Bangs, D.D. 

So far as I have examined the work, 
I fully concur in the above recommenda- 
tion, and therefore wish the author and 
publishers success in issuing this new 
edition. 

N. Bangs. 



From Rev. Wm. C. Larrabee, A.M., 
Principal of the Wesleyan Semi- 
nary at Readfield, Maine. 

. . . I am highly gratified to learn that 
you are about to publish Professor Up- 
ham's series of works on Mental Philo.s- 
ophy. I have used the former editions 
of his Mental Philosophy for some time 
past in this seminary, and am prepared, 
from intimate and familiar acquaintance 
with the work, acquired in the recitation- 
room as well as in my study, to speak 
of it in the highest terms. There is 
no work extant in that department so 
well adapted to the purposes of a text- 
book for schools and colleges. The 
work needs only to be better known to 
teachers to have its merits properly ap- 
preciated. 

Yours respectfully, 

W. C. Larrabee. 



uphaM s series of philosophical works. 



Commendatory Letters 

From Samuel Adams, A.M., Profes- 
sor of Chyinistry, &;c., in Illifiois 
College, III. 

Messrs. Harper iSf Brothers, 
I am happy to learn that you contem- 
plate pu-jUshing a stereotype edition of 
ProfesC'Or Upham's works on Mental 
Philosophy. From considerable famil- 
iarity with them, I am of the opinion 
that they contain the fullest and clearest 
view of the whole science of the mind of 
any work now extant. 

Yours, cfc, 

S. Adams. 



-continued. 



From Rev. D. W. Clark, A.M., 
Principal of the Amenia Semina- 
ry, N.Y. 
. . . Some of the excellences of Mr. 

Upham's Work are : 

1. The general classification is clear, 
natural, and comprehensive. The sub- 
ordinate divisions are also natural and 
explicit, so that the mind passes, by a 
kind of natural succession, from one 
topic to another. JS'or is the essential 
unify of the mind ever lust sight of 

2. The positions are clearly stated, 
and, for the most part, as clearly proved. 
The general course of the reasoning is 
instructive, and the illustrations are ex- 
ceedingly appropriate and interesting. 

3. Truth has evidently been the ob- 
ject of the author^s search. What is 
real and substantial in philosophy is 

fully discussed ; while but Utile time is 
wasted upon specidations already ex- 
ploded. Many are apt to forget that 
exploded opinions belong to the history 
rather than the elements of a science. 

4. The work is oninenlly practical 
and religious. But while a deep, un- 
varied reverence to the great Architect, 
whose consummate skill is strikingly 
manifested in every part of our mental 
economy, rwis through the whole, there 
is nothing bigoted or sectarian about it. 

5. The author is exceedingly pleasing 
in his style, and this adds 7iot a little to 
the interest the student will feel in the 
perusal of the work. But perhaps, 
while he has avoided that dry style of 
composition which renders so many of 
our works on science dull and uninter- 
esting, he may be liable to the objection 
of being too diffuse for a work whose 
main design is to impart the principles 
of scientific truth. 

I have spoken of its merits as a text- 
hook adapted to schools and colleges ; 
but it will be found equally beneficial in 



every department of life. Especially 
would I recommend it to those whose vo- 
cation calls them to officiate in closest and 
most elevated relatioris to the mind. 1 
mean the Christian minister. A bove all 
others, such should have clear, correct, and 
corriprehensive views of the mind, whose 
derangentent they would repair, whose 
woes they would heal, and whose bliss 
they would consummate. The remarks 
on moral education are of a deeply in- 
teresting character, and should be famil- 
iar to every one who is in any ivay con- 
nected with the education of youth. 
Yours, cfc, 

D. VV. Clark, A.M. 
Ametiia Se^ninary, ) 
Dec. 24, 1839. J 



From the instructors in the Academy 
and the Teachers' Seminary, Gor- 
ham, Maine. 

Messrs. Harper cf Brothers, 
The Jindersigned, having learned your 
intention of publishiiig a uniform edition 
of Professor Upham's workt on Menial 
Philosophy, cheerfidly express their cor- 
dial approbation of the undertaking, and 
give their testimony in favour of the 
intrinsic merits of those works. The 
three volumes embracing the Litellect, 
Se)isibilities, and Will, contain a full, 
and, on the whole, a very satisfactory 
view of the mind. Each volume is a 
distinct treatise by itself, and can be 
read separately loith profit ; while, at the 
same time, all three of the volumes are 
essential to a complete view of the subject 
The ivhole ivork has for some time been 
studied in the seminary with which we 
are connected, by large classes, embra- 
cing both sexes. The results of this 
experience are such as lead to the ear- 
nest desire that it may be extensively cir- 
culated, as one of the best aids to the 
student, whether in our literary institu- 
tions or in the solitary efforts of self- 
culture. 

Amos Brown, 
Principal and Teacher in Mental and 
Moral Philosophy. 

Fr.\nklin Yeaton, 
Teacher of Languages. 
Thomas Tennev, 
Teacher of Chymistry, Physiology, tj-c. 
BtCJJ.iMlN VVvman, 

Teacher of Miisic. 
CvRiL Pearl, 
Lecturer on Education and the Art of 
Teaching, 



^\^itO"u^' 




AX-^ ^*. 



^0 






.^' 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper proce 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

PreservationTechnologi6 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATM 
1 1 1 Thomson Park Dnve 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 

(724)779-2111 






^r 



■^/ ^^'■ 



O^ 






v\^' 













'^ 

■^^ 










LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 037 364 9 



